2013-06
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
System components
SIMATIC PCS 7
Catalog
ST PCS 7
Edition
June 2013
Answers for industry.
© Siemens AG 2013
Related catalogs
SIMATIC
Add-ons for the
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST PCS 7 AO
Process Automation
Field Instruments for
Process Automation
E86060-K4678-A121-B1-7600
SIMATIC
Migration solutions with
the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
FI 01
E86060-K6201-A101-B5-7600
ST PCS 7.2
SITRAIN
Training for Industry
ITC
Only available in German
E86060-K6850-A101-C3
PDF (E86060-K4678-A131-A5-7600)
SIMATIC
Products for
Totally Integrated Automation
and Micro Automation
ST 70
Products for Automation
and Drives
Interactive Catalog
E86060-K4670-A101-B4-7600
DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-D2-7600
SIMATIC HMI /
ST 80/ST PC
PC-based Automation
Human Machine Interface Systems
PC-based Automation
Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet:
E86060-K4680-A101-B9-7600
www.siemens.com/industrymall
DA
Industrial Communication
SIMATIC NET
E86060-K6710-A101-B7-7600
IK PI
CA 01
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System –
System components
Software Media and Logistics
1
System Administration
2
Catalog ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
3
Engineering System
4
SIMATIC PDM
5
Operator System
6
Process Data Archiving and Reporting
7
Diagnostics and Maintenance
8
Automation systems
9
The products and systems described in this
catalog are manufactured/distributed under
application of a certified
quality management
system in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001
(Certified Registration
No. 1323-QM. The certificate is recognized by
all IQNet countries.
Supersedes:
Catalog ST PCS 7 · June 2012
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates
of this catalog:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
The products contained in this
catalog can also be found in the
Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A500-D2-7600
Please contact your local Siemens branch
Compact Systems
10
Communication
11
Process I/O
12
Batch automation
13
Route control
14
Safety Integrated for Process Automation
15
IT Security
16
TeleControl
17
PowerControl
18
Update/Upgrade Packages
19
Appendix
20
© Siemens AG 2013
Printed on paper from
sustainably managed
forests and controlled
sources.
www.pefc.org
© Siemens AG 2013
2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Answers for industry.
Integrated technologies, vertical market expertise and services
for greater productivity, energy efficiency, and flexibility.
The Siemens Industry Sector is the
world's leading supplier of innovative
and environmentally friendly products
and solutions for industrial companies.
End-to-end automation technology and
industrial software, solid market expertise, and technology-based services are
the levers we use to increase our customers’ productivity, efficiency and
flexibility. With a global workforce of
more than 100 000 employees,
the Industry Sector comprises the
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies, and Customer Services divisions,
as well as the Metals Technologies
Business Unit.
We consistently rely on integrated technologies and, thanks to our bundled
portfolio, we can respond more quickly
and flexibly to our customers' wishes.
With our globally unmatched range of
automation technology, industrial
control and drive technology as well
as industrial software, we equip companies with exactly what they need over
their entire value chain – from product
design and development to production,
sales and service. Our industrial customers benefit from our comprehensive
portfolio, which is tailored to their
market and their needs.
Market launch times can be reduced by
up to 50% due to the combination of
powerful automation technology and
intelligent industrial software from
Siemens Industry. At the same time,
the costs for energy or waste water
for a manufacturing company can be
reduced significantly. In this way, we
increase our customers’ competitive
strength and make an important contribution to environmental protection
with our energy-efficient products and
solutions.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3
© Siemens AG 2013
(53²(QWHUSULVH5HVRXUFH3ODQQLQJ
3/0²3URGXFW/LIHF\FOH0DQDJHPHQW
0DQDJHPHQW/HYHO
‡3URGXFW'HVLJQ
‡3URGXFWLRQ3ODQQLQJDQG6LPXODWLRQ
‡'DWD0DQDJHPHQW
0(6²0DQXIDFWXULQJ([HFXWLRQ6\VWHPV
6,0$7,&,7
2SHUDWLRQV/HYHO
0DLQWHQDQFH
$VVHW0DQDJHPHQW
6,0$7,&3&6
2SHUDWRU6\VWHP
(QHUJ\
0DQDJHPHQW
(QJLQHHULQJ
6WDWLRQ
7,$3RUWDO
&RQWURO/HYHO
6,0$7,&3&6
$XWRPDWLRQ
6\VWHPV
6,180(5,.
&RPSXWHU1XPHULF&RQWURO
6,027,21
0RWLRQ&RQWURO
6,0$7,&1(7
,QGXVWULDO
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
6,0$7,&&RQWUROOHUV
0RGXODU3&EDVHG
)LHOG/HYHO
352),%863$
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
7RWDOO\
,QWHJUDWHG
$XWRPDWLRQ
6,0$7,&'LVWULEXWHG,2
6,0$7,&,GHQW
,QGXVWULDO,GHQWLÀFDWLRQ
+$57
,2/LQN
Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.
4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
TIA is characterized by its unique continuity.
It provides maximum transparency at all levels
with reduced interfacing requirements – covering
the field level, production control level, up to the
corporate management level. With TIA you also
profit throughout the complete life cycle of your
plant – starting with the initial planning steps
through operation up to modernization, where
we offer a high measure of investment security resulting from continuity in the further development
of our products and from reducing the number of
interfaces to a minimum.
3ODQW(QJLQHHULQJ
&2026
(WKHUQHW
6,0$7,&:LQ&&
6&$'$6\VWHP
The unique continuity is already a defined
characteristic at the development stage of
our products and systems.
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6,0$7,&+0,
+XPDQ0DFKLQH,QWHUIDFH
The result: maximum interoperability – covering
the controller, HMI, drives, up to the process
control system. This reduces the complexity of
the automation solution in your plant. You will
experience this, for example, in the engineering
phase of the automation solution in the form of
reduced time requirements and cost, or during
operation using the continuous diagnostics facilities of Totally Integrated Automation for increasing the availability of your plant.
6,5,86,QGXVWULDO&RQWUROV
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
352),%86
6,1$0,&6'ULYH6\VWHPV
6,7233RZHU6XSSO\
$6,QWHUIDFH
.1;*$00$LQVWDEXV
/RZ9ROWDJH'LVWULEXWLRQ
7RWDOO\
,QWHJUDWHG
3RZHU
6,027,&60RWRUV
Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens provides
an integrated basis for the implementation of customized
automation solutions – in all industries from inbound to
outbound.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
5
© Siemens AG 2013
Totally Integrated Power:
Future-proof power supply
from one source.
6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Software tools, products, systems and
support for integrated electrical
power distribution
Energy Management/
Energy Transparency
Operation &
Monitoring
Load
management
Load curves
Forecast
Maintenance
Substation
Distribution
Maintenance
task
Status
reporting/
failure
management
Protocols
Power
Quality
DATE:
Cost center
EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
PAY PERIOD ENDING
DATE
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THUR
FRI
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THUR
FRI
SAT
SUN
TOTAL
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
SAT
SUN
TOTAL
IN
OUT
U
I
cos o
P
W
IN
Hall 1
Distribution 3
Process/
industrial automation
Products & Systems
Infeed II
Renewables
Medium voltage with
protection technology
Air conditioning system
checkup
Replacing circuit
breaker contacts
Replacing meters
OUT
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
central ON
OFF
local ON
OFF
tripped
Transformer
DATE
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THUR
FRI
SAT
SUN
TOTAL
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Building
automation
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
Low voltage with
protection and measuring technology
≤ 110 kV
Planning Software Tools
The power supply system acts like a
“vital artery”, forming the basis for
the reliable and efficient functioning
of all electrically operated building
installations. Electrical power distribution therefore requires integrated
solutions. Our answer:
Totally Integrated Power (TIP).
This includes software tools and
support for planning and configuration
and a complete, optimally aligned
product and system portfolio for
integrated power distribution from
medium-voltage switchgear right to
socket outlets.
Network dimensioning
with SIMARIS design
Space requirements and budget calculation
with SIMARIS project
The power distribution products and
systems can be interfaced to building
or industrial automation systems
(Total Building Solutions or
Totally Integrated Automation) via
communication-capable circuit breakers
and components, allowing the full potential for optimization that an integrated solution offers to be exploited
throughout the project cycle – from
planning right through to installation
and operation.
Visualization of device characteristics
with SIMARIS curves
Get more information:
www.siemens.com/tip
www.siemens.com/simaris
www.siemens.com/specifications
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
7
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PCS 7
performance you trust
Mobile Client
Industrial
Wireless LAN
PCS 7
BOX
Operator System (OS)
Single Station
OS/Batch/Route Control/Maintenance clients
Industrial Ethernet, terminal bus, single/redundant
Batch
server
OS
server
Industrial Ethernet, plant bus, single/redundant
Standard
automation systems
Operator
panel
ET 200pro
Compact systems
S7-300
Package Unit
PCS 7
AS RTX
PCS 7 AS mEC RTX
with S7-300 I/Os
ET 200M
ET 200M
Embedded automation systems
Wireless HART
Weighing systems
Zone 1
Zone 2
Ex operator
terminal
ET 200M, Ex-I/O, HART
ET 200M
PROFIBUS DP-iS
AS-Interface
ET 200iSP HART
Modbus, serial connection
ET 200S
Integrated
power
management
PROFIBUS PA
PA link
PROFIBUS DP
AFDiS
AFD
PA link/
FF link
Integrated drives
8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
PROFIBUS PA/
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1
(PA/FF H1)
© Siemens AG 2013
Data Monitor
Web Client
- OS
- Maintenance
ERP
MES/MIS
SIMATIC IT
Information
Server
Web Server/
OpenPCS 7
Ethernet, Office LAN
Plant Lifecycle
Management
COMOS
Front
Firewall
Network
printer
Engineering
Stations
Back
Firewall
Route Control
server
TeleControl
OS server
Maintenance
server
Fault-tolerant
automation systems
Safety-related
automation
systems
IEC 61850
ET 200M
Zone 2
ET 200M
single/redundant
Zone 1
PowerControl
MTA
PROFINET
PROFIBUS DP-iS
ET 200M
F modules
ET 200iSP
Zone 1
Y-link
WAN
ET 200iSP
Gas analysis
PA link
PROFIBUS PA
PA link/FF link
AFD
AFD
Communication
(Wireless, phone,
internet)
RTUs
(Type depends on
protocol)
AFDiS
AFD
AFS
Converter
(Protocols:
SINAUT ST7, DNP3,
IEC 60870-5, Modbus)
Third-party
RTU
PA/FF H1
ET 200S
ET 200pro
S7-300
PA link/FF link
PA/FF H1
AFDiS
S7-400 (H)
ET 200S
TeleControl
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9
G_PCS7_XX_00338
AFD
© Siemens AG 2013
Totally Integrated Automation
with SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7 is one of the international leaders in process control
systems, and has the potential to implement innovative solutions for the
special challenges associated with the
process industry. The functional diversity, flexibility, and performance of the
current version 8.0 mean that SIMATIC
PCS 7 pushes the limits of a typical
process control system, and its technological enhancements offer many additional possibilities and new perspectives.
10
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
SIMATIC PCS 7 benefits from its
seamless integration in Siemens Totally
Integrated Automation (TIA), a
complete range of matched products,
systems, and solutions for all hierarchy
levels of industrial automation - from
the enterprise management level, to the
control level, all the way down to the
field level. This enables uniform,
customer-specific automation in all
sectors of manufacturing, process, and
hybrid industry.
An essential advantage of the consistency of the product and system
spectrum and the solutions based upon
this spectrum is that faster and more
precise control sequences, as well as
integrated security functions of shared
hardware, engineering, and
engineering tools can be used for
automation of continuous and discontinuous processes. Perfect interplay of
all components makes it possible for you
to sustainably produce in higher quality
and to establish new products significantly faster on the market.
© Siemens AG 2013
Performance you trust
In process engineering plants, the
process control system is the starting
point for optimal value added: All procedures and processes can be operated,
monitored and influenced with the
process control system.
The more powerful the process control
system, the more effectively this potential can be used. For this reason, performance is in the foreground with
SIMATIC PCS 7, alongside scalability,
flexibility, and integration. Starting with
planning and engineering, the process
control system offers powerful tools,
functions and features for cost-effective
and efficient plant operation through all
phases of the plant life cycle.
Performance through integration
Integration is one of the special
strengths of SIMATIC PCS 7. This has
many aspects:
• Horizontal integration into TIA
• Vertical integration into hierarchical
communication
• System-integrated tools for
engineering tasks
• Integration of the field level, including drives, switchgear, etc.
• Integrated functions, e.g. for batch
process automation, route control,
process safety, energy management,
telecontrol tasks, etc.
Horizontal integration
A system for integrated automation of
the entire process chain, from incoming
raw materials to outgoing goods – this
is one of the decisive advantages
resulting from the seamless integration
of SIMATIC PCS 7 into Totally Integrated
Automation.
The process control system is mainly
responsible for automating the primary
processes here, but it can do much
more: All auxiliary facilities, as well as
the electrical infrastructure in the form
of low-voltage or medium-voltage
switchgear and the building management system, can also be integrated
into the system.
Integration of selected SIMATIC standard components – automation
systems, industrial PCs, network
components, or distributed process I/O
– into the process control system guarantees optimum interaction of individual components, and secures
economic benefits such as simple selection, reduced stock keeping, and global
support.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Life cycle &
Remote services
Information
management
Integrated
engineering
Plant asset
management
APC
Optimization
Energy
management
SIMATIC PCS 7
Integrated
package units
Batch processes
Material transport
Integrated
switchgear
Integrated
MCC & drives
Vertical integration
The hierarchal communication of a
company encompasses the field level,
the control level, and the process level,
up to management and enterprise
resource planning (ERP). Thanks to standardized interfaces – based on international industry standards as well as
internal interfaces – SIMATIC PCS 7 is
able to provide process data for analysis,
planning, coordination, and optimization of plant sequences or production
and business processes – in real time,
and at any location in the company.
Integrated
field devices
Safety
Integrated
Central engineering
SIMATIC PCS 7 convinces with graded
functional diversity, consistent operator
control philosophy, and uniformly structured engineering and management
tools. A central engineering system with
a coordinated range of tools for integrated system engineering and configuring of batch automation, safety functions, material transport or telecontrol
systems creates value added over the
entire life cycle. Reductions in configuring and training costs result in minimization of total cost of ownership
(TCO) over the entire plant life cycle.
Integrated
telecontrol
Functional diversity
Depending on the typical process automation or customer-specific requirements, SIMATIC PCS 7 can be functionally expanded for the following, for
example:
• Batch process automation
(SIMATIC BATCH)
• Functional safety and protection
functions (Safety Integrated for
Process Automation)
• Route control for material transport
(SIMATIC Route Control)
• Telecontrol of remote units
(SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl)
• Automation of electrical switchgear
(SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerControl)
Further additional functions that are
also integrated, or can be integrated,
seamlessly into the control system make
optimization of processes and reductions in operating costs possible.
SIMATIC PCS 7 has, for example, tools
for energy and asset management, and
it offers higher quality closed-loop
control functions, as well as industryspecific automation solutions and
libraries.
12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Customized performance
Thanks to a unique scalable system
architecture, SIMATIC PCS 7 creates the
ideal basis for cost-effective implementation of individual automation solutions and economic operation of
process plants.
SIMATIC PCS 7 users derive sustained
profit from a modular system platform
based on standard SIMATIC components. Its uniformity enables flexible
scaling of hardware and software, as
well as perfect interaction both within
the system and beyond system limits.
The architecture of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System is designed in
such a manner that instrumentation
and control can be configured in accordance with customer requirements and
optimally matched to the dimensions of
the plant. The control system can be
subsequently expanded or reconfigured
at any time if there is an increase in
capacity or a technological modification.
When the plant grows, SIMATIC PCS 7
simply grows along with it – without
the provision of expensive reserve
capacities.
Performance in engineering
With regard to planning and engineering, performance can be equated
with minimizing time and costs.
In conjunction with COMOS,
SIMATIC PCS 7 offers a unique approach
here: Integrated planning workflow
from the description of the process to
the automation program.
Engineering using other planning tools
is also mastered extremely efficiently by
SIMATIC PCS 7 by means of the
Advanced Engineering System (AdvES).
This can be used to import plant data
from CAD/CAE tools without problems.
It additionally allows automatic generation of the AS configuration thanks to
simple multiplication of process tag
types and model solutions, as well as
parameter processing.
A standardized system interface, strictly
object-oriented working, and centralized data management mean data
consistency across all planning steps,
including automatically updated system
documentation.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
13
© Siemens AG 2013
Performance in operation
Process control also becomes more
complex due to the multi-layer nature of
automation engineering and the
increased merging with information
technology. Intuitive and fault free
operation is therefore more important
than ever with regard to efficient
working and the minimization of downtimes and servicing requirements. Using
effective Advanced Process Control
(APC) functions and an excellent operator system, SIMATIC PCS 7 supports
optimization as well as user-friendly and
safe control of the process. Monitoring
of product quality and performance
indicators additionally allows the
process to be operated more economically. At the same time, SIMATIC PCS 7
convinces with high flexibility, plant
availability, and investment security.
Process control and maintenance
SIMATIC PCS 7's operator system is used
to monitor process operation using
various views, and permits interventions when necessary. Its architecture is
flexible and scalable – from single-user
systems up to multi-user systems with a
redundant client/server architecture.
The operator interface takes account of
the current specifications of NAMUR
(user association of automation technology in the process industries) and
PI (Profibus International) and offers a
high level of user-friendliness for
simple, intuitive interaction with the
plant. Ergonomic symbols, taskoriented faceplates, uniform representation of status information, and optimized alarm functions allow safe
process control.
The alarm management function integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7 is able to focus
on essential alarms and to specifically
guide the operator in exceptional
circumstances. In this way, it systematically reduces the workload of operating
staff.
14
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Preventive and predictive maintenance
strategies reduce total cost of ownership. With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station, maintenance personnel
always have a watchful eye on critical
production equipment such as pumps,
valves, distillation columns or motors,
and can carry out the relevant maintenance measures in good time before
servicing is required – independent of
the maintenance plan and without the
risk of an unplanned plant standstill.
Process optimization
SIMATIC PCS 7 supports process optimization in many different manners,
including:
• Control Performance Monitoring
• Advanced Process Control
• Process Historian
The Control Performance Monitoring
function monitors and signals the
control quality of the closed-loop
control block. If the performance
declines, the controller can be optimized in good time or specific maintenance measures can be initiated.
The integrated I&C libraries of
SIMATIC PCS 7 also provide higher
quality closed-loop control functions
with which cost-effective Advanced
Process Control applications can be
implemented: multi-variable control,
predictive control, or override control.
It is thus possible to effectively improve
profitability, product quality, safety, and
environmental protection in small and
medium-sized plants.
Current and historic process data form
the basis of all optimization. Secure and
user-friendly real-time data storage and
analysis is handled using the Process
Historian. The process values,
messages, and batch data managed in
the database of the Process Historian
can be called extremely rapidly. Userspecific processing and visualization of
this historic data are supported by the
information server, which is a reporting
system based on the Microsoft
Reporting Services.
© Siemens AG 2013
Migration of old systems from other
manufacturers such as ABB, Honeywell,
Emerson or Invensys has since become
firmly established. The universal,
OPC-coupled SIMATIC PCS 7/Open OS
is being increasingly used with which
any systems can be integrated into the
uniform operating concept of SIMATIC
PCS 7. Engineering tools such as DBA
(Data Base Automation) or the powerful
migration platform for controller engineering accelerate the changeover from
old systems to SIMATIC PCS 7. This is all
supplemented by individual solutions
including those for communication
between the old and new systems or for
fast inclusion in migration projects, e.g.
specific gateways, connectors, cables,
and field termination assemblies (FTAs).
Additional functionality can be
integrated using add-on products
Migration
to SIMATIC PCS 7
Modularity, flexibility, scalability, and
the openness of SIMATIC PCS 7 offer
optimal prerequisites for integrating
supplementary components and solutions in the process control system in an
applicative manner and thus extend and
round off its functionality.
Many systems and plants must now be
expanded and modernized to ensure
that companies can continue to provide
products complying with market
requirements. However, since the
installed basis of hardware, application
software and know-how of the operating and maintenance engineers represents an enormous value, the safeguarding of investments for companies
operating the plants is always assigned
a high priority during all modernization
plans.
Many supplementary add-on products
for SIMATIC PCS 7 have been developed
by Siemens as well as by external partners (see Catalog ST PCS 7, Add-ons for
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control
System). These software packages and
hardware components authorized by
the system manufacturer enable costeffective implementation of SIMATIC
PCS 7 for special automation tasks.
Migration spectrum
Siemens recognized the significance of
migration for process automation at an
early stage, and has for many years
offered a wide range of innovative
migration products and solutions for its
globally proven systems, such as
APACS+ or TELEPERM M.
Experts with experience of migration
In view of the complexity of many
migration projects, decisive prerequisites for migration success include the
analysis and design of the correct procedure, including a realistic assessment of
the opportunities and risks.
The migration experts at Siemens have
already acquired relevant experience in
migrating the most diverse systems.
This know-how is concentrated in
Migration Support Centers that support
migration projects worldwide by means
of analyses, concepts and powerful
tools.
If desired, Siemens works closely with
the customer's system integrators when
implementing migration projects, for
they have the know-how gained over
many years, coupled with precise
knowledge of the plant and the
customer's requirements. For the plant
operator, this partnership is the guarantee for an optimal migration
outcome.
Additional information on the topic of
migration can be found on the Internet
under:
www.siemens.com/simatic-pcs7/
migration
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
15
© Siemens AG 2013
16
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Software Media and Logistics
1
1/2
PCS 7 Software Packages
1/5
Software Update Service
1/8
System documentation
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Software Media and Logistics
PCS 7 Software Packages
1
■ Design
Product categories for SIMATIC PCS 7 software
Delivery form package
Generally, the SIMATIC PCS 7 and TIA software products offered
in Catalog ST PCS 7 can be categorized as follows:
• Core products (single, floating or rental license) with:
- Installation software
- License key for software licensing
• Secondary products (single, floating or rental license) with:
- License key for licensing of installation software is delivered
with a core product or supplied separately
• Cumulative volume licenses (quantity options) with
- License keys for a specific license volume in the form of
process objects (POs), archive tags, TAGs, agents, clients,
sources or units
The products are delivered in a form and package suitable
for parcel shipping by conventional means of transportation
(e.g. shipped by truck, rail or air) to the shipping address of the
customer.
All software products categorized in this way are available as
packages. As an alternative to this physical form of delivery,
the installation software, software and volume licensing are often
available online as well.
The available forms of delivery for each product are explicitly
specified in the ordering data and characterized by different
Order Nos.
Within the SIMATIC PCS 7 core products, the SIMATIC PCS 7
installation software (SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
or SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA) and the
software license for the specific SIMATIC PCS 7 software
product are separate packages. They are no longer sealed
together in one product package.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package or its regional
ASIA version is supplied with the SIMATIC PCS 7 core products
for each single order item. When ordering more than one item,
you can influence the number of Software Media Packages
using the order item. For example, if you order three
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V8.0 software
products as one order item, you will receive only one
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package. However, if you
distribute the order between three order items, you will receive a
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package for each of the three
software licenses.
Additional SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages and
volume licenses specified for the core product can be ordered
separately depending on the requirement.
The following table illustrates this ordering and delivery logistics:
Order
Item No.
Product package
Quantity
Product name
Order No.
Quantity
Components
Ordering of 3 units with one order item
010
3
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single
Station V8.0 including 100 OS Runtime
POs
6ES7 658-2AA08-0YA0
3
License key USB stick, certificate of
license
1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
1
License key USB stick, certificate of
license
1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
1
License key USB stick, certificate of
license
1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
1
License key USB stick, certificate of
license
1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
Ordering of 3 units with three order items
010
1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single
Station V8.0 including 100 OS Runtime
POs
6ES7 658-2AA08-0YA0
020
1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single
Station V8.0 including 100 OS Runtime
POs
6ES7 658-2AA08-0YA0
030
1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single
Station V8.0 including 100 OS Runtime
POs
6ES7 658-2AA08-0YA0
The following SIMATIC PCS 7 software products are supplied
without the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package or its
ASIA variant:
• Secondary products
• Core products with rental license
• Client software
The ordering and delivery logistics described for the core
products is therefore not relevant for these products.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages and SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Packages ASIA can be ordered separately
depending on requirements.
1/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Software Media and Logistics
PCS 7 Software Packages
■ Design (continued)
■ Ordering data
Delivery form online
We offer online delivery for SIMATIC PCS 7 software and license
keys via the Internet as an innovative alternative to the physical
delivery of goods. The decisive advantage compared to
package delivery is that the software or the license key is
available for immediate use.
The software products and licenses can be ordered online at the
Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) by selecting
specific Order Nos. After ordering you will receive your online
certificate of license (Online CoL) per e-mail and other information for the download. The license key download is performed in
the Automation License Manager (ALM). The license key is
transferred to your hard drive from the Siemens server in this
procedure. ALM effectively supports license management.
You can, for example, get an overview of the available licenses
or those obtained online, allocate licenses, and run a hardwarespecific license analysis.
In contrast to the delivery package, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package with online delivery of core products is not
included in the download. The SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package must always be ordered separately with online delivery.
User
X
Industry Mall: Customer
G
orders license key (MLFB)
G
Y
E-mail: Dispatch note No. and
serial No. (Online CoL.pdf)
G
Z
[
G
E-mail:
Password for CoL
Automation License Manager:
Download license key
Example procedure of online delivery for a license key
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Support Package
We offer you supplementary documentation and additive
software (drivers, service packs, tools, etc.) for SIMATIC PCS 7
in the form of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Support Package.
It is only authorized for use in combination with the corresponding SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package/SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA. Software licenses are not
involved.
If required, you can also obtain some of the software
components in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Support Package
directly from the respective manufacturer.
1
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Packages
SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V8.01)
Installation software and
electronic documentation on DVD,
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit,
including Trial license for 14 days
• Delivery form package
Software DVDs, certificate of
license
• Delivery form online
Software download, online
certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA V8.01)
Installation software and
electronic documentation on DVD,
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit,
including Trial license for 14 days
• Delivery form package
Software DVDs, certificate of
license
6ES7658-4XX08-0YT8
6ES7658-4XX08-0YG8
6ES7658-4XX08-0CT8
SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Support Package V8.02)
Add-on documentation and
software (drivers, service packs,
and tools, etc.) on DVD,
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class B, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit,
• Delivery form package
Software DVDs, certificate of
license
6ES7650-4XX08-0YT8
1)
Permanent use of SIMATIC PCS 7 software requires valid software
licenses. In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 software from the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package, you may require supplementary software
(for details, see product information), which can be obtained directly from
the manufacturers or in the form of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Support
Package.
2)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Support Package V8.0 is authorized for use only
in combination with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package V8.0 or
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA V8.0.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1/3
© Siemens AG 2013
Software Media and Logistics
PCS 7 Software Packages
1
■ More information
Regional product versions
Originally, all SIMATIC PCS 7 software products were designed
for international use, i.e. there was only one product version for
worldwide use, which was offered in up to 6 languages: English,
German, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. However,
the number of supported languages was not uniform; it varied
depending on the product. This internationally usable product
variant remains available for all SIMATIC PCS 7 software
products.
In addition, a regional "ASIA" product version will also be offered
for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package and specific
SIMATIC PCS 7 software products of the "Engineering System"
and "Operator System" system components. The ASIA products
are currently available in two languages: English and Chinese
(simplified). They are explicitly identified in the name by the
suffix "ASIA".
If a product listed in this catalog does not have the suffix "ASIA"
in its name, it can always be used globally. However, the following restriction applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered,
the pendant for international use does not support the Asian
languages (currently Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA
product.
1/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The products for international use, i.e. products without the suffix
"ASIA", are not intended as the basis for runtime systems with
fonts in Asian languages.
The following special points must be observed as a result of the
definition of separate products for installation software and
licenses. The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available
in the form of two data medium packages:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA.
SIMATIC PCS 7 software licenses for which there is no ASIA
pendant can be used with both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Packages.
© Siemens AG 2013
Software Media and Logistics
Software Update Service
1
■ Overview
An example of the SUS OS server package should make this
clear once again based on a fictitious license inventory:
Software products in inventory License
inventory
• 3 x PCS 7 OS Software Server,
1 x PCS 7 Process Historian
Redundancy
• 1 x PCS 7 Information Server
Basic Package
• 3 x PCS 7 SFC Visualization
Software Update Service for SIMATIC PCS 7
Siemens offers a cost-effective Software Update Service (SUS)
for international SIMATIC PCS 7 software products (except for
specially marked regional versions, such products with the
"ASIA" label). If you utilize this service, you participate in the
further development of the SIMATIC PCS 7 software you are
using, and are always in possession of the latest release
versions. You can join the software update service for
SIMATIC PCS 7 by purchasing SUS packages, and this is only
possible on the basis of the current software versions at the time
of purchase.
The SUS packages represent a structural division of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 software product range using functional and
system-specific aspects. The number and composition of the
package components identified as list elements are mainly
characterized by license aspects (see "Design" for structure and
contents). A list element can represent a single software product
or also be a synonym for several products of the same type.
License
Number of
inventory
SUS packper list item ages
3
2
5
1
1
3
3
5
For a list item that represents several products, existing licenses
of these products are to be added in the inventory first. In the
example, these are the licenses of the "PCS 7 OS Software
Server" and "PCS 7 Process Historian Redundancy" for the
first list element of the SUS OS server. Be aware that the
"PCS 7 Process Historian Redundancy" product contains
2 licenses.
The license inventory is defined by a single product for the other
list items. The list item that combines the most licenses is
ultimately decisive in determining the number of required SUS
packages. Based on the example, you would therefore need to
order 5 SUS OS server packages.
Duration of subscription, cancellation
Delivery is to the address entered in the order. An SUS is
automatically extended for a further year unless canceled no
later than 3 months prior to expiration. Cancellation must be
made in writing, and must be sent to the dispatch center with
reference to the contract number.
When purchasing one SUS package, you automatically receive
all upgrades and ServicePacks for the software referred to in this
package for one year. Within this period of one year, you are
therefore authorized to update one corresponding license from
your stock for each list element in this package. The total
number of SUS packages of one type which you require is
therefore determined by the list element which includes most of
the software licenses you use.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1/5
© Siemens AG 2013
Software Media and Logistics
Software Update Service
1
SUS Standard Edition and SUS Compact Edition
The SUS Compact Edition reduces the product package of the
Software Update Service for several workstations and simplifies
the central management of licenses. When ordering the SUS
Compact Edition, instead of n packages with one license each,
you will then receive only one package with n licenses on one
license data carrier.
The differences between the SUS Standard Edition and SUS
Compact Edition are shown in an example in the table below:
SUS Compact Edition
SUS Standard Edition
Order
25 x SUS Compact Editions in one order item
25 x SUS Standard Editions in one order item
First delivery
1 packing unit with:
• 25 x Certificates of Contract (COC)
25 packing units with:
• 1 x Certificate of Contract (COC)
Subsequent delivery of
Service Packs
1 x Service Pack (data carrier set)
25 x Service Packs (data carrier set)
Subsequent delivery of
upgrades
1 packing unit with:
• 1 x data carrier set
• 1 x License key USB stick with 25 licenses
• 25 x Certificates of License (COL)
25 packing units with:
• 1 x data carrier set
• 1 x License key USB stick with 1 license
• 1 x Certificate of License (COL)
Billing
1 bill
The SUS Compact Edition is offered for the following
SIMATIC PCS 7 SUS packages:
• SUS OS Single Station
• SUS OS Server
• SUS OS Client, SFC Visualization
• SUS SIMATIC BATCH Server/Single Station
• SUS SIMATIC BATCH Client
If you want to switch from the SUS Standard Edition to the SUS
Compact Edition, you must cancel any existing SUS Standard
contracts and order the corresponding number of comparable
SUS Compact Editions.
1 bill
Software Update Service for TIA products
In addition to the SUS for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system, there is also an SUS for SIMATIC PCS 7 products used
in a different context (CFC, SIMATIC PDM) within the scope of
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). In the case of SIMATIC PDM,
this is identical to the SUS PDM package for the Software
Update Service for SIMATIC PCS 7.
The SUS range is rounded-off by the SUS for SIMATIC S7
products used in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7,
e.g. SUS S7-PLCSIM.
■ Design
Structure and content of the SUS packages for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Update Service
Note:
Each item of an SUS package (element in list) represents a software license.
SUS Engineering
AS/OS
• PCS 7 Engineering AS/OS,
PCS 7 Engineering AS
SUS OS single
station
• PCS 7 OS Software Single Station,
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station Redundancy
• PCS 7 ES Single Station (AS/OS: 250 POs)
(2 SUS packages
are required for a
redundant pair)
• PCS 7 StoragePlus
• PCS 7 Management Console
• PCS 7 Import-Export Assistant
• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone)
• Version Cross Manager
• PCS 7 SFC Visualization
• Version Trail
• PCS 7 BCE
• PCS 7 SFC Visualization
• IE S7 license for communication via
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
• PCS 7 BCE
• IE S7 license for communication via
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
SUS PDM
• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi-functional)
• PDM Basic
PDM Service
PDM S7
PDM PCS 7
PDM PCS7-FF
PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
PDM Extended
PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
PDM Routing
SUS OS server
(2 SUS packages
are required for a
redundant pair)
• PCS 7 OS Software Server,
PCS 7 OS Software Server Redundancy,
PCS 7 Central Archive Server Basic Package (CAS),
PCS 7 Process Historian Basic Package,
PCS 7 Process Historian Redundancy
PCS 7 Process Historian and Information Server Basic
Package
• PCS 7 StoragePlus
• PCS 7 Process Historian Archive BATCH
• PCS 7 Information Server Basic Package
• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi-functional)
• PDM Standard HART Multiplexer
• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone)
• PCS 7 SFC Visualization
• PCS 7 BCE
• IE S7 license for communication via
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
• PCS 7 OS Software Client
SUS OS Client,
SFC Visualization • PCS 7 SFC Visualization
SUS Web Server
• PCS 7 Web Server
• PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server
• PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Client
1/6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Software Media and Logistics
Software Update Service
1
■ Design (continued)
SUS Maintenance • PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering
Station
• PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime Basic Package
SUS SIMATIC
BATCH Server/
Single Station
SUS SIMATIC
Route Control
• PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Engineering
• PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Center
• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Server
• PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Server
• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package
• PCS 7 BCE
• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Basic
• IE S7 license for communication via
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH API
• PCS 7 BCE
• IE S7 license for communication via
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
SUS SIMATIC
BATCH Client
• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Client
• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
SUS Standard Edition
SUS Compact Edition
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Update
Service, Standard Edition
Subscription for 1 year with
automatic extension; requirement:
current software version
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for Engineering AS/OS
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for OS Single Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for OS Server
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for OS Client, SFC Visualization
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for Web Server
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for Maintenance Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for SIMATIC BATCH Server/
Single Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for SIMATIC BATCH Client
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for SIMATIC Route Control
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Update
Service, Compact Edition
Subscription for 1 year with
automatic extension; requirement:
current software version
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for OS Single Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for OS Server
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for OS Client, SFC Visualization
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for SIMATIC BATCH Server/
Single Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service
for SIMATIC BATCH Client
6ES7658-1XX00-0YL8
6ES7658-2AX00-0YL8
6ES7658-2BX00-0YL8
6ES7658-2CX00-0YL8
6ES7658-2GX00-2YL8
6ES7658-7GX00-0YL8
6ES7658-2AX00-0YM8
6ES7658-2BX00-0YM8
6ES7658-2CX00-0YM8
6ES7657-0SA00-0YM8
6ES7657-0XX00-2YM8
6ES7657-0SA00-0YL8
6ES7657-0XX00-2YL8
6ES7658-7DX00-0YL8
Software Update Service for
TIA products, Standard Edition
(SIMATIC PCS 7 products used in a
different context as well as
SIMATIC S7 products used with
SIMATIC PCS 7)
Subscription for 1 year with
automatic extension; requirement:
current software version
• SIMATIC PDM Software Update
Service
• S7-PLCSIM Software Update
Service
6ES7658-3XX00-0YL8
6ES7841-0CA01-0YX2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1/7
© Siemens AG 2013
Software Media and Logistics
System documentation
1
■ Overview
■ More information
PCS 7 online help is supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
It can be opened via the SIMATIC Manager. The help can be
dynamically expanded with add-on help documents.
The complete SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation is
provided as a free-of-charge, multilingual manual collection on
the Internet via My Documentation Manager.
My Documentation Manager not only enables you to view
documents, you can also collect them in your own library and
generate your own documents. Information about using these
functions as well as FAQs are available in My Documentation
Manager.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation provides both
beginners and experienced users with valuable information on
all aspects of the process control system. The range extends
from the system introduction, covers initial steps and crosssystem topics, up to a description of individual system
components. With the "Getting Started" documentation you can
gain initial practical experience using example projects.
In order to use this, select the manuals for your SIMATIC PCS 7
version on the website for SIMATIC PCS 7 technical documentation:
www.siemens.de/pcs7-dokumentation
You can open the available SIMATIC PCS 7 manuals directly in
the My Documentation Manager or first start the My Documentation Manager and then select the desired documentation in the
integrated Siemens library.
In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation,
the Siemens library in the My Documentation Manager provides
access to the technical documentation of other products and
systems from the SIMATIC range of products.
1/8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The "SIMATIC Technical Documentation" site on the Internet
directs you straight to the complete range of technical
documentation available for SIMATIC products and systems in
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. If other
languages are available, you can also find them there. You can
select individual documents from this range for viewing or
downloading.
Additional information is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
2
© Siemens AG 2013
System Administration
2/2
Management Console
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
System Administration
Management Console
■ Overview
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console enables you to
reduce the work for managing your SIMATIC PCS 7 plant to a
minimum. You also have the latest status of the installed
hardware and software components immediately at hand.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console enables:
• Centralized, standardized administration of SIMATIC PCS 7
software
• Inventory of all installed hardware and software components
of the SIMATIC PCS 7 plant
■ Design
PCS 7 PH/IS
PCS 7 clients
PCS 7 engineering station
PCS 7 management console
Terminal bus
PCS 7 server
Plant bus
PCS 7 AS
mEC RTX
AS 416
PCS 7 AS
RTX
AS 417FH
PROFIBUS DP
ET 200M
PA Link
AFD
ET 200S
ET 200iSP
PROFIBUS PA
FF Link
AFD
AFDiS
Y-Link
G_PCS7_XX_00332
2
A process control system includes numerous heterogeneous
components with specific parameters and settings. It is also
subject to a dynamic change process due to updates, upgrades
as well as modernization measures and expansion. As the plant
gets older, it becomes more difficult for you to keep track of
the current state of hardware and software. What is more,
establishing and maintaining transparency without system
support is very time consuming.
Example of a SIMATIC PCS 7 plant with a stand-alone SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console enables you to
manage either individual SIMATIC PCS 7 plants or multiple
plants of a SIMATIC PCS 7 plant network.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of a SIMATIC PCS 7
plant managed with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console
are licensed as Management Console agents.
For small and medium-sized SIMATIC PCS 7 plants,
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console can be installed
and operated on a PCS 7 engineering station.
One Management Console Agent license is required for each
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation managed by the
Management Console. The Management Console agents are
available in cumulative sets with 10, 50 and 100 licenses.
However, a stand-alone SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console
is typically used for medium-sized and large SIMATIC PCS 7
plant networks. For the single station or server versions of
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation that are a suitable as
the basic hardware for such a dedicated SIMATIC PCS 7
Management Console, see "SIMATIC Rack PC" in the chapter
"Industrial Workstation/IPC", page 3/3.
2/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
System Administration
Management Console
■ Function
Central administration of SIMATIC PCS 7 software
The central administration of the software versions of all
stations in your SIMATIC PCS 7 plant significantly reduces
your administrative work. SIMATIC PCS 7 installations, updates
and service packs are subject to administration. In addition
to the current SIMATIC PCS 7 software V8.0+SP1, upgrades
from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0+SP1 are also supported.
The software can be installed on an individual target station or
on multiple target stations in parallel. The installation on the
target station does not require active participation of the user.
Thanks to the upstream security mechanisms, unintended
adverse effects on runtime operation can be prevented.
Setup management
• Provision of SIMATIC PCS 7 installation files on dedicated file
servers or combined on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Management
Console
• Addition/removal of SIMATIC PCS 7 setups in the central
setup management of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Management
Console
• Creation of pre-configured setup packages based on plant/
user-specific aspects (e.g. OS client package)
• Rollout of pre-configured setup packages to target stations
Status monitoring of the target stations
• Check of target stations for installation readiness by
determining and displaying the operating state or role
(e.g. OS runtime active/inactive, redundancy mode)
• Implicit, remote disabling of a station in preparation for the
start of a SIMATIC PCS 7 update installation
• Status monitoring of the entire SIMATIC PCS 7 installation
(e.g. resumption of the installation after restart or network
interruption)
• Implicit, remote enabling of a station after completion of a
SIMATIC PCS 7 update installation
SIMATIC PCS 7 system inventory
General inventory taking of installed hardware and software
components from a central location offers the following
advantages, for example:
• Quick analysis of the installed components as preparation for
replacement actions or upgrades
• Simple creation of a detailed inventory report
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Management
Console V8.0
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows Server
2008/2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Management Console Agents1)
Independent of language, software
class A, floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 10 agents
- 50 agents
- 100 agents
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 10 agents
- 50 agents
- 100 agents
1)
2
6ES7658-5BX08-2YB5
6ES7658-5BX08-2YH5
6ES7658-5BA00-2YB5
6ES7658-5BB00-2YB5
6ES7658-5BC00-2YB5
6ES7658-5BA00-2YH5
6ES7658-5BB00-2YH5
6ES7658-5BC00-2YH5
An agent is required for each SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
managed by the Management Console.
SIMATIC PCS 7 system inventory currently only supports
the system version SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1. The system
inventory spans all levels of your SIMATIC PCS 7 plant:
company management level, control level, and field level.
It covers all SIMATIC PCS 7 system components in these levels,
e.g. SIMATIC PCS 7 workstations, Industrial Ethernet switches,
automation systems (controllers), remote I/Os, links, field
devices, drives, etc.
SIMATIC PCS 7 system inventory implies:
• Central acquisition of inventory data by reading it from the
database of the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system or
directly from the components
• Generation of an inventory report in Microsoft Excel format
• Creation of a license certificate in the form of a list of installed
and actually used software licenses
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
2/3
© Siemens AG 2013
System Administration
Notes
2
2/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
3/2
Introduction
3/3
3/11
3/19
3/26
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547D
IPC647C
IPC847C
3/32
3/32
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C
3/39
3/39
SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client 427D
3/43
3/43
3/44
Expansion components
Mouse and keyboard
Multi-monitor graphics cards and
process monitors
Smart Card Reader
Signal output
3/46
3/47
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Introduction
■ Overview
Basic hardware for clients
Compared to the more compact client versions SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427D and SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C,
clients based on a SIMATIC Rack PC have a larger number and
greater variety of interfaces. They therefore offer more expansion
options and can be used more universally. In multi-monitor
mode, you can control up to four process monitors with
equivalent quality.
3
The main advantage of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D is its
highly compact and rugged design which allows maintenancefree 24/7 operation without fans. The version with solid-state
drive (SSD) is particularly resistant to vibration and shock since
there are no rotating storage media. As a result of the design,
however, the expansion options of the SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427D are restricted.
We offer a select range of modern and powerful SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations for the systems located above the
controller level in the SIMATIC PCS 7 system architecture,
e.g. for:
• Engineering
• Operating and monitoring (also via Internet/intranet)
• Asset management
• Batch automation
• Route control
• Remote control
• IT applications
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations based on a
SIMATIC Rack PC of the type IPC547D, IPC647C or IPC 847C
are optimized for use as single station, server or client, and can
be expanded specific to the system.
As a supplement to these, the SIMATIC Microbox PC in the
version SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D as well as the
SIMATIC Box PC in the version SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS
Client 627C provide low-cost client alternatives for operator
control and monitoring and for batch automation.
■ Application
Basic hardware for single station/server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the types IPC547D,
IPC647C or IPC 847C, which are available for use as single
station or server, vary in their performance, features, expansion
reserves, and length of the product lifecycle. A table compares
the essential features of these types in the catalog section
"SIMATIC Rack PC, introduction", allowing you to quickly narrow
down the search for your specific application. You can then use
the detailed technical data in the same catalog section to define
this preselection in detail.
3/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The compact and sturdy SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C
with a comparable interface configuration is slightly larger than
a client on the basis of the SIMATIC Microbox PC. In return, it is
additionally equipped with a DVD drive and two free slots for
expansion modules. Furthermore, it can also be ordered as a
design version with Panel Front (19", TFT Touch Panel).
■ Options
Notes on the use of other basic hardware and
non-SIMATIC software
Siemens guarantees the compatibility of hardware and software
for system configurations based on components in this catalog.
The system test confirms that the system software of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system can be run on the basic
hardware offered in this catalog. Despite comprehensive tests, it
cannot be excluded that the function of a SIMATIC PCS 7 system
could be disturbed or interfered with as a result of additional
non-SIMATIC software, i.e. software which has not been
explicitly approved for SIMATIC PCS 7.
If you use hardware other than the basic hardware offered in this
catalog, or additional non-SIMATIC software, this is at your own
risk. If compatibility problems arise as a result of these hardware/
software components, the support provided for their elimination
is not free of charge.
The licenses for plant bus communication via Industrial Ethernet,
i.e. for Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) and CP 1613/1623/
1628 communication (IE) are bound to the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations. Depending on the selected type of
communication, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations for
single stations and servers are delivered as standard with a
network adapter plus BCE license or a CP 1623 plus
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 communications software.
If you are using SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 on other computers
(not SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations), you additionally
require a SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V8.0 license (order no. 6ES76501CD08-2YB5) for all single stations or servers which are
connected to the plant bus via a standard network adapter
and not via a CP 1623/CP 1613 A2/CP 1628.
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
■ Overview
in process automation. The more powerful types, IPC647C and
IPC847C, are excellent alternatives to meet higher requirements.
Because the basic components such as chipset, processor or
ECC memory, are identical, many technical specifications of the
IPC647C and IPC847C types are comparable. The essential
differences result from the different overall heights. Since the
IPC647C is only half as high as IPC847C, the number and variety
of the free slots are reduced in this case. On the other hand,
the more compact design requires significantly less space and
enables higher packing densities in the control cabinet. This
allows the realization of space-saving designs.
The IPC847C best equipped and is the most powerful
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation. Its numerous and varied
slots provide a great deal of potential for expansion. In contrast
to IPC647C, the hardware RAID controller enables hard disk
operation in the RAID Level 5 (high data throughput when
reading combined with redundancy). The IPC847C is
predestined for use as a server or single station. Since it would
be over-dimensioned as a client, it is not offered in this version.
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation of the type
IPC547D, we offer you an excellent platform for the configuration
of single stations, servers or clients for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. With
its all-round capabilities it is ideal for numerous applications
■ Application
Features
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
IPC547C1)
IPC547D
IPC647C
IPC847C
Available SIMATIC PCS 7 pre-installations V6.1+SP4
n
–
–
V7.0+SP3
n
–
–
–
n (SP3)
n (SP4)
n (SP4)
n (SP4)
V8.0+SP1
–
n
n
n
V7.1+SP3/4
Available versions
–
ES/OS Single Station
n
n
n
n
OS Server
n
n
n
n
OS Client
n
n
n
–
4 HE
4 HE
2 HE
4 HE
Height
–
–
n
n
Software RAID controller (onboard)
RAID1
n
n
n
n
Hardware RAID controller with
battery backup unit
RAID1
–
–
n
n
RAID5
–
–
–
n
SATA
n
n
n
n
SAS
–
–
n
n
SSD
–
n
–
n
PCIe x16
1
1 + 1 physical
(4 lanes connected)
1
1
PCIe x8
1 physical
(1 lane connected)
1 physical
(1 lane connected)
1 physical
(4 lanes connected)
–
PCIe x4
–
–
–
3
PCIe x1
1
–
–
–
PCI
4
4
1
7
n
ECC work memory
Hard disks/
Solid State Drive (SSD)
No. of slots
Redundant power supply
Lifecycle
with diagnostics
–
–
n
Without diagnostics
n
n
–
–
1.5 to 2 years
1.5 to 2 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
5 years
5 years
Marketing
Replacement parts/repair
1)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation of the type IPC547C is no longer offered for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. It is only available for the predecessor
versions V6.1, V7.0 and V7.1 until further notice.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/3
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
■ Application (continued)
3
Specially optimized versions are available for operation as
single stations, servers or clients. The operating system and the
following ES/OS software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system are factory installed:
• Single station: PCS 7 Engineering Software for AS/OS
(including OS Runtime software)
• Server: PCS 7 OS Software Server
• Client: PCS 7 OS Software Client
You only need the corresponding licenses in order to use the
pre-installed SIMATIC PCS 7 software.
Note:
Please note the standard installation if you use the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations within the SIMATIC
PCS 7 process control system for other tasks, e.g. as basic
hardware for SIMATIC BATCH, SIMATIC Route Control,
PCS 7 TeleControl, PCS 7 StoragePlus, Central Archive Server,
Process Historian, Information Server, or PCS 7 Web Server.
You can then expand or discard the existing SIMATIC PCS 7
pre-installation, or restore it using one of the supplied restore
DVDs (for details, see section restore DVDs under IPC547D,
IPC647C, or IPC847C).
■ Design
Types of plant bus communication
A SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation in the single station or server
version can be used in a variety of ways on the Industrial
Ethernet plant bus depending on the type and number of
automation systems connected:
Interface
Software
for AS communication
Communication module
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2/CP 1628
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication
software, licensed for up to four CP 1623/
CP 1613 A2/CP 1628 (license for 4 units)
with up to 64 AS single stations
(not AS redundant stations)
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
communication software, licensed for up to four
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2/CP 1628 (license for 4 units)
with redundant automation systems
(redundant stations)
BCE (Basic Communication Ethernet) license
with up to 8 AS single stations
Ethernet card
The SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
is suitable for upgrading the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
communication software (for ordering data, see chapter
"Communication", section "Industrial Ethernet,
System Connection of PCS 7 systems", page 11/39)
The Industrial Ethernet versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation for single stations and servers are equipped as
standard with a CP 1623 communication module and SIMATIC
NET HARDNET-IE S7 communications software. The BCE
license is involved in the BCE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation.
Upgrade from BCE to
CP 1613/1623/1628 communication
OS single stations and OS servers with BCE communication can
also be upgraded at a later time for communication with
CP 1613/1623/1628. Items required:
• Network card for connecting to Industrial Ethernet:
- CP 1623 with PCI Express interface or
- CP 1613 A2 with conventional PCI interface
- CP 1628 with PCIexpress interface and additional security
functions
• S7 communications software for CP 1613/CP 1623/CP 1628
- SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 for communication with AS
single stations or
- SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT for communication with AS redundancy stations and AS single stations
For additional information and ordering data for the components
mentioned, see chapter "Communication", section "Industrial
Ethernet, System Connection of PCS 7 systems", page 11/39.
3/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Expansion components
The core component of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation is a SIMATIC industrial PC without mouse, keyboard
and monitor. This basic hardware can be further expanded
depending on the environment of use and customer
requirements:
• Accessories
- Memory modules
- Country-specific power supply cable
- Tower Kit (IPC547D and IPC847C only)
• Expansion components
- Mouse and keyboard
- Multi-monitor graphics cards and process monitors
- Smart card reader
- Signal output
Multi-monitor operation is supported ex factory with two optional
versions:
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
However, it can also be installed later. For information on
multi-monitor operation as well as the required ordering data
for retrofitting multi-monitor graphics cards, see section
"Multi-monitor graphics cards and process monitors", page 3/44.
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
■ Technical specifications
Comparison of the workstation types for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
Type
SIMATIC IPC547D
SIMATIC IPC647C
SIMATIC IPC847C
19" rack
4 HU
2 HU
4 HU
Ready for telescopic rails
Yes
Yes
Yes
Horizontal/vertical Installation
Yes/Yes
Yes/No
Yes/Yes
19" fixing bracket with handle;
dismountable from outside
Yes
Yes
Yes
Tower kit (accessory)
Yes
No
Yes
Degree of protection
IP30 at front (front cover closed);
IP41 at front (front door closed);
IP41 at front (front door closed);
IP20 at the rear according to EN 60529 IP20 at the rear according to EN 60529 IP20 at the rear according to EN 60529
Dust protection
Conforms to IEC 60529 with closed
front door
With closed front door in conformity
with IEC 60529
With closed front door in conformity
with IEC 60529
Filter class G2 EN 779, particles
> 0.5 mm are blocked by 99%
Filter class G2 EN 779, particles
> 0.5 mm are blocked by 99%
Filter class G2 EN 779, particles
> 0.5 mm are blocked by 99%
Intel Q67 Express
Mobile Intel QM57 Express
Mobile Intel QM57 Express
Design and equipment features
3
Design
Chipset
CPU
Processor, clock
• Intel Core i7-2600 (4C/8T; 3.40 GHz, • Intel Core i7-610E (2C/4T; 2.53 GHz, • Intel Core i7-610E (2C/4T; 2.53 GHz,
8 MB Last Level Cache, Turbo Boost
4 MB Cache, Turbo Boost, VT-x,
4 MB Cache, Turbo Boost, VT-x,
2.0, EM64-T, VT-x/-d, iAMT)
VT-d, EM64-T)
VT-d, EM64-T)
• Intel Core i5-2400 (4C/4T; 3.10 GHz,
6 MB Last Level Cache, Turbo Boost
2.0, EM64-T, VT-x/-d, iAMT)
• Intel Pentium Dual Core G850
(2C/2T; 2.90 GHz, 3 MB Last Level
Cache, EM64-T, VT)
Main memory (SDRAM)
Type
Dual Channel DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(PC3-10600), without ECC
DDR3-1066 SDRAM (PC3-8500),
with or without ECC
DDR3-1066 SDRAM (PC3-8500),
with or without ECC
Maximum configuration
4 DIMM memory sockets in total;
together up to 32 GB
2 DIMM memory sockets in total;
together up to 8 GB
2 DIMM memory sockets in total;
together up to 8 GB
Standard configuration
2 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(2 x 1.0 GB); dual channel
2 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB);
single channel
4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB);
dual channel (without/with ECC)
4 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(2 x 2.0 GB); dual channel
2 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB);
dual channel, ECC
6 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB,
1 x 4.0 GB); dual channel
8 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(2 x 4.0 GB); dual channel
4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB);
dual channel (without/with ECC)
8 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB);
dual channel (without/with ECC)
12 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(2 x 4.0 GB + 2 x 2.0 GB);
dual channel
6 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB,
1 x 4.0 GB); dual channel
4 GB or more can be selected for
OS server, ES/OS single station or
OS client
16 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(4 x 4.0 GB); dual channel
4 GB or more can be selected for
OS server or ES/OS single station
2 GB or more can be selected for
OS client
Motherboard slots
4 x PCI
1 x PCIe x8 (1 lane)
1 x PCIe x16
1 x PCIe x16 (4 lanes)
Modules up to 312 mm in length can
be used
8 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB);
dual channel (without/with ECC)
4 GB or more can be selected for
OS server or ES/OS single station
2 GB or more can be selected for
OS client
1 x PCI
1 x PCIe x8 (4 lanes)
1 x PCIe x16
7 x PCI
3 x PCIe x4
1 x PCIe x16
Modules up to 312 mm in length can
be used
Modules up to 312 mm in length can
be used
2 x low-profile swap frames for
3.5" hard disks
3 x 5.25" (1 x 5.25" for DVD burner
and 3 x low-profile swap frames for
3.5" hard disks)
Slots for drives
On the front
3 x 5.25" (1 x 5.25" for DVD burner
and 3 x low-profile swap frames for
3.5" hard disks)
1 x 12.7 mm slimline for DVD burner
1 x 3.5" (unused)
2 x 3.5" (unused)
Indoors
2 x 3.5" for hard disk drives in the
internal drive bay (can be optionally
installed in swap frames)
2 x 3.5" for hard disk drives in the
shock-proof and vibration-proof drive
bay (can be optionally installed in
swap frames)
2 x 3.5" for hard disk drives in the
shock-proof and vibration-proof drive
bay (can be optionally installed in
swap frames)
RAID controller
Onboard: Intel PCH RAID controller
with Intel Rapid Storage Technology
Onboard: Mobile Intel QM57 Express
(5 series SATA RAID controller)
Onboard: Mobile Intel QM57 Express
(5 series SATA RAID controller)
Alternative: Hardware (HW) RAID
controller in slot PCIe x16
Alternative: Hardware (HW) RAID
controller in slot PCIe x16
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/5
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
SIMATIC IPC547D
SIMATIC IPC647C
SIMATIC IPC847C
Hard disk (HDD)
500 GB or 1 TB SATA 3.5" with
NCQ technology
500 GB SATA 3.5" with NCQ
technology or 1 TB SAS 3.5" with
NCQ technology
500 GB SATA 3.5" with
NCQ technology or 1 TB SAS 3.5" with
NCQ technology
Solid-State Drive (SSD)
50 GB or 100 GB SATA 2.5" with
SLC technology
No
50 GB or 100 GB SATA 2.5" with
SLC technology
DVD burner
DVD±R/RW 5.25" SATA
DVD±R/RW 5.25" SATA Slimline
DVD±R/RW 5.25" SATA
Read:
• DVD-ROM: single layer 16x,
dual layer 12x
• DVD-R/+R: single layer 16x,
dual layer 12x
• DVD-RW/+RW 13x
• CD-ROM/CD-R 48x; CD-RW 40x
Read:
• DVD-ROM: single layer 8x,
dual layer 6x
• DVD-R/+R: single layer 8x,
dual layer 6x
• DVD-RW/+RW 8x, DVD-RAM 5x
• CD-R 24x, CD-RW 24x
Read:
• DVD-ROM: single layer 16x,
dual layer 12x
• DVD-R/+R: single layer 16x,
dual layer 7x
• DVD-RW/+RW 13x
• CD-ROM/CD-R 48x, CD-RW 40x
Write:
• DVD-RAM 12x
• DVD+R 24x, DVD+RW 8x,
DVD-R 24x, DVD-RW 6x
• DVD+R9 (DL) 12x, DVD-R DL 12x
• CD-R 48x, CD-RW 32x
Write:
• DVD+R 8x, DVD+RW 8x, DVD-R 8x,
DVD-RW 6x
• DVD+R9 (DL) 6x, DVD-R DL 2x
• CD-R 24x, CD-RW 24x
Write:
• DVD+R 16x, DVD+RW 8x,
DVD-R 16x, DVD-RW 6x
• DVD+R9 (DL) 8x, DVD-R DL 6x
• CD-R 48x, CD-RW 32x
No
No
Drives
3
Floppy disk drive
No
Single station or server design variant
• 500 GB or 1 TB HDD SATA internal; • 500 GB RAID1 internal
0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA,
• 500 GB or 1 TB HDD SATA in
mirror disks); 0.5 g vibration,
swap frame; front
5 g shock, internal
• 500 GB or 1 TB RAID1 internal
• 500 GB RAID1 in swap frame
(2 x 500 GB or 2 x 1 TB HDD SATA,
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA, mirror);
mirror); 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
hot swap; front
• 500 GB or 1 TB RAID1 in swap frame • 1 TB RAID1 in swap frame
(2 x 500 GB or 2 x 1 TB HDD SATA,
(2 x 1 TB HDD SAS, Mirror);
mirror); hot swap; front
hot swap; front; at HW RAID
• 1 TB HDD SATA plus 50 or 100 GB
controller PCIe X8 in PCIe x16 Slot,
SSD, each in swap frame; front
including battery backup unit (BBU)
• 1 TB RAID1 (2 x 1 TB HDD SATA,
mirror) plus 50 or 100 GB SSD,
each in swap frame; hot swap; front
• 500 GB RAID1 internal
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA,
mirror disks); 0.5 g vibration,
5 g shock, internal
• 500 GB RAID1 in swap frame
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA, mirror);
hot swap; front
• 1 TB RAID1 in swap frame
(2 x 1 TB HDD SAS, Mirror);
hot swap; front; at HW RAID
controller PCIe X8 in PCIe x16 Slot,
including battery backup unit (BBU)
• 1 TB RAID5 in swap frame
(3 x 1 TB HDD SAS, striping with
parity); hot swap; front; at HW RAID
controller PCIe x8 in PCIe x16 slot,
including battery backup unit (BBU)
- Without additional SSD
- Plus 50 or 100 GB SSD, in swap
frame; front
• 1 TB RAID1 in swap frame
(2 x 1 TB HDD SAS, Mirror);
hot swap; front; at HW RAID
controller PCIe X8 in PCIe x16 Slot,
including battery backup unit (BBU)
- Without additional SSD
- Plus 100 GB SSD, in swap frame;
front
• 1 TB RAID5 in swap frame
(3 x 1 TB HDD SAS, striping with
parity); hot swap; front; at HW RAID
controller PCIe x8 in PCIe x16 slot,
including battery backup unit (BBU)
- Without additional SSD
- Plus 100 GB SSD, internal
Client design variant
• 500 GB HDD SATA internal,
0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
• 500 GB HDD SATA in swap frame;
front
• 500 GB RAID1 internal
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA,
mirror disks); 0.2 g vibration,
1 g shock, internal
• 500 GB RAID1 in swap frame
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA, mirror);
hot swap; front
No
3/6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
• 500 GB HDD SATA internal,
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
• 500 GB HDD SATA in swap frame;
front
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
SIMATIC IPC547D
SIMATIC IPC647C
SIMATIC IPC847C
Graphics card
Onboard Intel graphics controller,
integrated in processor; version
depends on processor, either HD
Graphics or HD Graphics 2000
Onboard Intel GMA HD graphics
controller, chipset with integrated 2-D
and 3-D engine; up to 2048 x 1536 at
75 Hz / 16-bit color depth
Onboard Intel GMA HD graphics
controller, chipset with integrated 2-D
and 3-D engine; up to 2048 x 1536 at
75 Hz / 16-bit color depth
Graphics memory
Dynamic Video Memory Technology
(uses between 32 MB and 1.7 GB
RAM)
Dynamic Video Memory Technology
(uses between 32 MB and 1.7 GB
RAM)
Dynamic Video Memory Technology
(uses between 32 MB and 1.7 GB
RAM)
Resolutions. frequencies, colors
• DVI connection (VGA via
DVI-I/VGA adapter):
up to 1920x1200 at 60 Hz,
32-bit color depth
• Display port:
up to 2560x1600 at 60 Hz,
32-bit color depth
• VGA connection via
DVI-I/VGA adapter:
up to 1600x1200 at 120 Hz,
32-bit color depth
up to 2560x1600 at 60 Hz,
32-bit color depth
• DVI connection:
up to 2048x1152 at 60 Hz,
32-bit color depth
• VGA connection via
DVI-I/VGA adapter:
up to 1600x1200 at 120 Hz,
32-bit color depth
up to 2560x1600 at 60 Hz,
32-bit color depth
• DVI connection:
up to 2048x1152 at 60 Hz,
32-bit color depth
Mouse
Order separately
Order separately
Order separately
2 x Ethernet port (RJ45)
10/100/1000 Mbit/s, teaming-capable,
two independent controllers:
Intel 82579LM and Intel 82574 L
2 x Ethernet port (RJ45)
10/100/1000 Mbit/s, electrically
isolated, teaming-capable,
two independent controllers:
Intel 82577 L and Intel 82574 L
2 x Ethernet port (RJ45)
10/100/1000 Mbit/s, electrically
isolated, teaming-capable,
two independent controllers:
Intel 82577 L and Intel 82574 L
Ethernet network card RJ45
10/100/1000 Mbit/s (PCIe x1)
CP 1623 communication module
(PCIe x1)
Ethernet network card RJ45
10/100/1000 Mbit/s (PCIe x1)
CP 1623 communication module
(PCIe x1)
Ethernet network card RJ45
10/100/1000 Mbit/s (PCIe x1)
CP 1623 communication module
(PCIe x1)
USB 2.0
12 channels, 500 mA high current,
high speed
• 8 x at rear
• 2 x at front
• 2 x internal, with mechanical locking,
e.g. for USB dongle
7 channels, 500 mA high current,
high speed up to 480 Mbit/s
• 4 x at rear
• 2 x at front
• 1 x internal (e.g. for USB dongle)
7 channels, 500 mA high current,
high speed up to 480 Mbit/s
• 4 x at rear
• 2 x at front
• 1 x internal (e.g. for USB dongle)
Serial
Server/single station: 1 x COM1 and
1 x COM2 (each V.24), 9-pin sub-D
connector
1 x COM1 and 1 x COM2 (each V.24), 1 x COM1 and 1 x COM2 (each V.24),
9-pin sub-D connector
9-pin sub-D connector
Interface modules, interfaces
Terminal bus interface
Plant bus interface module
(single station/server), alternatives
• BCE
• IE
Client: 1 x COM1 (V.24), 9-pin sub-D
connector
Parallel
Server/single station: 1 x LPT1
(25-pin, EPP and ECP)
1 x LPT1 (25-pin, EPP and ECP)
1 x LPT1 (25-pin, EPP and ECP)
Client: Audio
1 x Line In; 1 x Micro In;
1 x Line Out (2 x 0.5 W/8 :);
Conexant CX20642, 5.1-Channel,
High Definition Audio Codec
1 x Micro In;
1 x Line Out (2 x 0.5 W/8 :);
IDT 92HD81HD
1 x Micro In;
1 x Line Out (2 x 0.5 W/8 :);
IDT 92HD81HD
Display port
Yes
No
No
DVI
1 x DVI-I for digital connection of a
monitor
1 x DVI-I for digital connection of a
monitor
1 x DVI-I for digital connection of a
monitor
Keyboard
1 x PS/2
1 x PS/2
1 x PS/2
Mouse
1 x PS/2
1 x PS/2
1 x PS/2
ES/OS single station/OS client
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit,
multi-language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit,
multi-language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit,
multi-language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
OS server
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
t64-bit including 5 CAL, multilanguage (German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit including 5 CAL, multi-language
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit including 5 CAL, multi-language
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
System tested SIMATIC Industrial
Software
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor integrated in SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor integrated in SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor integrated in
pre-installation
pre-installation
pre-installation
Operating systems and
diagnostics software
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/7
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
SIMATIC IPC547D
SIMATIC IPC647C
SIMATIC IPC847C
Watchdog
• Monitoring of program execution
• Monitoring time adjustable in the
software
• Restart can be configured for faults
• Monitoring of program execution
• Monitoring time adjustable in the
software
• Restart can be configured for faults
• Monitoring of program execution
• Monitoring time adjustable in the
software
• Restart can be configured for faults
Temperature
Violation of permissible operating
temperature
Overshoot/undershoot of operating
temperature range
Overshoot/undershoot of operating
temperature range
Fans
Speed monitoring for
• Front fan
• Processor fan
• Power supply fan
Speed monitoring for
• Front fan
• Power supply fan
Speed monitoring for
• Front fan
• Power supply fan
Indicators (front LEDs)
•
•
•
•
POWER (device switched on)
HDD (access to hard disk drive)
TEMP (temperature status)
FAN (fan/temperature monitoring)
• POWER (device switched on)
• HDD (access to hard disk drive)
• ETHERNET 1, ETHERNET 2
(Ethernet status)
• WATCHDOG (ready/fault indication)
• TEMP (temperature status)
• FAN (fan/temperature monitoring)
• HDD1 ALARM, HDD2 ALARM
(hard disk alarm in conjunction with
RAID and monitoring software)
• POWER (device switched on)
• HDD (access to hard disk drive)
• ETHERNET 1, ETHERNET 2
(Ethernet status)
• WATCHDOG (ready/fault indication)
• TEMP (temperature status)
• FAN (fan/temperature monitoring)
• HDD1 ALARM, HDD2 ALARM,
HDD3 ALARM (hard disk alarm in
conjunction with RAID and
monitoring software)
Protection class
Protection class I in accordance with
IEC 61140
Protection class I in accordance with
IEC 61140
Protection class I in accordance with
IEC 61140
Safety directives
IEC 60950-1;
EN 60950-1;
UL60950-1;
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-07
IEC 60950-1;
EN 60950-1;
UL 60950-1;
CSA C22.2 No 60950-1-07
IEC 60950-1
EN 60950-1
UL 60950-1
CSA C22.2 No 60950-1-07
< 45 dB(A) according to
DIN 45635(40 dB(A) at 20 °C,
Windows idle mode)
< 45 DB(A) at 25 °C according to
DIN EN ISO 7779
< 45 DB(A) at 25 °C according to
DIN EN ISO 7779
Optical drives not in operation
Optical drives not in operation
EN 61000-6-3; EN 61000-6-4;
CISPR 22/ EN 55022 Class B;
FCC Class A;
EN 61000-3-2 Class D; EN 61000-3-3
EN 61000-6-3, FCC Class
A;EN 61000-3-2 Class D and
EN 61000-3-3
EN 61000-6-3, FCC Class A
EN 61000-3-2 Class D and
EN 61000-3-3
Immunity to conducted interference on ± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4, burst)
± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5,
the supply lines
symmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5,
asymmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst)
± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
symmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
asymmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst)
± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
symmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
asymmetrical surge)
Immunity to interference on signal lines ± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length < 30 m)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length > 30 m)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; surge,
length > 30 m)
± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length < 30 m)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length > 30 m)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
length > 30 m)
± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length < 30 m)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length > 30 m)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; surge,
length > 30 m)
Monitoring and
diagnostics functions
3
Safety
Noise level
Operation
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Emitted interference (AC)
Immunity to static discharge
± 4 kV, contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 8 kV, atmospheric discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 6 kV contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 8 kV air discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 6 kV contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 8 kV air discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to radiofrequency radiation
1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz and
1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM 1 kHz
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz and
1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM 1 kHz
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V, 10 kHz ... 80 MHz
(according to IEC 61000-4-6)
10 V, 10 kHz to 80 MHz, 80% AM
1 kHz (according to IEC 61000-4-6)
10 V, 10 kHz to 80 MHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-6)
100 A/m, 50 Hz/60 Hz
(to IEC 61000-4-8)
100 A/m, 50 Hz/60 Hz
(to IEC 61000-4-8)
100 A/m, 50 Hz/60 Hz
(to IEC 61000-4-8)
10 V/m, 80 ... 1 000 MHz and
1.4 ... 2 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 6100-4-3)
Magnetic field
3/8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
SIMATIC IPC547D
SIMATIC IPC647C
SIMATIC IPC847C
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-2,
IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-14
+5 ... +35 °C (without restriction)
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-2,
IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-14
+ 5 ... + 35 °C (without restriction)
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-2,
IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-14
+ 5 ... + 35 °C (without restriction)
+5 ... +40 °C (no DVD burner
operation)
+ 5 ... + 45 °C (no DVD burner
operation)
+ 5 ... + 45 °C (no DVD burner
operation)
CPU up to 95 W power loss
+ 5 ... + 50 °C (no optical drive
operation, no HDD operation in swap
frame; total power loss of the
expansion modules < 30 W)
+ 5 ... + 50 °C (no optical drive
operation, no HDD operation in swap
frame; total power loss of the
expansion modules < 30 W)
-20 ... +60 °C
Gradient: max. 10 °C/h,
no condensation
-20 ... +60 °C
Gradient: max. 10 °C/h,
no condensation
-20 ... +60 °C
Gradient: max. 20 °C/h,
no condensation
Gradient: max. 20 °C/h,
no condensation
Gradient: max. 20 °C/h,
no condensation
• Operation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-78,
IEC 60068-2-30
5 ... 80 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-78,
IEC 60068-2-30
5 ... 80 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-78,
IEC 60068-2-30
5 ... 80 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
• Storage/transport
Gradient: max. 10 °C/h,
no condensation
5 ... 95 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
Gradient: max. 10 °C/h,
no condensation
5 ... 95 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
Gradient: max. 10 °C/h,
no condensation
5 ... 95 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
Gradient: max. 20 °C/h,
no condensation
Gradient: max. 20 °C/h,
no condensation
Gradient: max. 20 °C/h,
no condensation
1080 ... 795 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 to 2 000 m)
1080 ... 660 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 to 3 500 m)
1080 ... 795 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 to 2 000 m)
1080 ... 660 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 to 3 500 m)
1080 ... 795 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 2 000 m)
1080 ... 660 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 3 500 m)
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-6,
10 cycles
20 ... 58 Hz: Amplitude 0.015 mm;
58 ... 200 Hz: 2 m/s² (approx. 0.2 g)
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-6,
10 cycles
10 ... 58 Hz: Amplitude 0.0375 mm,
58 ... 500 Hz: 4.9 m/s² (approx. 0.5 g)
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-6,
10 cycles
10 ... 58 Hz: Amplitude 0.0375 mm,
58 ... 500 Hz: 4.9 m/s² (approx. 0.5 g)
Note:
No mechanical loads can be tolerated
when using hard disks in swap frame
and during burning process with
CD/DVD burners.
Note:
No mechanical loads can be tolerated
when HDD is operated in swap frame
and only shocks up to 5 g can be
tolerated during burning process with
DVD burner.
5 ... 9 Hz: Amplitude 3.5 mm;
9 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
Note:
No mechanical loads can be tolerated
when HDD is operated in swap frame
and only shocks up to 5 g can be
tolerated during burning process with
DVD burner.
5 ... 9 Hz: Amplitude 3.5 mm;
9 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27,
IEC 60068-2-29
Half sine: 50 m/s², 30 ms
(approx. 5 g), 100 shocks per axis
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27,
IEC 60068-2-29
Half sine: 50 m/s², 30 ms
(approx. 5 g), 100 shocks per axis
Half sine: 250 m/s², 6 ms,
1 000 shocks per axis
Note:
No mechanical loads can be tolerated
when HDD is operated in swap frame
and only shocks up to 5 g can be
tolerated during burning process with
DVD burner.
Half sine: 250 m/s², 6 ms,
1000 shocks per axis
Note:
No mechanical loads can be tolerated
when HDD is operated in swap frame
and only shocks up to 5 g can be
tolerated during burning process with
DVD burner.
Half sine: 250 m/s², 6 ms,
1000 shocks per axis
CE domestic environment
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-3: 2007
EN 61000-6-1: 2007
EN 61000-6-3: 2007
EN 61000-6-1: 2007
EN 61000-6-3: 2007
EN 61000-6-1: 2007
CE industrial environment
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-4: 2007
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
EN 61000-6-4: 2007
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
EN 61000-6-4: 2007
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
cULus 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Climatic conditions
Temperature
• Operation
Gradient: max. 10 °C/h,
no condensation
• Storage/transport
Relative humidity
Atmospheric pressure
• Operation
• Storage/transport
Mechanical environmental
conditions
Vibrations
• Operation
• Storage/transport
5 ... 8.51 Hz: Amplitude 3.5 mm;
8.51 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
Shock resistance
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27
• Operation
Half sine: 9.8 m/s², 20 ms
(approx. 1 g), 100 shocks per axis
Note:
No mechanical loads can be tolerated
when using hard disks in swap frame
and during burning process with
CD/DVD burners.
• Storage/transport
Approvals
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/9
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
SIMATIC IPC547D
SIMATIC IPC647C
SIMATIC IPC847C
Yes
Yes
Yes
Nominal supply voltage (UN)
• 100 ... 240 V AC (85 ... 264 V AC)
• 2 x 100 ... 240 V AC
(85 ... 264 V AC); redundant power
supply
• 100 ... 240 V AC (85 ... 264 V AC)
• 2 x 100 ... 240 V AC
(85 ... 264 V AC); redundant power
supply
• 100 ... 240 V AC (85 ... 264 V AC)
• 2 x 100 ... 240 V AC
(85 ... 264 V AC); redundant power
supply
Frequency
50 ... 60 Hz (minimum 47 Hz to
maximum 63 Hz, sinusoidal)
50 ... 60 Hz (minimum 47 Hz to
maximum 63 Hz, sinusoidal)
50 ... 60 Hz (minimum 47 Hz to
maximum 63 Hz, sinusoidal)
Short-term voltage dip
20 ms at 93 V
(max. 10 events per hour;
recovery time of at least 1 s)
20 ms at 93 V
(max. 10 events per hour;
recovery time of at least 1 s)
20 ms at 93 V
(max. 10 events per hour;
recovery time of at least 1 s)
Power consumption at 210 W
secondary
270 W maximum at 80% efficiency with Approx. 210 W maximum at 80%
single power supply
efficiency
270 W maximum at 80% efficiency with
single power supply
300 W maximum at 70% efficiency with
redundant power supply
300 W maximum at 70% efficiency with
redundant power supply
AC input current
• Continuous current up to 6 A at 100 V; • Continuous current up to 6 A
3 A at 240 V
• Up to 30 A for 5 ms during startup
• Up to 30 A for 5 ms during startup
• Continuous current up to 7 A
• Up to 30 A for 5 ms during startup
Max. current output (DC)
• +5 V: 26 A; +3.3 V: 24 A
(in total up to 190 W)
• +12 V: 15 A; +12 V: 15 A
• -12 V: 0.2 A
• +5 Vaux: 2 A
• +5 V: 26 A; +3.3 V: 24 A
(in total up to 190 W with single power
supply, up to 100 W with redundant
AC power supply)
• +12 V: 15 A; +12 V: 15 A
• -12 V: 0.2 A
• +5 Vaux: 2 A
Special features
3
Quality assurance according
according ISO 9001
Power supply
Total sum of all voltages max. 210 W
• +5 V: 30 A; +3.3 V: 28 A
(in total up to 160 W)
• +12 V: 15 A
• -12 V: 0.5 A
• -5 V: 0.5 A
• +5 Vaux: 2 A
Total sum of all voltages max. 170 W
Total sum of all voltages max. 210 W
Dimensions and weights
Mounting Dimensions (W x H x D),
in mm
433.5 x 176.5 x 445.5
430.4 x 88.1 x 444.4
430.4 x 177.4 x 444.4
Weight
16 ... 23 kg
10 ... 14 kg
16 ... 23 kg
3/10
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547D
■ Overview
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations based on a
SIMATIC Rack PC of type IPC547D are UL-certified and have
the CE mark for use in residential, business and industrial
environments. With their innovative Intel PC architecture of
19" rack design, their high availability, flexibility and service
friendliness they are highly suitable for the specific requirements
associated with process control technology.
■ Design
Alarm LEDs for RAID configurations
in swap frame
Status display
Hard disk access
Fan/temperature status
Swap frame for hard disks and
solid state drives,
hot swap for RAID configuration
2 x USB
Alarm acknowledgment
button
AC power
supply
Interfaces for keyboard,
mouse,
1 x DVI-I, 1 x DisplayPort,
8 x USB 2.0, audio, COM1,
COM2, LPT1,
2 x Gigabit Ethernet
On/off button
Optical drive
Graphics expansions (optional)
Extension slots:
4 x PCI,
1 x PCIe x8 (1 lane),
1 x PCIe x16 (4 lanes),
1 x PCIe x16
SIMATIC IPC547D, front with open front panel (top) and rear
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC547D
have a painted all-metal enclosure in 19" rack design (4 HUs),
which is particularly protected against dust by a filter and
pressurized ventilation. This mechanically and electromechanically rugged enclosure has a service-friendly design.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC547D can
be positioned and installed horizontally or vertically. Using an
optional tower kit, the Rack PC can be converted into an industry
tower. The compact dimensions also allow space-saving
assembly in 500-mm deep 19" control cabinets.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC547D are
suitable for reliable 24-hour continuous operation at ambient
temperatures between 5 and 40 °C. With a full configuration,
they still provide the maximum processor performance up to the
limit of 40 °C. Shocks up to 1 g and vibrations up to 0.2 g can be
tolerated during operation.
Further essential features of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
Powerful technology with modern processors and
graphic controllers
• Motherboard based on the Intel chipset Q67
• Main memory expansion from 2 to 16 GB (client) or 4 to 16 GB
(server/single station) DDR3-1333 SDRAM, without ECC
(in dual channel mode for the optimum performance)
• Powerful and energy-saving Intel multi-core processors:
i7, i5, or Pentium Dual Core
• Powerful Intel graphics controller onboard, integrated in the
processor:
- Either HD Graphics or HD Graphics 2000 version
depending on the processor type
- 2 digital interfaces: DVI-I and display port
- Analog VGA connection via DVI-I to VGA adapter
• Optional graphics extension with multi-monitor graphics cards
for connection of up to 4 process monitors
• High-speed data transfer through combination of the system
drive (hard disk or RAID1 configuration) with a 50/100 GB
solid-state drive for the user data
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/11
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547D
■ Design (continued)
3
Expansion options and interfaces
• 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port integrated onboard
• Numerous slots for PCI/PCI-Express expansion modules
(all for modules up to 312 mm in length)
- 4 x PCI
- 1 x PCIe x8 (1 lane)
- 1 x PCIe x16
- 1 x PCIe x16 (4 lanes)
• Total of 12 USB 2.0 ports
- 8 on the rear of the device
- 2 on the front
- 2 internal, e.g. for software license dongle ASIA
• Serial COM interfaces
- 2 per server and single station (COM1, COM2)
- 1 per client (COM1)
• Further interfaces at the rear of the device:
- 2 PS/2 for mouse and keyboard
- 1 LPT1
- Sound (Line In, Line Out, Micro In)
• 6 slots for drives (occupied in accordance with configuration):
- 3 5.25" slots (front) for DVD burner and up to 3 low-profile
swap frames
- 1 slot 3.5" (front)
- 2 slots 3.5" (internal)
High system availability
• High-quality components with high MTBF values
• RAID1 configuration for data mirroring on 2 SATA hard disks
(also in hot-swap frame) available for single station, server,
and client
• Faulty hard disk in an RAID configuration can be quickly
identified by the HDD alarm LED integrated in the hot-swap
frame and replaced
• Redundant 110/230 V AC power supply with hot swap
functionality as a design variation
• Lockable front flap provides access protection for removable
media, USB ports, operator controls (reset, power), fan,
and air filter on the front
• Diagnostics and monitoring functions for temperature, fan,
and program execution (watchdog)
• LEDs on front for power, hard disk activity, and status of fan
and temperature
3/12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 system diagnostics
• Can be integrated into the system diagnostics with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station by means of the
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring
the program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed,
hard disk status and system failure
Practical and service-friendly design for industrial use
• High EMC
• Degree of protection at front: IP30 (with front flap closed),
at rear: IP20
• Dust protection through fan-controlled pressurized cooling
via filter
• Filter can be replaced without tools
• Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
against vibration and shock
• Replacement and expansion of components with just one tool
(Torx 10)
• Fast replacement of hard disks by means of hot-swap frame
(configuration option)
• Simple cabinet assembly using telescopic rails
High investment protection
• System-tested with SIMATIC PCS 7
• Marketing period 1.5 to 2 years, supply with replacement
parts/repairs over 3 years
• Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
• Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
• Installation compatible across device generations
• Worldwide service and support
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547D
■ Design (continued)
Restore DVD
The operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 software are
already preinstalled on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations. The supplied restore DVDs permit fast restoring of
the delivered status or a new installation for a different
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
Industrial Workstation
application. The following table shows you the contents of the
supplied restore DVDs and the preinstalled software for each
version of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
Included Restore DVDs
Preinstalled
on delivery
Single station
SIMATIC PCS 7
ES/OS IPC547D W7 (IE or BCE)
Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as ES/OS single station
n
Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software
installation for operation as OS server
n
Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software
installation for operation as OS server
n
Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as OS client
n
Server
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Server IPC547D BCE SRV08
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Server IPC547D IE SRV08
Client
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client IPC547D W7
Individual configuration of
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can
individually configure the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
and thus also its Order no. Selection tables for single station,
server and client are available for this in the Section "Selection
and ordering data" (paper catalog) .
The PCS 7 INDUSTRIAL WORKSTATION PC547D configurator in
the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) allows you to
interactively select and directly order the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation in the Single Station, Server or Client version.
Individually configured SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
will be built to order. Therefore the average delivery time for such
an order is 15 working days.
■ Technical specifications
Detailed technical specifications for the IPC547D type
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation is available under
"Comparison of the workstation types" in the catalog section
"SIMATIC Rack PC, Introduction", page 3/3.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/13
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547D
■ Ordering data
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
Order no.
Order no.
3
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for ES/OS single station
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
6ES76603 ■■■■- 2 C ■■
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Processor and system type
• Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz,
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT),
ES/OS Single Station
• Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT),
ES/OS Single Station
• Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT),
ES/OS Single Station
Hard disks
• 500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
• 1 TB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for ES/OS single station
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
6ES76603 ■■■■- 2 C ■■
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
A
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
D
G
A
B
C
Power supply unit, country-specific version
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- Power cord for Europe
0
A
- Power cord for the USA
1
B
- Power cord for the UK
2
- Power cord for Switzerland
3
• RAID1, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks)1)
C
- Power cord for Italy
4
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)1)
D
- Power cord for China
5
• 500 GB HDD in caddy; at the front
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord1)
E
• 1 TB HDD in caddy; at the front
1)
- Without additional solid-state drive
F
- With 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
• RAID1, 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks),
in caddy, hot swap, at the front
• RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) in
caddy, hot swap, at the front
- Without additional solid-state drive
J
- With 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
L
Main memory
• 4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB);
dual channel
• 8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB);
dual channel
• 12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 2 x 2 GB),
dual channel
• 16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB);
dual channel
K
G
H
M
1
2
3
4
Communication with plant bus
• BCE
0
• Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
1
• Without additional communication modules
8
3/14
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
internal hard disk version (option C or D).
6
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547D
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for OS server
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
6ES76603 ■■■■- 2 D ■■
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
E
H
B
C
Power supply unit, country-specific version
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
• 1 TB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
B
• RAID1, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks)1)
C
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)1)
D
E
F
- With 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
• RAID1, 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks),
in caddy, hot swap, at the front
• RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) in
caddy, hot swap, at the front
- Without additional solid-state drive
J
- With 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
L
- Power cord for Europe
0
- Power cord for the USA
1
- Power cord for the UK
2
- Power cord for Switzerland
3
- Power cord for Italy
4
- Power cord for China
5
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord1)
• 1 TB HDD in caddy; at the front
Main memory
• 4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB);
dual channel
• 8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB);
dual channel
• 12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 2 x 2 GB),
dual channel
• 16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB);
dual channel
3
A
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
A
- Without additional solid-state drive
3 ■■■■- 2 D ■■
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
B
Hard disks
• 500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
• 500 GB HDD in caddy; at the front
6ES7660-
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system
including 5 CAL, multi-language (English,
German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system
including 5 CAL, multi-language (English,
German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Processor and system type
• Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz,
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT), OS Server
• Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT),
OS Server
• Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT),
OS Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for OS server
1)
6
The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
internal hard disk version (option C or D).
K
G
H
M
1
2
3
4
Communication with plant bus
• BCE
0
• Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
1
• Without additional communication modules
8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/15
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547D
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for OS client
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
3
6ES76603 ■■■■- 2 C ■■
Hard disks
• 500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
6ES76603 ■■■■- 2 C ■■
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Processor and system type
• Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz,
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT), OS Client
• Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT),
OS Client
• Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT),
OS Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for OS client
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
C
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
F
J
A
B
C
Power supply unit, country-specific version
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
A
- Power cord for Europe
0
- Power cord for the USA
1
- Power cord for the UK
2
• RAID1, 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks),
internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock1)
• 500 GB HDD in caddy; at the front
C
E
- Power cord for Switzerland
3
• RAID1, 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks),
in caddy, hot swap, at the front
G
- Power cord for Italy
4
- Power cord for China
5
Main memory
• 2 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 1 GB);
dual channel
• 4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB);
dual channel
• 8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB);
dual channel
• 12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 2 x 2 GB),
dual channel
• 16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB);
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
• Without additional communication modules
3/16
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
0
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord1)
1
1)
2
3
4
8
The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
internal hard disk version (option C).
6
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547D
■ Ordering data (continued)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC547D as replacement part
Without hardware expansions, software pre-installation, system software licenses, restore DVDs
Replacement for ES/OS Single Station, OS Server, or OS Client of type IPC547D
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
6ES76603 ■■■■- 8 ■■■
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs,
without pre-installation
Processor and system type
• Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz,
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT),
replacement part
• Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT),
replacement part
• Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT),
replacement part
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as replacement part
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
Hard disks
• 500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
A
• 1 TB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
B
C
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
W
X
Y
• RAID1, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
1)
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)
• 500 GB HDD in caddy; at the front
D
E
J
- With 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
L
A
B
X
A
B
C
Power supply unit, country-specific version
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
F
- With 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
• RAID1, 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks),
in caddy, hot swap, at the front
• RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) in
caddy, hot swap, at the front
- Without additional solid-state drive
Main memory
• 2 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (1 x 2 GB),
dual channel
• 4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB);
dual channel
• 8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB);
dual channel
• 12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 2 x 2 GB),
dual channel
• 16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB);
dual channel
3 ■■■■- 8 ■■■
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
• 1 TB HDD in caddy; at the front
- Without additional solid-state drive
6ES7660-
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs,
without pre-installation
Operating system
• Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade to Windows
XP Professional 32-bit, multi-language (English,
German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including
5 CAL, multi-language (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese) license, with
license downgrade to Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL, multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese)
• Without operating system
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks)1)
3
Order no.
Order no.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as replacement part
- Power cord for Europe
0
K
- Power cord for the USA
1
G
- Power cord for the UK
2
- Power cord for Switzerland
3
- Power cord for Italy
4
- Power cord for China
5
H
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord1)
M
1)
6
The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
internal hard disk version (option C or D).
0
1
2
3
4
Communication with plant bus
• BCE
0
• Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
1
• Without additional communication modules
8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/17
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547D
■ Ordering data (continued)
3
■ Accessories
Additional and expansion components
Power supply cord for Rack PC
Memory modules for expanding
the main memory
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
"European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany,
France, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and
Finland.
SIMATIC PC, memory expansion
• 1.0 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM,
DIMM (1 x 1.0 GB)
• 2.0 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM,
DIMM, kit for dual-channel
technology (2 x 1.0 GB)
• 4.0 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM,
DIMM, kit for dual-channel
technology (2 x 2.0 GB)
• 8.0 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM,
DIMM, kit for dual-channel
technology (2 x 4.0 GB)
SIMATIC PC keyboard
(USB connection)
German/international key
assignment
SIMATIC IPC mouse
Optical (BlueTrack) mouse with
scroll wheel and USB connection
• Color: anthracite
• Color: white
Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
• Tower kit for conversion of a
Rack PC into an industrial
Tower PC
Withdrawable HDD caddy
Low-profile, withdrawable
HDD caddy for 3.5" hard disk,
SATA (without hard disk)
3 m power cord for Rack PC 1)
• For Europe
• For Great Britain
• For Switzerland
• For the USA
• For Italy
• For China
6ES7648-2AJ40-0LA0
6ES7648-2AJ50-0LB0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0LB0
6ES7648-2AJ70-0LB0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA1
USA
Great Britain
Italy
Switzerland
China
Country-specific power supply cords for Rack PC
Tower Kit
6ES7648-1AA00-0XC0
6ES7648-0EG00-1BA0
6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
"European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.
3/18
Europe
6ES7648-0CB00-0YA0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7
REDCONNECT PowerPack
For communication with faulttolerant AS systems, see chapter
"Communication", section "Industrial
Ethernet – system connection of
PCS 7 systems", page 11/39
1)
The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are
required for other countries. The following picture shows the
design of a number of power supply plugs:
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The Tower Kit enables conversion of a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation with rack PC design to an industrial tower PC.
A Tower Kit can be ordered as an accessory for the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation IPC547D.
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647C
■ Overview
Based on a SIMATIC Rack PC of type IPC647C, SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations in 19" format with only 2 HU are extremely
compact, rugged and powerful. They are UL-certified and have
the CE mark for use in residential, business and commercial
environments. They are ideally suited for use as a single station,
server or client in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
due to their high industrial functionality. They enable high
packing density in the control cabinet and save a significant
amount of space in the control room due to their low overall
height.
■ Design
SATA hard disk swap frame,
hot swap with RAID1 configuration
(removable during operation)
Lock for
front door
and hot swap
frames
Power switch
Reset switch
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C are
especially suited for space-saving mounting in 500-mm deep
19" control cabinets due to their compact dimensions.
They can be installed or positioned horizontally.
Housing with
anti-corrosion
coating
DVD±R/RW,
slimline
Status-, alarm indicator for
effective self-diagnostics
Power
switch
AC power supply
100/240 V, single or
redundant
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C are
suitable for reliable 24-hour continuous operation at ambient
temperatures between 5 and 50 °C. With maximum
configuration, they still provide the maximum processor
performance up to the limit of 50 °C. Shocks up to 5 g and
vibrations up to 0.5 g can be tolerated during operation.
Further essential features
2 x USB 2.0 (1 x usable
with door closed)
Fan with
speed
monitor
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C
have a painted all-metal enclosure in 19" rack design (2 HUs),
which is particularly protected against dust by a filter and
pressurized ventilation. This mechanically and electromechanically rugged enclosure has a service-friendly design.
Expansion slots:
1 x PCI,
1 x PCIe x8 (4 Lane),
1 x PCIe x16
COM1 COM2
LPT1
2 x Gigabit-Ethernet
4 x USB 2.0
Keyboard,
mouse
Audio
DVI-I or
VGA via
adapter
cable
(opt.)
Powerful technology with modern processors and graphic
controllers
• Motherboard based on an Intel QM57 Express chipset
• Main memory expansion with 2 to 8 GB DDR3-1066 SDRAM,
either with or without ECC (mainly in dual-channel mode for
the best performance)
Note:
With 8 GB, the visible memory may be reduced to 7.5 GB or
less in a 64-bit operating system.
• Powerful and energy-saving Intel Core i7 processors with
turbo-boost, hyper-threading, and virtualization technology
• Exceptional memory and graphics performance due to
integration of memory and graphics controller in the processor
• On-board graphics on the PCI-Express bus with Intel GMA HD
graphics controller (integrated in the processor);
DVI-I interface on rear of the device; analog monitor
connection via DVI-I/VGA adapter
• Optional graphics extension with multi-monitor graphics cards
for connection of up to 4 process monitors
• High data transfer rates, especially with hardware RAID
controller and SAS hard disks
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/19
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647C
■ Design (continued)
3
Expansion options and interfaces
• 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port and sound
(Line Out, Micro In) integrated onboard
• Slots for PCI/PCI Express expansion modules
(all for modules up to 312 mm in length)
- 1 x PCI
- 1 x PCIe x8 (4 lanes)
- 1 x PCIe x16
• Total of 7 USB 2.0 ports
- 4 on the rear of the device
- 2 on the front (1 of which can be used with the door closed)
- 1 internal, e.g. for software license dongle ASIA
• Further interfaces at the rear of the device:
- 2 x COM (COM1, COM2)
- 2 x PS/2 for mouse and keyboard
- 1 x LPT1
• 5 slots for drives (occupied in accordance with configuration):
- 2 x low-profile swap frames for 3.5" hard disks (front)
- 1 slot for optical slimline drive (front)
- 2 slots 3.5" (internal)
High system availability and safety
• High-quality components with high MTBF values
• High data security through RAID 1 configuration for server and
single station for data mirroring on 2 hard disks (also in
hot-swap frame for replacement of hard disk during operation)
- Software RAID controller (onboard) in conjunction with
2 SATA hard disks
- Hardware RAID controller in conjunction with 2 high-speed
SAS hard disks (design variation)
• Hard disks can be quickly identified in the event of a fault
(via HDD Alarm LED in the hot-swap frame in the RAID
network) and replaced
• Redundant power supply 110/230 V AC as design variation,
every time
• Efficient self-diagnostics via LEDs on front for power, Ethernet
status, hard disk activity, watchdog (ready/fault signal),
status of fan and temperature as well as hard disk alarm in
conjunction with RAID and SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
monitoring software)
• Closing of the front door prevents:
- Access to drives, removable memory media, USB interface,
operator controls (reset, power), front fan and filter mat
- Opening of the enclosure cover
3/20
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 system diagnostics
• Can be integrated into the system diagnostics with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station by means of the
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring
the program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed,
hard disk status and system failure
Practical and service-friendly design for industrial use
• High EMC
• Degree of protection at front: IP41 (with door closed),
at rear: IP20
• Dust protection through pressurized ventilation with fan on the
front and dust filter
• Front fan and dust filter can be replaced without tools
• Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
against vibration and shock
• Replacement and expansion of components with just one tool
(Torx 10)
• Fast replacement of hard disks by means of hot-swap frame
(configuration option)
• Simple cabinet assembly using telescopic rails
High investment protection
• System-tested with SIMATIC PCS 7
• Marketing period 3 years, supply with replacement parts/
repairs over 5 years
• Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
• Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
• Worldwide service and support
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647C
■ Design (continued)
Restore DVD
The operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 software are
already preinstalled on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations. The supplied restore DVDs permit fast restoring of the
delivered status or a new installation for a different application.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
Industrial Workstation
The following table shows you the contents of the supplied
restore DVDs and the preinstalled software for each version of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
Included Restore DVDs
Preinstalled
on delivery
Single station
SIMATIC PCS 7
ES/OS IPC647C W7 (IE or BCE)
Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as ES/OS single station
n
Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Server
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Server IPC647C BCE SRV08
Restore DVD 2:
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Server IPC647C IE SRV08
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as OS server
n
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as engineering station
--
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as SIMATIC PCS 7 web server
--
Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Restore DVD 2:
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as OS server
n
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as engineering station
--
Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as OS client
n
Client
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client IPC647C W7
Individual configuration of
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can
individually configure the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
and thus also its Order no. Selection tables for single station,
server and client are available for this in the Section "Selection
and ordering data" (paper catalog) . In the selection tables
below, you can also order complete SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations as replacement parts.
The PCS 7 INDUSTRIAL WORKSTATION IPC647C configurator
in the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) allows you
to interactively select and order the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation in the single station, server or client version - directly
for the system or as a replacement part.
Individually configured SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
will be built to order. Therefore the average delivery time for such
an order is 15 working days.
■ Technical specifications
Detailed technical specifications for the IPC647C type
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation is available under
"Comparison of the workstation types" in the catalog section
"SIMATIC Rack PC, Introduction", page 3/3.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/21
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647C
■ Ordering data
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations IPC647C
Order no.
Order no.
3
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for ES/OS single station
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
6ES76601 ■■■■- 1 C ■■
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for OS server
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system
including 5 CAL, multi-language (English,
German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Processor and system type
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, TB,
VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), ES/OS single station
Hard disks
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy;
hot swap; at the front
• RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot swap;
at the front; HW RAID controller1) with PCIe X8 in
PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup unit
(BBU)
Main memory
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 1 x 4.0 GB),
DIMM, dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, TB,
VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), OS server
A
Hard disks
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy;
hot swap; at the front
• RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot swap;
at the front; HW RAID controller1) with PCIe X8 in
PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup unit
(BBU)
C
D
E
Main memory
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 1 x 4.0 GB),
DIMM, dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
1
2
3
5
6
6ES76601 ■■■■- 1 D ■■
B
C
D
E
1
2
3
5
6
Communication with plant bus
• BCE
0
Communication with plant bus
• BCE
0
• Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
1
• Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
1
• without additional communication modules
8
• without additional communication modules
8
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
A
B
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
C
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- Power cord for Europe
- Power cord for the USA
- Power cord for the UK
- Power cord for Switzerland
- Power cord for Italy
- Power cord for China
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord
1)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
3/22
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
A
- Power cord for Europe
- Power cord for the USA
- Power cord for the UK
- Power cord for Switzerland
- Power cord for Italy
- Power cord for China
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord
1)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647C
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for OS client
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
6ES76601 ■■■■- 1 C ■■
3
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Processor and system type
• Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache,
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), OS client
Hard disks
• 1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; internal; 0.5 g vibration,
5 g shock
• 1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; caddy; at the front
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy;
hot swap; at the front
Main memory
• 2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
single channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 1 x 4.0 GB),
DIMM, dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
• without additional communication modules
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
C
A
B
C
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
A
B
C
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- Power cord for Europe
- Power cord for the USA
- Power cord for the UK
- Power cord for Switzerland
- Power cord for Italy
- Power cord for China
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/23
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647C
■ Ordering data (continued)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC647C as replacement part
Without hardware expansions, software pre-installation, system software licenses, restore DVDs
Replacement for ES/OS single station or OS server of the type IPC647
3
Order no.
Order no.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as replacement for ES/OS single station or
OS server
6ES76601 ■■■■- 8 ■■■
Hard disks
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy;
hot swap; at the front
• RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot swap;
at the front; HW RAID controller1) with PCIe X8 in
PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup unit
(BBU)
Main memory
• 2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
single channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 1 x 4.0 GB),
DIMM, dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
X
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
C
E
- Power cord for Europe
- Power cord for the USA
- Power cord for the UK
- Power cord for Switzerland
- Power cord for Italy
- Power cord for China
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord
0
1
2
1)
3
4
5
6
0
• Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
1
• without additional communication modules
8
3/24
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1 ■■■■- 8 ■■■
A
B
C
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
D
Communication with plant bus
• BCE
Operating system
• Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade to Windows
XP Professional 32-bit, MUI (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including
5 CAL, multi-language (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with license
downgrade to Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard
32-bit including 5 CAL, MUI (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• Without operating system
6ES7660-
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC647C without preinstallation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC647C without preinstallation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs
Processor and system type
• Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache ,
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), replacement for
ES/OS single station or OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as replacement for ES/OS single station or
OS server
A
B
X
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647C
■ Ordering data (continued)
Replacement for OS client of the type IPC647C
Additional and expansion components
Order no.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as replacement for OS client
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC647C without preinstallation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs
Processor and system type
• Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache,
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), replacement for
OS client
Drives
• 1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; internal; 0.5 g vibration,
5 g shock
• 1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; caddy; at the front
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy;
hot swap; at the front
Main memory
• 2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
single channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 1 x 4.0 GB),
DIMM, dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
• without additional communication modules
Operating system
• Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade to Windows
XP Professional 32-bit, MUI (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• Without operating system
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
6ES76601 ■■■■- 8 ■■■
Y
A
B
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international keyboard
layout with USB connection
C
D
0
1
1)
6ES7648-2AJ40-0KA0
3
6ES7648-2AJ50-0KA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0KA0
6ES7648-2AJ40-1KA0
6ES7648-2AJ50-1KA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-1KA0
6ES7648-0CB00-0YA0
SIMATIC IPC mouse
Optical (BlueTrack) mouse with
scroll wheel and USB connection
• Color: anthracite
• Color: white
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA1
Withdrawable HDD caddy
6ES7648-0EG00-1BA0
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD
caddy for 3.5" hard disk,
SATA (without hard disk)
2
3
3 m power cord for Rack PC1)
• For Europe
• For Great Britain
• For Switzerland
• For the USA
• For Italy
• For China
4
5
6
6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7
REDCONNECT PowerPack
For communication with faulttolerant AS systems, see chapter
"Communication", section "Industrial
Ethernet – system connection of
PCS 7 systems", page 11/39
8
A
1)
X
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
"European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.
■ Accessories
A
B
Power supply cord for Rack PC
C
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
"European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany,
France, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and
Finland.
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- Power cord for Europe
- Power cord for the USA
- Power cord for the UK
- Power cord for Switzerland
- Power cord for Italy
- Power cord for China
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord
Memory submodules for main
memory
• 1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM
• 2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM
• 4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM
• 1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
• 2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
• 4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are
required for other countries. The following picture shows the
design of a number of power supply plugs:
Europe
USA
Great Britain
Italy
Switzerland
China
Country-specific power supply cords for Rack PC
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/25
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847C
■ Overview
The IPC847C is the most powerful and best equipped type
among the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations. Its basic
components, such as chipset, processor, memory, etc. are for
the most part identical to the IPC647C. Because it is twice as
high, however, it offers more installation space and more slots
and therefore a great deal of potential for expansion.
3
It is the only one available with a RAID 5 configuration at the
hardware RAID controller and, with 3 SAS hard disks, it also
provides high data security and very fast data transfer speed.
Together with the excellent performance of the CPU, these are
ideal prerequisites for the realization of complex server
applications as well as for archiving process data.
Since the IPC847C type SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
would be over-dimensioned as a client, it is only as offered as a
single station and server.
■ Design
Lock for
front door
and hot swap
frames
Hard disk swap frame,
hot swap with RAID1/5
configuration (removable
during operation)
Power
switch
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C are
UL-certified and have the CE marking for use in residential,
business and commercial environments.
The painted all-metal enclosure in 19" mounting format (4 HUs)
is especially protected against dust by a filter and pressurized
ventilation. It features a mechanically and electromagnetically
rugged design and is very easy to service.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C can
be positioned and installed horizontally or vertically. Using an
optional tower kit, the Rack PC can be converted into an industry
tower. The compact dimensions also allow space-saving
assembly in 500-mm deep 19" control cabinets.
Housing with anti-corrosion
coating
Status-, alarm indicator for
effective self-diagnostics
2 x USB 2.0
(1 x usable with door
closed)
Expansion slots:
7 x PCI,
1 x PCIe x16,
3 x PCIe x4
Fan with
speed monitor
AC power
supply
120/230 V,
single
or redundant
3/26
DVD±R/RW
Reset switch
COM1 COM2
LPT1
2 x Gigabit-Ethernet
4 x USB 2.0
Keyboard,
mouse
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Audio
DVI-I or
VGA via
adapter
(opt.)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C are
designed for reliable 24-hour continuous operation at ambient
temperatures between 5 and 50 °C. With maximum configuration, they still provide the maximum processor performance up
to the limit of 50 °C. Shocks up to 5 g and vibrations up to 0.5 g
can be tolerated during operation.
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847C
■ Design (continued)
Further essential features
Powerful technology with modern processors and graphic
controllers
• Motherboard based on an Intel QM57 Express chipset
• Main memory configuration with 4 to 8 GB DDR3-1066
SDRAM, either with or without ECC (mainly in dual-channel
mode for best performance)
Note:
With 8 GB, the visible memory may be reduced to 7.5 GB or
less in a 64-bit operating system.
• Powerful and energy-saving Intel Core i7 processors with
turbo-boost, hyper-threading, and virtualization technology
• Exceptional memory and graphics performance due to
integration of memory and graphics controller in the processor
• On-board graphics on the PCI-Express bus with Intel GMA HD
graphics controller (integrated in the processor);
DVI-I interface on rear of the device; analog monitor
connection via DVI-I/VGA adapter
• Optional graphics extension with multi-monitor graphics cards
for connection of up to 4 process monitors
• High data transfer rates, especially with hardware RAID
controller and 3 SAS hard disks in the RAID 5 network
Expansion options and interfaces
• 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port and sound
(Line Out, Micro In) integrated onboard
• Slots for PCI/PCI Express expansion modules
(all for modules up to 312 mm in length)
- 7 x PCI
- 3 x PCIe x4
- 1 x PCIe x16
• Total of 7 USB 2.0 ports
- 4 on the rear of the device
- 2 on the front (1 of which can be used with the door closed)
- 1 internal, e.g. for software license dongle ASIA
• Further interfaces at the rear of the device:
- 2 x COM (COM1, COM2)
- 2 x PS/2 for mouse and keyboard
- 1 x LPT1
• 8 slots for drives (occupied in accordance with configuration):
- 3 x low-profile swap frames for 3.5" hard disks (front)
- 1 5.25"slot for optical drive (front)
- 4 3.5"slots (2 each on front and internal)
High system availability and safety
• High-quality components with high MTBF values
• High data security through RAID 1 configuration for data
mirroring on 2 hard disks (also in hot-swap swap frame for
replacement of a hard disk during operation)
- Software RAID controller (onboard) in conjunction with
2 SATA hard disks
- Hardware RAID controller in conjunction with 2 high-speed
SAS hard disks (design variation)
• High degree of data security combined with fast transfer of
data through RAID 5 configuration (striping with parity) with
3 SAS hard disks in hot-swap swap frame for replacement of a
hard disk during operation (design variation)
• Hard disks can be quickly identified in the event of a fault
(via HDD Alarm LED in the hot-swap frame in the RAID
network) and replaced
• Redundant 110/230 V AC power supply with "hot swap"
functionality (module replacement during operation) as
design variation
• Efficient self-diagnostics via LEDs on front for power,
Ethernet status, hard disk activity, watchdog (ready/fault
signal), status of fan and temperature as well as hard disk
alarm in conjunction with RAID and SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
monitoring software)
• Closing of the front door prevents:
- Access to drives, removable memory media, USB interface,
operator controls (reset, power), front fan and filter mat
- Opening of the enclosure cover
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 system diagnostics
• Can be integrated into the system diagnostics with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station by means of the
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring
the program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed,
hard disk status and system failure
Practical and service-friendly design for industrial use
• High EMC
• Degree of protection at front: IP41 (with door closed),
at rear: IP20
• Dust protection through pressurized ventilation with fan on the
front and dust filter
• Front fan and dust filter can be replaced without tools
• Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
against vibration and shock
• Replacement and expansion of components with just one tool
(Torx 10)
• Fast replacement of hard disks by means of hot-swap frame
(configuration option)
• Simple cabinet assembly using telescopic rails
High investment protection
• System-tested with SIMATIC PCS 7
• Marketing period 3 years, supply with replacement parts/
repairs over 5 years
• Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
• Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
• Installation compatible across device generations
• Worldwide service and support
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/27
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847C
■ Design (continued)
Restore DVD
3
The operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 software are
already preinstalled on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations. The supplied restore DVDs permit fast restoring of the
delivered status or a new installation for a different application.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
Industrial Workstation
The following table shows you the contents of the supplied
restore DVDs and the preinstalled software for each version of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
Included Restore DVDs
Preinstalled
on delivery
Single station
SIMATIC PCS 7
ES/OS IPC847C W7 (IE or BCE)
Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as ES/OS single station
n
Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Server
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Server IPC847D BCE SRV08
Restore DVD 2:
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Server IPC847C IE SRV08
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as OS server
n
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as engineering station
--
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as SIMATIC PCS 7 web server
--
Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default settings
for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
--
Restore DVD 2:
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as OS server
n
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software installation
for operation as engineering station
--
Individual configuration of
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can
individually configure the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
and thus also its Order no. Selection tables for single station and
server are available for this in the section "Selection and ordering
data" (paper catalog). In the selection tables below, you can also
order complete SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations as
replacement parts.
■ Technical specifications
Detailed technical specifications for the IPC847C type
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation is available under
"Comparison of the workstation types" in the catalog section
"SIMATIC Rack PC, Introduction".
3/28
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The PCS 7 Industrial Workstation IPC847C configurator in the
Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) allows you to
interactively select and order the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation in the single station or server version - directly for the
system or as a replacement part.
Individually configured SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
will be built to order. Therefore the average delivery time for such
an order is 15 working days.
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847C
■ Ordering data
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations IPC847C
Order no.
Order no.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for ES/OS single station
SIMATIC IPC847C industrial PC
6ES76602 ■■■■- 1 C ■■
Processor and system type
Hard disks
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy;
hot swap; at the front
- Without additional solid-state drive
2 ■■■■- 1 D ■■
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, TB,
VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), OS server
A
Hard disks
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy;
hot swap; at the front
- Without additional solid-state drive
A
B
- With 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
• RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot swap;
at the front; HW RAID controller1) with PCIe X8 in
PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup unit
(BBU)
- Without additional solid-state drive
E
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
• RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot swap;
at the front; HW RAID controller1) with PCIe X8 in
PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup unit
(BBU)
- Without additional solid-state drive
G
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC), internal
Main memory
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 1 x 4.0 GB),
DIMM, dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
SIMATIC IPC847C industrial PC
6ES7660-
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system
including 5 CAL, MUI (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
MUI (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1
pre-installed
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, TB,
VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), ES/OS single station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for OS server
B
A
B
- With 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
• RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot swap;
at the front; HW RAID controller1) with PCIe X8 in
PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup unit
(BBU)
- Without additional solid-state drive
E
G
D
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
• RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot swap;
at the front; HW RAID controller1) with PCIe X8 in
PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup unit
(BBU)
- Without additional solid-state drive
H
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC), internal
H
F
C
Main memory
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 1 x 4.0 GB),
DIMM, dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
1
2
3
5
6
F
C
D
1
2
3
5
6
Communication with plant bus
• BCE
0
Communication with plant bus
• BCE
0
• Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
1
• Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
1
• without additional communication modules
8
• without additional communication modules
8
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
A
B
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
C
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- Power cord for Europe
- Power cord for the USA
- Power cord for the UK
- Power cord for Switzerland
- Power cord for Italy
- Power cord for China
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord
1)
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
- Power cord for Europe
- Power cord for the USA
- Power cord for the UK
- Power cord for Switzerland
- Power cord for Italy
- Power cord for China
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord
1)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/29
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847C
■ Ordering data (continued)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC847C as replacement part
Without hardware expansions, software pre-installation, system software licenses, restore DVDs
Replacement for ES/OS single station or OS server of the type IPC847C
3
Order no.
Order no.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as replacement for ES/OS single station or
OS server
6ES76602 ■■■■- 8 ■■■
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC847C without preinstallation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs
Processor and system type
• Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache ,
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), replacement for
ES/OS single station or OS server
Hard disks
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
• RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy;
hot swap; at the front
- Without additional solid-state drive
Operating system
• Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade to Windows
XP Professional 32-bit, MUI (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including
5 CAL, multi-language (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with license
downgrade to Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL, MUI (English,
German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• Without operating system
X
A
B
E
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
• RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot swap;
at the front; HW RAID controller1) with PCIe X8 in
PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup unit
(BBU)
- Without additional solid-state drive
G
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC), internal
H
F
Expansion (hardware)
• Without expansions
• Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
• Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
C
D
1
A
B
X
A
B
C
- Power cord for Europe
0
- Power cord for the USA
1
- Power cord for the UK
2
- Power cord for Switzerland
3
- Power cord for Italy
4
- Power cord for China
5
• 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cord
2
3
1)
5
6
0
• Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
1
• without additional communication modules
8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
2 ■■■■- 8 ■■■
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
Communication with plant bus
• BCE
3/30
6ES7660-
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC847C without preinstallation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs
- With 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
- With 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy;
at the front
• RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot swap;
at the front; HW RAID controller1) with PCIe X8 in
PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup unit
(BBU)
- Without additional solid-state drive
Main memory
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 1 x 4.0 GB),
DIMM, dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
• 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
• 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC,
dual channel
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as replacement for ES/OS single station or
OS server
6
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847C
■ Ordering data (continued)
■ Accessories
Additional and expansion components
Power supply cord for Rack PC
Memory submodules for main
memory
• 1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM
• 2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM
• 4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM
• 1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
• 2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
• 4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
"European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany,
France, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and
Finland.
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international keyboard
layout with USB connection
SIMATIC IPC mouse
Optical (BlueTrack) mouse with
scroll wheel and USB connection
• Color: anthracite
• Color: white
Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
Based on SIMATIC IPC847C
• Tower kit for conversion of a
Rack PC into an industrial
Tower PC
Withdrawable HDD caddy
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD
caddy for 3.5" hard disk,
SATA (without hard disk)
3 m power cord for Rack PC 1)
• For Europe
• For Great Britain
• For Switzerland
• For the USA
• For Italy
• For China
6ES7648-2AJ40-0KA0
6ES7648-2AJ50-0KA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0KA0
6ES7648-2AJ40-1KA0
The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are
required for other countries. The following picture shows the
design of a number of power supply plugs:
6ES7648-2AJ50-1KA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-1KA0
Europe
USA
Great Britain
Italy
Switzerland
China
6ES7648-0CB00-0YA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA1
Country-specific power supply cords for Rack PC
Tower Kit for IPC847C
6ES7648-1AA00-0XD0
6ES7648-0EG00-1BA0
The Tower Kit enables conversion of a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation with rack PC design to an industrial tower PC.
A Tower Kit can be ordered as an accessory for the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation IPC847C.
6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7
REDCONNECT PowerPack
For communication with faulttolerant AS systems, see chapter
"Communication", section "Industrial
Ethernet – system connection of
PCS 7 systems", page 11/39
1)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
"European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/31
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C
■ Overview
The SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C based on the
SIMATIC Box PC of type SIMATIC IPC627C can be used within
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system as OS Client or
SIMATIC BATCH client. For these applications it is an
alternative to clients based on a SIMATIC Microbox PC or
SIMATIC Rack PC.
3
The compact and rugged SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C
with a comparable interface configuration is slightly larger and
heavier than a client on the basis of the SIMATIC Microbox PC.
In return, it is additionally equipped with a DVD drive and
two free slots for expansion modules.
■ Design
The SIMATIC IPC627C industrial PC serving as a platform for the
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C, can be used in
accordance with its CE marking in industrial environments as
well as in domestic, business and commercial environments.
The SIMATIC Box PC based on Intel Core i7 processor
technology particularly convinces with the following properties
and equipment features:
• Stable platform available for a period of about 3 years with
embedded Intel components (spare parts supply and repairs
for approx. 5 years)
• Rugged metal enclosure with IP20 degree of protection with
high electromagnetic compatibility.
• Alternative design version of panel front: SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
with fixed 19" TFT Touch Panel, resolution 1280 x 1024
(without front-mounted USB interface)
• Flexible installation in various positions with mounting
brackets or portrait installation kits
• High shock/vibration resistance in all possible mounting
positions
• Variable power supply: 24 V DC or 110/230 V AC
• Maximum processor performance up to an ambient
temperature of 55 °C
• Integrated drives:
- 1 x hard disk SATA 3.5"
- 1 x optical drive SATA DVD±R/RW
• Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
• Fast restoration of the delivery state with supplied restore DVD
Design versions/expandability
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C in standard
design, operation and monitoring are via separate control units
(mouse, keyboard, process monitor), which must be additionally
ordered. In addition to the mouse and keyboard, two additional
input/output devices can be externally connected via the
existing USB ports, e.g. 3.5" diskette drive or USB chipcard
reader.
A process monitor with analog (VGA) or digital (DVI) connection
can be operated at the DVI-I port. The adapter cable required for
the analog VGA connection belongs to the product package of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C.
The selection of the process monitor depends on the technical
data of the integrated graphics as well as the image formats and
resolutions which are adjustable in the project editor the
OS software (see section Operator System, OS Software,
Introduction).
The SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C can also be ordered
with Panel Front. The difference compared to the standard
design is that a 19" TFT Touch Panel is connected permanently
to the SIMATIC Box PC. The 19" TFT Touch Panel supports a
resolution of 1280 x 1024 pixels.
Interfaces
• 4 x USB (2.0/high-speed)
• 1 x COM1 (RS 232)
• 1 x DVI-I port (combined DVI/VGA)
• 2 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mbps (RJ45)
• 1 x PCI-Express x16 (175 mm) and 1 x PCI (265 mm),
vacant for expansions
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX with Panel Front, side and front views
3/32
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C
■ Design (continued)
Diagnostics
• Integrated, parameterizable monitoring functions
(temperature, fan failure, CMOS battery)
• Integrated diagnostics displays (two 7-segment displays and
alarm LEDs in each case)
• SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor software for enhanced diagnostics
functions/messages (e.g. operating hours counter,
hard disk status) and logging and evaluation
Pre-installed software
The following software is pre-installed on the
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C on delivery:
• Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system, multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client V8.0+SP1
• SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software
Note
In contrast to usual practice, the license of the pre-installed
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software client does not need to be procured
additionally. It is included in the scope of delivery of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C.
■ Technical specifications
SIMATIC IPC627C, SIMATIC PCS 7
BOX OS Client 627C version
Standard design
Panel front design
Design
Rack-mountable device with sturdy metal
enclosure, suitable for wall and portrait mounting
Rack-mounted device with sturdy metal enclosure
and panel front, suitable for mounting in control
cabinets, enclosures, consoles and pivoted arms;
max. mounting angle ± 20° from the vertical
Degree of protection
IP20
Computer unit and rear of panel IP20; panel front:
IP65 with clamp fixing,
IP54 with screw fixing
Processor
Intel Core i7-610E mobile processor 2.53 GHz
Design and equipment features
4 MB second level cache, 2 cores /4 threads, Hyper-Threading, Turbo Boost
Chipset
Mobile Intel QM57 Express Chipset
Main memory
• Type
• Maximum configuration
• Standard configuration
DDR3-1066 SDRAM
4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 sockets)
4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB)
Graphics
• Graphic controller
Intel HD graphics controller
• Graphics memory
2-D and 3-D engine integrated in chipset
Dynamic Video Memory
(uses up to 256 MB RAM)
• Resolutions, frequencies, colors
- CRT
- DVI
Up to 1280 x 1024 at 100 Hz, 32-bit color depth
Up to 1600 x 1200 at 60 Hz, 32-bit color depth
Maximum resolution:
2038 x 1536 at 75 Hz, 16-bit color depth
LCD via DVI-I:
1600 x 1200 at 60 Hz, 32-bit color depth
• Color display (panel front)
- Resolution
- Contrast ratio, typical
- Luminance (cd/m²), typical
- Horizontal/vertical viewing angle, typical
–
–
–
–
–
Free expansion slots
1 x PCI
1 x PCI Express x16
Drives
• Hard disk
• Optical drive
• Floppy disk drive
19" TFT touch panel
1280 x 1024
700:1
300
80°/80°
3.5" SATA, 250 GB
Slim-line SATA DVD±R/RW
Connectable via USB (not included in scope of delivery)
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/33
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C
■ Technical specifications (continued)
SIMATIC IPC627C, SIMATIC PCS 7
BOX OS Client 627C version
Standard design
Panel front design
Interfaces
3
Ethernet
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps (RJ45), Intel 82574 L and Intel 82577 L
USB
• External
• Internal
4 x USB 2.0 (max. 2 high-current at the same time)
1 x USB 2.0 high-current
1 x USB 2.0 low-current on 10-pin plug connector
1 x USB 2.0 low-current for internal USB stick/dongle
Serial
1 x COM1 (V.24), 9-pin Sub-D connector
Parallel
–
Graphics connection
1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined):
DVI digital
VGA analog
Keyboard, mouse
Connectable via USB (keyboard and mouse not included in scope of delivery)
Operating system and diagnostics software
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system, multi-language (English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), pre-installed on hard disk and enclosed on restore DVD, no activation required
System-tested SIMATIC industrial software
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
Monitoring and diagnostics functions
Temperature
• Processor temperature
• Temperature in the area of the power supply
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station)
Fans
• Failure of device fan and power supply fan
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station)
Operating hours counter
Via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
Indicators
• 2 x 7-segment display (for BIOS post codes)
• 2 x two-color LEDs
–
Safety
Protection class
Safety directives
• AC
• DC
Protection class I compliant with IEC 61140
EN 60950-1; UL 60950-1;
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61131-2; UL 508;
CSA C22.2 No. 142
Noise level
Operation
< 55 dB(A) according to EN ISO 7779
< 55 dB(A) to DIN 45635-1
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-3-2 Class D
EN 61000-6-4; Class A
EN 61000-3-3; FCC Class A
EN 61000-3-3; FCC Class A
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Interference emission
Immunity to conducted interference on the
supply lines
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; Burst)
± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; symmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; asymmetrical surge)
Immunity to interference on signal lines
± 1 kV; (to IEC 61000-4-4; Burst; length < 30 m)
± 2 kV; (to IEC 61000-4-4; Burst; length > 30 m)
± 2 kV; (to IEC 61000-4-5; Surge; length > 30 m)
Immunity to static discharge
± 6 kV contact discharge (according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 8 kV air discharge (to IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to high-frequency radiation
10 V/m, 80 ... 1 000 MHz and 1.4 ... 2 GHz, 80% AM (to IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM (to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V, 10 kHz ... 80 MHz (according to IEC 61000-4-6)
Immunity to magnetic fields
3/34
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
100 A/m, 50 Hz (to IEC 61000-4-6)
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C
■ Technical specifications (continued)
SIMATIC IPC627C, SIMATIC PCS 7
BOX OS Client 627C version
Standard design
Panel front design
Climatic conditions
Temperature
• Operation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-14
• +5 to +45 °C (with DVD writer, only up to +40 °C) –
• +5 to +50 °C (power of all slots max. 20 W)
• +5 to +55 °C (power of all slots max. 10 W)
3
• Operation, with cabinet installation
- External temperature 40 °C
–
- External temperature 45 °C
–
• Storage/transport
• Gradient
- Operation
- Storage
Relative humidity
• Operation
• Storage/transport
Atmospheric pressure
• Operation
• Storage/transport
• Internal temperature max. +50 °C
(max. power of all slots 15 W)
• Internal temperature max. +45°C with maximum
configuration (power of all slots 30 W)
-20 to +60 °C
Max. 10 °C/h
20 °C/h, no condensation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30
5 to 80% at 25 °C (no condensation)
5 to 95% at 25 °C (no condensation)
1 080 to 795 hPa
(corresponds to an altitude of 1 000 to 2 000 m)
1 080 to 660 hPa
(corresponds to an altitude of 1 000 to 3 500 m)
Mechanical environmental conditions
Vibrations
• Operation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-6
10 … 58 Hz: 0.075 mm,
58 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
Limitation with DVD writer:
10 … 58 Hz: 0.019 mm,
58 ... 500 Hz: 2.5 m/s²
• Storage/transport
Limitation with portrait assembly:
10 … 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm,
58 ... 500 Hz: 4.9 m/s²
5 … 9 Hz: 3.5 mm,
9 … 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
–
Shock resistance
• Operation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-29
50 m/s², 30 ms
• Storage/transport
Limitation with portrait assembly:
25 m/s², 30 ms
250 m/s², 6 ms
–
Standards, specifications, approvals
CE - Residential, business and commercial
operations, and small businesses
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-3: 2007
EN 61000-6-1: 2007
CE industrial environment
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-4: 2007
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
cULus
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) to Standard UL 60950-1, Report E11 5352 and Canadian Standard
C22.2 No. 60950-1 (I.T.E) or to UL 508 and C22.2 No. 142 (IND.CONT.EQ)
Special features
Quality assurance
According to ISO 9001
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/35
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C
■ Technical specifications (continued)
SIMATIC IPC627C, SIMATIC PCS 7
BOX OS Client 627C version
Standard design
Panel front design
Power supply
3
Supply voltage (AC)
Nominal 100 to 240 V AC (-15%/+10%), autorange
Supply voltage (DC)
Nominal 24 V DC (-20 %/+20 %), SELV
AC input current
Continuous current up to 2.3 A (up to 50 A for 1 ms at startup)
DC input current
Continuous current up to 8 A (up to 14 A for 30 ms at startup)
Brief voltage interruption according to NAMUR
Max. 20 ms (at 93 to 264 V)
(max. 10 events per hour; recovery time of at least 1 s)
Max. power consumption
• Active power (AC/DC)
• Apparent power (AC)
190 W
250 VA
Dimensions and weights
External dimensions including DVD writer (W x H x D) 297 x 267 x 100
in mm
483 x 400 x 162
Mounting cutout (W x H in mm)
–
450 x 380
Mounting depth including DVD writer (D in mm)
–
151
Weight
• Complete unit
• Operator panel (front panel)
Approx. 7 kg
–
approx. 16.8 kg
9.8 kg
System software and licenses
(included in product package)
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client V8.0+SP1 (6ES7658-2CX08-0YB5)
Restore DVDs/preinstallation
• Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system with default settings for optimized
SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
• Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system plus software installation for
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX operation (corresponds to preinstallation)
3/36
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C as replacement part
Order no.
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client System
PC type: SIMATIC IPC627C
Hardware:
Intel Core i7-610E processor (2 cores/4 threads),
2.53 GHz, TB, HT, VT, 4 MB cache);
main memory 4 GB (2 x 2 GB), DDR3 1066,
DIMM;
hard disk 250 GB HDD SATA; DVD±RW;
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45;
graphics onboard,
4 x USB V2.0 (high-current); 1 x serial (COM1);
1 x PCI, 1 x PCIe (X16)
Order no.
6ES76504 A A 1 1 - 8 ■■■
Hardware:
Intel Core i7-610E processor (2 cores/4 threads),
2.53 GHz, TB, HT, VT, 4 MB cache);
main memory 4 GB, DDR3 1066, DIMM;
hard disk 250 GB HDD SATA; DVD±RW;
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45; graphics
onboard,
4 x USB V2.0 (high-current); 1 x serial (COM1);
1 x PCI, 1 x PCIe (X16)
SIMATIC PCS 7 software version V8.0+SP1
Operating system
• Windows XP Professional multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese)
• Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• Without operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
Without additional communications interfaces
System type
• PCS 7 BOX OS Client
L
Panel Front
• without panel
A
• 19" TFT Touch, 1280x1024 pixels
B
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply to
NAMUR
- Power cord for Europe
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client as
6ES7650replacement part
4 A A 8 ■ - ■F ■■
PC type: SIMATIC IPC627C without preinstallation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs
0
1
8
Communication modules
• PROFIBUS onboard
0
• without additional communication modules
8
Panel Front
• without panel
A
0
• 19" TFT Touch, 1280x1024 pixels
B
- Power cord for the UK
1
- Power cord for Switzerland
2
- Power cord for the USA
3
- Power cord for Italy
4
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply to
NAMUR
- Power cord for Europe
- Power cord for China
5
- Power cord for the UK
1
6
- Power cord for Switzerland
2
- Power cord for the USA
3
- Power cord for Italy
4
- Power cord for China
5
• 24 V DC industrial power supply
• 24 V DC industrial power supply
0
6
Additional and expansion components
Keyboard/mouse
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international with USB
connection
SIMATIC IPC mouse
Optical (BlueTrack) mouse with
scroll wheel and USB connection
• Color: anthracite
• Color: white
6ES7648-0CB00-0YA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA1
Accessories
Portrait assembly kit
• Kit 1: Interfaces to the front
• Kit 2: Interfaces upward/
downward
6ES7648-1AA10-0YB0
6ES7648-1AA10-0YA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/37
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C
■ Accessories
Portrait assembly kit
3
Together with the kit, the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client
occupies a mounting depth of 365 mm (Kit 1) or 279 mm (Kit 2)
in the control cabinet. The limitations associated with portrait
assembly regarding vibration and shock resistance are relatively
small (see technical specifications).
Since all interfaces are accessible from the front when using
Kit 1, this type of assembly is particularly suitable for
commissioning and servicing.
Please observe the information on operation planning and
device installation in the manual of the SIMATIC IPC627C
in conjunction with the use of portrait assembly kits.
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX with portrait assembly kit, interfaces at front
The portrait assembly kit allows space-saving installation
in the control cabinet. It is available in two models:
• Kit 1: Portrait assembly with interfaces to the front
• Kit 2: Portrait assembly with interfaces on top or bottom
Mounting area required (W x H in mm)
• Rail mounting
298 x 301
• Portrait assembly kit 1: With interfaces to the front 100 x 316
• Portrait assembly kit 2: With interfaces on
100 x 392
top/bottom
3/38
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client 427D
■ Overview
The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D based on the
SIMATIC IPC427D (Microbox) can be used in SIMATIC PCS 7
systems as a client for the operator system and
SIMATIC BATCH.
For these applications, it is an excellent alternative to clients
based on a SIMATIC BOX PC or SIMATIC Rack PC.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D is available in two versions.
These differ with regard to the data storage medium used:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D (HDD)
with a hard disk drive 2.5" SATA-HDD, 250 GB
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D (SSD)
with a solid-state drive 2.5" SATA-SSD, 50 GB High Endurance
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D
■ Design
Due to their exceptional physical properties, both versions of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D allow maintenance-free
24/7 operation without the support of a fan.
The absence of rotating storage media means that the
SSD version is particularly resistant to vibration and shock.
When operating in a restricted access location (RAL),
e.g. in a lockable control cabinet, operating temperatures from
0 °C to +50 °C are permissible for this version in a horizontal
mounting position.
The compact design of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D
(HDD/SSD) and the flexible assembly options (DIN rail, wall or
portrait mounting) in a horizontal or vertical orientation help to
achieve a space-saving design.
Expansions/interfaces
However, expansions and the number of interfaces are limited as
a result of the compact design. The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client
427D (HDD/SSD) has:
• 4 USB 3.0 ports (max. 2 high-current ports can be used
simultaneously)
• 1 COM1 port (RS 232)
• 1 DVI-I port (combined DVI/VGA)
• 1 display port (DVI with DPP-to-DVI adapter); can be used for
multi-monitor operation with two monitors
• 2 Ethernet interfaces 10/100/1000 Mbps (RJ45)
The two integral Ethernet interfaces have a teaming capability
and are thus suitable for connection to a redundant terminal bus
(for details on implementation, refer to the function manual
"Fault-tolerant process control systems", Section "Redundant,
fault-tolerant terminal bus").
The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D (HDD/SSD) is supplied
without input/output devices. In addition to mouse and
keyboard, two further input/output devices can be externally
connected via the existing USB ports, e.g. 3.5" floppy disk drive,
optical drive (DVD-ROM/DVD±RW) or chipcard reader USB.
You can use the display port as a second graphics interface
to implement multi-monitor mode with two process monitors.
The first monitor in this case is operated on the DVI-I interface,
the second on the display port (directly or via a DPP-to-DVI
adapter).
The following resolutions are possible in multi-monitor mode:
• 1024 x 768
• 1152 x 864
• 1280 x 1024
• 1600 x 1200
• 1680 x 1050
• 1920 x 1080
• 1920 x 1200
Monitoring functions
Configurable monitoring functions can be recorded and
evaluated via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station. These monitoring functions include:
• Program execution (watchdog)
• Processor and board temperatures
• Enhanced diagnostics/messages, e.g. operating hours
counter, hard disk status or system status,
backup battery status
The "Power" and "Watchdog" signals are displayed on LEDs.
Pre-installed software
The following software is pre-installed on the SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427D (HDD/SSD):
• Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system, multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client V8.0+SP1
• SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software
A process monitor with analog (VGA) or digital (DVI) connection
can be operated at the DVI-I port. The adapter cable required for
the analog VGA connection can be ordered as an option.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/39
3
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client 427D
■ Technical specifications
3
SIMATIC IPC427D (Microbox),
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D version
Monitoring and diagnostics
functions
Design and equipment features
Watchdog
• Monitoring of program execution
• Restart can be parameterized
following faults
• Monitoring time adjustable in the
software
Temperature
• Processor
• Motherboard in vicinity of display
socket and RAM module
Design
• DIN rail or wall mounting;
horizontal (preferred) or vertical
• Portrait assembly; vertical
Degree of protection in accordance
with IEC 60529
IP20
CPU
• Processor
• Second Level Cache
Intel Core i7-3517UE 1.7 GHz
4 MB
Main memory (module up to 8 GB
operable without/with ECC)
4 GB DDR3-SDRAM 1066
(1 SO-DIMM module without ECC)
Graphics
• Graphic controller
• Graphics memory
• Resolutions/frequencies
- CRT
- DVI
- Display port (DPP)
Drives, alternative
• Hard disk drive
• Solid State Disk
• CD-ROM/DVD-RW/diskette
Interfaces
• Ethernet
• USB
• Serial
• Parallel
• Graphics connection
• Keyboard, mouse
Intel HD4000 integrated in the
chipset
32 to 512 MB shared memory
Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 ... 120 Hz
Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 Hz
Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 Hz
1 x 2.5" SATA-HDD 250 GB
1 x 2.5" SATA-SSD 50 GB
High Endurance
Connectable via USB (not included in
scope of delivery)
2 x Ethernet ports (RJ45)
Intel 82579LM and Intel 82574L
10/100/1000 Mbps, isolated,
teaming-capable
4 x USB 3.0 (max. 2 high-current
ports can be used simultaneously)
1 x COM1 RS 232,
max. 115 Kbps,
9-pin Sub-D connector
-1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined)
• DVI: Digital
• VGA: Analog
1 x display port (DPP);
DVI via DPP-to-DVI adapter
Connectable via USB (not included in
scope of delivery)
• PC ON/WD for power supply and
watchdog
• L1, L2 and L3 freely programmable
by the user
LED displays
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and
SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Management)
Battery monitoring
Battery status register readable;
residual life after reaching the
warning level at least 1 month
Operating hours counter
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and
SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Management)
Safety
Protection class
Protection class I in accordance
with IEC 61140
Safety directives
EN 60950-1; UL 60950-1;
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1;
UL 508; CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 142
Noise level
Operation
Interference emission
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4,
CISPR220 Class B; FCC Class A
Immunity to conducted interference
on the supply lines
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst)
System-tested SIMATIC industrial
software
3/40
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multilanguage (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor integrated
in pre-installation
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
symmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
asymmetrical surge)
Immunity to interference on
signal lines
± 1 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst; length < 3 m)
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst; length > 3 m)
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-5;
surge; length > 30 m)
Immunity to static discharge
± 6 kV contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 8 kV air discharge
(to IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to high-frequency radiation
10 V/m, 80 to 1 000 MHz and 1.4 to
2 GHz, 80 % AM (to IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80 % AM
(to IEC 61000-4-3)
Operating system, basic software
Operating system
< 40 dB (A) to DIN 45635-1
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
10 V, 10 kHz to 80 MHz, 80 % AM
(to IEC 61000-4-6)
Immunity to magnetic fields
100 A/m rms value 50/60 Hz
to IEC 61000-4-8
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client 427D
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Climatic conditions
Temperature
• Horizontal mounting position,
in operation
- Operation with hard disk
and max. 2 expansion modules
(max. load 10 W)
- Operation with SSD
and max. 2 expansion modules
(max. load 10 W)
- Operation with SSD in RAL2)
and max. 2 expansion modules
(max. load 10 W)
• Vertical mounting position,
in operation
- Operation with hard disk
(without expansion module)
- Operation with SSD
(without expansion module)
- Operation with SSD in RAL2)
and max. 2 expansion modules
(max. load 10 W)
• Storage/transport
- HDD
- SSD
• Gradient
- Operation
- Storage
Relative humidity
• Operation
• Storage/transport
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-1,
IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-14
+5 ... +40 °C1)
0 to +40 °C
0 ... +50 °C1)
CE industrial environment
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-4: 2007
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
cULus
3
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
compliant with Standard UL 60950-1
and Canadian National Standard
0 to +40 °C
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 142
(IND.CONT.EQ)
0 to +45 °C1)
Special features
Quality assurance
according to ISO 9001
Power supply (electrically isolated)
-40 ... +60 °C
-40 ... +70 °C
Max. 10 °C/h
20 °C/h; no condensation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-78,
IEC 60068-2-30
5 to 80% at 25 °C (no condensation)
5 to 95% at 25 °C (no condensation)
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-6
5 to 9 Hz: 3.5 mm
9 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
- With hard disk and wall installation 10 to 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm
58 ... 200 Hz: 4.9 m/s²
Starting prohibited
- With hard disk and DIN rail
mounting or vertical installation
5 to 9 Hz: 3.5 mm,
• Storage/transport
9 to 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
• Storage/transport
EN 61000-6-3: 2007
EN 61000-6-1: 2007
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1 (I.T.E)
and compliant with UL 508, and
Canadian National Standard
- With SSD
Shock resistance
• Operation
Residential area, business and
commercial operations, and small
businesses
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
+5 to +35 °C1)
Mechanical environmental
conditions
Vibrations
• Operation
Standards, specifications,
approvals
Supply voltage
24 V DC (19.2 ... 28.8 V)
Short-term voltage dip
Min. 15 ms (at 20.4 V)
Max. 10 events per hour;
recovery time of at least 1 s
4 A (at 24 V)
Max. current consumption
(at 24 V DC)
Max. power consumption (at 24 V DC) 64.8 W
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (W x H x D in mm)
262 x 133 x 50.5
Weight
Approx. 2 kg
1)
If the "Turbo Mode Level" setting in BIOS Setup "Power" menu is not set to
"Temperature optimized", the maximum ambient temperature must be
reduced by 5 °C.
2)
RAL = Restricted Access Location: Installation of device in operating
environment with restricted access, e.g. a locked switchgear cabinet
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27
Without hard disk drive: 150 m/s²,
11 ms;
with hard disk drive: 50 m/s², 30 ms
250 m/s², 6 ms
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/41
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client 427D
■ Ordering data
3
Order No.
Portrait assembly kit
SIMATIC IPC427D (Microbox),
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D
version
SIMATIC IPC427D for use as
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/Batch
Client
The portrait assembly kit allows space-saving installation of the
SIMATIC Microbox PC in the control cabinet. The technical
specifications of the SIMATIC Microbox PC correspond in this
design form to those with a vertical DIN rail assembly.
Intel Core I7-3517UE, 2 x 1.7 GHz,
4 MB Second Level Cache;
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM 1066
(1 SO-DIMM module);
2 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mbps
(RJ45) onboard; 4 x USB 3.0
(High Current); 24 V DC power
supply
As a result of the portrait assembly, the mounting area required
(W x H in mm) is reduced from 262 x 133 to 61.5 x 315. Together
with the kit, the SIMATIC Microbox PC occupies a mounting
depth of 149.7 mm in the control cabinet. Since all interfaces of
the SIMATIC Microbox PC are accessible from the front, this type
of assembly is very convenient for commissioning.
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software and restore
DVDs; SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client V8.0+SP1 pre-installed
When using the portrait assembly kit for the SIMATIC
Microbox PC, please also observe the information on operation
planning and device installation in the "SIMATIC IPC427D
industrial PC" manual.
Note: Product package without
3.5" floppy drive, optical drive,
mouse, keyboard or monitor
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit,
multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
• SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427D (HDD)
version with hard disk drive,
1 x 250 GB, HDD SATA
• SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427D (SSD)
version with solid-state drive,
1 x 50 GB, SSD SATA
High Endurance (SLC)
6ES7650-0UG08-0YX0
6ES7650-0UG08-0YX1
Additional and expansion components
8.0 GB DDR3-SDRAM
(1 SO-DIMM module without ECC)
6ES7648-2AH70-0KA0
SIMATIC IPC, graphics adapter
cable, DVI-I to VGA
Length 250 mm
6ES7648-3AB00-0XA0
SIMATIC IPC, graphics adapter
DPP to DVI
Converts display port to DVI-D
A5E30126998
Keyboard/mouse
SIMATIC IPC keyboard
German/international with USB
connection
SIMATIC IPC mouse
Optical (BlueTrack) mouse with
scroll wheel and USB connection
• Color: anthracite
• Color: white
6ES7648-0CB00-0YA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA1
Accessories
Portrait assembly
Portrait assembly kit
For space-saving installation of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D
(front)
3/42
■ Accessories
6ES7648-1AA20-0YP0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Mouse and keyboard
■ Design
Mouse
■ Technical specifications
Mouse
SIMATIC PC mouse
Designation
SIMATIC IPC mouse, USB
Color
Anthracite or white
Interfaces
USB
Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm
115 x 65.6 x 40.8
Weight, approx.
92 g
Connecting cable
Length 2 m, USB plug
Approvals corresponding to office
environment
• FCC Declaration of Conformity
(USA)
• UL and cUL Listed Accessory
(USA and Canada)
• ICES-003 report on file (Canada)
• EIP Pollution Control Mark (China)
• CE Declaration of Conformity,
Safety and EMC (EU)
• WEEE (EU)
• GOST Certificate (Russia)
• VCCI Certificate (Japan)
• ACA/MED Declaration of Conformity
(Australia and New Zealand)
• BSMI Certificate (Taiwan)
• KCC Certificate (Korea)
• CB Scheme Certificate
(International)
SIMATIC PCS 7 industrial workstations (with the exception of
type IPC547C), SIMATIC PCS 7 compact systems as well as
OS Clients based on SIMATIC BOX/Microbox PC are delivered
without a mouse.
The SIMATIC IPC mouse is recommended as the input device for
the operator-controlled stations of a SIMATIC PCS 7 system.
This is a robust mouse, suitable for everyday use in harsh
environments on practically any surface. It has the following
characteristics:
• Precise BlueTrack technology
• Pleasant coated, anti-slip surface
• Ergonomic, symmetrical design for right- and left-handed
users
• Practical, large scroll wheel
• Three buttons (including scroll wheel button)
• Cable connection (USB)
Keyboard
Keyboard
SIMATIC PC keyboard
Designation
SIMATIC PC keyboard, USB
Layout
MF2, 105 keys, German/international
Interfaces
USB; PS/2 via USB-PS/2 adapter
Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm
470 x 195 x 44
Weight, approx.
1.4 kg
Connecting cable
1.75 m long, USB plug
Temperature
• Operation
• Storage/transport
0 ... +50 °C
-20 ... +60 °C
Approvals
FCC, cURus, GS, CE, c-tick, GOST-R
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 industrial workstations, SIMATIC PCS 7 compact
systems as well as OS Clients based on SIMATIC BOX and
Microbox PC are delivered without a keyboard.
A keyboard without additional special functions which is suitable
for process operation with SIMATIC PCS 7 is e.g. the
SIMATIC PC keyboard with USB connection and German/
international key assignment.
3
Order No.
SIMATIC IPC mouse
Optical (BlueTrack) mouse with
scroll wheel and USB connection
• Color: anthracite
• Color: white
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international key
assignment, with USB connection
and USB-PS/2 adapter
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA1
6ES7648-0CB00-0YA0
The SIMATIC PC keyboard is a stable, standard MF2 keyboard
with 105 keys, and can also be used on a PS/2 interface together
with the supplied USB-PS/2 adapter. It combines the
convenience of an office keyboard with the rugged design of
an industrial device.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/43
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Multi-monitor graphics cards and
process monitors
■ Overview
Multi-monitor graphics cards
3
The SIMATIC PCS 7 industrial workstations are supplied as
standard with a graphics interface module for controlling one
process monitor. The multi-monitor graphics cards "2 Screens"
and "4 Screens" are available for multi-channel mode with
2 or up to 4 process monitors.
Using a multi-monitor graphics card, the visualization of a
project/subproject when engineering or a plant/unit in process
operation can be divided among up to 4 process monitors per
operator station with application of different views.
These project/plant sections can all be operated using just one
keyboard and one mouse. Compared to single-channel mode,
it is thus possible to enormously improve the efficiency,
convenience and ergonomics of engineering and process
control.
Process monitors
You can use e.g. the SCD 19101-D industrial LCD color monitor
as the process monitor for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system.
In addition, industrial LCD monitors with IP65 degree of
protection (front) are available for installation in desks, control
cabinets or 19" racks. These are available using the Industry
Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering – PC-based
Automation – Industrial PCs – Industrial monitors and
thin clients".
3/44
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Multi-monitor graphics cards and
process monitors
■ Technical specifications
Multi-monitor graphics cards
Graphics card "2 Screens"
Graphics card "4 Screens"
Memory
512 MB DDR2
512 MB DDR2
Resolution
• Max. analog resolution per channel
• Max. digital resolution per channel
2048 x 1536
1920 x 1200
1920 x 1200
1920 x 1200
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Class B
Class B
Slot requirement
1 x PCIe (Express) x16
1 x PCIe (Express) x16
Low-profile format
The format of the cards is "low profile"
3
Scope of delivery:
2 retaining clamps for installation in systems with the "low-profile format" as well as in systems with the
ATX format of full height
Passive cooling and low current consumption
Design without fan for silent operation and to improve product reliability
SCD 19101-D process monitor
Screen
19" (48 cm) TFT color monitor,
1280 x 1024 pixels, 16 million colors
Line frequency
50 ... 97 kHz
Display refresh rate
30 ... 100 Hz
Power supply
110/230 V AC
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
465 x 444 x 91 (depth of stand 240)
Degree of protection
IP20
Weight
Approx. 10 kg
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Multi-monitor graphics cards
Multi-monitor graphics card
"2 Screens"
For operation of 2 process monitors
on 1 station
Order No.
Process monitors
6ES7652-0XX04-1XE0
Delivery package:
Dual graphics card, driver CD,
1 dual DVI cable for 2 digital
outputs, 2 adapters for VGA outputs
Multi-monitor graphics card
"4 Screens"
For operation of 4 process monitors
on 1 station
Detailed technical data of the process monitors can be found
in the Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering –
PC-based Automation – Industrial PCs – Industrial monitors
and thin clients".
SCD 19101-D industrial
LCD monitor
(same design as SCD 1898-I)
Desktop unit, 230 V AC,
48 cm (19") screen diagonal,
horizontal frequency 50...97 kHz,
IP20 degree of protection
6GF6220-1DA01
6ES7652-0XX04-1XE1
Delivery package:
Quad graphics card, driver CD,
1 quad DVI cable for 4 digital
outputs, 4 adapters for VGA outputs
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/45
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Smart Card Reader
■ Overview
Type
USB smart
card reader
Serial smart
card reader
Dimensions and
weights
3
Dimensions
(LxWxD in mm)
80 x 67 x 28
Weight without foot
110 g
Weight with foot
141 g
Ambient temperatures
during operation
Temperature
0 … 55 °C
Humidity
10 … 90 %
Service life/MTBF
Insertion cycles
100 000
MTBF (Mean Time
Between Failures)
500 000 h
Test symbols /
approvals
• Microsoft WHQL
(Windows Hardware
Quality Lab)
• ISO 7816
• USB 2.0 (USB 1.1
compatible)
• CCID (Chip Card
Interface Device)
• GSA Fips201
approved product list
• Microsoft WHQL
• ISO 7816
Safety/environmental
standards
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A smart card reader can be used to check operator privileges
on a single station or client. The smart card reader then works
together with SIMATIC Logon, the user administration and
access control function integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7
(see chapter "IT Security", under "SIMATIC Logon", page 16/6).
The smart card has the function of a "key" for the operator station.
Inputs are only permissible as long as it is inserted in the reader.
Such unambiguous identification is particularly necessary for
plants having to comply with validation requirements.
Two devices are available for operation on the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation:
• Serial smart card reader for connection to COM1 or COM2
(can be used only in SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations/
IPC with Windows XP Professional 32-bit and Windows Server
2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit operating systems!)
• USB smart card reader for connection to a USB interface
■ Technical specifications
Type
USB smart
card reader
Serial smart
card reader
Interface type
USB 2.0 CCID (Chip
Card Interface Device),
USB 1.1 compatible
Serial, RS 232 COM port
Transmission rate
12 Mbit/s
115 kbit/s
Power supply
Via USB
Via PS/2 (incl. PS/2
keyboard adapter)
Interface
Design
Desktop unit with foot for vertical positioning;
adhesive pad at rear for optional mounting
Material
ABS
Color
Two shades of gray
Status display
Two-color LED
Cable length
1.8 m
3/46
■ Ordering data
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
CE
WEEE
FCC
UL
RoHS
Order No.
USB smart card reader
Desktop unit with USB cable
6ES7652-0XX02-1XC0
Serial smart card reader
Desktop unit with cable for a
serial RS 232 COM port and
PS/2 keyboard adapter for power
supply
Note:
Can be used only in SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations/IPC with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit and
Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
Standard 32-bit operating systems!
6ES7652-0XX11-1XC0
Smart card for USB/serial smart
card reader
With operating system TCOS 3.0
6ES7652-0XX00-1XD2
Pack with 10 units; 1 card is
required per user
Design and
equipment
CE
WEEE
FCC
UL
VCCI
MIC
RoHS
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Signal output
■ Overview
Signal module
■ Ordering data
Order No.
PCI Signal module
PCI card for installation in an
operator station
External circuit
6DS1916-8RR
Connecting cable
For connection of an external horn
to a signal module
•3m
• 10 m
• 32 m
• 50 m
Driver
Acknowledgeable contact
Acknowledgement input
3
6XV2175-8AH30
6XV2175-8AN10
6XV2175-8AN32
6XV2175-8AN50
Contact channel 1
Contact channel 3
G_PCS7_XX_00003
Contact channel 2
OS single station and OS client can be expanded by a signal
module. These signal modules can control a horn and up to
3 different lamps or buzzer tones that represent a variety of
message classes. Using a hardware timer (watchdog), the
signal modules can detect and signal the failure of an operator
station. A hardware acknowledgment button can also be
connected.
The signal modules are installed in a PCI slot in the
operator station.
They can be operated under the following operating systems:
• Windows XP Professional 32-bit
• Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
• Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit
• Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
3/47
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Notes
3
3/48
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
4/2
Introduction
4/3
4/4
4/12
4/13
4/14
4/16
ES-Software
Standard Engineering Software
Version Cross Manager
Version Trail
Advanced Engineering
Import/Export Assistant
4/17
4/17
Simulation
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
Introduction
■ Overview
The engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system is based on the high-performance SIMATIC PCS7
Industrial Workstation, which can be used either in office
applications or in industrial environments.
The engineering software run on this hardware can be optimally
matched to different customer requirements and tasks.
The basic functionality defined by the standard engineering
software can be optionally expanded depending on the projectspecific task and its implementation.
4
The software licenses provided for the engineering system
can be used to configure two system variants for different
applications areas:
• Classic, dedicated engineering station
allows in addition to engineering a 2-hour OS test mode,
but no productive operation as an operator station
• Combined engineering/operator station for small
applications
allows in addition to engineering also process control for small
plants in productive operation
■ Design
The architecture of the engineering system depends on how the
SIMATIC PCS 7 project is processed:
• Locally, on a central engineering station
• In the engineering network (concurrent engineering)
Central engineering station
With this architecture, it is appropriate to install the project server
on a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, server version. The
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system and
the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software server are factory installed on
this (adaptation/expansion of SIMATIC PCS 7 installation
required).
Hardware platform for the central engineering station is the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation in the single station
version. This is based on a SIMATIC IPC of Rack PC design
which is prepared for installation in 19" rack systems. It is
available in two versions which have different communication
links to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE W7
Connection to plant bus with 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 network
adapter and Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE)
for communication with up to 8 automation systems
(not redundant stations)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7
Connection to plant bus with CP 1613 A2/1623/1628
communication module for communication with
max. 64 automation systems
Like the single station version of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation, the server version is also available in two versions
which differ with regard to the plant bus communication:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE SRV08
Connection to plant bus with 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 network
adapter and Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE)
for communication with up to 8 automation systems
(not redundant stations)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08
Connection to plant bus with CP 1613 A2/1623/1628
communication module for communication with
max. 64 automation systems
Two onboard 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports are
available for connecting to the terminal bus.
Configuration can be made easier by connecting up to
4 process monitors via a multi-monitor graphics card, both for a
central engineering station and for individual stations in an
engineering network.
The Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system and the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering software for AS/OS are factory
installed on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation. The
scope of performance of the pre-installed SIMATIC PCS 7
engineering software is defined by installation of the purchased
software licenses.
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, single station
version, you can use the same hardware platform for the project
clients as for the central engineering station.
See chapter 3 "Industrial Workstation/IPC" for ordering data and
detailed information on the product package and technology of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations.
Engineering network
With concurrent engineering in an engineering network,
the project is localized on one of the participating Engineering
Stations, the "Project server". The engineering stations working
as "Project clients" can access the project server data via
LAN/WAN. Every engineering station in the network
(project server/client) is able to download configuration data to
a SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystem provided it has the required
communication connections.
4/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in
the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, SIMATIC Rack PC", which are
authorized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
■ Overview
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering
(see chapter 8 "Diagnostics and Maintenance")
• SIMATIC Route Control Engineering
(see chapter 14 "Route Control")
• SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl OS Engineering
(see chapter 17 "Telecontrol")
• SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerControl (see chapter 18 "PowerControl")
• S7-PLCSIM for the functional testing of CFC/SFC programs
The functionality of the engineering system is largely covered by
the standard engineering software. The following software
options are available in addition for special functions:
• SIMATIC Version Cross Manager
• SIMATIC Version Trail
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System (AdvES)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant
• SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager for SIMATIC PCS 7
• Engineering Process Safety
(see chapter 15 "Safety Integrated for Process Automation")
■ Design
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System
with operating system Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
Classic, exclusively engineering station
Versions
n
–
Productive operation as an operator station possible
Version
Combined engineering/
operator station for small
applications
Project server
Project client
Single station
Single station
BCE
IE
BCE
IE
BCE
IE
BCE
IE
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE W7
–
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE
SRV08
n
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7
–
–
–
n
–
n
–
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE
SRV08
–
n
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation including operating system
BCE communication for up
to 8 automation systems
(no redundant systems)
IE communication
Additional Industrial Ethernet communications software
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 REDCONNECT PowerPack for
IE communication with redundant automation systems
(additive to SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7)
Standard engineering software, alternatives
AS and OS, including 2-hour OS test
mode
n
n
n
AS
n
n
n
–
–
–
–
n
Version Cross Manager V7.1
n
n
n
n
Version Trail V8.0
n
n
n
n
Advanced Engineering System (AdvES) V8.0
n
n
n
n
Import-Export Assistant V8.0
n
n
n
n
S7 F Systems V6.1
n
n
n
n
Safety Matrix Tool V6.2
n
n
n
n
PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering V8.0
n
n
n
n
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering V8.0
n
n
n
n
SIMATIC PDM V6.1/V8.1
n
n
n
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl OS Engineering V8.0
n
n
n
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerControl V8.0
n
n
n
n
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM V5.4
n
n
n
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Software V8.0, unlimited POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station V8.0, with 250 AS/OS Runtime POs
–
Supplementary engineering software (optional)
Engineering Process Safety
Hardware and software components of the engineering system, as well as possible configurations
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, SIMATIC Rack PC", which are authorized for
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
Note on Microsoft SQL Server software
The "SQL Server" software from Microsoft which is delivered
together with SIMATIC PCS 7 is exclusively intended for this
process control system. It must not be used in any other context
without previous written approval by Siemens.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4/3
4
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Standard Engineering Software
■ Overview
4
The standard engineering software provides the basic
functionality for configuration of SIMATIC PCS 7 plants with:
• Automation systems
• Process I/O
• Communication networks
• Operator systems
• Maintenance station
• SIMATIC BATCH
• SIMATIC Route Control
Licensing of the standard engineering software depends on use
of the engineering station as:
• Classic, dedicated engineering station (not suitable for
productive operation as an operator station)
• Combined engineering/operator station for small applications
(suitable for productive operation as an operator station)
■ Application
Classic, exclusive engineering station with unlimited
number of process objects for engineering
(Engineering unlimited POs)
Two software versions with unlimited engineering POs are
available for the classical engineering station:
• AS/OS – for engineering of automation systems (AS) and
operator systems (OS)
• AS – only for AS engineering
With the AS/OS software version, the OS configuration can be
tested in an OS test mode limited to 2 hours. This OS test
mode is not suitable for productive operation. After 2 hours,
the engineering station automatically switches to demonstration
mode.
Rental License
A 30-day or 50-hour rental license for AS engineering
(unlimited POs) gives you a cost-effective alternative for shortterm projects or short-term capacity bottlenecks.
The licenses for 30 days and 50 hours differ as follows with
regard to runtime billing:
• With the 30-day license, the uninterruptible timer starts at the
time of first usage. Time billing is thus independent of usage.
• With the 50-hour license, only the actual duration of use is
billed, i.e. the timer stops when the SIMATIC PCS 7 application
is exited, and restarts when the application is opened again.
Combined engineering/operator station for small
applications
The combined engineering/operator station is designed to
support compact process control plants. This combines an
unlimited AS/OS Engineering license (unlimited POs) with an
AS/OS Runtime license for 250 POs. These licenses can only be
used together on a station. It is not possible to separate the
Engineering and Runtime licenses for use on different stations.
4/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The runtime POs can be expanded with cumulative Runtime
licenses:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100, 1 000 or
10 000 POs, see chapter "Automation systems",
"Modular S7-400 systems", page 9/4.
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime license for 100, 1 000 or
5 000 POs, see chapter "Operator system", "OS software"
under "OS standard software for single station / server / client",
page 6/6.
Division of work during engineering
To enable engineering to be carried out in the shortest possible
time, it is necessary to use resources optimally. The engineering
system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system not only
supports uniform engineering of the project on an engineering
station but also provides various options for dividing the work.
Concurrent Engineering
With Concurrent Engineering multiple project engineers can
work concurrently on one project in CFC and SFC, without
having to split the project up into sub-projects beforehand.
During commissioning, for example, plans can be used in the
online (debug) mode and at the same time changes can be
made to the project.
The project is localized on one of the participating engineering
stations, the "Project server". The engineering stations working
as "Project clients" can access the project data via LAN/WAN.
CFC and SFC charts can be opened and viewed by multiple
project engineers concurrently. However, the system rejects
concurrent write accesses to the database.
Every engineering station in the network (project server/client)
is able to download configuration data to a SIMATIC PCS 7
subsystem provided it has the required communication
connections.
Multiproject Engineering
Multi-project engineering permits division of a complex project
into several subprojects in accordance with technological
criteria in order to allow several teams to work on the project in
parallel. To achieve this, a host "Multi-project" is defined in the
SIMATIC Manager. The individual projects can be added or
removed from a multiproject at any time. Similarly, projects can
be divided or combined (Branch & Merge).
Central configuration functions for multi-projects help to reduce
the configuration overhead. For example, a hierarchy folder can
be created in the current project and also automatically in all
other projects. It cannot be modified there, but objects can be
inserted. All block types used in a multi-project can also be
updated centrally.
The subprojects in a multiproject are stored on a central server
and moved to the local engineering stations for editing. The
engineering performance is then not affected by network
access.
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Standard Engineering Software
■ Function
Essential tools of the standard engineering software and their
functions:
SIMATIC Logon
SIMATIC Logon is a user administration and access control
function integrated in the engineering system. Together with the
versatile recording facilities provided by the change log,
SIMATIC Logon offers plant owners exceptional system support
when verifying changes.
Using SIMATIC Logon, the administrator can assign specific
access privileges to groups of users, thus controlling the
possibilities for data access. Access rights for stations of the
process control system and operator privileges for blocks can
both be set up. Configurable change logs allow the recording of
all access operations to the engineering system as well as all
online changes concerning the automation systems, operator
systems, SIMATIC BATCH or SIMATIC Route Control.
If the modification reports are linked to the data of SIMATIC
Logon during evaluation, it can be clearly proven who has
carried out a specific modification and at what time. Such
verifications are often the object of special sector-specific
requirements, formulated, for example, in FDA 21 CFR Part 11 or
GAMP.
OS
engineering
Technological
function blocks
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
Libraries
Advanced
ES
HW
Config
CFC/SFC
Graphics
Designer
SIMATIC
BATCH
SIMATIC
Route
Control
S7
F Systems
SIMATIC
PDM
Engineering for network/
communication/hardware
Engineering for
automation
SIMATIC Manager
The SIMATIC Manager is the control center of the engineering
system. It is the integration platform for the engineering toolset
as well as the configuration basis for all engineering tasks of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. All aspects of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 project are created, managed, archived and
documented here.
The engineering toolset contains tools which are optimally
matched to one another for system-wide project-oriented
engineering, and which simultaneously provide the basis for
asset management of the I&C equipment. These include tools
for effective engineering of the following components:
• Mass data engineering and cooperation with CAD/CAE
planning tools (Advanced Engineering System)
• Control system hardware including distributed I/O and field
devices
• Communication networks
• Automation functionality for continuous and batch processes
(AS engineering)
• Operation and monitoring functionality (OS engineering)
• Diagnostics and asset management functionality
• Batch processes, automated with SIMATIC BATCH
• Material transport, controlled by SIMATIC Route Control
• Safety applications (Safety Integrated for Process
Automation)
Engineering for
fail-safe systems
Parameterization
of field devices
G_PCS7_XX_00114
SIMATIC Manager /
uniform database
Technologists as well as process and production engineers
can carry out planning and configuration in their familiar
environments when using this range of tools as well as
predefined blocks and charts.
The hardware required for use in a SIMATIC project, such as
automation systems, communications components and process
I/O, is stored in an electronic catalog. The hardware can be
configured and configured using the HW-Config tool.
Creating hierarchy folders implements a project structure,
the plant hierarchy (PH). By storing CFC and SFC charts for
automation systems and pictures and reports for operator
stations in a hierarchy folder along with additional
documentation, the configuring engineer implicitly determines
the hierarchical assignment.
Function blocks (FBs) and functions (FCs) can be encrypted
and decrypted with the S7-Block Privacy application to protect
know-how. Following encryption, the blocks and their attributes
can no longer be modified. Only the interfaces of the blocks are
then visible.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4/5
4
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Standard Engineering Software
■ Function (continued)
To implement the automation logic, standardized function blocks
must be combined with other blocks in the graphic configuration
tool CFC according to technological specifications. You can
simply select predefined blocks or charts for this purpose from
a catalog and then position, graphically interconnect and
configure them in the working area. The process tag data
relevant to operation and monitoring, such as messages and
variables, are generated at the same time.
4
Sequential controls permit control and selective processing of
the basic automation functions created per CFC by means of
changes in operating mode and status. Convenient editing
functions for the graphic configuration of sequential controls as
well as powerful test and commissioning functions are offered by
the SFC editor.
and have a favorable effect on the commissioning costs.
Program modifications relevant to automation systems can be
initially debugged in a test system prior to downloading to the
target system of the running plant.
The SIMATIC Manager can also be used to organize the project
data for engineering of the operator systems. All the relevant
process tag data relevant to operation and monitoring is
generated when the automation function is defined. A powerful
Graphics Designer is available for generation of the process
displays. The basis for generating process displays is provided
by static symbols and dynamic block icons and faceplates that
are organized in libraries and linked to the parameters of the
function blocks.
With the optional Advanced Engineering System, configuring
and commissioning can be effectively rationalized, e.g. by
means of automatic generation of the hardware configuration or
multiple use of standardized software modules. The Advanced
Engineering System can also exchange data with higher-level
planning systems for this purpose (for additional information,
refer to section "Advanced Engineering").
Complete SIMATIC PCS 7 projects or all project modifications
can be compiled in one working step and downloaded to the
target systems involved, e.g. to automation systems,
operator system or SIMATIC BATCH. The engineering
system automatically ensures that the sequence is correct.
The procedure is displayed and controlled in a central dialog.
Selective configuration modifications can be downloaded online
to the corresponding target systems. Short turnaround times
result in short waiting times for the commissioning engineer,
Component view: hardware configuration in the SIMATIC Manager with
HW-Config
Process tags in the process object view
Project views
The SIMATIC Manager supports the various tasks for creating a
plant project by means of the following project views:
• Component view (HW-Config)
for configuration of hardware such as automation systems,
bus components or process I/O
• Process object view
as the central development environment for all aspects of
process tags/objects
4/6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The process object view of the SIMATIC Manager supports the
work of a process engineer by providing a universal view of the
process tag. It shows the technological hierarchy of the plant
(presented in tree form) in combination with a tabular view of all
aspects of the process tag/object (general data, blocks,
parameters, signals, messages, image objects, archive
variables, hierarchy folders, equipment properties and
global declarations). This provides the technologist with fast
orientation.
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Standard Engineering Software
■ Function (continued)
All objects in the marked branch of the hierarchy are displayed
in the table so that they can be directly processed with
user-friendly edit, filter, replace, import and export functions.
A special test mode offers the facility for testing process tags
and CFCs online and for starting them up.
The OS areas and the image hierarchy for process control, as
well as the SIMATIC PCS 7 asset management, can be derived
from the technological hierarchy. Furthermore, it also forms the
basis for the plant-oriented identification of process objects.
Common displays can be positioned in pictures by means of the
image hierarchy, and automatically linked to lower-level images.
The configuration engineer is only responsible for the correct
positioning. Since the number of common display fields and
their semantics can be configured, it is also possible to
implement customized alarm configurations.
I&C and process messages are already pre-configured in the
function blocks, and operator input messages are already preconfigured in the faceplates. These are automatically generated
when the triggering event occurs. If required, message texts can
be modified or message priorities defined.
Using the process object view, "Smart Alarm Hiding" can also
be configured. This refers to the dynamic hiding of messages
(alarms) of the technological blocks grouped in a unit for
operating states in which these messages are of lower
importance for the safe and trouble-free operation of the plant
(e.g. startup, service, etc.). Alarms can be displayed or hidden
separately for each of the maximum 32 operating states through
selection of option boxes in the alarm matrix of the process
object view. Although hidden alarms are not signaled visually
and audibly, they are still logged and archived as before.
Additional potential for rationalization is offered by
special configuration techniques such as chart-in-chart for
implementing hierarchical charts, or the multiple use of chart
block types (individual control unit types and process tag types)
or SFC types (standardized sequence controls) in the form of
instances.
The CFC editor supports the following types of standardized
software modules:
• Function block type
The function block types for recurring functions supplied with
I&C libraries are the smallest standardized software modules.
Process engineering equipment such as valves or motors are
modeled in I&C terms with function blocks. They have
connections for actuating and control signals, and for
parameter assignment and monitoring functions, and they
contain some interlocking functions for automatic transition to
defined safety settings.
• Process tag type
Process tag types each represent a standardized CFC chart
implemented with function blocks for the basic automation of
specific I&C functions, e.g. a level controller. Their instances
can be manually adapted and linked depending on
requirements, but they can be modified centrally by the typeinstance concept.
• Control module type
The control module type (CMT) marks a new type of
standardized software module. In conjunction with the
Advanced Engineering System, this offers even more efficient
engineering than classic process tag types. A CMT can
contain blocks, charts, control variables (block I/Os such as
signals and parameters) and messages.
When creating a new CFC, a new runtime group with the
same name as the chart is created. All the blocks that are
subsequently entered in the chart are automatically added to
this runtime group. Each block is therefore already assigned
runtime properties when it is inserted, and configuration
engineers can optimize these properties by means of
modifications in the runtime editor or by using algorithms.
The algorithm first determines the optimum block sequence
separately for each runtime group, and then the optimum
sequence of runtime groups.
In addition to convenient editing functions, the scope of CFC
functions also includes powerful test and commissioning
functions as well as individually configurable documentation
functions
Note:
Continuous function chart
Continuous function chart (CFC)
The CFC editor is the tool for user-friendly graphical configuration and commissioning of continuous automation functions.
Instances of function block types can be positioned on CFCs,
assigned parameters, and interconnected with this tool. The
block attribute "Op_Level" can be used to specify operator
privilege levels for the instances at the block level. Detailed
operator privileges can be implemented in this manner.
The CFC is not only a component in the standard engineering
software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. It can
also be used as a separate product in the context of Totally
Integrated Automation (TIA) together with other SIMATIC
products. This SIMATIC CFC is a component of Catalog ST 70,
chapter "SIMATIC Software" (order no. of the current
SIMATIC CFC V8.0: 6ES7658-1EX08-0YA5).
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4/7
4
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Standard Engineering Software
■ Function (continued)
I&C libraries
The use of library elements plays a major role in minimizing the
amount of engineering required and thus also the project costs.
Two I&C libraries are integrated in the standard engineering
software of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0:
• Advanced Process Library (current standard, pre-installed)
• PCS 7 Standard Library (former standard, can be installed
subsequently if required)
4
Pre-configured and tested blocks, faceplates and symbols are
organized in these libraries and form the basic elements for the
graphic configuration of automation solutions.
Sequential function chart
Sequential function chart (SFC)
The SFC editor is used for the graphical configuration and
commissioning of sequential controls for batch production
operations. It possesses convenient editing functions as well as
powerful test and commissioning functions.
Using a sequential control, basic automation functions usually
created using CFC are controlled and selectively processed by
means of changes in operating mode and status. Depending on
the subsequent use, the sequential controls can be created
either as a SFC plan or SFC type.
SFC plan
The SFC can be used to implement sequence controls which
can be applied once and which access several partial areas of
the production plant. Each SFC plan contains standardized
inputs and outputs for status information and for control by the
user program or the user. The SFC plan can be positioned
and linked as a block in the CFC. The required CFC block
connections are selected by simple operations and connected
to the steps or transitions of the step chains. A status
management conforming to ISA 88 enables the configuration of
up to 8 separate sequencers within a single SFC, e.g. for states
such as RUNNING, HOLDING or ABORTING, or for different
operating modes.
The comprehensive range of blocks can be categorized as
follows:
• Blocks for mathematical operations, analog and digital logic
• Interlocking blocks
• Technological function blocks with integral display, operation
and signaling functions, e.g.:
- Standard Control and Advanced Process Control blocks
- Motor and valve blocks
- Counter blocks
- Dosing block
• Blocks for the integration of field devices
• Operator control and monitoring blocks
• Message and diagnostics blocks
Furthermore, pre-configured process tag types for process
equipment such as pumps, valves, dosing units and controllers
(cascade, spit-range) etc. extend the scope of library elements.
SFC type
SFC types are standardized sequential controls which can be
applied repeatedly and which access one partial area of the
production plant. They can be organized in libraries, and
handled like normal function blocks, i.e. they can be selected
from a catalog and positioned, interconnected and configured
as an instance in a CFC plan.
Changes to the original automatically result in corresponding
changes in all instances. An SFC type may contain up to
32 sequences. Using the function "Create/update block
symbols", a block symbol is automatically positioned and
interconnected in the associated process display for all
SFC instances with HMI features.
Examples of OS standard faceplates from the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced
Process Library, valves
Advanced Process Library
The Advanced Process Library (APL) is the standard library for
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. It is based on the extensive experience of
project engineers and plant operators, taking into account
current NAMUR recommendations and PI specifications. New
and improved functions as well as visually attractive GUIs for a
high level of operator convenience facilitate and also force
interaction of operators with the plant.
Alternative, small versions of function blocks reduced to core
functions, whose block icons and faceplates take up less space
in the process display, improve clarity in complex process
displays.
4/8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Standard Engineering Software
■ Function (continued)
Other features worth mentioning are:
• Special operating modes:
- "Local" for integration and application of local control options
- "Shutdown" for deactivating a measuring point for
maintenance and service
• Several faceplate views:
- "Preview" with status information on the I/O signals,
automatic control and possible/permissible operator inputs
as well as display of actual process values for simulation
- "Memo view" for temporary information from operating
personnel
• Convenient interlocking blocks with initial signal information,
can be directly called from the technological function blocks,
e.g. from a motor block
• Flexible adaptation of functions in the library blocks
• Commissioning support through direct simulation on the
operator station
• Protection against operator errors as the result of detailed
grading of user privileges
• Explicit enabling/disabling of operations for a process tag for
individual operator stations of the plant using the function
"Local operator enabling"
• Integration of any compact drives and switch/starter objects
via standard PROFIBUS profiles
• Function for coordination of multiple access operations,
e.g. of SFC/SIMATIC BATCH, to equipment such as valves,
dosing units or pumps
• Tacking of operator input windows facilitates repeated,
successive operations
Advanced Process Control (APC) functions
In addition to numerous basic control functions, e.g. PID control,
cascade control, split range control and ratio control,
the I&C libraries of SIMATIC PCS 7 also provide function blocks
and templates for advanced control functions at no extra cost:
• Controlled adaptation (gain scheduling)
The GainSched block enables infinite adjustment of the
controller parameters in non-linear processes depending on
the operating point. The block, which works in a similar
manner to the polygon block, can derive three separate output
values from one input value (measured variable X), which
serve as regulating parameters for an interconnected
controller block. Depending on the characteristic of the
measured variable X, the GainSched changes the regulating
parameters of the combined closed-loop controller in a sliding
manner.
• Override control
The outputs of two or more controllers are connected to a
common final control element. The decision concerning which
controller actually receives access to the final control element
is made depending on the evaluation of the current process
state.
• Lead-lag/feedforward control
A strong, measurable interference is compensated in
advance by feedforward control. The control is thus limited to
model uncertainties and non-measurable faults.
Industry Library
The Industry Library offered as SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
components expands the standard functionality of the APL by
specific sector functionalities. It contains, for example:
• Blocks for building automation (heating, air-conditioning,
ventilation)
• Blocks for operator control and monitoring using Touch Panels
• Blocks for integrating SIMATIC S7 package units
(optimized for S7-300)
• Other technological blocks, e.g. for expanding measured
value monitoring, or specifying a setpoint trend
All display icons, function blocks and faceplates of the Industry
Library are designed in the APL style.
• PID controller optimization (PID tuning)
The integrated PID Tuner is suitable for optimization of the
CTRL_PID and CTRL_S software controllers in circuits with
PID, PI, or P control. On the basis of an experimentally
determined model of the controlled system, favorable
controller parameters for an optimum disturbance response
or an optimum control response of the controller can be
determined according to the procedure of absolute value
optimization. Optimization can be carried out in manual or
automatic mode. The typical controller values (actual value,
setpoint, manipulated variable) are recorded by a trend
function. The transient response of the controllers with the
determined parameters can be checked by defining jumps.
The controller parameters can be saved, and recalled as
required.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4/9
4
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Standard Engineering Software
■ Function (continued)
4
• Monitoring of the control quality
The ConPerMon block determines the control quality of a
controller block (e.g. PID controller) on the basis of the online
data of the setpoint, actual value and manipulated variable.
Depending on deviation of the comparison quality, e.g. the
control quality at commissioning, it can trigger a warning or an
alarm. The faceplates of all control quality monitoring of a
plant or a plant unit can be summarized in OS screens,
which enables problems to be detected early on, analyzed,
and specifically corrected.
• Smith predictor
The Smith predictor can significantly improve the control
quality of processes with long and relatively constant dead
times. By eliminating the dead time component using a
process model running parallel to the actual process,
the controller can be designed for a process free of dead time,
and thus set more effectively.
• Model-based predictive multi-variable control
The ModPreCon model-based predictive multi-variable
controller separately analyses the behavior of up to four
interdependent variables for complex processes over a longer
period. It then uses the parameter matrix calculated using the
results for optimized control of these variables. Adverse
interactions which occur with separate control of the
interdependent variables are thus eliminated.
Note:
The ModPreCon makes great demands on memory and
processing time of the designated automation system. For that
reason, please check the resources of the designated
automation system before using the ModPreCon.
■ Ordering data
DOCPRO
DOCPRO is a tool for effective generation and management of
plant documentation in accordance with defined standards.
DOCPRO permits you to structure your project data in any
manner, to process them in the form of standardized circuit
manuals, and to print them in a uniform layout. You can
incorporate your own cover sheets, layouts, graphics, logos or
title block data. It is easy to control printing, i.e. you can
specifically output individual parts of the project or all project
data on the printer.
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS/OS
Engineering Software ASIA V8.0
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA)
ASIA license key USB hardlock,
certificate of license, software
DVDs and certificate of license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS/OS
Engineering Software V8.0
Unlimited POs,
activated for 2-hour OS test mode
4/10
The project data for the engineering of the operator systems are
organized with the SIMATIC Manager. All the data relevant to
operation and monitoring of a process tag, such as messages
and HMI variables, are generated automatically during definition
of the automation function. A powerful graphics designer is
available for the generation of process displays.
Order No.
Software for a classic, dedicated
engineering station without scale
limitation, not suitable for
productive operation as an
operator station
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick, certificate
of license, software DVDs and
certificate of license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package V8.0
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Graphics Designer
6ES7658-5AX08-0YA5
6ES7658-5AX08-0YH5
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6ES7658-5AX08-0CA5
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Standard Engineering Software
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Engineering
Software V8.0
Unlimited POs
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- Floating license for 1 user
- Rental license for 30 days
(time billing independent of use)
- Rental license for 50 hours
(time billing dependent on use)
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- Floating license for 1 user
- Rental license for 30 days
(time billing independent of use)
Order No.
Software for a combined
engineering/operator station for
small applications, suitable for
productive operation as an
operator station
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station
V8.0
Including 250 AS/OS Runtime POs
6ES7658-1AF08-0YB5
6ES7658-1AF08-0YA6
6ES7658-1AF08-0YB6
6ES7658-1AF08-0YH5
6ES7658-1AF08-0YH6
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit; single license for
1 installation
• 5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish)
- Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license, software
DVDs and certificate of license
for SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package V8.0
- Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
• ASIA, 2 languages (English,
Chinese)
- Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA)
ASIA license key USB hardlock,
certificate of license, software
DVDs and certificate of license
for SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA V8.0
4
6ES7651-5AA08-0YA0
6ES7651-5AA08-0YH0
6ES7651-5AA08-0CA0
For additional information on the Software Media Package, see chapter
"Software Media and Logistics", "Software Packages", page 1/2.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4/11
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Version Cross Manager
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
4
The SIMATIC Version Cross Manager is a user-friendly tool for
determining the differences between various versions of
individual projects or multi-projects by:
• Tracing missing, additional or differing objects by comparing
hardware configuration, communication, plant hierarchy,
CFC/SFC plans, SFC details, block types, messages,
global tags, signals and run sequences
• Graphic display of comparison results in a combination of tree
and tabular formats
• Clear hierarchical structuring according to the technological
hierarchy of the plant
• Color-coded identification of the differences
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager
V7.1
Can be used with SIMATIC PCS 7
V7.1 and V8.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license as well as
TIA Engineering Toolset CD
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Order No.
6ES7658-1CX17-2YA5
6ES7658-1CX17-2YH5
■ More information
Upgrade
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with
Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages. The
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager, however, remains unchanged
in the version 7.1, and can be used in both SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
as well as in SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. It is therefore not part of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS V7.1 to
V8.0.
For further information, see chapter 19 "Update/upgrade
packages".
TIA applications
The Version Cross Manager is not only a software component
of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System. As a separate
product, it can also be used together with other SIMATIC
products in the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA).
This SIMATIC Version Cross Manager is a component of
Catalog ST 70, chapter "SIMATIC software":
• SIMATIC Version Cross Manager V7.1:
Order no. 6ES7 658-1CX17-2YA5
• Upgrading SIMATIC Version Cross Manager from V7.0 to V7.1:
Order no. 6ES7 658-1CX17-2YE5
4/12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Version Trail
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Project
Multi project
Versioned project 1
Library
Versioned project 2
SIMATIC Version Trail is a software option for engineering which,
together with the SIMATIC Logon central user administration,
can assign a version history to libraries, projects and multiprojects.
■ Function
SIMATIC Version Trail tags the with a version ID when archiving,
and enters the following information in the version history:
• Version
• Version name
• Date and time
• User
• Comment
Individual versions can be retrieved from the archive, and used
further. SIMATIC Logon organizes the access protection.
Archiving and retrieval procedures can be automated on a timedriven basis. Retrieval of block parameters from the automation
system can be coupled with the archiving procedure, but it can
also be performed independently of this on a time-driven basis
and with version assignment.
The version history managed by Version Trail can be displayed
and printed. An already completed version cannot be modified
at a later date. In conjunction with the Version Cross Manager,
an archived version can be compared with an existing project or
a second archived version.
Order No.
SIMATIC Version Trail V8.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
Delivery package: License key
memory stick, certificate of license
as well as TIA Engineering Toolset
CD V8.0
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license as well as
TIA Engineering Toolset CD
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
4
6ES7658-1FX08-2YA5
6ES7658-1FX08-2YH5
■ More information
Upgrade
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with
Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the SIMATIC PCS
7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS. A component of these
upgrade packages is also the upgrade for SIMATIC Version Trail
from V7.1 to V8.0.
For further information, see chapter 19 "Update/upgrade
packages".
For application scenarios beyond SIMATIC PCS 7, a separate
SIMATIC Version Trail upgrade can be obtained for upgrading
SIMATIC Version Trail from V7.1 to V8.0.
TIA applications
SIMATIC Version Trail is not only a software component of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System. It is also a separate
product which can be used in the context of Totally Integrated
Automation (TIA) together with other SIMATIC products. As such
it is a component of Catalog ST 70, chapter "SIMATIC software":
• SIMATIC Version Trail V8.0: Order no. 6ES7 658-1FX08-2YA5
In the context of TIA, a separate SIMATIC Version Trail upgrade
is available in each case:
• Upgrade of SIMATIC Version Trail V7.1 to V8.0:
Order no. 6ES7 658-1FX08-2YE5
Note:
Version Trail cannot be used as a stand-alone application; it only
runs together with SIMATIC Logon (see chapter 16 "IT security").
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4/13
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Advanced Engineering
■ Overview
■ Function
External data
AdvES recognizes process tags in Excel lists after the first
assignment, automatically assigns them to process tag types of
any PCS 7 project library, and then generates the following data:
• PCS 7 process tag instances with signal and parameter
settings
• Plant hierarchy (PH)
• Hardware configuration
Import
Import
Import
Hardware
configuration
Export
Plant hierarchy
Export
Process tags
Export
Symbolic
Export
HW Config
Inconsistencies can be detected quickly by means of plausibility
and data consistency checks, displayed in a log, and then
eliminated in a targeted manner.
G_PCS7_XX_00312
Signal lists
4
SIMATIC PCS 7
Tag types
Import
Manual input
Process tag
lists
Advanced ES
Data from process tag and signal lists can be automatically
imported into AdvES. Integrated change management supports
the repeated importing of modified data from Microsoft Excel.
Data flow when using the Advanced Engineering System
Using the Advanced Engineering System (AdvES), consulting
engineers and planning offices as well as end customers can
significantly reduce their configuration and commissioning costs
while simultaneously improving the engineering quality.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System (AdvES)
expands the functionality for plant configuration and can be
started from a SIMATIC PCS 7 project in SIMATIC Manager.
It acts as a link between
• Tools for basic and detailed planning, e.g. EPlan, ELCAD or
SmartPlant, and
• Standard engineering tools from the SIMATIC PCS 7
engineering toolset, e.g. CFC, HW Config, plant hierarchy.
Manual processing functions for editing plant hierarchies and
process tags as well as for interconnection of signals between
process tags allow completion of the imported data. Numerous
filter functions support data selection.
The AdvES rationalizes mass data engineering by means of
multiplying standardized software modules. Both the individual
control module types (CMTs) and the classic process tag types
are supported. AdvES is optimized for working with the control
module types. Special editors for mass data processing offload
the project engineer from time-consuming routine work.
With the support of integrated design templates, the different
table views of the AdvES data can also be displayed as reports
and printed.
AdvES uses various data import options in order to collect
existing engineering data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system and from process tag and signal lists in
Microsoft Excel format and to prepare these for utilization in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system.
■ Benefits
Engineering and planning offices as well as end customers
benefit from the use of SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering
System (AdvES) in particular through:
• Shorter configuration and commissioning times
- Qualification is simplified due to standardized interfaces
- Less coordination overhead with the planner
- Short-term changes from bi-directional generation
• Increased quality
- Errors are avoided due to standardized interfaces
- Plausibility and data consistency can be checked
- Changes to automation are reliably integrated in system
planning
• No overhead for creating and maintaining proprietary tools
and solutions
4/14
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Integrated workflow management with progress indicator in the header
bar
The user is supported in carrying out tasks by integrated
workflow management. The sequence and progress of
execution are displayed in a header.
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Advanced Engineering
■ Function (continued)
Basic functions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced
Engineering System (AdvES)
• Import of system planning data and SIMATIC PCS 7
engineering data
• Processing functions for the manual completion of imported
data
• Simple interconnection of several process tags
• Generating of process tags from signal and process tag lists
• Generation of hardware configurations from signal lists
• Batch processing of process tags, signals, and parameters
• Automatic plausibility and consistency check
• Transfer of data into the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System
• Reports on documentation updates
• Variant formation of individual SIMATIC PCS 7 control modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced
Engineering System V8.0
Engineering software,
2 languages (English, German),
software class A, runs on
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit; floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
4
6ES7658-1GX08-2YA5
6ES7658-1GX08-2YH5
■ More information
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with
Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS.
A separate upgrade to V8.0 is also available for the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System V7.1.
For further information, see chapter 19 "Update/upgrade
packages".
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4/15
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
ES Software
Import/Export Assistant
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Import-Export
Assistant V8.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Typical libraries:
Example solutions
and process object
types (e.g. control,
motor, valve)
Import/export
assistant
4
Process
object plans
Technological
hierarchy
OS displays
G_PCS7_XX_00115
OS display hierarchy
Efficient processing of mass data
The import/export assistant (IEA) and the more sophisticated
Advanced Engineering System (AdvES) can be used for rational
engineering of mass data. The IEA is based on the principle of
multiple application of process tag types and example solutions.
It is particularly suitable for plants with numerous process tags
of the same type or with multiple plant components of the same
type.
Following exporting of the PCS 7 project, the data can be
modified, duplicated, adapted and also reimported using the
IEA editor or a spreadsheet program such as Microsoft Excel.
Comparison with the parameters optimized during
commissioning is possible at a later point in time.
■ Function
• Generation/modification of process tag types or example
solutions
• Data import
• Data export
• Matching of process tags
4/16
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
6ES7658-1DX08-2YB5
6ES7658-1DX08-2YH5
■ More information
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with
Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS.
The upgrade for SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant from
V7.1 on V8.0 is also part of these upgrade packages.
For further information, see chapter 19 "Update/upgrade
packages".
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
Simulation
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
G_PCS7_XX_00181
OS clients / multi-clients
OS server
Automation
systems
AS simulation
with S7-PLCSIM
wyvmpi|zGkw
Fieldbus
simulation with
SIMBApro FAT
Order No.
S7-PLCSIM V5.4 (including SP)
Functional testing on PC/PG of
programs created with CFC/SFC
6ES7841-0CC05-0YA5
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows Server
2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
4
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
Software and electronic
documentation on CD, license key
USB stick, certificate of license
■ More information
ET 200M
Update/Upgrade
Field devices
S7-PLCSIM Versions 3.x, 4.x, 5.0, 5.2 or 5.3 can be upgraded to
Version 5.4. In addition, a Software Update Service in the form of
a subscription is offered for S7-PLCSIM.
Dynamic
plant simulation
with SIMIT
T2659
For additional information, see the section
"Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version",
page 19/21 and "Software Update Service", page 1/5 in the
"Update/upgrade packages" chapter.
LT
WT
Further test and simulation programs
LT
Reactor
Overview of simulation software for SIMATIC PCS 7
Other programs for testing and simulation applications, e.g.:
• SIMBApro FAT, see Catalog ST PCS 7 AO "Add-ons for the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System"
• SIMIT, see SIMATIC PCS 7 Technology components,
Simulation and Training Systems in the Industry Mall
The S7-PLCSIM simulation software supports functional testing
of the user programs generated with CFC/SFC on a
programming device/PC, irrespective of the availability of the
target hardware. Detection and elimination of programming
errors is thereby shifted to an earlier development phase.
This enables faster commissioning, reduces the costs and
increases the program quality.
Note:
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 is supported as of S7-PLCSIM V5.4 SP5.
■ Function
S7-PLCSIM simulates a SIMATIC S7 CPU with the associated
process images. The program to be tested is loaded into the
simulated S7 CPU in a manner identical to the procedure with
real hardware, and is executed there. S7-PLCSIM is completely
integrated in STEP 7. Process data can be exchanged between
S7-PLCSIM and other Windows applications via an interface.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4/17
© Siemens AG 2013
Engineering System
Notes
4
4/18
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
5
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
5/2
SIMATIC PDM
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Overview
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering station
with SIMATIC PDM
Device on
the workbench
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
S7-400
PROFINET
ET 200M
(also with
HART modules)
PROFIBUS PA
IE/PB Link PN IO
+ DP/PA coupler
5
SIMOCODE
PROFIBUS DP
HART protocol
RS 232/RS 485
Field devices
SIMOCODE
ET 200iSP
HART
multiplexer
Possible connection point of a
PG/PC with SIMATIC PDM
(stand-alone operation)
G_PCS7_XX_00200
FF H1
ET 200M
HART
PROFIBUS PA
FF link
HART
PA link
Configuration options with SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal, vendorindependent tool for the configuration, parameter assignment,
commissioning, diagnostics and servicing of intelligent field
devices (sensors and actuators) and field components (remote
I/Os, multiplexers, control-room devices, compact controllers),
which in the following sections will be referred to simply as
devices.
Using one software, SIMATIC PDM enables the processing of
more than 2 500 devices from Siemens and over 200 vendors
worldwide on one homogeneous user interface.
The user interface satisfies the requirements of the VDI/
VDE GMA 2187 and IEC 65/349/CD directives. Parameters and
functions for all supported devices are displayed in a consistent
and uniform fashion independent of their communications interface. Even complex devices with several hundred parameters
can be represented clearly and processed quickly. Using
SIMATIC PDM it is very easy to navigate in highly complex
stations such as remote I/Os and even connected field devices.
From the viewpoint of device integration, SIMATIC PDM is the
most powerful open device manager available in the world.
Devices which previously were not supported can be easily
integrated in SIMATIC PDM at any time by importing their device
descriptions (EDD). This provides security for your investment
and saves you investment costs, training expenses and followup costs.
5/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
SIMATIC PDM supports the operative system management in
particular through:
• Uniform presentation and operation of devices
• Uniform representation of diagnostics information
• Indicators for preventive maintenance and servicing
• Detection of changes in the project and device
• Increasing the operational reliability
• Reducing the investment, operating and maintenance costs
• Forwarding of device information to higher-level Maintenance
Stations
When used in SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM is integrated in the
asset management of the process control system. You can
change directly to the SIMATIC PDM views from the diagnostics
faceplates in the Maintenance Station.
The Process Device Manager provides more detailed
information for all devices described by means of an Electronic
Device Description (EDD), e.g.:
• Detailed diagnostics information (manufacturer information,
information on error diagnostics and troubleshooting,
further documentation)
• Results of internal condition monitoring functions
• Status information (e.g. local configuration changes)
• Information on changes (audit trail report)
• Parameter information
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Application
Components
Product packages
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
Minimum
configuration
Basic
configuration
SIMATIC PDM
Single Point
SIMATIC PDM
Basic
SIMATIC PDM
Service
SIMATIC PDM
S7
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
FF V8.1
1
1
4
4
128
100
128
100
128
100
100
o
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
o
–
o
–
o
–
o
–
–
Count
- 10 TAGs
Relevant
- 100 TAGs
Licenses
(accumula- - 1 000 TAGs
tive)
–
o
–
o
–
o
–
o
o
SIMATIC PDM TAGs1) in product package
Application-specific
configurations
SIMATIC PDM
PCS 7
SIMATIC PDM expansion options
TAG
options
- 128 TAGs
cannot be expanded
- 512 TAGs
- 1 024 TAGs
- 2 048 TAGs
PowerPacks - 128 to 512 TAGs
- 512 to 1 024 TAGs
- 1 024 to 2 048 TAGs
- 2 048 to unlimited TAGs
SIMATIC PDM Basic
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
SIMATIC PDM Extended
–
o
–
o
–
n
–
n
n
SIMATIC PDM integration in
STEP 7/PCS 7
o
o
o
o
n
n
n
n
n
SIMATIC PDM routing
o
o
o
o
o
o
n
n
n
SIMATIC PDM Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
–
o
–
o
–
o
–
o
n
SIMATIC PDM Communication via
standard HART multiplexer
o
–
o
–
o
–
o
–
–
Table with SIMATIC PDM product structure
n Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package; order additive
– Product component is not relevant for the product package or not available
1)
For TAG definition, refer to sections "SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC PDM V8.1" and "TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1"
Customer-oriented product structure
SIMATIC PDM can be implemented in different ways within the
framework of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) - as a standalone system or integrated in a SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMATIC S7
configuration environment.
The customer-oriented products structure of SIMATIC PDM
helps you to adapt the scope of functions and performance to
your individual requirements. You have the following options:
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone
• Product packages for operation on a mobile computer
on PROFIBUS or with direct connection to the device,
optionally as:
- Minimal configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point for
processing of a single field device via point-to-point
coupling
- Application-specific configuration SIMATIC PDM Service
for extended service tasks
• Product package SIMATIC PDM Basic as the basis for an
individual SIMATIC PDM configuration with optional product
components (see table)
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
• Product packages for integration of SIMATIC PDM in the
engineering system (engineering toolset) and Maintenance
Station of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system:
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF (also supports the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1)
• Product package SIMATIC PDM S7 for integration in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration environment
In some circumstances, the various product packages can be
expanded with optional product components (for details,
see the Design section).
Selection criteria
The current range of solutions comprises products of SIMATIC
PDM versions 6.1 and 8.1. In addition to considering the
environment of use and the functional and performance features
(for details, see section "Design"), also observe the different
system requirements of these SIMATIC PDM versions when
selecting the product (see section "Technical specifications").
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
5/3
5
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Design
Function and performance
characteristics
SIMATIC PDM
Single Point
5
Basic
Service
S7
PCS 7
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
FF V8.1
TAGs contained
1
1
4
4
128
100
128
100
128
100
100
Project: Create online
n
–
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Project: Create offline
–
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Project: Usable TAG extensions
–
–
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Project: Network view
–
n
n
n
n
n
n
–
n
–
–
Project: Plant view
–
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Project: Export/import devices
–
–
n
n
n
n
n
–
n
–
–
Project: HW Config
–
–
o
o
o
o
n
n
n
n
n
Project: Utilization of
SIMATIC PDM options
–
–
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Project: Integration in
STEP 7/PCS 7
–
–
o
o
o
o
n
n
n
n
n
–
Communication: HART modem
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
–
n
–
Communication: HART interface
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
–
n
–
–
Communication: PROFIBUS
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Communication: FF H1
–
–
–
o
–
o
–
o
–
o
n
Communication: Modbus
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
–
Communication: SIPART DR
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
–
Communication: SIREC
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
–
Communication: Ethernet
–
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
–
Communication: PROFINET
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
n
–
n
n
Devices: Export/import
parameters
n
–
n
o
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Devices: Comparison of values
(online/offline)
n
–
n
o
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Devices: Comparison of values
of two devices
–
–
n
o
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Devices: Saving parameters
–
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Devices: Logbook (Audit Trail)
–
–
o
o
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Devices: Calibration report
–
–
o
o
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
LifeList: Export Scan
–
–
n
o
n
n
n
–
n
–
–
LifeList: Device diagnostics
–
–
o
o
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
LifeList: Define scan area
–
n
o
o
n
o
n
n
n
n
n
LifeList: Save scan
–
–
o
o
n
–
n
–
n
–
–
LifeList: Scan from HW Config
–
–
o
o
o
o
n
n
n
n
n
Communication: S7 routing
–
–
o
o
o
o
o
o
n
n
n
Communication:
HART multiplexer
–
–
o
–
o
–
–
–
–
–
–
Function: HART SHC mode
(increased communication
speed)
–
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Function: "HART-Long TAG"
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
–
n
n
Overview of functions and performance for SIMATIC PDM
n Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package, can be purchased separately
– Product component is not relevant or not available for the product package
5/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Design (continued)
SIMATIC PDM V8.1 product range
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V8.1
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 can be appropriately expanded if
required using the option "SIMATIC PDM Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus".
This minimum configuration with handheld functionality is
designed for processing exactly one field device via point-topoint coupling. It cannot be expanded with functions or TAG
options/PowerPacks. The device functions are supported as
defined in the device description.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1 are
initially provided with 100 TAGs. This quantity can be further
cumulatively expanded with sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC
PDM TAGs (quantity option with SIMATIC PDM V7.0 or higher).
The following types of communication are possible:
• PROFIBUS DP/PA
• HART communication (modem, RS 232)
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1 are
not functionally compatible successors to SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
V6.x, and are not downward-compatible. The two product
packages require installation of SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V8.0
(V8.0+SP1 for the use of PROFINET communication).
SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.1
Provided the system requirements are met, SIMATIC PDM
Basic V8.1 can be used for stand-alone operation on any
computers (IPC/notebook) with local connection to bus
segments or direct connection to the device. The product
package features all the basic functions required for operation
and parameter assignment of the devices and is enabled for the
following communication modes:
• PROFIBUS DP/PA
• HART communication (modem, RS 232 and via PROFIBUS)
As a basic block for individual configuration, SIMATIC PDM
Basic V8.1 can be upgraded with all the functional options for
SIMATIC PDM V8.1 as well as with cumulative 10, 100 or 1 000
SIMATIC PDM TAGs (quantity option as of SIMATIC PDM V7.0).
Without TAG expansion, SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.1 is suitable for
projects with up to 4 TAGs.
SIMATIC PDM Service V8.1
This product package based on SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.1 for
projects with up to 100 TAGs is intended for mobile use in
service.
Similar to SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.1, SIMATIC PDM Service V8.1
can be upgraded with all the functional options for SIMATIC PDM
V8.1 as well as with cumulative 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC PDM
TAGs.
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1
Similar to SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1, SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1 is also
designed for use in a SIMATIC S7 configuration environment,
but differs functionally (for details, see the table "Overview of
functions and performance for SIMATIC PDM") and due to the
number of TAGs it features (100 TAGs included). SIMATIC
PDM S7 V8.1 is therefore not a functionally compatible
successor to SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1.
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1 requires the installation of STEP 7
V5.5+SP2 (for using PROFINET communication STEP 7
V5.5+SP3). When selecting a product, note that SIMATIC PDM
S7 V8.1 is not backwards compatible, and multiple SIMATIC
PDM versions cannot be operated simultaneously.
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1 can be expanded with the functional
options "SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.1" and "SIMATIC PDM
Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus V8.1" and with
cumulative sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC PDM TAGs.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1
When selecting a product, note that it is not possible to operate
multiple SIMATIC PDM versions at the same time.
Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V8.1
SIMATIC PDM Extended V8.1 option
The SIMATIC PDM V8.1 Extended option enables you to
unlock other system functions of SIMATIC PDM V8.1 for use,
for example:
• Change log
• Calibration report
• Extended information in the Lifelist
• Export and import functions
• Print functions
• Document manager
• Comparison function
SIMATIC PDM integration option in STEP 7/PCS 7 V8.1
This option is used for the integration of SIMATIC PDM V8.1 in
a SIMATIC S7 or SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment.
SIMATIC PDM V8.1 can then be started directly from the
hardware configurator (HW Config) in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7.
SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.1 option
If SIMATIC PDM V8.1 is used on a central engineering station,
the SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.1 option enables handling of every
device in the field that can be configured per EDD throughout
the plant and across different bus systems and remote I/Os.
SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus V8.1
option
With this option, SIMATIC PDM can communicate in a
SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 engineering environment with field devices
on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 via the FF link.
SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC PDM V8.1
Depending on the project size, the TAGs supplied with a product
can be cumulatively expanded with 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC
PDM TAGs. A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which
represents individual field devices or components within a
project, e.g. measuring instruments, positioners, switching
devices or remote I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics
with the lifelist of SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all recognized devices with diagnostics capability,
whose detailed diagnostics is effected through the device
description (EDD).
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1
focus on functions different from those of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
V6.1 (for details, see the table "Overview of functions and
performance for SIMATIC PDM"). They additionally support
projects with "PROFINET" and "FOUNDATION Fieldbus"
communication. FOUNDATION Fieldbus functionality is already
integrated in SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
5/5
5
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Design (continued)
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 product range
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.1
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 product package is designed
for projects with up to 128 TAGs. It extends the functionality
of SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1 with routing from the central
engineering system to the devices in the field and integrates
SIMATIC PDM in the SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment
by means of HW Config.
This minimum configuration with handheld functionality is
designed for processing exactly one field device via point-topoint coupling. It cannot be expanded with functions or TAG
options/PowerPacks. The device functions are supported as
defined in the device description.
5
The following types of communication are possible:
• PROFIBUS DP/PA
• HART communication (modem, RS 232)
• Modbus
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
Provided the system requirements are met, SIMATIC PDM Basic
V6.1 can be used for stand-alone operation on any computer
(IPC/notebook) with local connection to bus segments or direct
connection to the device. The product package features all
the basic functions required for operation and parameter
assignment of the devices and is enabled for the following
communication modes:
• PROFIBUS DP/PA
• HART communication (modem, RS 232 and via PROFIBUS)
• Modbus
• SIREC bus
• SIPART DR
• Ethernet
As basic module for individual configuration, SIMATIC PDM
Basic V6.1 can be expanded with all optional product
components, TAG options and PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM
V6.1. Without TAG expansion, SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 can
manage projects with up to 4 TAGs. Use of the following
functions requires at least 128 TAGs:
• Change log
• Calibration report
• Detailed diagnostics in the lifelist
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1
This is a configured product package especially for mobile use
in servicing for projects with up to 128 TAGs. It offers service
rengineers all functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 and special
service functions such as change log, calibration report and
detailed diagnostics in the lifelist.
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1 can be expanded by the functional
options "SIMATIC PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 V6.1",
"SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1" and "SIMATIC PDM Communication via Standard HART-Multiplexer V6.1" as well as by
SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks.
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1 is a product package for projects with up
to 128 TAGs and is configured for the use of SIMATIC PDM in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration environment. In addition to SIMATIC
PDM Service V6.1, it also offers functions for integration in the
hardware configurator (HW Config) of STEP 7 (corresponds to
the option "SIMATIC PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7").
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1 can be expanded by the functional
options "SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1" and "Communication via
Standard HART-Multiplexer V6.1" as well as by SIMATIC PDM
PowerPacks.
5/6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 can be expanded by the options
"SIMATIC PDM Communication via Standard HART Multiplexer
V6.1" and SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks.
Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM Integration option in STEP 7/PCS 7 V6.1
This option is used for the integration of SIMATIC PDM V6.1 in a
SIMATIC S7 or SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment.
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 can then be started directly from the
hardware configurator (HW Config) in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7.
SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1 option
If you want to use SIMATIC PDM V6.1 in a central engineering
system for plant-wide configuration, parameter assignment,
commissioning and diagnostics of the devices in the field, you
need the "SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1" option in addition to the
"SIMATIC PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 V6.1" option. From
the central engineering system, you can then reach every device
in the field that can be configured per EDD throughout the plant
and across different bus systems and remote I/Os.
SIMATIC PDM Communication via Standard HART Multiplexer
V6.1 option
This option permits SIMATIC PDM to use the HART server for
communication with HART field devices via HART multiplexers.
TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which represents
individual field devices or components within a project,
e.g. measuring instruments, positioners, switching devices or
remote I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics with the
lifelist of SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to
be all recognized devices with diagnostics capability, whose
detailed diagnostics is effected through the device description
(EDD).
In contrast to PowerPacks, TAG options are only suitable for
individual SIMATIC PDM product configurations on the basis of
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1. Using the SIMATIC PDM TAG options
for SIMATIC PDM V6.1, SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 can be
expanded from 4 TAGs to 128, 512, 1 024 or 2 048 TAGs, and
with the help of an additive PowerPack for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
even to unlimited TAGs.
With the PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1, product packages
based on SIMATIC PDM V6.1 can be provided with additional
TAGs. PowerPacks are available for TAG expansion to 512,
1 024, 2 048 and unlimited TAGs.
Demonstration software
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 and SIMATIC PDM V8.1 are also available
with demo software for demonstration purposes. Storage
functions, export/import and extended functionality cannot be
used with the demo software. The communication functions are
restricted.
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Function
■ Integration
Device integration
SIMATIC PDM supports all devices described by EDD
(Electronic Device Description). EDD is standardized to
EN 50391 and IEC 61804. Internationally it is the most widely
used standardized technology for device integration. At the
same time, it is the guideline of the established organizations for
• PROFIBUS and PROFINET (PI – PROFIBUS & PROFINET
International)
• HART (HCF: HART Communication Foundation)
• FF (Fieldbus Foundation)
The devices are integrated directly in SIMATIC PDM through
a company-specific EDD or the current HCF or Fieldbus
Foundation libraries. To achieve improved transparency,
they can be managed in project-specific device libraries.
Field devices are described in the EDD in terms of functionality
and construction using the Electronic Device Description
Language (EDDL). Using this description, SIMATIC PDM
automatically creates its user interface with the specific device
data. Existing devices can be updated, and further devices
integrated into SIMATIC PDM, by simply importing the
manufacturer's device-specific EDD.
Fieldbus Foundation provides pre-defined device descriptions
(standard DD) for the basic functions of specific field device
types. The basic functions are implemented using various
standard function and transmission blocks.
Technical support
SIMATIC PDM, parameter view and trend window
Core functions
• Adjustment and modification of device parameters
• Comparing (e.g. project and device data)
• Plausibility testing of data input
• Device identification and testing
• Device status indication (operating modes, interrupts, states)
• Simulation
• Diagnostics (standard, detailed)
• Export/import (parameter data, logs, documents)
• Management (e.g. networks and PCs)
• Commissioning functions, e.g. measuring circuit tests of
device data
• Device management (lifecycle management)
• Global and device-specific modification logbook for user
operations (audit trail)
• Device-specific calibration reports
• Graphic presentations of echo envelope curves,
trend displays, valve diagnosis results etc.
• Presentation of incorporated manuals
• Document manager for integration of up to 10 multimedia files
If you wish to use devices which cannot be found in the
SIMATIC PDM device description library, we would be pleased
to help you integrate them.
Support Request
You can request support by service specialists at Technical
Support by using a "Support Request" on the Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
Contacts in the Region
The Technical Support responsible for your Region can be found
on the Internet at:
www.automation.siemens.com/partner
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
5/7
5
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Technical specifications
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM V8.1
Hardware
• PG/PC/notebook with processor corresponding
to operating system requirements
• PG/PC/notebook with processor corresponding
to operating system requirements
Operating systems (alternative)
• Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP3, 32-bit
• Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2, 32-bit,
Standard Edition
•
•
•
•
Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
•
•
•
•
•
•
• SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1 (SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 without
PROFINET communication)
• STEP 7 V5.5+SP3 (STEP 7 V5.5+SP2 without
PROFINET communication)
5
■ Ordering data
STEP 7 V5.3+SP2
STEP 7 V5.4+SP5
STEP 7 V5.5 or V5.5+SP1/SP2/SP3
SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1+SP4
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 or V7.1+SP1/SP2/SP3
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 or V8.0+SP1
Windows XP Professional SP3 (32-bit)
Windows Server 2003 SP2 Standard Edition (32-bit)
Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 Standard Edition (32-bit)
Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise SP1
(32-bit/64-bit)
• Windows Server 2008 SP2 Standard Edition (32-bit)
• Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 Standard Edition (64-bit)
Order No.
Order No.
SIMATIC PDM V8.1
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone
product packages
Basic configuration for individual
product packages
Minimum configuration
SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.1
Product package for operation and
configuration of field devices and
components, communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA or HART
(modem, RS 232, PROFIBUS),
including 4 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V8.1
for operation and configuration of
one field device; communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA or HART
(modem, RS 232), including 1 TAG
cannot be expanded with respect
to functions or with TAG option/
PowerPack
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
SIMATIC PDM software and
device library on DVD, license key
on USB stick, certificate of license
• Delivery form online
Software image download
(SIMATIC PDM and device
library), license key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
5/8
6ES7658-3HA18-0YA5
6ES7658-3HA18-0YH5
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
SIMATIC PDM software and
device library on DVD, license key
on USB stick, certificate of license
• Delivery form online
Software image download
(SIMATIC PDM and device
library), license key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7658-3AB18-0YA5
6ES7658-3AB18-0YH5
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Application-specific configuration
for mobile service
SIMATIC PDM Service V8.1
Product package for stand-alone
user in service, with
• SIMATIC PDM Basic
• 100 TAGs
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
SIMATIC PDM software and
device library on DVD, license key
on USB stick, certificate of license
• Delivery form online
Software image download
(SIMATIC PDM and device
library), license key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit,
6ES7658-3JD18-0YA5
6ES7658-3JD18-0YH5
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1
Product package for use in a
SIMATIC S7 engineering
environment, with
- SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Extended
- Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
- 100 TAGs
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
5
Floating license for 1 user, with
- SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Extended
- Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
- Routing
- 100 TAGs
Note:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 requires
the installation of SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0 or higher! PROFINET
communication is supported as of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1.
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
SIMATIC PDM software and
device library on DVD, license key
USB stick, certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
Software image download
(SIMATIC PDM and device
library), license key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Application-specific configuration
for integration in SIMATIC S7
configuration environment
Note:
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1 requires the
installation of STEP 7 V5.5+SP2/
SP3! PROFINET communication is
supported as of STEP 7 V5.5+SP3.
• Delivery form package
SIMATIC PDM software and
device library on DVD, license key
on USB stick, certificate of license
• Delivery form online
Software image download
(SIMATIC PDM and device
library), license key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Order No.
Application-specific configuration
for integration in SIMATIC PCS 7
configuration environment
6ES7658-3LD18-0YA5
6ES7658-3LD18-0YH5
6ES7658-3KD18-0YA5
6ES7658-3KD18-0YH5
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
5/9
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit,
5
Floating license for 1 user, with
• SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Extended
• Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
• Routing
• Communication FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
• 100 TAGs
Note:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1
requires the installation of SIMATIC
PCS 7 V8.0 or higher! PROFINET
communication is supported as of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1.
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
SIMATIC PDM software and
device library on DVD, license key
USB stick, certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
Software image download
(SIMATIC PDM and device
library), license key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7658-3MD18-0YA5
6ES7658-3MD18-0YH5
Optional product components for
SIMATIC PDM V8.1
SIMATIC PDM Extended V8.1
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
License key on USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
5/10
Order No.
SIMATIC PDM Integration in STEP
7/SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.1
only required for integration of
SIMATIC PDM into HW Config
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
License key on USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7658-3NX18-2YB5
6ES7658-3NX18-2YH5
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.1
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
License key on USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
SIMATIC PDM Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus V8.1
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7658-3BX18-2YB5
6ES7658-3BX18-2YH5
6ES7658-3CX18-2YB5
6ES7658-3CX18-2YH5
6ES7658-3QX18-2YB5
6ES7658-3QX18-2YH5
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC PDM TAGs for
SIMATIC PDM V8.1
SIMATIC PDM TAGs
TAG licenses for expanding
SIMATIC PDM product packages
V7.0 or higher, can be accumulated, software class A,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
License key on USB stick,
certificate of license
- 10 TAGs
- 100 TAGs
- 1 000 TAGs
• Delivery form online
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 10 TAGs
- 100 TAGs
- 1 000 TAGs
Order No.
Demonstration software
SIMATIC PDM Demo V8.1
Storage functions, export/import
and advanced functionality
disabled; communication functions
restricted
6ES7658-3XC00-2YB5
6ES7658-3XD00-2YB5
6ES7658-3XE00-2YB5
6ES7658-3GX18-0YT8
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit
5
Delivery form package
SIMATIC PDM software and device
library on DVD
6ES7658-3XC00-2YH5
6ES7658-3XD00-2YH5
6ES7658-3XE00-2YH5
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone
product packages
Application-specific configuration
for mobile service
Minimum configuration
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.1
for operation and configuration of
one field device; communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART modem or
Modbus, including 1 TAG
6ES7658-3HX16-0YA5
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Delivery form package
SIMATIC PDM software and device
library on CD/DVD, license key on
USB stick, certificate of license
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
product packages
Delivery form package
SIMATIC PDM software and device
library on CD/DVD, license key on
USB stick, certificate of license
Application-specific configuration
for integration in SIMATIC S7
configuration environment
Basic configuration for individual
product packages
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Delivery form package
SIMATIC PDM software and device
library on CD/DVD, license key on
USB stick, certificate of license
6ES7658-3JX16-0YA5
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
cannot be expanded with respect
to functions or with TAG option/
PowerPack
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
Product package for operator input
and configuration of field devices
and components, communication
via PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART
(modem, RS 232, PROFIBUS),
SIREC bus, SIPART DR, Modbus or
Ethernet, including 4 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1
Product package for stand-alone
user in service, with
• SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
• 128 TAGs
6ES7658-3AX16-0YA5
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1
Product package for use in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration
environment, with
• SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
• Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
• 128 TAGs
6ES7658-3KX16-0YA5
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Delivery form package
SIMATIC PDM software and device
library on CD/DVD, license key on
USB stick, certificate of license
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
5/11
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Application-specific configuration
for integration in SIMATIC PCS 7
configuration environment
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system
6ES7658-3LX16-0YA5
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003
5
TAG options/PowerPacks for
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM TAG option
for TAG expansion, additive to
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package):
SIMATIC PDM software and device
library on CD/DVD, license key on
USB stick, certificate of license
Optional product components for
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
6ES7658-3BX16-2YB5
Delivery form package
License key on USB stick,
certificate of license
• Up to 128 TAGs
• Up to 512 TAGs
• Up to 1 024TAGs
• Up to 2 048 TAGs
6ES7658-3XA16-2YB5
6ES7658-3XB16-2YB5
6ES7658-3XC16-2YB5
6ES7658-3XD16-2YB5
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack
for TAG expansion, for any SIMATIC
PDM V6.1 product packages
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Delivery form package
License key on USB stick,
certificate of license
SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
6ES7658-3EX16-2YB5
Delivery form package
License key on USB stick,
certificate of license
Floating license for 1 user, with
• SIMATIC PDM Basic
• Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
• Routing
• 128 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM integration in
STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1
only required for integration of
SIMATIC PDM into HW Config
Order No.
SIMATIC PDM Communication via
standard HART multiplexer V6.1
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
6ES7658-3CX16-2YB5
Delivery form package
License key on USB stick,
certificate of license
Delivery form package
License key on USB stick,
certificate of license
• 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs
• 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs
• 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs
• 2 048 TAGs to unlimited TAGs
6ES7658-3XB16-2YD5
6ES7658-3XC16-2YD5
6ES7658-3XD16-2YD5
6ES7658-3XH16-2YD5
Demonstration software
SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.1
Without online communication and
storage functionality
6ES7658-3GX16-0YC8
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
SIMATIC PDM software and device
library on CD/DVD
■ More information
Update/Upgrade
Product packages and optional product components from
the product range of SIMATIC PDM V6.0, V6.1 or V8.0 can be
directly upgraded to V8.1 (exception: SIMATIC PDM Single Point
and SIMATIC PDM Communication via standard HART
multiplexer).
Product packages and optional product components from the
product range of SIMATIC PDM V7.0 can first be upgraded to
V8.0 and then to V8.1.
5/12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
When upgrading to SIMATIC PDM V8.1, be aware of the
compatible versions of SIMATIC PCS 7 and STEP 7.
A Software Update Service in the form of a subscription is also
offered for SIMATIC PDM.
For additional information, see the section
"Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version",
page 19/19, and "Software Update Service", page 1/5,
in the "Update/upgrade packages" chapter.
6
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
6/2
Introduction
6/5
6/6
6/12
OS software
OS standard software for
single station/server/client
SFC Visualization
6/13
6/13
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
6/19
Operator control and monitoring
via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server
6/19
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Introduction
■ Overview
■ Benefits
6
The operator system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system allows easy and safe control of the process by the
operating personnel. The operator can observe the process
sequence by means of various views and intervene to control the
system when necessary.
The operator system architecture is extremely variable and can
be flexibly adapted to different plant architectures and customer
requirements.
The basis is formed by perfectly coordinated operator stations
for single-user systems (OS single stations) and for multi-user
systems with client/server architecture.
The system software of the operator stations can be expanded
by cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime licenses for 100,
1 000 and 5 000 process objects (PO) up to following
configuration limits:
• 5 000 POs per OS Single Station
• 8 500 POs per OS Server (with client/server architecture)
6/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
• Flexible, modular architecture with scalable hardware and
software components for single-user and multiple station
systems
• High-performance operator stations based on versatile and
rugged SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations can be used in
office and industrial environments
• Client/server multiple station systems with up to
12 OS servers/pairs of servers, each for 8 500 process
objects (PO) and up to 32 OS clients per server/pair of servers
• High-performance archiving system based on Microsoft
SQL Server with short-term archives and integrated archive
backup, can be optionally expanded for long-term archiving
(Process Historian, StoragePlus or Central Archive Server)
• Self-diagnostics (health check) for monitoring important
OS server applications
• Integration of modifications without interrupting runtime
operations, and online testing through selective loading of
redundant servers
• Optimized AS/OS communication:
data transmission only following change in data, independent
of AS reply cycle; suppression of nuisance alarms
• User-friendly process control and high operational reliability,
also in conjunction with multi-screen technology
• Extended status displays through combination of status and
analog values with alarm information
• Highly effective alarm management provides support for
operating personnel
- Assignment of priorities with up to 16 message priorities as
additional attribute to the message classes
- Visual and audible suppression of messages which are
irrelevant to a specific operating state (dynamic or manual)
- Suppression of sensor/actuator alarms during startup or in
event of malfunction
• Centralized user administration with access control and
electronic signature
• Sign-of-life monitoring for subordinate systems connected to
the plant bus
• System-wide time synchronization based on UTC
(Universal Time Coordinated)
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Introduction
■ Design
Multi-user system with client/server architecture
OS clients
(max. 32 in multi-client mode)
Archive Server
The operating system and the following ES/OS software of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system are factory installed:
• Single station: PCS 7 Engineering Software for AS/OS
including OS Runtime software
• Server: PCS 7 OS Software Server
• Client: PCS 7 OS Software Client
You only need the corresponding software licenses in order to
use the pre-installed SIMATIC PCS 7 software.
Depending on the customer's particular requirements and
whether used as OS single station, OS server or OS client,
you can expand the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations with
optional hardware components, e.g. with:
• Hardware and software components for redundant operation
• Signal module for audible and visual signaling of messages
• Smart card reader for access protection
• Multi-monitor graphics card for operation of up to 4 process
monitors
• Process monitors for office and industrial environments
See chapter 3 "Industrial Workstation/IPC" for ordering data and
detailed information on the product package and technology of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations.
Single-user system (OS single station)
In a single station system architecture, all operation and
monitoring functions for a complete project (plant/unit) are
concentrated in one station.
This OS single station can be operated on the plant bus together
with other single-user systems or parallel to a multi-user system.
Redundant operation of two OS single stations is also possible
(SIMATIC PCS 7 single station redundancy).
Depending on the version (IE or BCE), the OS single station can
be connected to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus via one of the
following network components:
• IE: CP 1623/CP 1628 communication module (pre-installed in
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation) or CP 1613 A2 for
communication with up to 64 automation systems
• BCE: Standard Ethernet network adapter (10/100/1000 Mbps)
and Basic Communication Ethernet for communication with
up to 8 automation systems (not redundancy stations)
Terminal bus
OS servers
(max. 12
redundant)
Industrial Ethernet
Automation systems
G_PCS7_XX_00071
All operator stations are based on modern SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations optimized for use as OS single station,
OS client or OS server. SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
are characterized by powerful industrial PC technology
combined with the Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit or
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system. They can be
used in harsh industrial conditions as well as in the office area.
Standard components and interfaces from the PC world offer
generous scope for system-, customer- or sector-specific
options and expansions.
A multiple station system consists of operator terminals
(OS clients) which receive data (project data, process values,
archive data, alarms and messages) from one or more
OS servers over a terminal bus. The terminal bus can share the
transmission medium with the plant bus or it can be designed as
a separate bus (Industrial Ethernet with TCP/IP).
In this architecture, redundant OS servers may be set up to meet
higher availability requirements. Critical applications running on
the OS server are monitored by Health Check for software faults.
If a fault is detected, switchover to the redundant system is
triggered. Synchronization of the redundant OS servers takes
place automatically and at high speed.
OS clients can access the data of not only one OS server/server
pair, but from several OS servers/pairs of servers simultaneously
(multi-client mode). This makes it possible to divide a plant into
technological units and to distribute the data accordingly to
several OS servers/pairs of servers. In addition to scalability,
the advantage of distributed systems is the ability to decouple
plant areas from each other, which results in higher availability.
SIMATIC PCS 7 supports multi-user systems with up to
12 OS servers or 12 redundant OS pairs of servers. In multiclient mode, OS clients can access data from one or more of the
12 OS servers/pairs of servers in parallel (up to 32 OS clients
simultaneously on all).
The OS servers are designed in addition with client functions
which permit them to access the data (archives, messages,
tags, variables) from the other OS servers of the multi-user
system. This means that process graphics on one OS server
can also be linked with variables on other OS servers
(area-independent displays).
Two 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports are always
integrated onboard for use as desired.
The OS engineering is located as standard in a separate
engineering system
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6/3
6
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Introduction
■ Design (continued)
Like the OS single stations, the OS servers can be connected to
the Industrial Ethernet plant bus using one of the following
network components
• IE: CP 1623/CP 1628 communication module (pre-installed in
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation) or CP 1613 A2 for
communication with up to 64 automation systems
• BCE: Standard Ethernet network adapter (10/100/1000 Mbps)
and Basic Communication Ethernet for communication with
up to 8 automation systems (not redundancy stations)
Two 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports onboard can be
used to connect to the terminal bus.
■ Technical specifications
Definitions
OS tag
An OS tag or parameter is a defined memory location
required for operating and monitoring with the operator
system; values can be written into it and read from it
(e.g. setpoint, actual value etc.).
Process object
(PO)
A process object (PO) is synonymous with an operable and
monitorable block. A PO usually has several OS tags
(which can be operated and monitored). The number of
OS tags differs depending on the block type. For example,
motors or valves require fewer tags than closed-loop
controls or dosing units.
Licensing
Licensing and license verification of the OS software for
SIMATIC PCS 7 are based on the process objects.
Data archiving
6
The OS single stations and OS servers already include a
high-performance archiving system, configurable at run-time,
based on Microsoft SQL Server with cyclic archives for shortterm archiving of process values (typically for 1 to 4 weeks) and
messages/events (typically for 2 months). This may be
combined with an external data archiving system for long-term
data storage.
Every block fulfilling the following criteria is counted and
calculated as a PO:
• The block is not a driver block.
• The block can be operated and monitored.
• This block can handle messages.
The license verification also takes into account the sum of
all OS tags used.
OS quantity framework
Archiving systems designed for various performance ranges
(Process Historian, StoragePlus and Central Archive Server) are
offered for this purpose in the "Process data archiving and
reporting" chapter 7.
Max. number of OS servers /
pairs of servers
12
Max. number of automation systems
per OS server / pair of servers
64
The data managed in the archiving systems can be saved on all
storage media supported by the operating system. This requires
additional hardware and software, e.g. a DVD writer with suitable
burning software.
32
Max. number of OS clients in multiclient mode 1) (per multi-user system)
All archiving systems are only nodes on the terminal bus.
Max. number of monitors per operator 4
station with multi-channel operation
Max. number of OS areas
Number of trends per trend window
10
Selection time for OS area display
(100 process symbols)
<2s
Max. number of process objects:
• Per OS single station
• Per OS server
Max. number of configurable
messages per server/single station
Number of process tags
• Per OS single station
• Per OS server
• Per multi-user system
Integral high-performance archive
system
(cyclic buffer), based on Microsoft
SQL server, for:
• Process value archiving
(per OS server / single station)
• Message archiving
(per OS server / single station)
1)
6/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
64
Max. number of windows per monitor 1 to 16 (adjustable)
5 000 POs
8 500 POs
150 000
Approx. 3 000
Approx. 5 000
Approx. 60 000
Approx. 1 000/s
Steady-state load approx. 10/s
Message peak approx. 3 000 / 4 s
If every OS client has access to all OS servers/pairs of servers
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
OS software
■ Overview
Multi-user system with client/server architecture
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, the operating
system, and the OS software are matched to one another in
accordance with the application as OS single station, OS server
or OS client.
■ Design
The OS standard software is already pre-configured for the
corresponding OS single station, OS server or OS client as the
target system, and pre-installed on it. You only need the
corresponding software licenses in order to use it.
You can also implement redundant system configurations with
OS single stations and OS servers. See the section
"OS redundancy" in the chapter "Operator system" for details,
page 6/13.
The following tables provide a selection aid for ordering an
operator station. Depending on whether a redundant or
non-redundant design is selected, the tables indicate the
respectively required number of
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
• Licenses for OS standard software
• Volume licenses (quantity options)
• Licenses for optional supplementary OS software
with
1
2
1
2
1
2
Additional IE communications software
for SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Server V8.0
1
–
PCS 7 Server Redundancy V8.0,
including RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
–
1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License for adding
OS Runtime POs
1
2
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives for expansion of the
short-term circular buffer archive
1
2
Volume licenses (optional)
OS client with Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating
system; connection for terminal bus onboard
Single-user system
Redundancy
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC
including operating system, alternatives
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client IPC1) W7, alternatively with
- Onboard standard graphics
- Multi-monitor graphics card "2 screens" or "4 screens"
• SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C, alternatively
- without panel
- with front panel
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427D (Microbox)
without
with
1
2
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client V8.0
(Software license for PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C in
scope of delivery)
1
2
Supplementary OS software (optional)
Additional IE communications software
for SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 REDCONNECT
PowerPack
Redundancy
without
OS standard software
OS single stations and OS clients can be additionally equipped
with SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization and Safety Matrix Viewer.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
including operating system, alternatives
• SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE W7
with BCE communication for up to 8 automation
systems (no redundancy stations)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7
with Industrial Ethernet communication
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
including operating system, alternatives
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE SRV08
with BCE communication for up to 8 automation
systems (no redundancy stations)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08
with Industrial Ethernet communication
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 REDCONNECT
PowerPack
This basic level can be extended using additive software
components and licenses.
OS Single Station with Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit
operating system
OS Server with Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit operating system
2
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V8.0
1
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station Redundancy V8.0
including RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
–
1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License for adding
OS Runtime POs
1
2
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives for expansion of the
short-term circular buffer archive
1
2
SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization V8.0
1
2
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2
1
2
OS standard software
Volume licenses and supplementary OS software
(optional)
1
1
OS standard software
1 (PCS 7 OS Client
IPC/427D) or
0 (PCS 7 OS Client
627C)
SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization V8.0
1
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2
1
1)
1
1
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in the
section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, Pre-configured bundles,
SIMATIC Rack PC" which are authorized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
Note on Microsoft SQL Server software
The "SQL Server" software from Microsoft which is delivered
together with SIMATIC PCS 7 is exclusively intended for this
process control system. It must not be used in any other context
without previous written approval by Siemens.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6/5
6
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
OS software
OS standard software for
single station/server/client
■ Overview
The OS standard software is adapted to the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations offered (OS single station, OS server and
OS client).
It can be adapted to plants of various sizes by adding
cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime licenses for sets of 100,
1 000 and 5 000 process objects (PO). The expansion limits are
• 5 000 POs per OS Single Station
• 8 500 POs per OS Server
The high-performance circular buffer archiving system
integrated in the OS standard software for OS single station and
OS server for the temporary archiving of up to 512 tags can be
expanded up to the expansion limit of 10 000 tags with
cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH volume licenses.
Licenses of this type are also quantity options for the Process
Historian and Central Archive Server (CAS) external archiving
systems. You will find specific information on the licensing of
plants with CAS in the "Central Archive Server" section of the
Process data archiving and reporting chapter, page 7/10.
The OS standard software for a redundant pair of OS servers or
two redundant OS single stations is combined in a package
(SIMATIC PCS 7 Server Redundancy/SIMATIC PCS 7 Single
Station Redundancy). See section "OS redundancy" for details.
■ Function
The project editor in the operator system offers a wide range of
different image formats and resolutions for displaying process
graphics:
6
OS process control with freely-positionable windows
Graphical user interface (GUI)
The predefined user interface of the operator system has all the
features typical of a control system. It is multilingual, clearly
structured, ergonomic and easy to understand. Operators can
survey the process extremely easily, and rapidly navigate
between different views of the plant. The system supports them
in this process with hierarchical display structures that can be
configured as required. These facilitate the direct selection of
lower-level areas during process control. The current position
within the hierarchy can always be recognized in a window of the
Picture Tree Manager.
Process displays and process tags can also be called directly
by their name, or by a "Loop-in-alarm" starting from a selected
message An online language selector permits the user to
change the display language during runtime.
A standard view and a server view are available for the
technological representation of a plant, each with variously
designed area overviews. Features provided in both views
include:
• Message line for the last received message, configurable for
priority-based display of message with highest message
class or priority
• Date, time and name of the operator
• Area overview; number of displayed areas depends on
resolution: up to 36 (lowest/XGA), up to 144 (highest/WQXGA)
• Working area for plant displays and movable windows for
faceplates, trends, messages etc.
• System function keys
6/6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Graphic standard
Format
Resolution
Support of
multi-monitor
mode
XGA
4:3
1024 x 768
Yes
XGA+
4:3
1152 x 864
Yes
SXGA
5:4
1280 x 1024
Yes
UXGA
4:3
1600 x 1200
Yes
WSXGA+
16:10
1680 x 1050
Yes
HD 1080 (Full HD)
16:9
1920 x 1080
Yes
WUXGA
16:10
1920 x 1200
Yes
WQXGA
16:10
2560 x 1600
--
Their use depends on how the graphics controller of the
operator station and the process monitors controlled by it are
designed.
The representative and functional display of your plant is
supported by a high-quality, modern design. The global
appearance can be set using predefined or user-specific
designs: color palette, colors, styles (fill patterns), optical effects
(2D/3D, shading, transparency, colored identification of an
image object when selected, etc.). These can be changed
ocally for each image object.
In addition, the design is fundamentally influenced using a wide
range of attractive elements provided by the Graphics Designer
when configuring in the engineering system:
• Object palettes with styles, controls (applications for control
and monitoring, e.g. for curve and message display),
standard objects and smart objects
• Global symbol library with standardized display objects for
plants and units
• Symbols and faceplates from the SIMATIC PCS 7 libraries,
especially the Advanced Process Library (APL)
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
OS software
OS standard software for
single station/server/client
■ Function (continued)
TrendControls function for table displays and curve displays
Table window
One or more value columns can be configured for a time column
in the table window. In accordance with this configuration,
each line displays the process values recorded at a particular
time. Analogous to this, it is also possible to combine several
time columns with other value columns in a table window.
The layout can be adapted during runtime by shifting, showing
or hiding columns.
In run-time mode, operators can also modify the time data,
manually change displayed values, and save these modified
values.
Trend window
One or more time axes correlate in the trend window with one or
more value axes whose range value is fixed or dynamic.
The scale for the value axes can be linear, logarithmic,
percentage or freely-configurable.
Trend window on the operator station
The TrendControls function permits operators to display
archived values of archive tags from the process value
archive as well as online values of process tags from the tag
management in relation to time (table/trend window) or in relation
to another value (function window). The time can be defined
statically (absolute, as configured) or dynamically (in relation to
the actual system time) as:
• Start and end times
• Start time and period
• Start time and number of measuring points
All TrendControls have scrolling functions and a function for
directly selecting the start or end.
During runtime, operators can individually adapt the
TrendControls functions which have already been predefined
during plant configuration, and save the settings globally or
user-specific. They are able to change the data link during
runtime, and to access other data. It is also possible to integrate
exported archive databases online.
The displayed data can be processed further by:
• Exporting per CSV file
• Output in a predefined print job
TrendControls functions can also be combined with a ruler
window. The ruler window positioned in the process display
independent of the connected TrendControl function shows
additional information in three views depending on the selection
of a time or time range in the trend/table window using a ruler:
• Coordinate window with X and Y coordinates of the curve
points at the points of intersection of the rulers
• Statistics range window with the values lying within a selected
range
• Statistics window with statistical information on a selected
range: minimum, maximum, average, standard deviation,
integral
A trend displays a corresponding process value at every point in
time. The number of curves displayed in a trend window is freelyselectable. Styles and colors can be configured individually,
possibly with a limit-dependent change in color. Grids and rulers
can be used to improve readability and orientation.
Several trends can be combined in a trend group with common
time and value axes. It is also possible to configure several
curve windows. These can be linked together if required,
e.g. to compare process values. Linked curve windows have a
common time axis, zoom, scroll bar and ruler.
Operators additionally have the following options for adaptation
during runtime:
• Enlarge trend window selection
• Move selection along the time and value axis
• Move, hide or show time and value axes of individual trends
• Show/hide trend and bring to foreground
• Change the displayed time interval
Function window
The function window is similar to the trend window except that
the time axis is replaced by a value access. Process values can
then be displayed in relation to other process values,
e.g. pressure depending on temperature Setpoint curves from
user archives can also be included in the display.
Fixed or dynamic value ranges with linear or logarithmic scaling
can be assigned to the X and Y axes. The values which are
related to one another are based on different variables whose
updating cycles must be the same. The time range in which the
values are displayed (static or dynamic) can be entered
separately by operators for each curve.
Properties, functions and configuration options are otherwise
largely identical to the trend window.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6/7
6
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
OS software
OS standard software for
single station/server/client
■ Function (continued)
AlarmControl function for message display and processing
Up to 150 000 messages can be configured per
OS single station/OS server:
• Predefined system messages, triggered by a system event
• Individual or group messages, initiated by a change in
process states
• Operator input messages, resulting from the manual operation
of objects
The message system integrated in the operator system records
these process messages and local events, saves them in
message archives, and displays them by means of the freelyconfigurable AlarmControl function (message view/window).
6
Operators can use the toolbar to select various standardized
lists with integral scrolling function:
• Entered state list: currently present, unacknowledged
messages
• Acknowledged list: currently present, acknowledged
messages
• Exited state list: not yet acknowledged, but already exited
messages
• Operator list: current and archived operator input messages
• Process control list: current and archived I&C messages
• Chronicle: all currently present and archived messages
arranged in chronological order
• List of manually or automatically suppressed messages
• List of messages to be suppressed when they occur
The AlarmControl function displays:
• Each message in a separate message line
• Message state and color according to the configured
message class (e.g. fault requiring acknowledgment) and
message type (e.g. alarm or warning)
• Selected message blocks, each in a separate column:
- System blocks: system data such as date and time, priority,
triggering CPU/station, user name, loop-in-alarm,
message state (UP/DOWN), acknowledgment status
(acknowledged/not yet acknowledged, duration from UP to
DOWN/acknowledged)
- Process value blocks: current process value at time of
message, e.g. temperature
- User text blocks: 255 characters of text, e.g. message text
with fault location and cause of malfunction
• Status and info text represented as symbol
After a power failure, the last messages (e.g. 60) can be
reloaded from the message archive to the message window.
Thus, when the system is restarted, the last message map prior
to the power failure is reconstructed.
With large quantity frameworks and a high number of messages,
the following measures can be used to noticeably reduce the
operator workload by reducing the relevant messages and
improving the transparency:
• Visual and audible hiding of messages which are of reduced
importance in certain situations for the safe and fault-free
operation of the plant, e.g. process signals (logging and
archiving are not influenced):
- Dynamically, i.e. depending on pre-configured definition for
up to 32 operating states (Smart Alarm Hiding)
- Manually, for a limited period
• Assignment of priorities using up to 16 message priorities as
additional attribute to the known message classes
• Intentional blocking and enabling of messages from an
individual process tag or all process tags of the display/area
by the operator in the event of faults on a sensor/actuator or
during commissioning (recording of blocking and enabling in
the operator activity log)
The "Loop-in-alarm" and "Select display using process tag"
functions support the quick evaluation and resolution of faults.
Using "Loop-in-alarm", the operator can jump directly from a
message selected in the message window to the process
display with the object which caused the fault, and can then call
up the associated faceplate (loop display) through the process
tag whose block icon is colored (cyan). The faceplate window
(loop display) can be anchored so that it remains visible even
when the display is changed.
Group displays visually signal the messages currently present in
the process display. They also provide information on whether
messages are disabled or not.
The last message to have arrived – or the message with the
highest priority when alarm priorities are utilized – is displayed at
the top edge of the standard view. Using the button "Extended
message line", the AlarmControl function can be displayed as a
window with all received messages. A list of all messages
currently present with maximum priority 16 can also be directly
called using a button.
Parallel to the display, all messages recorded during runtime
and their changes in state can be documented in chronological
order in a message sequence log.
Flexible setting options for audible output and priorities which
can be defined using signal variables additionally support the
signaling of messages through a sound card or by controlling
external sensors via a signal module.
Operators can individually adapt the AlarmControl function
during runtime by filtering, selecting or sorting the display
according to the contents of individual message blocks,
e.g. chronologically according to message priority or fault
location, and save the settings globally or user-specific. It is also
possible to integrate exported archive databases online.
The displayed data can be processed further by:
• Exporting per CSV file
• Output in a predefined print job
6/8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Message window on the operator station
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
OS software
OS standard software for
single station/server/client
■ Function (continued)
Reporting and reports system
Whereas the reporting system is provided to document the
project during its configuration, the reports system is used to
print out the data recorded during operation in a clear manner.
Different types of predefined logs are available:
• Message sequence log
• Message and archive log
• Measured value log
• Operator activity log
• System message log
• User log
However, a page layout editor can be used to create completely
new page layouts or to individually adapt predefined ones.
Log objects to be printed are simply selected from the editor's
object palette, positioned and configured.
The log objects are categorized as follows:
• Host log objects, e.g.
- Static objects (circle, rectangle etc.)
- Dynamic objects that are assigned current values during
output
- System objects (date/time, project name etc.)
- Special runtime log objects
• OS-specific log objects, e.g.:
- Control objects (windows for messages, tables, trends,
functions, and user data)
- Current value of a process tag
- Contents of user archives
- Embedded layout
- Hardcopy
• Log objects for integration of external data, e.g.:
- CSV provider (CSV data as table or curve)
- ODBC data source (field as text or table)
- COM provider (COM objects as text, table or image)
Central user administration, access control and electronic
signature
With SIMATIC Logon, the operator system has central user
administration with access control that complies with the
validation requirements of 21 CFR Part 11. The administrator
can divide the users into groups and assign differently defined
access rights (roles) to these groups. The operator obtains the
specific rights when logging on within the scope of the access
control. Apart from the keyboard, an optional smart card reader,
for example, can be used as the logon device. In addition,
SIMATIC Logon offers the "electronic signature" function.
SIMATIC Logon is fully integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7. In the
context of SIMATIC PCS 7, no software licenses need be
ordered for this. For additional information on SIMATIC Logon
as well as ordering data for an optional smart card reader,
see "Expansion components, smart card reader" in the
chapter "Industrial Workstation/IPC", page 3/46.
Sign-of-life monitoring
With the "Sign-of-life monitoring" function, the operator system is
able to monitor the correct operation of all lower-level systems
connected to the plant bus. A graphical plant configuration
display shows the operating state of each monitored
component. Additional functionality in this respect is offered by
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
(see chapter 8 "Diagnostics and Maintenance").
Time-of-day synchronization
The current data of the log defined in the page layout is output
on the printer by means of a predefined or self-generated print
job. Prior to output on the printer, the logs can be saved in
EMF format and displayed as a preview on the screen. Print jobs
can be started manually, time-controlled or event-controlled.
Operators are able to scan the status of the print jobs online.
Data archiving
The high-performance archiving system, configurable at
runtime, in the OS standard software on OS Single Stations and
OS Servers temporarily records process values and messages/
events (alarms) in cyclic archives. Intervals of approximately
1 to 4 weeks for process values and approximately 2 months for
alarms are typical for this short-term archiving. Data can be
exported from the cyclic archives and OS reports for permanent
archiving in an external archiving system (Process Historian,
StoragePlus or Central Archive Server) under time or event
control. See the "Process data archiving and reporting"
chapter 7 for information on this.
SICLOCK TC 400 central plant clock
Together with a SICLOCK time generator (see catalog "Add-ons
for SIMATIC PCS 7"), the operator system of the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system can implement the system-wide
synchronization on the basis of UTC (Universal Time
Coordinated). This feature is especially beneficial for widely
distributed plants present in different time zones, e.g. pipelines.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6/9
6
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
OS software
OS standard software for
single station/server/client
■ Ordering data
Order No.
OS Software Single Station
6
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit or
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit;
single license for 1 installation
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick, certificate
of license, software DVDs and
certificate of license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package V8.0
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station ASIA V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit or
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit;
single license for 1 installation
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA)
ASIA license key USB hardlock,
certificate of license, software
DVDs and certificate of license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA V8.0
6ES7658-2AA08-0YA0
6ES7658-2AA08-0YH0
6/10
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server ASIA V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit; single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA)
ASIA license key USB hardlock,
certificate of license, software
DVDs and certificate of license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA V8.0
6ES7658-2BA08-0CA0
Volume licenses
(quantity options)
Runtime licenses for PO expansion
for OS Software Single Station/
OS Software Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime
license
For extending the OS Runtime POs,
cumulative
6ES7658-2AA08-0CA0
OS Software Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit; single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick, certificate
of license, software DVDs and
certificate of license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package V8.0
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Order No.
6ES7658-2BA08-0YA0
6ES7658-2BA08-0YH0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
- 5 000 POs
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
- 5 000 POs
6ES7658-2XA00-0XB0
6ES7658-2XB00-0XB0
6ES7658-2XC00-0XB0
6ES7658-2XA00-0XH0
6ES7658-2XB00-0XH0
6ES7658-2XC00-0XH0
Expansion of integrated highperformance circular buffer archive
(512 tags) of OS Single Station and
OS Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives
Cumulative archive licenses,
independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 1 500 tags
- 5 000 tags
- 10 000 tags
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 1 500 tags
- 5 000 tags
- 10 000 tags
6ES7658-2EA00-2YB0
6ES7658-2EB00-2YB0
6ES7658-2EC00-2YB0
6ES7658-2EA00-2YH0
6ES7658-2EB00-2YH0
6ES7658-2EC00-2YH0
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
OS software
OS standard software for
single station/server/client
■ Ordering data
Order No.
OS Software Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client V8.0
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit or
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit;
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client ASIA V8.0
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit or
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit;
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA)
ASIA license key USB hardlock,
certificate of license
Order No.
Conversion of the software
license from OS Single Station
to OS Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Conversion Pack Single Station
to Server V8.0
6ES7658-2CX08-0YB5
6ES7658-2CX08-0YH5
6ES7658-2CX08-0CB5
For conversion of an operator
station from OS Single Station
to OS Server
Supports all languages of the
OS Single Station software,
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6
6ES7658-2BA08-0YD0
6ES7658-2BA08-0YJ0
For additional information on the Software Media Package, see chapter
"Software Media and Logistics", "Software Packages", page 1/2.
■ Options
Subsequent conversion of the software license from
OS Single Station to OS Server
In practice, it is frequently the case that systems based on
OS single stations are later expanded to client-server
configurations. The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack Single Station to Server allows you to subsequently convert
the software license of your existing OS single station to an
OS"server license.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6/11
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
OS software
SFC Visualization
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization
V8.0
For displaying and operating
SFC sequence controls on an
operator station
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6
The OS standard software can be expanded with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization. This allows you to display and
operate configured sequential controls on the engineering
system. No additional configuration work is necessary for this.
In an overview display it is possible, for example, to open step
and transition displays and to present step comments or
dynamically supplied step enabling conditions.
6/12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6ES7652-0XD08-2YB5
6ES7652-0XD08-2YH5
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
■ Overview
OS single stations and OS servers can have a redundant design
if necessary:
• A SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station Redundancy programming
package is required to design redundant OS single stations.
In addition to the OS software for the redundant operation of
two stations, this contains an RS 232 connecting cable for
optimization of internal communication between the two
stations
• A SIMATIC PCS 7 Server Redundancy programming package
is required to design redundant OS servers. It contains the
OS software for a redundant server pair as well as an
RS 232 connecting cable for optimization of internal
server-server communication
An optical or electrical connection can be used depending on
the environmental conditions and the distance between the
redundant stations, e.g. up to 100 m per crossover network
cable with RJ45 connectors. For further information, refer to the
manual "SIMATIC PCS 7 8.0 Fault-tolerant Process Control
Systems"; for appropriate cable material and further
accessories, refer to Catalog IK PI (Industrial Communication).
What further components are required depends on the plant
architecture. The design of the plant bus and terminal bus is of
particular importance, as well as the type and number of
subordinate automation systems. The maximum requirements
are determined by the redundant configuration shown in the
figure with a fault-tolerant automation system and two redundant
rings each for the plant bus and terminal bus.
A separate Ethernet connection can be used instead of the serial
RS 232 connection for optimization of internal communication
between the two redundant stations (OS single stations/
OS servers). This is an alternative e.g. with larger distances
between the stations or if the COM interface is required
elsewhere.
6
■ Design
The following table provides an overview of which components
are required for a redundant OS single station or OS pair of
servers depending on certain criteria:
Hardware and software components
Up to 8 AS per
single station or
server pair
9 to 64 AS per
single station or
server pair
Min. 1 redundant AS
2
2 (alternative to BCE)
–
2
–
2
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station/Server Redundancy V8.0
(including RS 232 cable)
1
1
1
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
–
–
2
Connection to redundant plant bus (2 rings), alternatives
• BCE
Desktop adapter network card
• CP 1613 A2, CP 1623, Communication module
CP 1628
2
2 (alternative to BCE)
–
2
–
2
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 software
2 (alternative to BCE)
2
2
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT software
–
–
2
1 x per PCS 7 station on
the terminal bus
1 x per PCS 7 station on
the terminal bus
1 x per PCS 7 station on
the terminal bus
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation,
single station or server version, alternatives
• Including Ethernet network card 10/100/1000 Mbps and BCE
• Including CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628 and SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7 software
Software
Connection to redundant terminal bus with PRP (2 rings)
SOFTNET-IE RNA communication software
Integration of non-PRP-enabled devices
in redundant terminal bus with PRP
SCALANCE X204RNA
1 x for 2 terminal devices 1 x for 2 terminal devices 1 x for 2 terminal devices
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6/13
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
■ Design (continued)
Connection to plant bus
Redundant OS single stations / OS servers
with CP 1623/CP 1628/CP 1613 A2 communication
• FastEthernet card
• PCS 7 single station
redundancy or
PCS 7 server
redundancy
• CP 1623/1628/1613 A2
• SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7
software
• PCS 7 single station
redundancy or
PCS 7 server
redundancy
Plant bus
6
Max. 8 automation systems
per single station/pair of servers
Plant bus
• CP 1623/1628/1613 A2
• SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7 software
+ SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT
PowerPack
• PCS 7 single station
redundancy or
PCS 7 server redundancy
Plant bus
Max. 64 automation systems
per single station/pair of servers
Redundant
automation systems
G_PCS7_XX_00143
Redundant OS single stations / OS servers
with BCE communication
Components for connection of redundant OS single stations / OS servers on the plant bus
Redundant
servers
Redundant
automation
system
G_PCS7_XX_00334
Redundant Industrial Ethernet
plant bus (double ring)
Redundant plant bus
The operator systems (single stations or servers) communicate
with the automation systems via the Industrial Ethernet plant bus.
The following special points must be observed for redundant
configurations:
• BCE communication via Ethernet network adapter
10/100/1000 Mbps is generally also sufficient for redundant
operator stations. Up to 8 automation systems can be
connected per pair of servers in this manner (only AS single
stations, not AS redundant stations). The BCE license is
included for the BCE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation. It is also valid for an additional desktop adapter
network adapter.
• Industrial Ethernet communication via CP 1623 (preinstalled
in the IE version of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation)
or alternatively CP 1628 (with extra security functions) and
CP 1613 A2 (with conventional PCI interface) is required in the
following cases:
- The number of automation systems per OS is larger than 8.
- Redundant automation systems (AS redundant stations) are
used.
6/14
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
• The IE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
are equipped with a CP 1623 and SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7 communication software, licensed for up to four CP 1623/
CP 1628/CP 1613 A2 (license for 4 units). If subordinate
automation systems (AS redundant stations) are to be
connected, SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT is
required, however. The SIMATIC NET product HARDNET-IE
S7REDCONNECT PowerPack (license for 4 units) can be
used to upgrade features.
• If an operator station with BCE communication is to be
upgraded for operation with redundant automation systems
(AS redundancy stations), a CP 1623, CP 1628 or CP 1613 A2
communication module is required in addition to the
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
(license for 4 units).
• If the plant bus is to be designed as a redundant dual ring,
yourequire two interface modules (2 x Ethernet network cards
10/100/1000 Mbps or 2 x CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628) per
OS single station / OS server.
The communication software for CP 1623, CP 1628 or
CP 1613 A2 is always supplied with the SIMATIC PCS 7 software
and is installed based on the operating system.
In order to activate this communications software, you may need
additional licenses for the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7,
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT, or SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack communication
products.
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
■ Design (continued)
Connection to terminal bus
Client
Connecting non-PRP-enabled devices
Up to 2 non-PRP-enabled devices that have only one Industrial
Ethernet port, such as SICLOCK TC 400, a WLAN access point
or an infrastructure computer, such as DNS, WINS, DHCP or a
file server, can be integrated into a redundant, fault-tolerant
terminal bus with PRP via a SCALANCE X204RNA.
Client
SCALANCE X204RNA is available in two product versions:
• SCALANCE X204RNA
Router in plastic housing with 4 electrical ports for connecting
up to two non-PRP-enabled terminal devices to redundant
networks
• SCALANCE X204RNA EEC
Router in metal housing with two electric terminal device ports
and two optical/electrical combo ports for network connection
of up to two non-PRP-enabled terminal devices to redundant
networks
SCALANCE
X204RNA
Terminal bus, ring 1
Terminal bus, ring 2
Redundant
servers
G_PCS7_XX_00333
SCALANCE X-200RNA is typically installed with the stations to
be connected in a control cabinet.
Redundant terminal bus
You can connect clients and servers to the terminal bus using
the onboard Industrial Ethernet interfaces or a desktop network
adapter card.
For information on configuration and accessories such as cable
material, plug connectors and transceivers, see chapter
Communication, Industrial Ethernet, System Connection PCS 7
Systems, page 11/39.
For more information and technical specifications for the two
SCALANCE X204RNA product versions, see Catalog IK PI.
For details on redundant SIMATIC PCS 7 configurations, refer to
the manual "Fault-tolerant Process Control Systems".
A configuration with two separate rings is recommended for
the redundant, fault-tolerant terminal bus. Communication is
performed in this case using the Parallel Redundancy Protocol
(PRP) in accordance with IEC 62439-3. Each PCS 7 station
should be connected to one of two Industrial Ethernet interfaces
on each of the two separate rings.
The SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA communication software
on the redundantly connected PCS 7 stations organizes
communication processes based on the PRP. Therefore,
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA communication software is
required on each of the redundantly connected PCS 7 stations.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6/15
6
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Design of redundant
OS single stations
6
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station Redundancy V8.0,
with 100 OS Runtime POs
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit;
single license for 2 installations
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license, RS 232
cable, 10 m, software DVDs and
certificate of license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package V8.0
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station Redundancy ASIA
V8.0, with 100 OS Runtime POs
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit;
single license for 2 installations
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA)
2 x ASIA license key USB
hardlock, certificate of license,
RS 232 cable, 10 m, software
DVDs and certificate of license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA V8.0
6ES7652-3AA08-2YA0
6ES7652-3AA08-2YH0
6/16
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server Redundancy ASIA V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit; single license for
2 installations
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA)
2 x ASIA license key USB
hardlock, certificate of license,
RS 232 cable, 10 m,
software DVDs and certificate of
license for SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V8.0
6ES7652-3BA08-2CA0
Volume licenses
(quantity options)
Runtime licenses for PO expansion
for SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station/
OS Serve (cumulative); 2 required
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime
license
For extending the OS Runtime POs,
cumulative
6ES7652-3AA08-2CA0
Design of redundant OS servers
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server Redundancy V8.0,
with 100 OS Runtime POs
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit; single license for
2 installations
• Delivery form package
(with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license, RS 232
cable, 10 m, software DVDs and
certificate of license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package V8.0
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Order No.
6ES7652-3BA08-2YA0
6ES7652-3BA08-2YH0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 5 000 PO
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 5 000 PO
6ES7658-2XA00-0XB0
6ES7658-2XB00-0XB0
6ES7658-2XC00-0XB0
6ES7658-2XA00-0XH0
6ES7658-2XB00-0XH0
6ES7658-2XC00-0XH0
Expansion of integral highperformance circular buffer archive
(512 tags) of OS Single Station and
OS Server, 2 licenses required for
each
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives
Cumulative archive licenses,
independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 1 500 tags
- 5 000 tags
- 10 000 tags
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 1 500 tags
- 5 000 tags
- 10 000 tags
6ES7658-2EA00-2YB0
6ES7658-2EB00-2YB0
6ES7658-2EC00-2YB0
6ES7658-2EA00-2YH0
6ES7658-2EB00-2YH0
6ES7658-2EC00-2YH0
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Conversion of two OS single
stations to redundant OS single
stations
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
ConversionPack 2x Server to
Server Redundancy V8.0
For the conversion of two
OS servers to OS server
redundancy
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
ConversionPack 2x Single Station
to Single Station Redundancy
V8.0
For conversion of two OS single
stations to OS single station
redundancy
Supports all languages of the
OS Single Station software,
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
single license for 2 installations
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license and
RS 232 cable, 10 m
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-3AA08-2YD0
6ES7652-3AA08-2YJ0
Supports all languages of the OS
Server software, software class A,
runs on Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows Server
2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 2 installations
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license and
RS 232 cable, 10 m
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-3BA08-2YD0
6
6ES7652-3BA08-2YJ0
Individual components
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
Conversion of two redundant
OS single stations to redundant
OS servers
6ES7902-1AC00-0AA0
As a replacement part for
redundant OS single stations/
OS servers
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
ConversionPack Single Station
Redundancy to Server
Redundancy V8.0
For the conversion of two redundant
OS single stations from OS single
station redundancy to OS server
redundancy
Supports all languages of the
OS Single Station Redundancy
software, software class A,
runs with Windows XP Professional
32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
2 installations
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license and
RS 232 cable, 10 m
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Order No.
Conversion of two OS servers to
redundant OSservers
Expansion components for
OS single stations / OS servers
For connection to redundant plant
bus (BCE or CP 1613 A2/1623/1628),
for upgrading from BCE to
CP 1613 A2/1623/1628 including
communication with redundant AS
Desktop adapter network adapter
for BCE and as spare part for
redundant terminal bus
INTEL PCI network adapter for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbps),
with RJ45 connection
6ES7652-3BA08-2YC0
6ES7652-3BA08-1YJ0
Note:
License for the BCE communication
with SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations with BCE
communication already included
• With conventional PCI interface
• With PCI Express interface
A5E00718412
A5E01579552
CP 1613 A2
PCI card with one port (ITP or RJ45)
for connecting to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100 Mbps)
6GK1161-3AA01
CP 1623
PCI Express x1 card for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbps),
with 2-port switch (RJ45)
6GK1162-3AA00
CP 1628
PCI Express x1 card for
connecting to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbps),
with 2-port switch (RJ45) and
integrated security functions
(firewall, VPN)
6GK1162-8AA00
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6/17
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Licenses may be required for
activating the functionality of the
CP 1623/CP 1628/CP 1613 A2
(Communications software is part of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 software)
Activation license if no redundant
AS are used
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software class A
6GK1716-1CB08-1AA0
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623/CP 1628, single license for
1 installation
6
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB stick
Activation licenses when using
redundant AS
Alternative license for SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7:
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software class A
6GK1716-0HB08-1AA0
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623/CP 1628; single license for
1 installation
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB stick
SOFTNET-IE RNA V8.1
For 32-bit Windows XP;
German/English
• Single license for 1 installation
6GK1711-1EW08-1AA0
SOFTNET-IE RNA V8.2
For 32/64-bit Windows 7
Professional/Ultimate;
for 64-bit Windows 2008 Server R2;
German/English
• Single license for 1 installation
6GK1711-1EW08-2AA0
SCALANCE X-204RNA Industrial
Ethernet routers
With integrated SNMP access,
Web diagnostics and PROFINET
diagnostics, for connecting to
non-PRP-enabled terminal devices
on PRP networks, with operating
instructions, Industrial Ethernet
network manual and configuration
software on CD-ROM
• SCALANCE X204RNA
with four 100 Mbps RJ45 ports
• SCALANCE X204RNA EEC
with two 100 Mbps RJ45 ports and
two RJ45/SFP combo ports
6GK1716-0HB08-1AC0
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623/CP 1628; single license for
1 installation
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB stick
6/18
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Software for connecting PCS 7
stations to PRP-enabled networks
with integrated SNMP,
runtime software, software and
electronic manual on CD-ROM,
license key on USB stick,
software class A
Accessories
such as cable material, plug
connectors and transceivers
Additive license for SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7:
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software class A
Order No.
Components for connecting
SIMATIC PCS 7 stations to a
redundant terminal bus with PRP
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
See chapter Communication,
Industrial Ethernet,
System Connection PCS 7 Systems,
page 11/39
For additional information on the Software Media Package, see chapter
"Software Media and Logistics", section "Software Packages", page 1/2.
■ Options
Subsequent conversions
It is common practice to retroactively change or expand a plant.
The following SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPacks
support both retrofitting of the redundancy functionality,
as well as the conversion from redundant OS single stations to
redundant OS servers:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack 2x Single
Station to Single Station Redundancy
for converting two OS Single Stations to OS Single Station
Redundancy
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack 2x Server to
Server Redundancy for converting two OS Servers to
OS Server Redundancy
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack Single Station
Redundancy to Server Redundancy for converting two
redundant OS Single Stations from OS Single Station
Redundancy to OS Server Redundancy
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Operator control and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server
■ Overview
Since there are no functional differences between the
license-free PCS 7 Web client and the PCS 7 Web client with
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics license, mixed operation is
possible.
PCS 7 Web clients
The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS server with Microsoft Windows Server
2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system offered in the
chapter 3 "Industrial Workstation/IPC" can be used as the basic
hardware for the PCS 7 Web server. The OS software server of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control system is preinstalled
on this basic device in addition to the operating system.
PCS 7 Web server
LAN
LAN
For the configuration of the PCS 7 Web server, you additionally
need the "OS Software Client" license for both the "Standard"
application as well as for the "Diagnostics" application. Contrary
to the information in the ordering data, the OS Software Client
license in this special application is approved for the Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit and Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit operating systems.
INTERNET
Front
Firewall
Back
Firewall
Plant bus
G_PCS7_XX_00116
Terminal bus
Siemens Industry Automation provides protection against
numerous threats to IT security with comprehensive
SIMATIC PCS 7 security concept, professional services,
products and solutions. See the IT Security chapter 16 for more
information on this.
■ Function
The PCS 7 Web server makes available the project data of the
OS servers for PCS 7 Web clients and thus enables worldwide
operator control and monitoring of a plant via intranet/Internet.
It does this by accessing project-specific process data in the
lower-level OS servers using the mechanisms of a multi-client.
The integrated OS user management guarantees a high degree
of security here.
■ Application
A differentiation is basically made between the following types of
application when operating and monitoring SIMATIC PCS 7
systems via the Web:
• Standard:
Up to 50 PCS 7 web clients access the data of one PCS 7 web
server over intranet/Internet.
• Diagnostics:
One or only a few Web clients have access to several PCS 7
Web servers/single-user systems for remote operation,
diagnostics or monitoring.
■ Design
The products offered in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 for
operation and monitoring via Web permit cost-optimized
solutions for both types of task:
• Server-based licensing is recommended for the "Standard"
type of application. The PCS 7 Web server requires a
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server Basic license as well as at least
one of the cumulative PCS 7 Web Server licenses which
enable simultaneous access to 1, 5 or 10 PCS 7 Web clients.
Licenses are not installed on the PCS 7 Web clients
themselves.
• Diagnostics licenses are tailored for such types of application.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics license available for the
PCS 7 Web client enables the client to access the assigned
PCS 7 Web server/single-station systems at all times.
Each PCS 7 Web server/single-station system requires a
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server license at the server
end.
The PCS 7 Web clients equipped with Internet Explorer and
plug-ins which can be installed via intranet/Internet, access the
project data provided by the PCS 7 Web server . The process
displays are converted by "Publishing" into a form suitable for
presentation by the Internet Explorer.
A plant can be operated and monitored via the
PCS 7 Web clients in the same manner as via the OS clients.
SFC Visualization is supported in addition to the standard
OS functions. Trend displays can be configured online.
The user must log on with the PCS 7 Web client similar to an
OS client, and the rules for assigning of rights are also identical.
Operator actions on the PCS 7 Web client are recorded in the
OS operator activities report.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6/19
6
© Siemens AG 2013
Operator system
Operator control and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server
■ Ordering data
Order No.
"Standard" application
6
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server Basic
V8.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server
license (cumulative)
Independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 1 client
- 5 clients
- 10 clients
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 1 client
- 5 clients
- 10 clients
6ES7658-2GX08-2YB0
6ES7658-2GX08-2YH0
6/20
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics
Client V8.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7658-2JX08-2YB0
6ES7658-2JX08-2YH0
Additive OS Software Client
license for the "Standard" and
"Diagnostics" applications
(required on the PCS 7 Web Server
in addition to SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
Server license or SIMATIC PCS 7
Web Diagnostics Server license)
6ES7658-2GE00-0XB0
6ES7658-2GF00-0XB0
6ES7658-2GG00-0XB0
6ES7658-2GE00-0XH0
6ES7658-2GF00-0XH0
6ES7658-2GG00-0XH0
"Diagnostics" application
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics
Server V8.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Order No.
6ES7658-2HX08-2YB0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client V8.01)
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client ASIA V8.01)
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA)
ASIA license key USB hardlock,
certificate of license
1)
6ES7658-2HX08-2YH0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6ES7658-2CX08-0YB5
6ES7658-2CX08-0YH5
6ES7658-2CX08-0CB5
Contrary to the information in the ordering data, the OS Software Client
license in these special applications has also been approved for the
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit and Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit operating systems.
■ More information
To ensure safe operation of the plant, you need to take suitable
security measures that also include IT security (e.g. network
segmentation). You can find more information on the topic of
Industrial Security on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
7
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving
and reporting
7/2
Introduction
7/3
Process Historian and
Information Server
7/8
StoragePlus
7/10
Central Archive Server
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
Introduction
■ Overview
■ Design
The following systems for long-term data archiving are offered
within the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system:
• Process Historian
- Scalable high-performance archiving system
- Preferred variant for the higher performance range
- No restriction with respect to single stations, servers or
server pairs that can be archived
- Single or redundant configuration possible
- May be combined with Information Server for the generation
of reports
• StoragePlus
- More economical version for the lower performance range
- Archiving of approximately 1 600 values/s from up to four
single stations, servers or pairs of servers
• Central Archive Server (CAS)
- High-performance variant for the modernization and
expansion of plants employing CAS (not for new plants)
- Archiving of approximately 10 000 values/s from up to
11 servers or pairs of servers
- Single or redundant configuration possible
OS server:
short-term archiving (cyclic)
Process values
Slow
archiving cycle
> 1 min
Automatic saving
e.g. daily
30 byte/
value
e.g.
2 weeks
Fast
archiving cycle
≤ 1 min
e.g.
7 days
Max.
30 byte/
value
Microsoft
SQL server
Saving on
hard disk
e.g. for 6 months
Messages/events
Alarm archive
e.g.
2 months
200 to
4 000 byte/
message
The data archived with StoragePlus can be visualized by means
of the StoragePlus viewer. You can also access the process values and messages exported to the CAS or Process Historian via
the OS client or OpenPCS 7 station.
Automatic
saving
(applicative)
e.g. weekly
Batch server
Batch data
On user request,
transfer following
end of a batch
XML
files
Backup
archiving
on DVD
G_PCS7_XX_00070
7
Central archive server:
long-term archiving
Short-term and long-term data archiving
The operator system already includes a high-performance
archiving system based on Microsoft SQL Server with cyclic
archives for short-term archiving of process values (typically 1 to
4 weeks) and messages/events (typically 2 months). Data from
the cyclic archives as well as OS reports and batch data from
SIMATIC BATCH can be exported time-controlled or eventcontrolled to a long-term archive for permanent archiving.
7/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Data managed in StoragePlus, CAS, or Process Historian can be
saved on commercially available storage media (e.g. DVD).
This requires additional hardware and software which support
the employed operating system, e.g. a DVD burner with
appropriate burner software.
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
Process Historian and Information Server
■ Overview
Project A
The Process Historian is used for long-term archiving of the
following data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system:
• OS archive data (process values and messages)
• Batch data
Project B
OS clients
Information server
The process values and messages exported from the OS
archives, as well as the batch data from SIMATIC BATCH are
managed by the Process Historian in a central database.
They can be visualized on OS clients or OS single stations either
directly or with the support of the information server.
Terminal bus
OS single
station
- OS server
- Batch server
Process Historian
Automation
systems
G_PCS7_XX_00297
Plant bus
7
■ Design
The basic hardware for the Process Historian is the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation of the type IPC847C,
server version, with an additional hard disk for the operating
system and SIMATIC PCS 7 software (see chapter 3 "Industrial
Workstation/IPC"). A RAID 5 hard disk configuration, which can
be selected in the ordering data, can be used for the database.
The use of a Fujitsu Primergy server is recommended for larger
quantity structures (more than 3 OS servers in the maximum
archive configuration) (see under Premium Server in the catalog
ST PCS 7 AO, Add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7).
If high availability is required, a Process Historian can be
configured with a redundant server pair.
The Information Server can be installed and operated on the
Process Historian hardware or on separate hardware. When the
Process Historian is configured redundantly, the separation of
the Information Server is mandatory. When the Information
Server is separate, any OS client version of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation is suitable (see chapter 3 "Industrial
Workstation/IPC").
The Process Historian and Information Server run under the
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system,
the Information Server on separate hardware can also run under
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32/64-bit.
The Process Historian and Information Server do not need a
connection to the plant bus. They can be connected to the OS
and batch servers of the SIMATIC PCS 7 system via terminal
bus, e.g. via the integrated network connection
(Ethernet RJ45 port onboard) of the server.
Configuration of the Process Historian
Only the licenses contained in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process
Historian Basic Package, SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
Server Redundancy or SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian,
and the Information Server Basic Package are required for
configuration of the Process Historian. These licenses must
always be stored on the Process Historian server.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Archive BATCH software
product for archiving batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0 can
be ordered optionally.
Configuration of the Information Server
IS Client
IS Client
IS Client
IS Client
IS Client
Client Access Licenses
Information
Server
No Datasource Access License
Process
Historian
Datasource Access License
OS
Server
OS Single
Station
In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Basic
Package or the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and
Information Server Basic Package, for configuration of the
Information Server you require cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7
Information Server Client Access licenses corresponding to the
number of clients that access the Information Server.
The Information Server is able to access one or multiple data
sources in parallel. In addition to the Process Historian, this
might also include archive data from from operator stations
(OS single station, OS server). In contrast to accessing the
Process Historian, to read data from OS single stations and
OS servers you need cumulative licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7
Information Server Data Source Access. The license volume
depends on the number of sources.
The installation of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Client
Access and Data Source Access licenses is performed on the
Information Server.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
7/3
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
Process Historian and Information Server
■ Design (continued)
Software products/licenses
Process Historian plus Information Server
Single Server
Information Server
Process Historian
Server Redundancy
Process Historian
Basic hardware
Premium Server or SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation,
OS Server version
1
–
1
2
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation,
OS Client version
–
1
–
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and Information Server
Basic Package
1
–
–
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Basic Package
–
1
–
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Basic Package
–
–
1
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Server Redundancy
–
–
–
1
Software products/licenses
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Archive BATCH
7
1
–
1
2
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Client Access license,
cumulative client licenses (sets of 1, 3, 5, 10)
Licenses for
1 server
Licenses for
1 server
–
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Data Source Access,
cumulative source licenses (sets of 1, 3)
Licenses for
1 server
Licenses for
1 server
–
–
Configuration options
Process Historian Server conversion from
single to redundancy
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Conversion Pack
2x Server to Server Redundancy enables you to convert two
Process Historian (PH) servers with the Process Historian
Basic Package to redundant PH servers with Process Historian
redundancy.
Central Archive Server (CAS) Migration
The following products are available for changing the product
from the CAS to the Process Historian:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 CAS Conversion Pack "Single CAS Software
V7.1+SP4/V8.0 to Process Historian Basic Package V8.0" for
conversion of a single CAS to a corresponding Process
Historian
• SIMATIC PCS 7 CAS Conversion Pack "Redundant CAS
Software V7.1+SP4/V8.0 to Process Historian Server
Redundancy V8.0" for conversion of a redundant CAS to
a redundant Process Historian
A Migration Wizard is provided to support migration of the
CAS databases V7.1+SP4 and V8.0 to the database of the
Process Historian.
■ Function
Process Historian
The Process Historian can archive process values, messages,
and batch data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control
system. It is configured in a SIMATIC PCS 7 project similar to
other stations of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
(e.g. OS Server, Batch Server, Route Control Server,
OpenPCS 7 Server or all clients).
The process values and messages managed in the database of
the Process Historian on the OS clients and OS single stations
can be visualized in a clear and comprehensible manner. Data
selection is supported by integrated filter functions. Messages
and process values can be shown in table form, and process
values also in graphic form. Tables of process values can be
exported in CSV format for processing in other Windows
applications, e.g. Microsoft Excel.
The data managed by Process Historian can be transferred
to commercially available storage media (backup/restore).
This requires additional hardware and software which support
the operating system of the Process Historian, e.g. a DVD burner
with appropriate burner software. The export can be triggered
by the operator.
7/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
Process Historian and Information Server
■ Function (continued)
View in the Web browser
IS client
Add-ins for
Microsoft Word and Excel
Archiving and visualization functions
• Real-time archiving of process values and messages from the
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 operator systems
• Support for the OS single stations of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
• Archiving of batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0
• Support of multiple SIMATIC PCS 7 projects
• Scaling relative to the basic hardware employed in respect to
performance and quantity structure
• Swapping out of all data as well as cataloging onto external
storage media
• Reading the swapped-out data and cataloging from external
storage media
• Data visualization on the OS clients/OS single stations:
- Configuration of views (picture windows and masks)
including the selection criteria for displaying the data
- Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter
functions
- Displaying of process values in table or graphic form
dependent on filter functions
- Visualizing a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
batch from the batch overview is possible)
G_PCS7_XX_00298
Process Historian and
information server (IS)
Information Server
The Information Server is the reporting system of the Process
Historian. Based on the Microsoft Reporting Services, it offers
web-based thin-client access to the historical data. Add-ins
for Microsoft Word and Excel provide additional access to the
database of the Process Historian.
Reporting functions
• Frequently used report templates for process values,
messages and batches
• Open reporting system for creating any number of new report
templates
• Storage of configured (parameterized) report templates for
faster access
• Report export in common document formats
• Support of subscriptions for cyclic report generation including
e-mail service
• Creation and storage of role-based dashboards
• Role management for Windows users; supports workgroups
and Active Directory; user rights can be assigned for specific
projects
• Generation of reports and inserting as graphics in Microsoft
Office Word documents
• Creation of Microsoft Excel reports for historical process
values and messages as well as storage of the Excel report
templates on the Information Server
• Support of subscriptions for Excel report templates
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
7/5
7
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
Process Historian and Information Server
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Process Historian and
information server on
shared hardware
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
Basic Package V8.0
For installation of the Process
Historian on a server version of the
Industrial Workstation (separate
from the Information Server)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
and Information Server Basic
Package V8.0
For the shared installation of
Process Historian and Information
Server on an Industrial Workstation
7
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-7AX08-2YB0
6ES7652-7AX08-2YH0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information
Server Basic Package V8.0
For installation of the Information
Server on a single station or
server version of the Industrial
Workstation (separate from the
Process Historian)
7/6
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit; single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-7BX08-2YB0
6ES7652-7BX08-2YH0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
Server Redundancy V8.0
For installation of a redundant
Process Historian on server
versions of two Industrial
Workstations
Process Historian and
Information Server on
separate hardware
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Order No.
6ES7652-7EX08-2YB0
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit; single license for
2 installations
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-7CX08-2YB0
6ES7652-7CX08-2YH0
Functional option for
Process Historian
6ES7652-7EX08-2YH0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
Archive BATCH V8.0
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-7DX08-2YB0
6ES7652-7DX08-2YH0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
Process Historian and Information Server
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Quantity options for
Information Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information
Server Client Access license
Cumulative Client Access licenses,
independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
Delivery package: License key
memory stick, certificate of license
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 1 client
- 3 clients
- 5 clients
- 10 clients
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 1 client
- 3 clients
- 5 clients
- 10 clients
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
Conversion Pack 2x Server to
Server Redundancy V8.0
For conversion of two Process
Historian (PH) servers with
Process Historian Basic Package
to redundant PH servers with
Process Historian Redundancy
6ES7652-7YA00-2YB0
6ES7652-7YB00-2YB0
6ES7652-7YC00-2YB0
6ES7652-7YD00-2YB0
6ES7652-7YA00-2YH0
6ES7652-7YB00-2YH0
6ES7652-7YC00-2YH0
6ES7652-7YD00-2YH0
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows Server
2008 R2 Standard 64-bit;
single license for 2 installations
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-7CX08-2YD0
6ES7652-7CX08-2YJ0
7
Central Archive Server (CAS)
Conversion
SIMATIC PCS 7 CAS Conversion
Pack "Single CAS Software
V7.1+SP4/V8.0 to Process
Historian Basic Package V8.0"
For converting a single CAS to a
corresponding Process Historian
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information
Server Data Source Access
License for direct access to the
archive data of operator stations
(sources)
Cumulative source licenses,
independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 1 source
- 3 sources
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 1 source
- 3 sources
Order No.
Conversion of two Process
Historian servers to redundant
Process Historianservers
6ES7652-7YE00-2YB0
6ES7652-7YF00-2YB0
6ES7652-7YE00-2YH0
6ES7652-7YF00-2YH0
5 languages (English. German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit; single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-7BX08-2YD0
6ES7652-7BX08-2YJ0
SIMATIC PCS 7 CAS Conversion
Pack "Redundant CAS Software
V7.1+SP4/V8.0 to Process
Historian Server Redundancy
V8.0"
For converting a redundant CAS to
a redundant Process Historian
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit; single license for
2 installations
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-7CX08-2YC0
6ES7652-7CX08-1YJ0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
7/7
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
StoragePlus
■ Overview
■ Function
StoragePlus makes the OS archive data, OS reports and batch
data managed in the central database available independently
of the PCS 7 runtime systems:
• Integrated filter functions support the selection of data.
• All the data can be visualized in a clear and comprehensible
manner using Internet Explorer.
• Messages and process values can be shown in table form,
and process values also in graphic form.
• Tables of process data can be exported in CSV format
for further processing in other Windows applications,
for example, Microsoft Excel.
OS clients
StoragePlus
(separate
computer)
Terminal bus
Plant bus
Automation
systems
7
Batch server
(redundant)
G_PCS7_XX_00056
OS server
(redundant)
StoragePlus is a program package for long-term archiving of
• OS archive data (process values and messages)
• OS reports
• Batch data of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
StoragePlus archives and manages the process values and
messages exported from the OS archives, the OS reports as
well as batch data from SIMATIC BATCH in a central database.
All this data can be visualized in a clear and comprehensible
manner using Internet Explorer.
■ Application
StoragePlus can be used for long-term archiving of process
values and messages, OS reports and SIMATIC BATCH
data from up to 4 single stations/servers/pairs of servers of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control system.
StoragePlus should be installed on a separate computer with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
(see chapter 3 "Industrial Workstation/IPC"). This computer
should be connected via the terminal bus to the OS and batch
servers/single stations of the SIMATIC PCS 7 system.
7/8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The archive data and the cataloging can be exported onto all
commercially available storage media. You require additional
hardware and software for this which support the StoragePlus
operating system, e.g. DVD writer with appropriate writer
software.
StoragePlus is able to read data exported by StoragePlus V1.0 /
V1.1 and to convert it into the current data format.
Overview of functions
• Archiving of messages, process values and reports of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0·operator systems
• Archiving of batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0
• Cataloging of all StoragePlus data
• Swapping out of all StoragePlus data as well as the cataloging
onto external storage media
• Reading the swapped-out StoragePlus data and cataloging
from external storage media
• Configuration of views (picture windows and masks) including
the selection criteria for displaying the data
• Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter
functions
• Displaying of process values in table or graphic form
dependent on filter functions
• Exporting of process values in CSV format,
e.g. to Microsoft Excel
• Visualizing a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
batch from the batch overview is possible)
• Web-based presentation of data
• Access protection with user-specific rights
• Migration of messages and measured values from
StoragePlus V1.0 / V1.1
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
StoragePlus
■ Technical specifications
■ Ordering data
StoragePlus
Long-term archiving
Up to 4 single stations, servers or
pairs of servers simultaneously
Data input for process value
archiving by one server
Approx. 1 000/s
Data input for process value
archiving by all servers
Approx. 1 600/s
Max. data volume input per day
500 MB
Hardware requirements
Main memory
Hard disk memory recommended
• Safety
• Capacity
2 GB or more recommended
EIDE-RAID 1 with 2 hard disks
for 80 GB or more
2 hard disks for 80 GB or more
for separating database and log files
Software requirements
Operating system/applications
• Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit
• Microsoft Internet Explorer V7.0 or
higher
• Microsoft Internet Information
Services (IIS) and Message
Queuing installed
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 StoragePlus V8.0
Software for long-term archiving of
data from up to 4 single stations,
servers or pairs of servers
4 languages (English, German,
French, Chinese), software class A,
runs with Windows XP Professional
32-bit, Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows Server
2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7652-0XC08-2YB0
6ES7652-0XC08-2YH0
7
• Microsoft SQL Server 2005
Software required for StoragePlus
from the scope of delivery of SIMATIC • OS Client SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
• SIMATIC BATCH V8.0 client
PCS 7; when used for StoragePlus,
software
no additional licenses are required.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
7/9
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
Central Archive Server
■ Overview
The Central Archive Server (CAS) can be used for long-term
archiving of the following data in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system:
• OS archive data (process values and messages)
• OS reports
• Batch data
OS clients
Terminal bus
Batch server
(redundant)
Plant bus
Automation
systems
7
Central Archive
Server (CAS)
G_PCS7_XX_00073
OS server
(redundant)
The process values and messages exported from the OS
archives, as well as the OS reports and batch data from
SIMATIC BATCH are managed by the CAS in a central
database. They can be visualized directly on the OS clients or
with the StoragePlus viewer of the CAS.
■ Design
The CAS does not require a connection to the plant bus. It can
be connected to the OS and Batch servers of the SIMATIC PCS 7
system via terminal bus, e.g. via the network connection
integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
(Ethernet RJ45 port onboard).
The CAS is configured by installing the PCS 7 Central Archive
Server Basic Package and additive volume licenses with
cumulative archive tags of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH
Archive type.
Information concerning licensing of plants with CAS
• Process Historian, CAS and the high-performance archiving
system in OS Single Station and OS Server use all archive
tags of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH Archive type as quantity
options.
• Installing the PCS 7 OS Software on OS Single Station and
OS Server provides each of their high-performance archiving
systems with 512 archive tags.
• The CAS is immediately provided with 1 500 archive tags by
the PCS 7 Central Archive Server Basic Package.
• The following applies to plants with CAS:
- The archive tags of the OS stations (Single Station/Server)
and CAS archive tags are added together for universal use.
- All archive tags are installed on the CAS.
- The tag inventory can be expanded to up to 120 000 archive
tags using cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH Archive
volume licenses.
- The OS stations check out the archive tags for the integrated
high-performance archiving system from the CAS tag
inventory.
• If the CAS has a redundant design, two archives must be
configured with the identical number of archive tags.
7/10
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Redundant design of central archive server
The CAS can also have a redundant design. This increases the
availability of the long-term data that are accessible for the OS
clients or the OpenPCS 7 station. SIMATIC BATCH stores batch
data only one one CAS. However, the data is available on both
CAS as a result of automatic archive synchronization.
The following table shows the corresponding number of
components required for single and redundant CAS
configurations.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation,
server version
including Ethernet network cards and
BCE
Central archive server basic package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archive
licenses for additional archive tags
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
Single
central archive
server (CAS)
Redundant
central archive
server (CAS)
1
2
1
2
Licenses for
1 server
Licenses for
2 servers
–
1
The redundancy functionality is already integrated in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Central Archive Server Basic Package. You need
only a cable for optimization of the internal communication
between the redundant CAS. Instead of a serial RS 232
connection, you can also use a separate Ethernet connection,
e.g. as an alternative for larger distances.
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
Central Archive Server
■ Function
■ Ordering data
The Central Archive Server (CAS) can archive approx.
10 000 process values/s from as many as 11 servers or pairs
of servers of the SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control system.
It is configured in a SIMATIC PCS 7 project like other stations of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, for example,
OS server, Batch server, route control server, all clients or
OpenPCS 7 station.
The process values and messages managed in the database
of the CAS can be visualized clearly on the OS clients.
The StoragePlus Viewer of the CAS can be used for data visualization on the OS single station. Data selection is supported by
integrated filter functions. Messages and process values can be
shown in table form, and process values also in graphic form.
Tables of process data can be exported in CSV format for further
processing in other Windows applications, for example,
Microsoft Excel.
The data managed by CAS and the cataloging can be swapped
out onto all commercially available storage media. This requires
additional hardware and software which support the CAS
operating system, e.g. a DVD writer with appropriate writer
software. Swapping-out can be initiated either by an operator
input or when a certain amount of the hard disk is full.
Overview of functions
• Archiving of messages, process values and reports of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0·operator systems
• Archiving of batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0
• Cataloging of all data
• Swapping out of all data as well as cataloging onto external
storage media
• Reading the swapped-out data and cataloging from external
storage media
• Data visualization on the OS clients:
- Configuration of views (picture windows and masks)
including the selection criteria for displaying the data
- Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter
functions
- Displaying of process values in table or graphic form
dependent on filter functions
- Visualizing a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
batch from the batch overview is possible)
• Exporting of process values in CSV format,
e.g. to Microsoft Excel
• Access protection with user-specific privileges, also using
SIMATIC logon
• Configurable redundancy mode
■ Technical specifications
Central Archive Server (CAS)
Long-term archiving
Up to 11 servers/server pairs
simultaneously
Order No.
Central Archive Server (CAS)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Central Archive
Server Basic Package V8.0
including 1 500 tags
Expandable up to 120 000 tags by
means of SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH
Archive licenses; software class A,
runs with Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, single license for
1 installation
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish)
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 Central Archive
Server Basic Package V8.0 ASIA
including 1 500 tags
Expandable up to 120 000 tags by
means of SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH
Archive licenses; software class A,
runs with Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit; single license for
1 installation
2 languages (English, Chinese)
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA)
ASIA license key USB hardlock,
certificate of license
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives
Cumulative archive licenses,
independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 1 500 tags
- 5 000 tags
- 10 000 tags
- 30 000 tags
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 1 500 tags
- 5 000 tags
- 10 000 tags
- 30 000 tags
Data input for process value archiving Approx. 1 000/s
by one server
Additional components for
redundant CAS
Data input for process value archiving Approx. 10 000/s
by all servers
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
Message input by one server
(limited by the performance of
short-term archiving)
Continuous load approx. 10/s
Message burst approx. 3 000/4 s
Operating system/applications
• Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit
• Microsoft Internet Explorer V7.0 or
higher
• Microsoft SQL Server 2005
6ES7658-2FA08-2YB0
6ES7658-2FA08-2YH0
7
6ES7658-2FA08-2CB0
6ES7658-2EA00-2YB0
6ES7658-2EB00-2YB0
6ES7658-2EC00-2YB0
6ES7658-2ED00-2YB0
6ES7658-2EA00-2YH0
6ES7658-2EB00-2YH0
6ES7658-2EC00-2YH0
6ES7658-2ED00-2YH0
6ES7902-1AC00-0AA0
Conversion packs for converting
CAS to a Process Historian,
see catalog section "Process
Historian and Information Server"
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
7/11
© Siemens AG 2013
Process data archiving and reporting
Notes
7
7/12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
8
8/2
Introduction
8/4
SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station
8/8
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
8/14
OpenPCS 7
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
Introduction
■ Overview
■ Design
Automation
Maintenance
Enterprise Resource
Planning
(ERP level)
8
Enterprise Asset
Management
System
Manufacturing
Execution Systems
(MES level)
MES
Maintenance
Operations
Controls
(Process and
field level)
Plant Asset
Management
The Maintenance Station is specialized for plant asset
management (also known as plant-floor asset management),
i.e. the management of company assets that are used as fixed
assets for production. Its tasks include efficient administration
and management of equipment in technological systems,
in particular the I&C equipment, with the objective of maintaining
and increasing the value.
The following maintenance strategies are used for this purpose:
• Corrective maintenance
Response to pending error and diagnostics messages
- Failures are risked or minimized by redundant configurations
- Maintenance in the form of repair or replacement
• Preventive maintenance
Preventive diagnostics and maintenance
- Initiation of appropriate maintenance measures before a
fault actually occurs
- Maintenance in the form of time-dependent or statusdependent maintenance (dependent on degree of wear)
• Predictive maintenance
Predictive diagnostics for timely detection of potential
problems and determination of the remaining service life
Using the Maintenance Station, the maintenance engineer can
check the hardware of the automation system, evaluate its
diagnostics messages and information and derive maintenance
measures from them. He is thus in the position to plan, control
and document the entire maintenance cycle - starting with the
arrival of a diagnostics message, continuing with the evaluation
of detailed diagnostics information and the planning, initiation
and tracking of a maintenance measure, all the way to its
completion.
8/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The two types offered as maintenance stations for
SIMATIC PCS 7 (SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station and
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM) differ in particular in regard
to system integration.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is fully integrated into
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. It provides service
personnel uniform maintenance information and functions for the
system components of the plant (assets) parallel to process
control. It uses the hardware and software components of the
engineering system (ES) and operator system (OS) and relevant
data from the hardware and software project of the application
for plant asset management. Depending on the project-specific
SIMATIC PCS 7 architecture, it can be implemented based on a
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX system (PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system or
PCS 7 BOX ES/OS system), a SIMATIC PCS 7 single station, or a
client/server combination. No other hardware or software is
needed in addition to the system components of the process
control system.
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM implemented as a single
station system based on Microbox cannot only be used together
with the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system or in the
extended SIMATIC context, it can also be employed in any
automation systems with PROFIBUS communication. In contrast
to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station, it works independently, i.e. regardless of the automation projects and the
automation systems (controllers). It combines mechanisms for
the diagnostics of EDD-based field devices and the network
topology visualization of SIMATIC PDM with functions of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station. It uses the the communication paths of SIMATIC PDM for communication with the field
devices/components.
Network transitions, such as IE/PB Link PN IO for the transition
between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS, support integration
in the SIMATIC/SIMATIC PCS 7 plant configuration.
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
Introduction
■ Function
Practical use of the Maintenance Station in a typical
maintenance cycle
A typical maintenance cycle has the following actions:
• Monitoring of the status of a component or device:
- Intelligent sensors detect and signal impending failures long
before the actual failure
- Recording of diagnostics information via network
components and PC basic devices per OPC coupling
• Signaling of "maintenance requirement" in:
- Group display
- Symbol graphics of affected components/devices,
e.g. of a sensor
- Alarm log
• Navigation to component/device with "maintenance
requirement", and information on specific data such as
measuring-point number, mounting location and device type
• Calling of detailed diagnostics information (depending on
device type and vendor), e.g.
- Error description
- Error cause
- Trend statement
- Information on actions
• Evaluation, commenting and, if applicable, changing the
priority of the "maintenance requirement"
• Initiation of a maintenance measure per maintenance request
and tracking of execution; symbolic visualization of current
status of maintenance measure
• Conclusion of maintenance measure; all status displays are
reset to their normal state.
8
All activities are documented on the Maintenance Station without
gaps – automatically and without additional configuration
overhead.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
8/3
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
■ Overview
• The plant operator receives all process-relevant information
via the operator system, and can intervene at specific points
in the process.
• The maintenance engineer checks the hardware of the
automation system using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station, and processes its diagnostics messages and
maintenance requests.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station provides maintenance
and service personnel access to:
• Components of the process control system,
e.g. intelligent field devices and I/O modules, fieldbus,
controller, network components and plant bus as well as
single stations, servers and clients
• Assets that do not directly belong to the process control
system, such as pumps, motors, centrifuges,
heat exchangers (mechanical assets) or control loops.
They are represented by proxy objects in which the
diagnostics rules are stored.
The Maintenance Station integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7
supplements the process control system with a valuable
instrument for minimizing the total cost of ownership of a plant.
8
Parallel to process control, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station provides consistent maintenance information and
functions for the system components of the plant (assets):
The advantages are clear. Maintenance functions and
information are no longer only available in a separate level
independent of the production. Additional hardware or software
components for plant asset management are superfluous.
■ Design
Architecture
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station uses hardware and
software components of the engineering system (ES) and
operator system (OS) for asset management. Depending on
the project-specific SIMATIC PCS 7 architecture, it can be
implemented on the basis of a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
(PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system or PCS 7 BOX ES/OS system),
a SIMATIC PCS 7 single station, or a client/server combination.
Required SIMATIC PCS 7
hardware/software
As a result of the close interlacing, ES, OS, and asset
management functions run on common hardware. Such a
multi-functional station cannot only be used for asset
management, but also for system engineering or HMI.
The following table shows possible hardware/software
configurations of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station (MS).
SIMATIC PCS 7
BOX
SIMATIC PCS 7
ES single station
MS/ES
client
MS
server
PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system or PCS 7 BOX
ES/OS system (Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system)
n
–
–
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE/IE W7
(Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system)
–
n
n
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE/IE SRV08
(Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system)
–
–
–
n
–
Basic hardware
Required SIMATIC PCS 7 software corresponding to operating system or basic hardware
(without taking into account the quantity frameworks)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Software V8.0 AS/OS
–
n
n
Optional2): SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 or SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF3)
n
n
n
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Server V8.0
–
–
–
n
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client V8.0
–
–
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering V8.0
n
n
n
–
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime V8.0
(basic package and additional asset TAGs)
n
n
–
n
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range
in the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, SIMATIC Rack PC",
which are authorized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
2)
Only necessary when using intelligent field devices or AssetMon
functionality
3)
SIMATIC PDM-FF required for plants with FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
8/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
■ Design (continued)
Two MS servers can even be operated as a redundant pair of
servers. The redundant MS servers must be configured like
redundant OS servers and expanded by the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station Runtime software.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime basic
package already contains 100 asset TAGs. These can be
expanded by cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Runtime licenses for 100 or 1 000 asset TAGs (Count Relevant
Licenses).
The signaling system, user interface, picture hierarchy and
operator prompting are based on the HMI philosophy of the
operator system. The diagnostics data of all assets are
displayed on uniform faceplates whose contents depend on
the intelligence of the respective component. This means that
working with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is simple
and intuitive – a time-consuming training period is not required.
The diagnostics screens structured according to the process
cell hierarchy with the operating states of the SIMATIC PCS 7
components can be displayed on the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station and also on the OS clients. More detailed
diagnostic information determined by SIMATIC PDM is also
displayed on the faceplates of these stations. However,
enhanced online diagnostics functions in conjunction with
HW Config can only be launched from the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station.
User management and access control for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station is handled by SIMATIC Logon integrated in
SIMATIC PCS 7.
Configuration
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is based on the
hardware and software project of the application which is
generated during the standard configuration with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system. With system support,
all data relevant to the plant asset management are derived from
the project data of the application, and the diagnostics screens
are also generated, simply by pressing a button. The procedure
is simple, and requires no additional configuration work:
• Generation of the hardware and software project of the
application
• System-supported generation of the diagnostics screens with
all components present in the project, including the picture
hierarchy based on the project's hardware structure
• Compilation of the configuration data, and downloading to the
operator station and Maintenance Station with subsequent
test and commissioning phase
The names of imported pictures, icons, etc. can be permanently
changed for further use in the maintenance project.
Conformity to international standards, specifications,
and recommendations
Plant asset management with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station conforms to international standards, specifications,
and recommendations. It is based on the NAMUR requirements
(process control standards committee in the chemical and
pharmaceutical industries) defined for systems for plant asset
management and for status messages from field devices:
• NAMUR recommendation NE91 (requirements for systems for
plant asset management)
• NAMUR recommendation NE 105 (requirements for the
integration of fieldbus devices in engineering tools)
• NAMUR recommendation NE107 (status messages from field
devices "Device failure", "Maintenance requirements",
"Function check")
In addition, it also observes IEC 61804-2 for describing devices
by means of the Electronic Device Description Language
(EDDL) and specifications made by the PROFIBUS & PROFINET
International (PI) organization, e.g.:
• PROFIBUS Profile Guidelines Identification & Maintenance
Functions
• PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process Control Devices
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
8/5
8
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
■ Function
Enhanced information for assets according to IEC 61804-2
8
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station provides maintenance
engineers with comprehensive maintenance information on the
system components (assets) of the plant. Starting from the
overview display, maintenance engineers can navigate to the
diagnostics displays of the subordinate hardware levels to
obtain information on the diagnostics status of individual plant
areas or components. If a fault is signaled in the overview
display, the "loop in alarm" function permits rapid switching to
the diagnostics faceplate of the associated component.
The scope of information available depends on the individual
possibilities of the asset, and is filtered according to the user's
area of responsibility.
The following information is available:
• Display of diagnostics status determined by the system
• Information on components such as tag name, vendor or
serial number
• Display of diagnostics messages of a component
• Visualization of type and current state of initiated maintenance
measure
Information on mechanical assets
For mechanical assets without self-diagnostics (pumps,
motors, etc.), the AssetMon function block can determine
inadmissible operating states from various measured values
and their deviations from a defined normal status. These are
displayed as maintenance alarms on the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station. AssetMon is able to process up to
3 analog values and up to 16 binary values.
In addition, AssetMon is suitable for implementation of:
• Individual diagnostics structures
• Project-specific diagnostics rules
• Condition monitoring functions
Visualization of the maintenance information
Good
Maintenance
requirement
(low)
Maintenance
job unknown/
not requested
Simulation
Maintenance
request
(medium)
Maintenance
job
requested
Change in
configuration
detected
Maintenance
alarm
(high)
Maintenance
job
in progress
G_PCS7_XX_00072
Diagnostics message of a component in the faceplate view "Identity"
Further information can be called for assets described by the
electronic device description (EDD) according to IEC 61804-2.
This information is automatically read out of the components and
made available by SIMATIC PDM in the background.
• Detailed diagnostics information
- Device-specific information from the vendor
- Information on fault diagnostics and troubleshooting
- Additional documentation
• Results of internal condition monitoring functions
• Status information (e.g. local operation, local configuration
changes)
• Display of change log (audit trail) of the component with
all entries on the persons, times and types of operator
intervention on the component
• Parameter view of the assets (display of parameters saved in
the component and in the project; if required, also differences
between them)
Uniform symbols for visualization of the maintenance status as well as
operator prompting
The hierarchical structuring of information and the uniform
symbols support the overview, facilitate orientation, and permit
the maintenance engineer to rapidly access detailed information
starting from the plant overview.
The symbol set defined for the plant asset management contains
symbols which identify the diagnostic status of the devices/
components, the relevance of the maintenance request, and the
status of the maintenance measure.
Group displays in the plant overview visualize the diagnostics
status of the subordinate structures/components according to a
type of traffic light with red, yellow or green.
Diagnostics displays represent the status of components and
subordinate devices/components through standardized
symbols with the following elements.
• Bitmap of component
• Tag identification of component
• Maintenance state display
• Group display for diagnostics status of subordinate
components
Clicking an element in the symbol display either opens
the subordinate hierarchy level or a component faceplate.
The component faceplate offers various views of the associated
component with further device-specific information,
e.g. an identification, message or maintenance view.
8/6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Runtime Basic
Package V8.0
including SNMP OPC server license
and 100 asset TAGs
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
Maintenance Station Engineering
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Engineering V8.0
6ES7658-7GB08-0YB0
6ES7658-7GB08-0YH0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package):
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7658-7GX08-0YB5
6ES7658-7GX08-0YH5
Asset TAGs
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Runtime Asset TAGs
for adding asset TAGs, cumulative
Independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 asset TAGs
- 1 000 asset TAGs
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 asset TAGs
- 1 000 asset TAGs
Order No.
Asset TAGs license the number of asset objects monitored in
SIMATIC PCS 7. An asset object represents individual hardware
components within a SIMATIC PCS 7 project, e.g.
• Measuring devices monitored per EDD, positioners,
switching devices, or remote I/O stations
• Basic devices or Ethernet components monitored per
OPC coupling in the Maintenance Station
6ES7658-7GB00-2YB0
6ES7658-7GC00-2YB0
The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Runtime licenses (sets of 100 and 1000) are cumulative
(Count Relevant Licenses).
6ES7658-7GB00-2YH0
6ES7658-7GC00-2YH0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
8/7
8
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
■ Overview
PLC
SIMATIC Maintenance
Station PDM
- PCS 7 V7.1 (selective)
- AS RTX V4.6
- SIMATIC PDM V6.1
- HART OPC V3.2
- Microbox IPC427C
DCS
MS export function
- Overview
- Single export asset data
- Diagnostic data
- Parameter data
PROFIBUS DP
8
HART
HART multiplexer
PA link
PROFIBUS PA
HART
G_PCS7_XX_00293
Wireless HART
ET 200
Integration of the system-independent SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM in SIMATIC (PLC) and SIMATIC PCS 7 (PLS)
In contrast to SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station, which is
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system, SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM operates on
separate hardware, independent of the automation projects and
the employed automation systems (controllers). It integrates
field devices and components via their Electronic Device
Description and uses the communication paths of SIMATIC PDM
to exchange information.
Note:
The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM V1.0 is not based on
system components of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, but on system
components of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3!
■ Application
The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM is generally suitable for
all projects which use communication modes supported by
SIMATIC PDM as well as field devices described by an
Electronic Device Description (EDD).
8/8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
It is especially predestined for the following tasks:
• Implementation of a Maintenance Station for small to mediumsized service projects
• Configuring of multiple maintenance stations in an automation
project
• Configuration of unit-granular maintenance stations or island
solutions
• Maintenance station retrofitting in SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7
projects independent of the project version
• Implementation of maintenance stations in SIMATIC S7/
SIMATIC PCS 7 projects without "Plant-wide data record
routing" functionality
• Isolation between a technological project and service project
• Implementation of maintenance stations in projects without
SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems (controllers)
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
■ Design
The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM is based on the
hardware of the SIMATIC IPC427C Microbox and equipped with
a 250 GB 2.5" SATA hard disk as data storage medium. Due to
its exceptional physical properties, it is suited for 24-hour
continuous operation at temperatures from +5 to +40 °C.
The compact design and flexible installation options
(DIN rail, wall or portrait mounting) in horizontal or vertical
orientation allow space-saving configurations.
Expansions/interfaces
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM provides the following:
• 4 USB ports (2.0/high-speed)
• 1 COM1 port (RS 232)
• 1 DVI-I port (combined DVI/VGA)
• 2 Ethernet interfaces 10/100/1000 Mbps (RJ45)
• 1 PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbps
(isolated, CP 5611-compatible)
It is supplied without input/output devices. In addition to mouse
and keyboard, two other input/output devices can be externally
connected via the provided USB ports, e.g. an optical drive
(DVD-ROM/DVD±RW) or smart card reader USB.
A process monitor with analog (VGA) or digital (DVI) connection
can be operated at the DVI-I port. The adapter cable required for
the analog VGA connection is included in the product package.
In plant configurations in which field devices are integrated via
PROFIBUS networks, SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM can be
integrated via the optional IE/PB Link PN IO network transition.
For additional information on possible hardware expansions,
refer to the chapter 3 "Industrial Workstation/IPC",
section "Expansion components".
Monitoring functions
Configurable self-monitoring functions can be recorded and
evaluated via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor. These monitoring
functions include:
• Program execution (watchdog)
• Processor and board temperature
• Enhanced diagnostics/messages, e.g. operating hours
counter, hard disk status or system status
The "Power" and "Watchdog" signals are displayed on LEDs.
Pre-installed software
The following software is factory installed on the
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM and on the supplied restore
USB flash drive:
• Windows XP Professional SP3 32-bit operating system,
MUI (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software
• Maintenance Station software:
- SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 software selection
- SIMATIC PDM V6.1 for stand-alone mode
(Basic + 128 TAGs + Routing)
- EDD device description library (Device Library) 01#2011
- WinAC RTX 2010
The package also includes a license for 100 asset TAGs.
Functional expansions and options
Since the Maintenance Station software is based on
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 and SIMATIC PDM V6.1, functional
expansions or scale upgrades from this software spectrum can
also be used in principle. Examples of this are:
• TAG/PO options for quantitative license upgrade
- Asset TAGs in the form of SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Runtime licenses
- SIMATIC PDM TAGs in the form of TAG options or
PowerPacks
- SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS Software PowerPacks
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives tags
• SIMATIC PDM option "Communication via standard
HART multiplexer"
• SNMP OPC Server for diagnostics of network components
and stations based on SIMATIC IPC
The configuration of plant automation functions or I/O on the
WinAC RTX 2010 software controller is excluded, however.
Definition of asset TAGs and SIMATIC PDM TAGs
Asset TAGs license the number of asset objects monitored in
SIMATIC PCS 7. An asset object represents individual hardware
components within a SIMATIC PCS 7 project, e.g.:
• Measuring devices monitored per EDD, positioners,
switching devices, or remote I/O stations
• Basic devices or Ethernet components monitored per
OPC coupling in the Maintenance Station
The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Runtime licenses (sets of 100 and 1000 Count Relevant
Licenses) can also be used by the SIMATIC Maintenance Station
PDM.
A SIMATIC PDM TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object,
which represents individual field devices or components within
a project, e.g. measuring instruments, positioners, switching
devices or remote I/Os. SIMATIC PDM TAGs are also relevant
for diagnostics with the lifelist of SIMATIC PDM. In this case,
TAGs are considered to be all recognized devices with
diagnostics capability, whose detailed diagnostics is effected
through the device description (EDD).
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
8/9
8
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
■ Function
The functionality of the SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM is
largely based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station and
the SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager for stand-alone
operation. The operator interfaces are comparable with those of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station configured as single
station. SIMATIC PDM integrates the intelligent field devices
(sensors/actuators) and field components (remote I/Os,
multiplexers, control room devices, compact controllers, etc.)
via their Electronic Device Description (EDD).
For communication with field devices/components,
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDMMaintenance Station PDM
uses the SIMATIC PDM communication paths over following
communication interfaces:
• Industrial Ethernet
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIBUS PA
• HART on PROFIBUS
• HART multiplexer
• Wireless HART
• Modbus
The diagnostic information is determined over a cyclic polling
algorithm. The minimum polling cycle of the SIMATIC
Maintenance Station PDM is 24 hours. Approx. 4 000 field
devices can be theoretically diagnosed in this cycle.
■ Technical specifications
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM V1.0 on the basis of the
SIMATIC IPC427C
8
Operating system / basic software
Operating system
Windows XP Professional 32-bit MUI
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
System-tested SIMATIC industrial
software
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor integrated
in pre-installation
Design and equipment features
Design
• DIN rail or wall mounting;
horizontal (preferred) or vertical
• Portrait assembly; vertical
Degree of protection in accordance
with EN 60529
IP20
CPU
• Processor
• Front Side Bus
• Second Level Cache
Intel Pentium Core 2 Duo 1.2 GHz
800 MHz
3 MB
Chipset
Intel GM45 / ICH9M
Main memory
2 GB DDR3-SDRAM 1066
SO-DIMM module
Graphics
• Graphics controller
• Graphics memory
• Resolutions/frequencies
- CRT
- DVI
Interfaces
• Ethernet
• PROFIBUS/MPI
• USB
• Serial
• Parallel
• Graphics connection
• Keyboard/mouse
LED displays
8/10
• Monitoring of program execution
• Restart can be configured following
faults
• Monitoring time adjustable in the
software
Temperature
• Processor
• Motherboard
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and
Maintenance Station)
Operating hours counter
Intel GMA4500 integrated in the
chipset
32 ... 256 MB shared memory
Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 ... 120 Hz
Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 Hz
Drives
• HDD
• CD-ROM/DVD-RW/diskette
Monitoring / diagnostics functions
Watchdog
1 x 2.5" SATA-HDD, 250 GB, internal
Connectable via USB (not included in
scope of delivery)
2 x Ethernet port (RJ45) Intel 82574L
10/100/1000 Mbps, isolated,
two independent controllers,
teaming-capable
1 x 12 Mbit/s (electrically isolated,
CP 5611-compatible),
9-pin sub-D socket
4 x USB 2.0/high-speed
1 x COM1 RS 232, 115 Kbit/s max.,
9-pin sub-D connector
–
1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined)
• DVI: Digital
• VGA: Analog
Connectable via USB (not included in
scope of delivery)
• Power
• Watchdog
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and
Maintenance Station)
Safety
Protection class
Protection class I in accordance with
IEC 61140
Safety directives
EN 60950-1; UL 60950; CAN/CSAC22.2 No. 60950-1; UL 508;
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 142 or
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 14-05
Noise level
Operation
< 40 dB(A) to DIN 45635-1
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
Standards, specifications,
approvals
Interference emission
EN 61000-6-3 , EN 61000-6-4,
CISPR22:2004 Class B;
FCC Class A
Immunity to conducted interference
on the supply lines
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst)
± 1 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-5;
symmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-5;
asymmetrical surge)
Immunity to interference on signal
lines
Residential area, business and
commercial operations, and small
businesses
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-3: 2007
EN 61000-6-1: 2007
CE industrial environment
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-4: 2007
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
cULus
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
according to Standard UL 60950-1,
File E115352 and Canadian National
Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2
No. 60950-1 (I.T.E.) or according to
UL 508, File E85972 and Canadian
National Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2
No. 142 (IND.CONT.EQ.) or
according to Canadian National
Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 14-05
± 1 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst; length < 3 m)
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst; length > 3 m)
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-5;
surge; length > 30 m)
Immunity to static discharge
± 6 kV contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 8 kV air discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to radio frequency
interference
10 V/m, 80 ... 1 000 MHz and
1.4 ... 2 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
Special features
Quality assurance
According to ISO 9001
Power supply (electrically isolated)
Supply voltage
24 V DC (19.2 ... 28.8 V)
Short-term voltage dip
Min. 15 ms (at 20.4 V)
10 V, 10 kHz ... 80 MHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-6)
Immunity to magnetic fields
100 A/m rms value 50/60 Hz
ccording to IEC 61000-4-8
4A
Max. current consumption
(at 24 V DC)
Dimensions and weights
Climatic conditions
Temperature
8
Max. 10 events per hour;
recovery time of at least 1 s
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-1,
IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-14
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
262 x 142 x 47
Weight
approx. 2 kg
• Operation with hard disk:
- Horizontal mounting position
• Operation with max. 3 expansion
modules (max. load 9 W):
+5 to +40 °C
- Vertical / portrait mounting position • Operation with max. 3 expansion
modules (max. load 9 W):
+5 to +40 °C
-40 to +60 °C
• Storage/transport
• Gradient
Operating mode: max. 10 °C/h;
storage: 20 °C/h; no condensation
Relative humidity
• Operation
• Storage/transport
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-78,
IEC 60068-2-30
5 ... 80 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
5 ... 95 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
Mechanical environmental
conditions
Vibrations
• Operation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-6
- With hard disk and wall installation 10 ... 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm
58 to 200 Hz: 4.9 m/s²
Starting prohibited
- With hard disk and DIN rail
mounting or vertical installation
5 ... 9 Hz: 3.5 mm,
• Storage/transport
9 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
Shock resistance
• Operation with hard disk
• Storage/transport
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27
50 m/s², 30 ms
250 m/s², 6 ms
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
8/11
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC Maintenance Station
PDM V1.0
Based on SIMATIC IPC427C
(Microbox), including 100 Asset
TAGs
Order No.
6ES7650-0RJ01-0YX0
Floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs
- from 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs
- 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs
- 2 048 TAGs to unlimited number
of TAGs
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
MUI (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software and
Maintenance Station software
pre-installed and on restore USB
flash drive
Delivery form package
Microbox, license key on USB stick,
certificate of license, and restore
USB stick
Additional and expansion components
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Runtime Basic Package
(100 TAGs)
For expansion of the monitoring
function to network components
and IPC stations
6ES7658-7GB17-0YB0
• 100 asset TAGs
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Runtime Asset TAGs
for adding asset TAGs, cumulative
6ES7658-3XB16-2YD5
6ES7658-3XC16-2YD5
6ES7658-3XD16-2YD5
6ES7658-3XH16-2YD5
IE/PB LINK PN IO
Network transition between
Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS DP
6GK1411-5AB00
SIMATIC PC, graphics adapter
cable, DVI-I to VGA
250 mm long (included in the scope
of supply, only for ordering as spare
part)
6ES7648-3AB00-0XA0
Keyboard/mouse
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international with USB
connection
SIMATIC IPC mouse
Optical (BlueTrack) mouse with
scroll wheel and USB connection
• Color: anthracite
• Color: white
• With SNMP-OPC server license
6ES7648-0CB00-0YA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA1
Accessories
Portrait assembly
Independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 asset TAGs
- 1 000 asset TAGs
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 asset TAGs
- 1 000 asset TAGs
6ES7658-7GB00-2YB0
6ES7658-7GC00-2YB0
SIMATIC PDM options
• Communication via standard
HART Multiplexer V6.1
6ES7658-3EX16-2YB5
8/12
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack
for expanding the TAGs of
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003
Intel Core 2 Duo 1.2 GHz, 800 MHz
FSB, 3 MB L2 cache; 2.0 GB DDR3
SDRAM 1066 (SO-DIMM module);
1 x 250 GB HDD SATA, internal;
2 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mbps
(RJ45) and 1 x PROFIBUS DP
12 Mbps onboard;
without 3.5" floppy disk drive,
optical drive, mouse, keyboard or
monitor
8
Order No.
Portrait assembly kit
For space-saving installation of the
SIMATIC IPC 427C (front)
6ES7658-7GB00-2YH0
6ES7658-7GC00-2YH0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6ES7648-1AA20-0YB0
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
■ Accessories
Portrait assembly kit
The portrait assembly kit allows space-saving installation of
the SIMATIC IPC427C in the control cabinet. The technical
specifications of the SIMATIC Microbox PC correspond in this
design form to those with a vertical DIN rail assembly.
As a result of the portrait assembly, the mounting area required
(W x H in mm) is reduced from 262 x 133 to 62 x 316. Together
with the kit, the SIMATIC Microbox PC occupies a mounting
depth of 163 mm in the control cabinet. Since all interfaces of the
SIMATIC IPC427C are accessible from the front, this type of
assembly is very convenient for commissioning.
When using the portrait assembly kit for the SIMATIC IPC427C,
read the information on operation planning and device
installation in the "SIMATIC IPC427C Industrial PC" manual.
Portrait assembly kit for SIMATIC IPC427C results in interfaces at the front
8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
8/13
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
OpenPCS 7
■ Overview
■ Function
The OpenPCS 7 interface is based on the OPC specifications
(Openness, Productivity, Collaboration) that mainly make use of
Microsoft's DCOM technology (Distributed Component Object
Model) for communication between the applications. It supports
the following standardized access options:
OPC clients
OpenPCS 7 server
OPC DA (data access server)
For read and write access to process values according to
OPC specification OPC DA V1.00, V2.05a, V3.00
As an OPC DA server, the OpenPCS 7 server provides other
applications with current data from the OS data management.
The OPC client can log itself onto ongoing changes and also
write values.
Office LAN
Front
Firewall
OPC HDA (historical data access server)
Back
Firewall
For read-only access to archived process values according to
OPC Specification OPC HDA V1.20
G_PCS7_XX_00144
Terminal bus
Plant bus
8
As an OPC HDA server, the OpenPCS 7 server provides other
applications with historical data from the OS archive system.
The OPC client, e.g. a reporting tool, can specifically request the
required data by defining the start and end of a time interval.
Numerous functions, e.g. variance, mean value or integral,
already permit preprocessing by the HDA server and thus
contribute towards reduction of the communications load.
OPC A&E (alarm & events server)
Use the OpenPCS7 interface to directly integrate a control
system into host systems for production planning, process data
evaluation and management. These higher-level systems
(OPC clients) can access SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process data by
means of the OpenPCS 7 server.
The OpenPCS 7 server collects data for the OPC clients.
Depending on the system configuration, these data may be
distributed across different SIMATIC PCS 7 stations (OS server,
central archive server). It covers the distribution of data with
respect to
• period (OS1 / OS2 /… / CAS),
• location (OS1 / OS2 / … ),
• redundancy (OS1 master / OS1 standby …)
OpenPCS 7 has replaced the @PCS 7 previously offered for
SIMATIC PCS 7. At the same time, it is the pendant to the
Connectivity Pack of the WinCC SCADA system. Access to the
data of SIMATIC BATCH is therefore impossible.
■ Design
The OpenPCS 7 server can be operated in two different
configurations:
• Autonomous OpenPCS 7 server based on a SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation in the client version (recommended
preferred configuration)
• Multi-functional SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation,
client version, with OpenPCS 7 server and OS client
functionalities (OpenPCS 7 server/OS client)
8/14
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
For read-only access to messages, alarms and events
according to OPC Specification OPC A&E V1.10
As an OPC A&E server, the OpenPCS 7 server passes on
OS messages together with all accompanying process values to
the subscribers at the production and corporate management
levels. They can of course also be acknowledged there. Filter
mechanisms and subscriptions ensure that only selected,
modified data are transmitted.
OPC "H" A&E (historical alarm & events server)
For read-only access to archived alarms and messages
By means of a Siemens extension to the OPC standard interface,
the OpenPCS 7 server is also able to transmit historical alarms
and messages from the archive to the subscribers at the
production and corporate management levels.
OLE-DB
Simple, standardized direct access to the archive data in the
Microsoft SQL server database of the operator system is
possible with the OLE-DB. Through this, all OS archive data
are accessible with the accompanying process values,
message texts and user texts.
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
OpenPCS 7
■ Ordering data
Order No.
To ensure safe operation of the plant, you need to take suitable
security measures that also include IT security (e.g. network
segmentation). You can find more information on the topic of
Industrial Security on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/industrial-security
Multi-functional
OpenPCS 7 server/OS client
SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7/OS
Client V8.0
Software for expansion of an
existing OS client with OpenPCS 7
server functionality
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
or Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
■ More information
6ES7658-0GX08-2YB0
6ES7658-0GX08-2YH0
Autonomous OpenPCS 7 server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 V8.0
OpenPCS 7 software for a separate
OpenPCS 7 server, based on the
hardware of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Workstation, client version
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
or Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
8
6ES7658-0HX08-2YB0
6ES7658-0HX08-2YH0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
8/15
© Siemens AG 2013
Diagnostics and Maintenance
Notes
8
8/16
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
9/2
Introduction
9/4
9/7
9/10
9/14
AS 410 modular systems
Standard automation systems
Fault-tolerant Automation Systems
Safety-related automation systems
9/19
9/21
9/25
9/30
Complementary S7-400 systems
Standard automation systems
Fault-tolerant Automation Systems
Safety-related automation systems
9/36
SIPLUS automation systems
9/37
9/37
9/39
Embedded systems
mEC automation system
Microbox automation system
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Introduction
■ Overview
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems in various designs: Modular S7-400 systems as well as embedded systems
(mEC and Microbox system)
Automation systems are available in three different designs for
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The automation
performance can therefore be finely scaled within wide limits.
The automation systems offered can be classified as follows:
• Modular systems of the S7-400 series with hardware controller
in the versions "Standard", "Fault-tolerant" and "Safety-related"
- AS 410 automation systems
- Complementary S7-400 systems
• Embedded systems with software controller
- mEC automation system
- Microbox automation system
9
■ Application
Automation system
with APL
AS
412H
AS
414-3
AS
414-3IE
AS
414H
AS
416-2
Analog value
measurements
10
50
100
100
200
Digital value
measurements
20
160
250
250
PID controls
5
35
50
Motors
7
40
75
Valves
7
40
SFC
0
Steps
AS
416-3
AS
416-3IE
AS
416H
AS
417-4
AS
417H
AS
RTX
AS
mEC
400
400
400
500
600
300
300
450
800
800
800
1 000
1 000
600
600
50
75
150
150
150
180
200
200
200
75
100
200
200
200
350
400
150
150
75
75
100
200
200
200
350
400
250
250
15
15
15
40
100
100
100
200
200
100
100
0
150
150
150
400
1 000
1 000
1 000
2 000
2 000
800
800
Dosing
0
3
3
3
15
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
AS 410
Digital inputs DI
30
200
350
300
600
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 700
1 800
1 200
1 200
Digital outputs DO
10
60
100
110
200
400
400
400
550
650
400
400
Analog inputs AI
15
100
175
150
300
600
600
600
800
900
600
600
Analog outputs AO
5
30
75
50
100
200
200
200
250
350
200
200
Process objects (PO)
30
200
350
350
600
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 800
2 000
1 200
1 200
Typical mixed configuration limits for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems, based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Process Library (APL)
Note:
The values quoted here are not AS-specific maximum values for the
particular item. Instead, they represent a typical distribution of the
available total capacity of the AS during mixed operation of all the items
of a contiguous block.
The number of process objects is not an absolute value, but depends on
the library used as well as on the number and type of blocks used in the
application.
9/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Introduction
■ Application (continued)
Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range
AS type
The rugged automation systems of the S7-400 series are
suitable for universal use. They are characterized by high
processing and communication performance. The product
range offered differs with regard to the area of application as
follows:
• AS 410 automation systems
- Preferred systems for new plants with SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
- Suitable for SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V8.0+SP1, including
hardware upgrade package (HUP CPU 410-5H)
- Performance of the general purpose CPU scalable based on
the number of process objects
Fault-tolerant and safety-related systems
AS type
Features
Standard systems, fault-tolerant and safety-related systems
AS 410S/H/F/FH
CPU 410-5H Process Automation (1 x or 2 x),
interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports), 1 x DP
• Complementary S7-400 systems
- Can be used in plants with SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, V7.1, or
V7.0
- As an alternative to AS 410, primarily in systems with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0/V7.1
- Scalable based on types of CPU differing in performance
AS type
Features
Standard systems
AS 414-3
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP,
1 x DP module can be optionally inserted
AS 414-3IE
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports),
1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP module can be optionally inserted
AS 416-2
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP
AS 416-3
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP,
1 x DP module can be optionally inserted
AS 416-3IE
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports),
1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP module can be optionally inserted
AS 417-4
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP,
2 x DP module can be optionally inserted
Features
AS 412H/F/FH
H-CPU (1 x or 2 x),
interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports), 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP
AS 414H/F/FH
H-CPU (1 x or 2 x),
interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports), 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP
AS 416H/F/FH
H-CPU (1 x or 2 x),
interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports), 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP
AS 417H/F/FH
H-CPU (1 x or 2 x),
interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports), 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP
Embedded automation systems
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX and SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX
embedded automation systems are low-price, compact systems
for the lower and medium performance ranges. They are
particularly suitable for small applications, especially at plant
level and as OEM products, e.g. in package units.
Both systems have exceptional physical properties, but differ
with regard to design and expandability.
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX
- S7-300 design
- Centrally expandable with up to 8 S7-300 I/O modules
- PROFINET IO interface for connection to ET 200M
distributed remote I/O stations
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX
- Microbox design
- Routing-capable PROFIBUS DP interface for connecting
ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S and ET 200pro distributed
remote I/O stations and intelligent field and process devices
to PROFIBUS DP/PA
■ More information
Catalog information
• For detailed information and ordering data for AS 410
automation systems, refer to the following catalog section
"Modular AS 410 systems".
• For information and ordering data for AS 412 to AS 417
automation systems (standard systems, high availability and
safety-related systems), see "Complementary S7-400
systems" in the following.
• For detailed information and ordering data for the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX automation system, see the section
"Embedded systems", "Microbox automation system" below.
• For ordering data for conventional SIMATIC S7-400
automation systems, see the extra catalog section
"Previous versions" under SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 and
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 (available as a separate PDF document
on the Internet).
Online configurators
Selected SIMATIC S7-400 components are combined as
"AS bundles" according to the task involved for the modular
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems. Configurators in the
Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) help you to
assemble the AS bundles:
• Online configurators for AS 410 automation systems
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station configurator
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station configurator
• Online configurators for complementary S7-400 systems
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station configurator
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/3
9
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
■ Overview
With the rugged all-round system AS 410, the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system for the first time offers an exclusive
automation system from the SIMATIC S7-400 series, which can
be used in all domains due to its versatility. For specific
requirements, you can configure it as a:
• Standard AS 410S automation system
• Fault-tolerant AS 410H automation system
• Safety-related AS 410F/FH automation system
With its high-performance hardware and optimized V8.0
firmware, the innovative CPU 410-5H Process Automation of the
AS 410 covers the entire spectrum of conventional AS 412 to
AS 417 automation systems. Its automation performance can be
flexibly scaled based on the number of SIMATIC PCS 7 process
objects (PO).
System expansion cards are available for
• 100 PO
• 500 PO
• 1 000 PO
• 1 600 PO
• t 2 000 PO (PO 2k+)
The type reduction to a single CPU offers numerous advantages.
It significantly simplifies selection and configuration of the
automation system as well as spare part inventory and plant
expansion.
Note:
The configuration of the CPU 410-5H Process Automation of the
AS 410 and the loading of the user blocks is only possible with
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering software as of V8.0+SP1
(including hardware upgrade package HUP CPU 410-5H) .
■ Design
The configuration of the AS bundles and their order numbers
can be defined by selecting pre-configured ordering units.
System-specific ordering configurations are available in tabular
form for this purpose in the sections "Standard automation
systems", "Fault-tolerant automation systems" and
"Safety-related automation systems".
With a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime license and a
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license, the AS bundles are
equipped for 100 process objects (PO). Building on this,
the number of process objects can be increased with
cumulative AS Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs.
For interactive configuration of AS bundles, two online
configurators are also available in the Industry Mall
(www.siemens.com/industrymall):
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station configurator
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station configurator
9/4
■ Single power supply
■ Single plant bus communication
■ Double power supply
■ Single plant bus communication
■ Single power supply
■ Double plant bus
communication
■ Double power supply
■ Double plant bus
communication
■ Double power supply
■ Double plant bus communication
■ Quadruple power supply
■ Double plant bus communication
■ Double power supply
■ Quadruple plant bus
communication
■ Quadruple power supply
■ Quadruple plant bus
communication
G_PCS7_XX_00185
Single Station
(Single Controller)
Flexible and scalable availability
Redundancy Station
(Dual Controller)
9
Similar to all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems of the
S7-400 series, AS 410 automation systems are available as
"AS bundles" as follows:
• Individual components bundled per system in one delivery
• Pre-assembled and tested complete systems (no extra
charge compared to delivery of individual components)
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
■ Design (continued)
A particular characteristic of the modular S7-400 systems is the
flexible and scalable availability of various components.
CPU 410-5H Process Automation supports NTP as well as
S7 time synchronization.
For a SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station of the AS 410 type,
you have the option of specifically increasing the availability by
implementing a redundant configuration of the power supply or
the Industrial Ethernet communications module, and combining
these measures.
Other features include:
• Integrated 48 MB load memory and 16 MB RAM each for
program and data
• Cycle time up to 10 ms/9 process tasks
• Total number of I/Os (on PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO)
approx. 7 500 (16 KB each for inputs and outputs)
• Additional protection of the circuit board with coating
(conformal coating)
• High-precision time stamping
• Recessed RESET button
• Preset hardware parameters (PCS 7 skinning)
Even the AS Redundancy Station of the AS 410 type with its
redundant CPUs offers significantly higher availability.
It operates according to the 1oo2 principle, in which a switch is
made from the active subsystem to the standby system in the
event of a fault. Starting from here, you can double the power
supply or the Industrial Ethernet communications module for
each subsystem, and combine these measures.
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
For detailed information about CPU 410-5H Process
Automation, see "Technical specifications".
I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
The distributed process I/O can be integrated into a
PROFIBUS DP segment either directly or via a lower-level
fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1).
For details on this, see sections "PROFIBUS DP",
"PROFIBUS PA" and "FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1" in the
"Communication" chapter 11.
2 slots for the
sync module
PROFINET IO
(2-port switch)
Service
(2 x RJ45)
G_PCS7_XX_00350
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/O can be
operated on a PROFIBUS DP interface in the CPU and on
additive CP 443-5 Extended PROFIBUS DP interfaces. You can
configure up to 4 individual or redundant CP 443-5 Extended
PROFIBUS DP interfaces for an automation system using the
configurators for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems in the
Industry Mall as well as in the catalog sections "Standard
automation systems", "Fault-tolerant automation systems" and
"Safety-related automation systems".
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
The CPU 410-5H Process Automation is the heart of standard
automation systems, as well as the fault-tolerant and safetyrelated AS 410 automation systems. Expansion cards for
100 PO, 500 PO, 1 000 PO, 1 600 PO and t 2 000 PO (PO 2k+)
can be used to increase their performance in a user-defined
manner to up to approximately 2 600 PO.
You can additionally implement further PROFIBUS interfaces
using separately ordered CP 443-5 Extended PROFIBUS DP
interfaces. According to the manual, up to 10 CP 443-5
Extended interfaces can be operated in one automation system.
I/O connection via PROFINET IO
You can easily and efficiently connect AS 410 automation
systems to remote I/O stations via the PROFINET IO interface
integrated in the CPU 410-5H Process Automation, for example,
to remote ET 200M I/O stations (see also the "PROFINET" section
in the "Communication" chapter, page 11/50). PROFINET IO
interfaces made available by additive communication modules
of the CP 443-1 type cannot be used.
As shown in the figure, CPU 410-5H Process Automation is
equipped with a PROFINET IO interface (2-port switch) for up to
250 I/O devices and a PROFIBUS DP interface for up to
96 PROFIBUS DP slaves. Two integrated slots allow the
synchronization of two redundant subsystems via sync modules
and sync cables (FOC).
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/5
9
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
■ Technical specifications
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
I/O
Total number of I/Os
Approx. 7 500 (16 KB inputs/outputs)
Firmware version
V8.0
Number of I/Os per DP interface
Approx. 3 800 (8 KB inputs/outputs)
Engineering with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1 +
HUP CPU 410-5H
Number of I/Os per PN interface
Approx. 3 800 (8 KB inputs/outputs)
General information
Degree of protection
IP20
Version
Conformal coating
Power supply
Supply voltage
5 V DC from SV system
Input current
• From backplane bus, 5 V DC max.
• From interface 5 V DC, max.
1.7 A
90 mA
Power loss, typical
7.5 W
Memory
Number of S7 connections
120
Alarm_8P
10 000 (max. 80 000 messages)
Interfaces
• X1: PROFIBUS DP
• X5: PROFINET IO with 2 ports
• X8: Service
• IF1: Sync module slot
(redundant systems)
• IF2: Sync module slot
(redundant systems)
1 x up to 12 Mbps, 9-pin Sub-D
socket
2 x 10/100 Mbps, RJ45
2 x RJ45
Sync module 1
Sync module 2
RAM
• For program
• For data
16 MB
16 MB
Load memory, integrated
48 MB
Buffering with battery
Yes, all data
Climatic conditions
450 MHz (multiprocessor system)
Temperature
• Operation
0 ... 60 °C
0 to 95%, without condensation
CPU performance
Clock
9
Communication
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
Emission of radio interference acc. to Limit class A, for use in
EN 55011
industrial areas
Average processing time of
APL typicals
Approx. 110 μs
Relative humidity
• Operation
PCS 7 process objects, can be set
with system expansion card
Up to approx. 2 600
Standards, specifications,
approvals
Process tasks
Cyclic interrupts
(can be set from 10 ms to 5 s)
9
CE mark
Yes
cULus
Yes
CSA approval
Yes
FM approval
Yes
ATEX approval
Yes
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (W x H x D in mm)
50 x 290 x 219
Weight
approx. 1.1 kg
■ Accessories
Backup batteries
Lithium backup batteries of type AA with 2.3 Ah are used in the
power supply modules of all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
of the S7-400 range (AS bundles). Since lithium batteries are
relatively flammable, more rigorous transport and storage
regulations apply to them.
To avoid subjecting the AS bundles to these more rigorous
transport and storage regulations, the backup batteries must be
ordered and delivered separately (order no. 6ES7971-0BA00).
9/6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The following backup batteries are required, depending on the
configuration of the AS bundles:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station with
- 1 power supply module: 2 units
- 2 redundant power supply modules: 4 units
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station with
- 2 power supply modules: 4 units
- 2 x 2 redundant power supply modules: 8 units
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Standard automation systems
■ Overview
The AS 410S modular standard automation systems are suitable
for general use. These are always your first choice if high
availability through redundancy and safety-related functions are
not relevant for the application.
In the range from 100 to approx. 2 600 PO, their performance
can be customized to meet the task at hand using expansion
cards (for more information, see the previous section of the
catalog "Modular S7-400 systems").
An AS 410S is also the base system for a fault-tolerant
(AS 410H) or a safety-related automation system
(AS 410F, AS 410FH). Your decision for the AS 410S is therefore
not final, you can remain flexible. If the task changes,
the automation system can be used differently at any time and
the target system can be expanded accordingly.
Standard AS 410S automation system
■ Design
Individual configuration of AS bundles
The equipment of the standard automation systems as well
as their order numbers can be individually compiled by
selecting pre-configured ordering units.
9
ET 200M
SCALANCE X
I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
Several PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/Os
can be operated on one standard automation system.
A PROFIBUS DP interface is already integrated in the
CPU 410-5H Process Automation. Using the configurator in the
Industry Mall or in the selection and ordering data, up to four
more PROFIBUS DP interfaces can be configured via additional
PROFIBUS DP interfaces CP 443-5.
I/O connection via PROFINET IO
Standard automation systems AS 410S can only be connected
to remote I/O stations, for example, ET 200M remote I/O stations
via the PROFINET interface (2-port switch) integrated in
CPU 410-5H Process Automation (see also the "PROFINET"
section in the "Communication" chapter, page 11/50).
The availability of the I/O devices can be increased by a ring
topology with media redundancy (MRP). If the transmission link
in the ring is interrupted at a given location, for example, due to a
break in the ring cable or the failure of a station, the redundancy
manager, e.g. the CPU, immediately activates the alternative
communication path.
Industrial Ethernet (IE) plant bus communication
If the PROFINET interface integrated in the CPU is not used for
PROFINET IO, it can also be used for the connection to the
Industrial Ethernet plant bus. Otherwise, the AS 410S standard
automation system can be connected to the Industrial Ethernet
plant bus via a CP 443-1 communication module. The availability
of the plant bus communication can be increased with a second
communication module.
ET 200M
G_PCS7_XX_00323
Typical combinations can be selected from tables in
the section "Selection and ordering data". The complete
range is available to you via the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410
Single Station online configurator in the Industry Mall
(www.siemens.com/industrymall).
AS Single Station
with PROFINET CPU
ET 200M
ET 200M
Example for PROFINET IO communication with media redundancy
Redundant power supply
If you have two separate power supply networks for your plant,
you can increase the availability of the AS 410S standard
automation systems by using two redundant power supplies.
Runtime licenses
With a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime license and a
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license, the AS bundle is equipped
for 100 process objects (PO). The number of process objects
can be extended by additional Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000
or 10 000 POs. The process objects of additional Runtime
licenses can be added to process objects which already exist.
The number and type (e.g. 100 or 1000) of additional Runtime
licenses are irrelevant with regard to the implementable quantity
framework.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/7
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Standard automation systems
■ Ordering data
Order No.
AS 410S
CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and
PROFINET IO interface
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and data)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 PO and SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library
Runtime license
6ES7654-
Individual components for
AS 410S standard automation
systems
■C ■0 ■- ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
5
• Pre-assembled and tested
6
System expansion card
• System expansion card 100 PO
J
• System expansion card 500 PO
L
• System expansion card 1 000 PO
N
• System expansion card 1 600 PO
P
• System expansion card PO 2k+ (t 2 000)
Q
Additive Industrial Ethernet
• Without CP 443-1
9
Order no.
Individual components
interfaces1)
0
• 1 x CP 443-1
3
• 2 x CP 443-1
4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel1)
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
redundant
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant
K
D
G
J
interfaces1)
Additive PROFIBUS DP
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
2
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended
4
1)
Up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be plugged into the UR2
rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
9/8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
32 MB RAM integrated
(16 MB each for program and
data); module occupies 2 slots
6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
100 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
100 PO
6ES7654-5CJ00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
500 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
500 PO
6ES7654-5CL00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
1 000 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
1 000 PO
6ES7654-5CN00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
1 600 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
1 600 PO
6ES7654-5CP00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
PO 2k+ Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
PO 2k+ (t 2 000)
6ES7654-5CQ00-0XF0
CP 443-1
Communication module for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet through TCP/IP,
ISO, and UDP; PROFINET IO
Controller, MRP; integrated
real-time switch ERTEC with
two ports; 2 x RJ45 interface;
S7 communication, open
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
with FETCH/WRITE, with or without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2,
diagnostics, multicast, access
protection over IP access list,
initialization over LAN 10/100 Mbps
with electronic manual on DVD
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
CP 443-5 Extended
Communications processor for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
PROFIBUS as DP master or for
S7 communication, for increasing
the number of DP lines, for data set
routing with SIMATIC PDM and for
10-ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Standard automation systems
■ Ordering data
Order No.
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery
compartment for 2 backup
batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery
compartment for 2 backup
batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
20 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery
compartment for 2 backup
batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
Order No.
Backup battery
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
6ES7971-0BA00
Aluminum UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
Aluminum UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
Steel UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
Steel UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems
(can be added to existing licenses)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
Independent of language,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
9
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/9
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Fault-tolerant Automation Systems
■ Overview
I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
The distributed process I/O can be integrated into a
PROFIBUS DP segment either directly or via a lower-level
fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1).
Several PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/Os
can be operated on an AS 410H fault-tolerant automation
system. A PROFIBUS DP interface is integrated in each of
the two CPUs 410-5H Process Automation. Using the online
configurator in the Industry Mall or in the selection and ordering
data, up to four more PROFIBUS DP interfaces can be
configured for each redundant subsystem with additive
CP 443-5 PROFIBUS DP interfaces.
Redundancy Station AS 410H
Fault-tolerant automation systems are used to reduce the risk of
production failures. The higher investment costs for fault-tolerant
automation systems are frequently negligible compared to the
costs resulting from production failures. The higher the costs of a
production failure, the more worthwhile it is to use a fault-tolerant
system.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 fault-tolerant automation systems can be
used on their own in a plant configuration, or together with
standard and safety-related automation systems.
■ Design
The AS 410H, which consists of two redundant, electrically
isolated subsystems, can be mounted on a UR2-H compact rack
with a split backplane bus or on two separate racks
(UR1 or UR2). The configuration in two racks has the advantage
that the redundant subsystems are spatially separated
(for example, by a fire-proof wall) and can be located far apart
from each other. Depending on the sync modules used,
distances from 10 m to 10 km are possible between the two
subsystems. As a result of the electrical isolation, the system
is also resistant to EMC interference.
I/O connection via PROFINET IO
Fault-tolerant AS 410H automation systems can be connected
via PROFINET IO with remote I/O stations, for example, ET 200M
remote I/O stations. Only the PROFINET interfaces integrated in
the CPUs can be used for this on the automation system.
The maximum availability with minimum error reaction times is
achieved by the AS 410H when used in conjunction with system
redundancy of the I/O devices. System redundancy refers to a
type of PROFINET IO communication in which each I/O device
establishes a communication link to each of the two CPUs of an
AS 410H over the topological network. Then, the failure of a CPU
does not automatically lead to failure of the connected I/O
devices.
AS redundancy
station with
PROFINET CPU
Individual configuration of AS bundles
The equipment of the fault-tolerant automation systems as well
as their order numbers can be individually defined by selecting
pre-configured ordering units.
Typical combinations can be selected from tables in the section
"Selection and ordering data". The complete range for selection
is available via the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station
online configurator in the Industry Mall
(www.siemens.com/industrymall).
Ordering information:
• For an AS 410H redundant configuration based on two
AS Single Stations (AS 410S), you additionally require
4 sync modules (up to 10 m or up to 10 km) and 2 fiber-optic
sync cables. The selection depends on the distance between
the two AS Single Stations.
• FO sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered
separately (2 cables required in each case).
9/10
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
ET 200M
ET 200M
SCALANCE X
ET 200M
ET 200M
PROFINET IO communication with system redundancy
G_PCS7_XX_00322
9
With redundant PROFIBUS DP lines, the process I/Os can be
connected to an AS 410H as follows:
• ET 200M remote I/Os stations with two IM 153-2 High Feature
interface modules on a special bus module
• ET 200iSP remote I/Os stations with two IM 152-1 on a special
terminal module
• Field devices on the PROFIBUS PA over a PA link to two
redundant IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules
• Field devices on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 via an FF link
with two redundant IM 153-2 FF interface modules
• Non-redundant PROFIBUS DP devices, e.g. ET 200S or
ET 200pro remote I/O stations per Y-Link
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Fault-tolerant Automation Systems
■ Design (continued)
■ Ordering data
Industrial Ethernet (IE) plant bus communication
If the PROFINET interface integrated in the CPUs of the AS 410H
is not used for PROFINET IO, it can also be used for the
connection to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. Otherwise,
the two subsystems of the AS 410H can be connected to the
plant bus via one CP 443-1 communication module each.
The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,
which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the
availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant
rings it makes sense to use two communications processors in
each case and to distribute their connections between the two
rings (4-way connection). Double faults such as failure of the
switch on ring 1 with simultaneous interruption of the bus cable
on ring 2 can thus be tolerated.
Order no.
AS 410H (Redundancy Station)
2 x CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and
PROFINET IO interface
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and data)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 PO and SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library
Runtime license
6ES7656-
■C ■■■- ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
5
• Pre-assembled and tested
6
System expansion card
• System expansion card 100 PO
J
• System expansion card 500 PO
L
Runtime licenses
• System expansion card 1 000 PO
N
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime and the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license, the automation systems are
equipped with 100 process objects (PO) on delivery. The
number of process objects can be extended by additional
Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The process
objects of additional Runtime licenses can be added to process
objects which already exist. The number and type
(e.g. 100 or 1000) of additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant.
• System expansion card 1 600 PO
P
• System expansion card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000)
Q
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
3
4
Additive Industrial Ethernet interfaces1)
• Without CP 443-1
0
• 2 x 1 CP 443-1
3
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1
4
9
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum1)
1
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel1)
2
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)
3
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel1)
4
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
redundant
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
G
J
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
D
K
1)
0
• 2 x 1 CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended
2
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended
3
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended
4
1)
In configurations with UR2/UR2-H racks, up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/
PROFIBUS) can be configured with a single power supply, or up to 3 CPs
for each subsystem with a redundant power supply.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/11
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Fault-tolerant Automation Systems
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Individual components
Individual components of the
fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7
AS 410H automation systems
9
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
32 MB RAM integrated
(16 MB each for program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
100 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
100 PO
6ES7654-5CJ00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
500 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
500 PO
6ES7654-5CL00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
1 000 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
1 000 PO
6ES7654-5CN00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
1 600 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
1 600 PO
6ES7654-5CP00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
PO 2k+ Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
PO 2k+ (t 2 000)
6ES7654-5CQ00-0XF0
Sync set
For coupling two redundant CPUs,
for distances up to
• 10 m, consisting of
4 sync modules for up to 10 m
and 2 fiber-optic sync cables,
1 m each
• 10 km, consisting of
4 sync modules for up to 10 km
Note: please order fiber-optic
sync cables (2 units) in the
required length separately.
6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0
6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0
Sync module
For coupling two redundant CPUs;
2 modules required for each CPU;
for distances up to
• 10 m
• 10 km
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)
For connecting two redundant
CPUs, 2 cables required for each
redundant automation system
•1m
•2m
• 10 m
6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
Other lengths
On request
9/12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
CP 443-1
Communication module for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet through TCP/IP,
ISO and UDP; PROFINET IO
Controller, MRP; integrated
real-time switch ERTEC with
2 ports; 2 x RJ45 interface;
S7 communication, open
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
with FETCH/WRITE, with or without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2,
diagnostics, multicast, access
protection over IP access list,
initialization over LAN 10/100 Mbps
with electronic manual on DVD
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
CP 443-5 Extended
Communications processor for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
PROFIBUS as DP master or for
S7 communication, for increasing
the number of DP lines, for data set
routing with SIMATIC PDM and for
10-ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery
compartment for 2 backup
batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery
compartment for 2 backup
batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
20 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery
compartment for 2 backup
batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Fault-tolerant Automation Systems
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Backup battery
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
6ES7971-0BA00
Aluminum UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
Aluminum UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
Aluminum UR2-H rack
For split central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-2JA10-0AA0
Steel UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
Steel UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
Steel UR2-H rack
For split central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0
Order No.
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems
(can be added to existing licenses)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
Independent of language,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5
Y-Link
Y-Link
For connection of devices with only
1 PROFIBUS DP interface to a
redundant automation system
6ES7197-1LA11-0XA0
9
■ Options
Y-Link
• Bus coupler for transition from a redundant PROFIBUS DP
master system to a single-channel PROFIBUS DP master
system
• For connection of devices with only one PROFIBUS DP
interface to the redundant PROFIBUS DP master system
The Y-link comprises:
• Two IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules for extended
temperature range
• One Y coupler including RS 485 repeater
• One BM IM157 (IM/IM) bus module for two IM 153-2 High
Feature modules, for extended temperature range
• One BM Y coupler bus module
Evaluation of the Y-Link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the
connected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/13
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Overview
■ Design
The PROFIsafe profile allows safety-related communication
between the automation system (controller) and the process I/O
via both PROFIBUS and PROFINET. The decision for choosing
either PROFINET IO or the PROFIBUS DP/PA fieldbuses has a
significant influence on the architecture of the safety-related
system.
For information on the safety-related design versions with
PROFIBUS DP/PA and PROFINET IO, refer to the section
"Introduction" in the "Safety Integrated for Process Automation"
chapter 15.
The safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems are
based either on the hardware of the AS 410S standard
automation system (F systems) or the hardware of the AS 410H
fault-tolerant automation system (FH systems) which have been
supplemented with safety functions using S7 F systems.
AS Single Station AS 410F
9
Safety-related automation systems are used for critical
applications where a fault could endanger life or result in
damage to the plant or the environment. These F/FH systems
also referred to as "fail-safe automation systems" detect both
faults in the process and their own internal faults in association
with the safety-related F modules of the ET 200 distributed
I/O systems or fail-safe transmitters connected directly via the
fieldbus. They automatically transfer the plant to a safe state in
the event of a fault.
In accordance with the design variant, they are categorized as:
• AS Single Station AS 410F with only one CPU
(safety-related)
• AS Redundancy Station AS 410FH with two redundant
CPUs (safety-related and fault-tolerant)
The availability can be flexibly increased with a redundant
design for the power supply or the Industrial Ethernet
communications module (for details, see the section
"Modular S7-400 systems" under "Flexible and scalable
availability").
All AS 410F/FH systems are TÜV-certified and comply with the
safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.
In these systems with multitasking capability, several programs
can be executed simultaneously in one CPU – basic process
control (BPCS) applications or also safety-related applications.
The programs are reaction-free, i.e. faults in BPCS applications
have no effect on safety-related applications, and vice versa.
Special tasks with very short response times can also be
implemented.
The redundant FH systems operating according to the
1-out-of-2 principle consist of two subsystems of identical
design. These are electrically isolated from each other to
achieve optimum EMC, and are synchronized with each other
via fiber-optic cables. A bumpless switchover is made from the
active subsystem to the standby subsystem in the event of a
fault. The two subsystems can be present in the same rack or
separated by up to 10 km. The spatial separation provides
additional security in the case of extreme influences in the
environment of the active subsystem, e.g. resulting from a fire.
The redundancy of the FH systems is only used to increase the
availability. It is not relevant to processing of the safety functions
and the associated fault detection.
9/14
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Design (continued)
Individual configuration of AS bundles
I/O connection via PROFINET IO
The configuration of the safety-related automation systems and
their order numbers can be defined by selecting pre-configured
ordering units.
Safety-related AS 410F/FH automation systems can be
connected via PROFINET IO with remote I/O stations,
for example, ET 200M remote I/O stations. Only the PROFINET
interface (2-port switch) integrated in the CPU can be used
for this on the automation system. For additional information,
refer to section "Introduction" in the "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation" chapter 15.
Typical combinations for the respective system can be selected
using tables in the section "Selection and ordering data".
These are divided into:
• AS Single Station AS 410F with one CPU
• AS Redundancy Station AS 410FH with two redundant CPUs,
mounted on one common rack (UR2-H) or two separate racks
(UR2)
The complete range for selection is available using two
correspondingly structured online configurators in the
Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall):
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station configurator
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station configurator
System expansion cards including an S7 F systems Runtime
license should be selected here for safety-related AS 410 F/FH
automation systems.
FO sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered
separately (2 cables required in each case).
The components suitable for engineering the safety-related
applications can be ordered in the chapter 15 "Safety Integrated
for Process Automation":
• S7 F Systems
F programming tool with F block library for programming
safety-related user programs on the engineering system
• SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Convenient safety lifecycle tool for configuration, operation
and servicing
I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
Communication over the plant bus
If the PROFINET interface integrated in the CPU of the safetyrelated automation systems is not used for PROFINET IO,
it is available for connection to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus.
Otherwise, the AS 410F and the two subsystems of the
AS 410FH can be connected to the plant bus via one CP 443-1
communication module each.
The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,
which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the
availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant
rings, it makes sense to use two communication modules per AS
(AS 410F) or AS subsystem (AS 410FH) and to distribute their
connections over the two rings (4-way connection). Double
faults such as failure of the switch on ring 1 with simultaneous
interruption of the bus cable on ring 2 can thus be tolerated.
Runtime licenses
In the factory state, safety-related automation systems come
with a SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 process
objects (PO), SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime and the
S7 F systems RT license. The 100 POs of the SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license can be expanded by additional Runtime
licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The process objects of
additional Runtime licenses can be added to process objects
which already exist. The number and type (e.g. 100 or 1000) of
additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant.
The distributed process I/O can be integrated into a
PROFIBUS DP segment either directly or via a lower-level
PROFIBUS PA fieldbus. Several PROFIBUS DP segments with
distributed process I/Os can be operated on an AS 410F/FH
automation system.
A PROFIBUS DP interface is already integrated in each
CPU 410-5H Process Automation. Using the online configurator
in the Industry Mall or in the selection and ordering data, up to
four additional PROFIBUS DP interfaces can be configured with
additive CP 443-5 PROFIBUS DP interfaces for each AS 410F as
well as for each subsystem of the AS 410FH.
Connection of the process I/Os to two redundant PROFIBUS DP
lines of an FH system (AS Redundancy Station) is carried out as
described in the section "Fault-tolerant automation systems".
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) H1 and the FF devices are not
supported by Safety Integrated for Process Automation.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/15
9
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Ordering data
Order no.
Order no.
AS 410F (Single Station)
CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and
PROFINET IO interface
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and data)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 PO and SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library
Runtime license
■C ■0 ■- ■■F ■
AS 410FH (Redundancy Station)
2 x CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and
PROFINET IO interface
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and data)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 PO and SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library
Runtime license
6ES7656-
■C ■■■- ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
5
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
5
• Pre-assembled and tested
6
• Pre-assembled and tested
6
System expansion card
• System expansion card 100 PO including
S7 F systems Runtime license
• System expansion card 500 PO including
S7 F systems Runtime license
• System expansion card 1 000 PO including
S7 F systems Runtime license
• System expansion card 1 600 PO including
S7 F systems Runtime license
• System expansion card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000)
including S7 F systems Runtime license
9
6ES7654-
System expansion card
• 2 x system expansion card 100 PO including
S7 F systems Runtime license
• 2 x system expansion card 500 PO including
S7 F systems Runtime license
• 2 x system expansion card 1 000 PO including
S7 F systems Runtime license
• 2 x system expansion card 1 600 PO including
S7 F systems Runtime license
• 2 x system expansion card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000)
including S7 F systems Runtime license
A
C
E
F
G
Additive Industrial Ethernet interfaces1)
• Without CP 443-1
0
• 1 x CP 443-1
3
• 2 x CP 443-1
4
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
A
C
E
F
G
3
4
3
Additive Industrial Ethernet interfaces1)
• Without CP 443-1
0
4
• 2 x 1 CP 443-1
3
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1
4
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum1)
1
B
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel1)
2
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)
3
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel1)
4
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
redundant
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant
K
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)
• UR2 (9 slots),
steel1)
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
D
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
G
J
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
redundant
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
H
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended
4
1)
Up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be plugged into the UR2
rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
D
G
J
K
1)
0
• 2 x 1 CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended
2
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended
3
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended
4
2)
9/16
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
In configurations with UR2/UR2-H racks, up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/
PROFIBUS) can be configured with a single power supply, or up to 3 CPs
for each subsystem with a redundant power supply.
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Individual components
Individual components of the
safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems AS 410F and
AS 410FH
CP 443-1
Communication module for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet through TCP/IP,
ISO and UDP; PROFINET IO
Controller, MRP; integrated
real-time switch ERTEC with
2 ports; 2 x RJ45 interface;
S7 communication, open
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
with FETCH/WRITE, with or without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2,
diagnostics, multicast, access
protection over IP access list,
initialization over LAN 10/100 Mbps
with electronic manual on DVD
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
CP 443-5 Extended
Communication module for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
PROFIBUS as DP master or for
S7 communication, for increasing
the number of DP lines, for data set
routing with SIMATIC PDM and for
10-ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
S7 F Systems RT License
For processing safety-related
application programs, for one
AS 410F/FH system each
6ES7833-1CC00-6YX0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
32 MB RAM integrated
(16 MB each for program and
data); module occupies 2 slots
6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
100 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
100 PO
6ES7654-5CJ00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
500 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
500 PO
6ES7654-5CL00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
1 000 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
1 000 PO
6ES7654-5CN00-0XF0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery
compartment for 2 backup
batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
1 600 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
1 600 PO
6ES7654-5CP00-0XF0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery
compartment for 2 backup
batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
PO 2k+ Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
and system expansion card for
PO 2k+ (t 2 000)
6ES7654-5CQ00-0XF0
PS 407 power supply module;
20 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery
compartment for 2 backup
batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
Sync set
For coupling two redundant CPUs,
for distances up to
• 10 m, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 m and
2 fiber-optic sync cables,
1 m each
• 10 km, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 km
Note: please order fiber-optic
sync cables (2 units) in the
required length separately.
6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0
6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0
Sync module
For coupling two redundant CPUs,
2 modules required for each CPU,
for distances up to
• 10 m
• 10 km
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)
For connecting two redundant
CPUs, 2 cables required for each
redundant automation system
•1m
•2m
• 10 m
6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
Other lengths
On request
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9
9/17
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Backup battery
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
6ES7971-0BA00
Aluminum UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
Aluminum UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
Aluminum UR2-H rack
For split central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-2JA10-0AA0
Steel UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
Steel UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
Steel UR2-H rack
For split central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0
Order No.
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems
(can be added to existing licenses)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
Independent of language,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5
AS 410F/FH Engineering
See chapter "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation",
S7 F Systems, page 15/5
Y-Link
9
Y-Link
For connection of devices with only
one PROFIBUS DP interface to a
redundant automation system
9/18
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6ES7197-1LA11-0XA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
■ Overview
With the S7-400 automation systems, which are scalable via
different types of CPU, you have an alternative to AS 410 automation systems. The systems that can be used in plants with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, V7.1 or V7.0 can be classified as follows:
• Standard automation systems
• High availability automation systems
• Safety-related automation systems
Standard automation systems
The AS 414-3, AS 414-3IE, AS 416-2, AS 416-3, AS 416-3IE and
AS 417-4 standard automation systems are extremely robust
and feature high processing and communication performance.
The AS 414-3 and AS 414-3IE are tailored for smaller-scale applications with smaller quantity structures, which allows for a
low-cost starter solution with a modular and scalable system
based on the S7-400 controller range. Larger quantity structures
can be implemented using the AS 416-2, AS 416-3/416-3IE and
AS 417-4 automation systems. These systems are preferred for
medium and large-sized plants.
High availability automation systems
The aim in using high availability automation systems is to minimize the risk of a production outage. In accordance with their
basic design, these systems are categorized as:
• AS Single Stations: AS 412-5-1H, AS 414-5-1H, AS 416-5-1H,
and AS 417-5-1H with only one CPU, e.g. for the following
applications:
- Subsequent expansion to a redundant system
- Redundant configuration on UR1 racks, comprising 2 Single
Stations, 4 sync modules, and 2 sync fiber-optic cables
• AS Redundancy Stations: AS 412-5-2H, AS 414-5-2H,
AS 416-5-2H and AS 417-5-2H with two redundant CPUs,
mounted on one common rack (UR2-H) or two separate racks
(UR2)
Safety-related automation systems
Safety-related automation systems (F/FH systems) are available
for safety-relevant applications in which an incident can result in
danger to persons, plant damage or environmental pollution.
These are based on the hardware of the high availability automation systems, which is expanded by safety functions with
S7 F systems.
In accordance with the design variant, they are categorized as:
• AS Single Stations
AS 412F, AS 414F, AS 416F, and AS 417F with only one CPU
(safety-related)
• AS Redundancy Stations
AS 412FH, AS 414FH, AS 416FH, and AS 417FH with two
redundant CPUs (safety-related and high availability)
The safety-related F/FH systems collaborate with safety-related
F modules of the ET 200 distributed I/O systems or fail-safe
transmitters connected directly via the fieldbus to detect not only
faults in the process, but also their own, internal faults. They automatically transfer the plant to a safe state in the event of a fault.
The redundancy of the FH systems is only used to increase the
availability. It is not relevant to processing of the safety functions
and the associated fault detection.
All F/FH systems are TÜV-certified and comply with the safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.
9
■ Design
Racks
Communication via the Industrial Ethernet (IE) plant bus
Automation systems based on only one CPU (AS Single Station)
can be mounted on a UR1 rack (18 slots) or UR2 rack (9 slots).
Each standard automation system is connected to the Industrial
Ethernet plant bus by means of a CP 443-1 communication
module.
The automation systems (AS Redundancy Station) consisting of
two electrically isolated redundant subsystems can be mounted
on a UR2-H compact rack with divided backplane bus or on two
separate racks (UR1 or UR2). The design with two racks allows
physical separation of the redundant subsystems, e.g. by a fireproof partition and over a distance of up to 10 km. As a result of
the galvanic isolation, the system is insensitive to electromagnetic interferences.
If the PN/IE interface integrated in the CPUs of the high availability and safety-related automation systems is not used for
PROFINET IO, it is available for the connection to the Industrial
Ethernet plant bus. Otherwise, the 1H/F systems (AS Single
Station) and the two subsystems of the 2H/FH systems
(AS Redundancy Station) can be connected to the plant bus
via one CP 443-1 communication module each.
Redundant power supply
I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
If you have two separate power supplies for supplying your system, you can increase the availability of the automation systems
with redundant power supplies (2 power supplies for one
AS Single Station or 1 or 2 power supplies for each subsystem
of an AS Redundancy Station).
The distributed process I/O can be integrated into a
PROFIBUS DP segment either directly or via a lower-level fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1).
Several PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/Os
can be operated on a standard automation system, an 1H/F system (AS Single Station), or a 2H/FH system (AS Redundancy
Station). The following table provides an overview of the number
and type of configurable PROFIBUS DP interfaces.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/19
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
■ Design (continued)
AS type
Runtime licenses
PROFIBUS interfaces
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
AS 412-5-1H/AS 412F
MPI/DP
DP
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 412-5-2H/AS 412FH
MPI/DP
DP
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 414-5-1H/AS 414F
MPI/DP
DP
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 414-5-2H/AS 414FH
MPI/DP
DP
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 416-5-1H/AS 416F
MPI/DP
DP
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 416-5-2H/AS 416FH
MPI/DP
DP
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 417-5-1H/AS 417F
MPI/DP
DP
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 417-5-2H/AS 417FH
MPI/DP
DP
CP
CP
CP
CP
Individual configuration of AS bundles
AS 416-2
MPI/DP
DP
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 414-3IE
MPI/DP
IF
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 416-3IE
MPI/DP
IF
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 414-3
MPI/DP
DP
IF
CP
CP
CP
CP
AS 416-3
MPI/DP
DP
IF
CP
CP
CP
CP
The various versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
AS 412 to AS 417 are available as AS bundles as follows:
• Individual components, combined per station in one
consignment
• Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge
compared to delivery of individual components)
AS 417-4
MPI/DP
DP
IF
IF
CP
CP
CP
CP
Overview of number and type of configurable PROFIBUS interfaces
MPI/DP = integrated MPI/DP interface (for up to 32 PROFIBUS DP nodes)
DP = integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
IF = optional PROFIBUS DP interface module
CP = additive PROFIBUS DP interface module CP 443-5 Extended
9
Each automation system is already provided as standard with
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime and the SIMATIC
PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 process objects (PO); safetyoriented automation systems additionally with the S7 F Systems
RT license. The 100 POs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license can be expanded by additional Runtime licenses for 100,
1 000 or 10 000 POs. The process objects of additional Runtime
licenses can be added to process objects which already exist.
The number and type (e.g. 100 or 1000) of additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant.
1
I/O connection via PROFINET (PN)
Standard automation systems, high availability and safetyoriented automation systems (AS Single Stations and
AS Redundancy Stations) can be networked simply and
effectively with ET 200M remote I/O stations over PROFINET IO.
If a PN/IE interface is integrated in the CPU of the automation
system (AS 414-3IE, AS 416-3IE, and all H/F/FH systems), then
it is to be used for connecting ET 200M remote I/O stations via
PROFINET IO. In standard automation systems, the PN/IE interfaces of type CP 443-1 communication modules can also be
used for PROFINET IO.
The maximum availability with minimum error handling times
is achieved by the AS Redundancy Station (2 H/FH systems) in
conjunction with the system redundancy of the I/O devices. System redundancy refers to a type of PROFINET IO communication where each I/O device establishes a communication connection to each of the two CPUs of an AS Redundancy Station
over the topological network.
9/20
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Typical combinations can be selected from tables in the section
"Ordering data".
The complete range is available to you via two configurators in
the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall):
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station configurator
Ordering notes
• For a redundant configuration based on 2 AS Single Stations,
you additionally require 4 sync modules (up to 10 m or 10 km)
and 2 fiber-optic sync cables. The selection depends on the
distance between the two AS Single Stations.
• FO sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered
separately (2 cables required in each case).
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Standard automation systems
■ Ordering data
Configuration tables for standard automation systems
Order no.
Order no.
AS 414-3
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
CPU type
• CPU 414-3 (up to approx. 200 POs)
B
C
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
CPU type
• CPU 416-2 (up to approx. 600 POs)
C
D
G
C
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
0
• 1 x IF 964-DP
1
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
plant bus
• 1 x CP 443-1EX30
3
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30
4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
plant bus
• 1 x CP 443-1EX30
3
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30
4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
H
K
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
J
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
K
G
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
2
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
B
C
C
D
9
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1)
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
6ES7654-
CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP and DP)
5.6 MB RAM (2.8 MB each for program and data)
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for
IF module)
2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and data)
Memory card
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
AS 416-2
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
2
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/21
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Standard automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
AS 416-3
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
CPU type
• CPU 416-3 (up to approx. 1 200 POs)
9
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
• 1 x IF 964-DP
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
plant bus
• 1 x CP 443-1EX30
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
CPU with 4 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and 2 slots for
IF modules)
30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and data)
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for
IF module)
11.2 MB RAM (5.6 MB each for program and
data)
Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
AS 417-4
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
• Memory card 64 MB RAM (> 2 100 POs)
C
D
D
E
G
E
CPU type
• CPU 417-4 (up to approx. 1 800 POs)
H
K
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
0
0
• 1 x IF 964-DP
1
1
• 2 x IF 964-DP
2
3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
plant bus
• 1 x CP 443-1EX30
3
4
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30
4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
K
D
G
J
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
K
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
2
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
2
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.
9/22
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Standard automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
AS 414-3IE
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for
IF module)
4 MB RAM (2 MB each for program and data)
AS 416-3IE
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for IF
module)
16 MB RAM (8 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
CPU type
• CPU 414-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 350 POs)
Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2
100 POs)
B
C
D
CPU type
• CPU 416-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 1 200 POs)
D
C
D
E
J
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
0
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
0
• 1 x IF 964-DP
1
• 1 x IF 964-DP
1
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
plant bus
• Integrated, without CP 443-1
• 1 x CP 443-1EX30
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
plant bus
• Integrated, without CP 443-1
0
3
• 1 x CP 443-1EX30
3
4
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30
4
9
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
K
D
G
J
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
K
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
2
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
2
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended
3
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/23
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Standard automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Individual components of standard automation systems
9
CPU 414-3
RAM 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
6ES7414-3XM05-0AB0
CPU 416-2
RAM 5.6 MB (2.8 MB each for program and data);
module occupies 1 slot
6ES7416-2XN05-0AB0
CPU 416-3
RAM 11.2 MB (5.6 MB each for program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
6ES7416-3XR05-0AB0
CPU 417-4
RAM 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
6ES7417-4XT05-0AB0
CPU 414-3 PN/DP
RAM 4 MB (2 MB each for program
and data);
module occupies 2 slots
6ES7414-3EM06-0AB0
CPU 416-3 PN/DP
RAM 16 MB (8 MB each for program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
6ES7416-3ES06-0AB0
Memory card RAM
• 2 MB
• 4 MB
• 8 MB
• 16 MB
• 64 MB
6ES7952-1AL00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AM00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AP00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AS00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AY00-0AA0
Memory Card Flash-EPROM
Only required to update firmware
• 16 MB
6ES7952-1KS00-0AA0
CP 443-1
Communication module for connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial Ethernet through TCP/IP, ISO,
and UDP; PROFINET IO controller,
MRP; integrated real-time switch
ERTEC with two ports; 2 x RJ45
interface; S7 communication, open
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
with FETCH/WRITE, with or without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2, diagnostics, multicast, access protection over IP access list, initialization
over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic manual on DVD
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
CP 443-5 Extended
Communications processor for connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS as DP master or for S7
communication, for increasing the
number of DP lines, for data set
routing with SIMATIC PDM and for
10-ms time stamp, electronic manual on CD; module occupies 1 slot
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
IF 964-DP
Interface module for connection of
another PROFIBUS DP line, for
plugging into a free DP module slot
of the CPU
6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0
9/24
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
PS 407 power supply module; 4 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/4 A,
24 V DC/0.5 A;
with battery compartment for
1 backup battery, module occupies
1 slot
6ES7407-0DA02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
20 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module; 4 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/4 A, 24 V DC/
0.5 A;
with battery compartment for
1 backup battery, module occupies
1 slot
6ES7405-0DA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
Backup battery
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
6ES7971-0BA00
Aluminum UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
Aluminum UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
Aluminum CR3 rack
4 slots
6ES7401-1DA01-0AA0
Steel UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
Steel UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems
(can be added to existing licenses)
see page 9/35
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Configuration tables for fault-tolerant automation systems
Order no.
Order no.
AS 412-5-1H (Single Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
1 MB RAM (512 KB each for program and data)
• Pre-assembled and tested
Memory card
• Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. 30 POs)
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
CPU type
• CPU 412-5H (up to approx. 30 POs)
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port
switch)
4 MB RAM (2 MB each for program and data)
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port
switch)
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
AS 414-5-1H (Single Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
7
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
8
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
A
B
CPU type
• CPU 414-5H (up to approx. 350 POs)
A
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
0
B
C
E
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
• 1 x CP 443-1EX301)
3
• 1 x CP 443-1EX301)
3
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
4
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
9
3
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
4
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
H
J
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
K
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/25
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
AS 416-5-1H (Single Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
CPU type
• CPU 416-5H (up to approx. 1 200 POs)
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
9
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
C
D
E
CPU type
• CPU 417-5H (up to approx. 2 000 POs)
C
D
E
M
P
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
0
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
• 1 x CP 443-1EX301)
3
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
4
• 1 x CP 443-1EX30
1)
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
6ES7654-
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port
switch)
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and data)
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port
switch)
16 MB RAM (6 MB for program and 10 MB for
data)
Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
AS 417-5-1H (Single Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
J
3
4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
0
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
2
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
4
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1)
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
9/26
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
6ES7656-
AS 412-5-2H (Redundancy Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
AS 414-5-2H (Redundancy Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
2 x CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces each
(MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE
interface each (2 port switch)
2 x CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces each
(MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE
interface each (2 port switch)
2 x 1 MB RAM (512 KB each for program and
data)
2 x 4 MB RAM (2 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• 2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx.
30 POs)
• 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
CPU type
• 2 x CPU 412-5H (up to approx. 30 POs)
B
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
A
6ES7656-
CPU type
• 2 x CPU 414-5H (up to approx. 350 POs)
B
C
E
A
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 x FO
sync cable, 1 m, for testing
3
3
4
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
4
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
3
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1)
4
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection
1)
9
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum
1
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel
2
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum
1
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel
2
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
D
G
J
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
2
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1)
1)
2
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/27
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
AS 416-5-2H (Redundancy Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
AS 417-5-2H (Redundancy Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
2 x CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces each
(MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE
interface each (2 port switch)
2 x CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces each
(MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE
interface each (2 port switch)
2 x 16 MB RAM (6 MB each for program and
10 MB each for data)
2 x 32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and
data)
6ES7656-
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
CPU type
• 2 x CPU 416-5H (up to approx. 1 200 POs)
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
9
6ES7656-
Memory card
• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
C
D
E
CPU type
• 2 x CPU 417-5H (up to approx. 2 000 POs)
P
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
3
4
C
D
E
M
3
4
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
3
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
3
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1)
4
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1)
4
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum
1
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum
1
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel
2
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel
2
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
H
J
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
K
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
9/28
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Individual components of fault-tolerant automation systems
Individual components of the
fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems
CPU 412-5H PN/DP
1 MB RAM (512 KB each for program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7412-5HK06-0AB0
CPU 414-5H PN/DP
4 MB RAM (2 MB each for program
and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7414-5HM06-0AB0
CPU 416-5H PN/DP
16 MB RAM (6 MB for program and
10 MB for data)
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7416-5HS06-0AB0
CPU 417-5H PN/DP
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7417-5HT06-0AB0
Sync set
For linking the two redundant
412-5H, 414-5H, 416-5H or 417-5H
CPUs; for distances up to
• 10 m, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 m and
2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
each
• 10 km, consisting of 4 sync modules for up to 10 km
Note: please order fiber-optic
sync cables (2 units) in the required length separately.
6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0
6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0
Sync module
For linking the two 412-5H, 414-5H,
416-5H or 417-5H CPUs;
2 modules required per CPU
For distances of up to
• 10 m
• 10 km
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)
For connecting the two 412-5H,
414-5H, 416-5H or 417-5H CPUs;
each redundant automation system
requires 2 cables
•1m
•2m
• 10 m
6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
Other lengths
On request
Memory card RAM
• 1 MB
• 2 MB
• 4 MB
• 8 MB
• 16 MB
• 64 MB
6ES7952-1AK00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AL00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AM00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AP00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AS00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AY00-0AA0
Memory Card Flash-EPROM
Only required to update firmware.
Alternative: firmware update via the
engineering system
• 16 MB
CP 443-1
Communication module for connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial Ethernet through TCP/IP, ISO
and UDP; PROFINET IO controller,
MRP; integrated real-time switch
ERTEC with 2 ports; 2 x RJ45 interface; S7 communication, open
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
with FETCH/WRITE, with or without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2, diagnostics, multicast, access protection over IP access list, initialization
over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic manual on DVD
6ES7952-1KS00-0AA0
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
CP 443-5 Extended
Communication module for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
PROFIBUS as DP master or for
S7 communication, for increasing
the number of DP lines, for data set
routing with SIMATIC PDM and for
10 ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
20 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
Backup battery
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
6ES7971-0BA00
Aluminum UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
Aluminum UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
Aluminum UR2-H rack
For divided central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-2JA10-0AA0
Steel UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
Steel UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
Steel UR2-H rack
For divided central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems
(can be added to existing licenses)
See page 9/35
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9
9/29
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Configuration tables for safety-related automation systems
Order no.
Order no.
AS 412F (Single Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
AS 414F (Single Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port
switch)
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port
switch)
1 MB RAM (512 KB each for program and data)
4 MB RAM (2 MB each for program and data)
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. 30 POs)
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
CPU type
• CPU 412-5H with S7 F Systems RT license (up
to approx. 30 POs)
Additive interface modules
• Without additive interface module
9
6ES7654-
Memory card
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
A
B
CPU type
• CPU 414-5H with S7 F Systems RT license (up
to approx. 350 POs)
B
Additive interface modules
• Without additive interface module
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
• 1 x CP 443-1EX301)
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
C
F
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
3
• 1 x CP 443-1EX301)
3
4
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
2
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
4
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
9/30
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
AS 416F (Single Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
6ES7654-
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
AS 417F (Single Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port
switch)
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port
switch)
16 MB RAM (6 MB for program and 10 MB for
data)
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
CPU type
• CPU 416-5H with S7 F Systems RT license (up
to approx. 1 200 POs)
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
• Without additive IF 964-DP
D
E
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
CPU type
• CPU 417-5H with S7 F Systems RT license (up
to approx. 2 000 POs)
Q
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
C
6ES7654-
Additive interface modules
• Without additive interface module
C
D
E
N
0
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
0
• 1 x CP 443-1EX301)
• 1 x CP 443-1EX301)
3
3
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
4
4
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
5
• UR1 (18 slots), steel
6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
9
B
• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
1)
2
2
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
3
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
4
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1)
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/31
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
AS 412FH (Redundant Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
6ES7656-
AS 414FH (Redundant Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
2 x CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces each
(MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE
interface each (2 port switch)
2 x CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces each
(MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE
interface each (2 port switch)
2 x 1 MB RAM (512 KB each for program and
data)
2 x 4 MB RAM (2 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• 2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx.
30 POs)
• 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
CPU type
• 2 x CPU 412-5H with S7 F Systems RT license
(up to approx. 30 POs)
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
9
6ES7656-
A
B
8
B
C
CPU type
• 2 x CPU 414-5H with S7 F Systems RT license
(up to approx. 350 POs)
B
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
3
0
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
4
1
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel
F
3
4
0
1)
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
Memory card
• 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
100 POs)
• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1)
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection
3
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1)
4
2
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum
1
3
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel
2
4
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
D
G
J
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
J
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
9/32
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order no.
Order no.
6ES7656-
AS 416FH (Redundancy Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
■■■■■ - ■■ F ■
AS 417FH (Redundant Station)
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs
2 x CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces each
(MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE
interface each (2 port switch)
2 x CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces each
(MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE
interface each (2 port switch)
2 x 16 MB RAM (6 MB each for program and
10 MB each for data)
2 x 32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and
data)
6ES7656-
■■■■■ - ■■F ■
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
Type of delivery
• Individual components, not pre-assembled
7
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
• Pre-assembled and tested
8
Memory card
• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
CPU type
• 2 x CPU 416-5H with S7 F Systems RT license
(up to approx. 1 200 POs)
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel
1)
Memory card
• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
210 POs)
• 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.
800 POs)
• 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.
2 100 POs)
C
D
E
CPU type
• 2 x CPU 417-5H with S7 F Systems RT license
(up to approx. 2 000 POs)
Q
Sync modules and cables
• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
3
4
C
D
E
N
3
4
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module
0
3
• 2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant connection1)
3
4
• 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1)
4
9
1
Racks
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum
1
2
• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel
2
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
3
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel
4
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
H
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
B
• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional
redundancy
• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
C
• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
E
H
J
• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy
• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
K
• 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant)
K
D
G
D
G
J
0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
0
1
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1)
2
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1)
3
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1)
4
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Without CP 443-5 Extended
• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/33
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
Individual components of safety-related automation systems
Individual components of the
safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems
9
S7 F Systems RT License
For processing safety-related user
programs, for one AS 412F/FH,
AS 414F/FH, AS 416F/FH or
AS 417F/FH system
6ES7833-1CC00-6YX0
CPU 412-5H PN/DP
1 MB RAM (512 KB each for program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7412-5HK06-0AB0
CPU 414-5H PN/DP
4 MB RAM (2 MB each for program
and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7414-5HM06-0AB0
CPU 416-5H PN/DP
16 MB RAM (6 MB for program and
10 MB for data)
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7416-5HS06-0AB0
CPU 417-5H PN/DP
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7417-5HT06-0AB0
Sync set
For linking the two redundant
412-5H, 414-5H, 416-5H or 417-5H
CPUs; for distances up to
• 10 m, consisting of 4 sync modules for up to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m each
• 10 km, consisting of 4 sync modules for up to 10 km
Note: please order fiber-optic
sync cables (2 units) in the required length separately.
Sync module
For linking the two 412-5H, 414-5H,
416-5H or 417-5H CPUs; 2 modules
required per CPU
For distances of up to
• 10 m
• 10 km
6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0
6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)
For connecting the two 412-5H,
414-5H, 416-5H or 417-5H CPUs;
each redundant automation system
requires 2 cables
•1m
•2m
• 10 m
6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
Other lengths
On request
Memory card RAM
• 1 MB
• 2 MB
• 4 MB
• 8 MB
• 16 MB
• 64 MB
6ES7952-1AK00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AL00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AM00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AP00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AS00-0AA0
6ES7952-1AY00-0AA0
Memory Card Flash-EPROM
Only required to update firmware;
alternative: firmware update via the
engineering system
• 16 MB
9/34
6ES7952-1KS00-0AA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
CP 443-1
Communication module for connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial Ethernet through TCP/IP, ISO
and UDP; PROFINET IO controller,
MRP; integrated real-time switch
ERTEC with 2 ports; 2 x RJ45 interface; S7 communication, open
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
with FETCH/WRITE, with or without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2, diagnostics, multicast, access protection over IP access list, initialization
over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic manual on DVD
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
CP 443-5 Extended
Communication module for connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS as DP master or for S7
communication, for increasing the
number of DP lines, for data set
routing with SIMATIC PDM and for
10-ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module;
20 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module;
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 slots
6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
Backup battery
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
6ES7971-0BA00
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Safety-related automation systems
■ Ordering data (continued)
■ Accessories
Aluminum UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
Aluminum UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems
(can be added to existing licenses)
Aluminum UR2-H rack
For divided central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-2JA10-0AA0
Steel UR1 rack
18 slots
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
Steel UR2 rack
9 slots
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
Steel UR2-H rack
For divided central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems
(can be added to existing licenses)
See page 9/35
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
Independent of language, floating
license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick, certificate
of license
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download, online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5
Backup batteries
Lithium backup batteries of type AA with 2.3 Ah are used in the
power supply modules of all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems AS 412 to AS 417. Since lithium batteries are easily inflammable, more rigorous transport and storage regulations apply to
them.
To avoid subjecting the AS bundles to these more rigorous transport and storage regulations, the backup batteries must be ordered and delivered separately (order no. 6ES7971-0BA00).
The following backup batteries are required depending on the
configuration of the AS bundles:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station:
- With 1 power supply module: 2 units
- With 2 redundant power supply modules: 4 units
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station:
- With 2 power supply modules: 4 units
- With 2 x 2 redundant power supply modules: 8 units
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/35
9
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
SIPLUS automation systems
■ Overview
You can find an overview of the complete SIPLUS extreme range
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/siplus
The SIPLUS extreme bundles available for SIMATIC PCS 7
are listed under the link "Automation technology for extreme
requirements". If the bundle configuration you require is not
listed, you can check its feasibility under consideration of
technical and economical aspects using the "Application
form for new products".
9
The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems are electrically and
mechanically extremely rugged, but can only be used to a
limited extent under extreme ambient conditions. The SIPLUS
extreme bundles for SIMATIC PCS 7 are excellent alternatives if
the environment of use is as follows:
• High humidity
• Condensation
• Chemically, mechanically or biologically active materials
SIPLUS extreme bundles are appropriately refined AS bundles
based on recommended preferred types.
9/36
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Embedded systems
mEC automation system
■ Overview
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX equipped with a WinAC RTX
software controller is a rugged automation system in compact
S7-300 format, and is designed for the lower and medium
performance ranges of SIMATIC PCS 7.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX is suitable for maintenancefree 24-hour continuous operation at ambient temperatures
between 0 and 50 °C. Since it works without fans or rotating
storage media, it is relatively insensitive to vibration and shock.
A particular advantage for users is the centralized expandability
by means of adding up to eight S7-300 I/O modules on the same
mounting rail. As a result, controller and I/Os are merged into a
low-cost compact unit.
■ Application
As a result of its exceptional physical properties,
small dimensions, and centralized expandability,
the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX automation system is
particularly suitable for small applications at plant level and
as OEM products, e.g. in package units.
■ Design
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX automation system is based
on a system-specific SIMATIC S7 modular embedded controller
EC31 with the following configuration:
• 1.2 GHz Intel CoreDuo processor
• 1 GB RAM
• Integrated Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbps (1 port),
can be used for connection to the SIMATIC PCS 7 plant bus
• Integrated PROFINET interface 10/100 Mbps (2 ports);
available soon for use for SIMATIC PCS 7
• 2 USB interfaces
• 1 slot for multimedia card
• LEDs for status and error
• 4 GB flash memory with the following pre-installed software:
- Windows Embedded Standard 2009 operating system
- WinAC RTX 2010 controller software
• AS Runtime license for 100 POs
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX can be mounted together
with up to 8 S7-300 I/O modules on a horizontal DIN rail. The
I/O modules are positioned on the right of the automation system.
The following S7-300 I/O modules can be used together with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX:
Name
Order number
SM 321 DI 16, 24 V DC
6ES7321-1BH02-0AA0
SM 321 DI 32, 24 V DC
6ES7321-1BL00-0AA0
SM 321 DI 16, 24 V DC;
sourcing input
6ES7321-1BH50-0AA0
SM 321 DI 64, 24 V DC;
sinking/sourcing input
6ES7321-1BP00-0AA0
SM 322 DO 16 x 24 V DC/0.5 A
6ES7322-1BH01-0AA0
SM 322 DO 32 x 24 V DC/0.5 A
6ES7322-1BL00-0AA0
SM 322 DO 8 x 24 V DC/0.5 A;
diagnostics interrupt
6ES7322-8BF00-0AB0
SM 322 DO 64 x 24 V DC/0.3 A;
sourcing output
6ES7322-1BP00-0AA0
SM 331 AI 8
6ES7331-1KF02-0AB0
SM 331 AI 8; diagnostics/
hardware interrupt
6ES7331-7KF02-0AB0
SM 331 AI 2; diagnostics/
hardware interrupt
6ES7331-7KB02-0AB0
SM 332 AO 4; diagnostics interrupt
6ES7332-5HD01-0AB0
SM 332 AO 2
6ES7332-5HB01-0AB0
SM 332 AO 8
6ES7332-5HF00-0AB0
9
These I/O modules can be selected in the chapter
"Process I/Os", section "ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7", page 12/14.
In addition, ET 200M remote I/O stations can be connected via
the PROFINET IO interface of the SIMATIC PCS 7 mEC RTX.
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX with S7-300 I/O modules
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX can only be operated with
24 V DC. For example, a PS 305 or PS 307 load power supply
can be used (see chapter "Process I/Os", section "ET 200M for
SIMATIC PCS 7, Power Supply", page 12/15).
An additional uninterruptible power supply (UPS) permits data
retentivity for all process values.
■ Configuration
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX is configured using the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system. The supplied AS Runtime
license for 100 POs that can be expanded with additional
cumulative AS Runtime licenses up to a maximum of 2 000 POs.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/37
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Embedded systems
mEC automation system
■ Technical specifications
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX
Design and equipment features
Design
DIN rail mounting; horizontal
Degree of protection
IP20
Processor
Intel Pentium Core Duo 1.2 GHz
Main memory
1 GB RAM
Flash memory
4 GB
Interfaces
• Ethernet
• PROFINET
• USB
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s (RJ45)
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s (RJ45)
2 x USB 2.0 high-speed, 500 mA
Monitoring and diagnostics
functions
LED displays
Status
Short-term voltage dip
Up to 5 ms
Preinstalled software
Operating system
Windows Embedded Standard 2009,
preinstalled
Controller software
WinAC RTX 2010
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
9
Emission of radio interference acc. to Limit class A, for use in industrial
EN 55011
areas
Climatic conditions
Temperature
• Operation
• Storage/transport
0 to +50 °C
-40 to +70 °C
Mechanical environmental
conditions
Vibrations
• Operation
• Storage/transport
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-6
Yes
Yes
Shock resistance
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27 /
IEC 60068-2-29
Yes
Yes
• Operation
• Storage/transport
Standards, specifications,
approvals
CE Mark
Yes
cULus
Yes
CSA approval
Yes, contained in cULus
FM approval
Yes
ATEX approval
Yes
Power supply
Supply voltage
24 V DC (20.4 to 28.8 V)
Short-term power and voltage failure
backup
5 ms
Input current (rated value at 24 V DC) 800 mA (without backplane bus and
USB supply)
Power loss, typically
34 W
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm
160x125x115
Weight
Approx. 1.5 kg
9/38
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX
Embedded automation system in
S7-300 format with Windows
Embedded Standard 2009
operating system and WinAC
RTX 2010 controller software,
preinstalled on 4 GB flash memory;
can be used with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 and higher
Order No.
6ES7654-0MC23-0XX0
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
License for 100 POs
Additional and expansion
components
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
(can be added to existing licenses)
Independent of language,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
For PS 305 and PS 307 load power
supplies and I/O modules for
centralized expansion of SIMATIC
PCS 7 AS mEC RTX, see chapter
"Process I/Os", section "ET 200M for
SIMATIC PCS 7", page 12/15.
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Embedded systems
Microbox automation system
■ Overview
■ Design
4x
2 x Gigabit
USB 2.0 Ethernet
Cooling slots
PROFIBUS
12 Mbit/s
G_PSC7_XX_00160
On/Off
switch
24 V DC
power
supply
DVI-I connection
(DVI/VGA combined)
COM1
All-metal enclosure
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX
With consideration of the scalable automation performance,
the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation system
represents the starter system in the low to mid-performance
range of SIMATIC PCS 7.
• Resistant to vibration and shock as result of:
- Compact and robust design
- Complete absence of fans and rotating storage media
• Maintenance-free 24-hour continuous operation at
ambient temperatures up to 55 °C
It is therefore an excellent alternative particularly in small
applications to standard automation systems of S7-400 design.
■ Application
As a result of its exceptional physical properties and small
dimensions, the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation
system is exceptionally suitable for industrial use at plant level.
Possible fields of application:
• Small production applications
• Package units
• Laboratory automation
Displays:
Power
Watchdog
Interface inscriptions
9
Design of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation system
is based on a SIMATIC IPC427C with system-specific
configuration. The following are pre-installed on the
4-GB CompactFlash card also supplied:
• Windows Embedded Standard 2009 operating system
• WinAC RTX 2010 controller software
• SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX can also be combined with SIMATIC
PCS 7 BOX or automation systems of S7-400 design within a
plant.
Microbox automation system with CompactFlash card
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/39
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Embedded systems
Microbox automation system
■ Design (continued)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX has an integral power supply
with electrical isolation. Monitoring functions for parameter
assignment (program execution/watchdog, processor and
board temperatures) as well as enhanced diagnostics/
messages (e.g. operating hours counter, system status) can be
recorded via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station (PCS 7 Asset Management), and evaluated
or signaled by LED (Power/Watchdog).
Two Ethernet interfaces 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ45) are
integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX for plant bus
communication with SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems such as
operator system, engineering system or maintenance station.
ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S and ET 200pro remote I/O stations
can be linked over the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface to a
comprehensive range of low-cost signal/function modules as
well as intelligent field/process devices on the PROFIBUS PA.
With this CP 5611-compatible interface, the SIMATIC PCS 7
AS RTX also supports routing from the engineering system up to
the field devices connected via PROFIBUS.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX is configured using the engineering
system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
The engineering system also administers the AS Runtime
licenses of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX. The scope of delivery of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX already includes an AS Runtime
license for 100 POs. This can be expanded by further
AS Runtime licenses for 100 POs or 1 000 POs up to the limit of
2 000 POs. The process objects of additional AS Runtime
licenses are then added to process objects which already exist.
■ Technical specifications
SIMATIC IPC427C (Microbox), SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX version
Preinstalled software
Design and equipment features
Operating system
Windows Embedded Standard 2009,
preinstalled
Controller software
WinAC RTX 2010
Design
• DIN rail or wall mounting;
horizontal (preferred) or vertical
• Portrait assembly; vertical
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(front/rear)
9
IP20
CPU
• Processor
• Front Side Bus
• Second Level Cache
Intel Pentium Core 2 Duo 1.2 GHz
800 MHz
3 MB
Chipset
Intel GM45/ICH9M
Main memory
2 GB DDR3-SDRAM SO-DIMM
modules
Graphics
• Graphics controller
• Graphics memory
• Resolutions, colors, frequencies
- CRT
- DVI
Interfaces
• PROFIBUS/MPI
• Ethernet
• USB
• Serial
• Parallel
• Graphics connection
• Keyboard, Mouse
LED displays
9/40
Watchdog
• Monitoring of program execution
• Restart can be configured following
faults
• Monitoring time adjustable in the
software
Temperature
• Processor
• Motherboard
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station)
Operating hours counter
Intel GMA4500 integrated in the
chipset
32 ... 256 MB shared memory
Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 to 120 Hz
Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 Hz
Drives
• Flash drive
• CD-ROM, DVD-RW, diskette
Monitoring and diagnostics
functions
For CompactFlash Card, 4 GB
Connectable via USB
(not included in scope of delivery)
1 x 12 Mbit/s (galvanically isolated,
CP 5611-compatible), 9-contact
Sub-D socket
2 x Ethernet port (RJ45) Intel 82574L
10/100/1000 Mbps, isolated,
two independent controllers,
teaming-capable
4 x USB 2.0/high-speed
1 x COM1 RS 232, 115 Kbit/s max.,
9-pin Sub-D connector
1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined)
• DVI: digital
• VGA: Analog
Connectable via USB
(not included in scope of delivery)
• Power
• Watchdog
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station)
Safety
Protection class
Protection class I in accordance with
IEC 61140
Safety directives
EN 60950-1; UL 60950;
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1;
UL 508; CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 142
or CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 14-05
Noise level
Operation
< 40 dB (A) to DIN 45635-1
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Embedded systems
Microbox automation system
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Mechanical environmental
conditions
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
Interference emission
EN 61000-6-3 , EN 61000-6-4,
CISPR22:2004 Class B; FCC Class A
Vibrations
• Operation
Immunity to conducted interference
on the supply lines
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst)
• Storage/transport
± 1 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-5;
symmetrical surge)
Immunity to interference on
signal lines
Shock resistance
• Operation
• Storage/transport
± 1 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst; length < 3 m)
Standards, specifications,
approvals
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst; length > 3 m)
Residential, business and commercial
operations, and small businesses
(CE)
• Interference emission
EN 61000-6-3: 2007
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-1: 2007
± 6 kV contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 8 kV air discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to high frequency radiation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27
150 m/s², 11 ms
250 m/s², 6 ms
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-5;
asymmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-5;
surge; length > 30 m)
Immunity to static discharge
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-6
5 ... 9 Hz: 3.5 mm
9 to 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
5 ... 9 Hz: 3.5 mm,
9 to 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
10 V/m, 80 to 1 000 MHz and
1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
Industrial environment (CE)
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-4: 2007
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
cULus
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
according to Standard UL 60950-1,
File E115352 and Canadian National
Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2
No. 60950-1 (I.T.E.) or according to
UL 508, File E85972 and Canadian
National Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2
No. 142 (IND.CONT.EQ.) or
according to Canadian National
Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 14-05
1 V/m, 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V, 10 kHz to 80 MHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-6)
Immunity to magnetic fields
100 A/m rms value 50/60 Hz
according to IEC 61000-4-8
Special features
Climatic conditions
Temperature
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-1,
IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-14
• in operation with Flash drive
- Horizontal mounting
(preferred position)
• Operation with max. 3 expansion
modules (max. load 9 W):
0 to +45 °C
• Operation in RAL1) with max.
3 expansion modules
(max. load 9 W): 0 to +50 °C
• Operation in RAL1) without
expansion modules 0 to +55 °C
- Vertical / portrait mounting position • Operation without expansion
modules: 0 to +45 °C
• Operation in RAL1) with max.
3 expansion modules
(max. load 9 W): 0 to +50 °C
• Operation without expansion
- Horizontal mounting position
modules: 0 to +40 °C
-40 to +70 °C
• Storage/transport
Operation: max. 10 °C/h;
• Gradient
storage: 20 °C/h; no condensation
Relative humidity
• Operation
• Storage/transport
Quality assurance
according to ISO 9001
Power supply (electrically isolated)
Supply voltage
24 V DC (19.2 to 28.8 V)
Short-term voltage dip
Min. 15 ms (at 20.4 V)
Max. 10 events per hour;
recovery time of at least 1 s
Max. current consumption
(at 24 V DC)
4 A (at 24 V)
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm
262 x 142 x 47
Weight
approx. 2 kg
1)
RAL = Restricted Access Location: Installation of device in operating
environment with restricted access, e.g. a locked switchgear cabinet
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-78,
IEC 60068-2-30
5 ... 80% at 25 °C (no condensation)
5 ... 95% at 25 °C (no condensation)
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
9/41
9
© Siemens AG 2013
Automation systems
Embedded systems
Microbox automation system
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX
Assembled and preinstalled
automation system on the basis of
the SIMATIC IPC427C with
Windows Embedded Standard
2009 operating system,
WinAC RTX 2010 controller
software, and SIMATIC IPC
DiagMonitor diagnostics software,
pre-installed on a 4 GB CompactFlash card, suitable for SIMATIC
PCS 7 V7.1 SP2 or higher and
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
Order No.
6ES7654-0UE13-0XX0
■ Accessories
Portrait assembly kit
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
License for 100 PO
Additional and expansion
components
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
(can be added to existing licenses)
9
Independent of language,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX with portrait assembly kit, interfaces at front
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
Portrait assembly
Portrait assembly kit
for space-saving installation of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX
(interfaces at front)
6ES7648-1AA20-0YB0
Fieldbus connection
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
connector RS 485 Plug 180
With 180° cable outlet,
insulation displacement
6GK1500-0FC10
Individual components
(included in product package of
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX)
SIMATIC PC CompactFlash card
• 4 GB
9/42
6ES7648-2BF02-0XG0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The portrait assembly kit allows space-saving installation of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX in the control cabinet. The technical
specifications correspond to those of a SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX
mounted vertically on a DIN rail.
As a result of the portrait assembly, the mounting area required
(WxH in mm) is reduced from 262 x 133 to 62 x 316. Together
with the kit, the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX occupies a mounting
depth of 163 mm in the control cabinet. Since all interfaces of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX are accessible from the front, this type
of assembly is very convenient for commissioning.
When using the portrait assembly kit for the SIMATIC
PCS 7 AS RTX, please also observe the information on operation
planning and device installation in the "SIMATIC IPC427C
industrial PC" manual.
10
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
10/2
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Overview
Product versions
The first criterion for choosing the offered SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
product versions is the decision between integrated or
swapped-out automation functionality (AS):
• AS integrated:
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX with internal WinAC RTX
software controller
• AS separate:
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX with external controller:
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation system
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX automation system
- Modular automation system of the S7-400 series as
AS single station or AS redundancy station
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX are space-saving and at the same time
very rugged industrial PC systems for economical entry into
process automation with SIMATIC PCS 7. They are available
as compact systems with SIMATIC PCS 7 functionality for
engineering (ES), automation (AS), operator control and
monitoring (OS), and also as OS Runtime systems without
engineering component.
This selection is associated with the decision for a specific
controller type. It depends on the price/performance ratio as well
as on the hardware and software functions that are possible with
the various controller combinations (see table in the section
"Function").
Depending on the integration of the engineering component
(ES) in the system functionality, there is then a further
differentiation within the preselection:
• ES/OS system (ES + OS or ES + OS + AS functionality)
• OS Runtime system (OS or OS + AS functionality)
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX for operation as a client in an operator
system or in SIMATIC BATCH can be found in the chapter
"Industrial Workstation/IPC" under "SIMATIC BOX PC", page 3/32.
PCS 7 BOX RTX
10
PCS 7 BOX
ES/OS system
OS Runtime
ES/OS system
OS Runtime
Order no.
6ES7650-4AA11-0G..
6ES7650-4AA11-0H..
6ES7650-4AA11-0J..
6ES7650-4AA11-0K..
System functionality
ES + OS + AS
OS + AS
ES + OS
OS
Possible
controller
combinations
WinAC RTX controller integrated
PCS 7 AS RTX (Microbox AS)
as additional controller
PCS 7 AS mEC RTX
as additional controller
Modular AS 41x, AS 41xH or
AS 41xF (AS Single or
AS Redundancy Station)
as additional controller
System overview of SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX compact systems
A complete process control system for small applications can be
implemented by expanding further with:
• Distributed process I/Os on the PROFIBUS
(with WinAC RTX and in combination with PCS 7 AS RTX or
AS S7-400)
• Field/process devices on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(in combination with AS S7-400)
• ET 200M remote I/O stations on PROFINET IO
(in combination with AS S7-400 and PCS 7 AS mEC RTX)
• S7-300 I/O modules directly on the AS
(in combination with PCS 7 AS mEC RTX)
10/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The comprehensive I/O range is available for expansion on the
PROFIBUS: ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S, and ET 200pro
remote I/O stations with a large number of low-cost signal/
function modules as well as field/process devices which can be
connected directly.
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Application
The SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX compact systems are ideally suitable
for use at process level, especially for:
• Small production applications
• Enclosed subprocesses (package units)
• Automation of a laboratory or test center
As fully-fledged members of the SIMATIC PCS 7 family,
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX systems work with the PCS 7 standard
system software; they are scalable and can be extended without
a break in compatibility.
The application is limited to 2 000 POs (process objects) in
accordance with the Engineering and OS Runtime licenses.
The max. number of POs of the AS Runtime licenses depends
on the type of controller (for more information on this, see below
under "Design", software and licenses).
As an ES/OS system, expanded by software licenses that can be
ordered separately for SIMATIC PDM and SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station, SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX can also be operated
as a maintenance station. For additional information on this,
please refer to the chapter 8 "Diagnostics and Maintenance".
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX systems with a separate, external controller
are additionally suitable for SIMATIC BATCH (up to 10 units) or
as a Web server (Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system)
for up to two Web clients.
■ Design
Special properties and equipment features
All-metal enclosure,
built-in unit, also suitable
for "portrait assembly"
1 vacant PCI
expansion slot
1 x DVI-I (VGA via
supplied adapter)
DP interface (CP 5613),
optional
CompactFlash Card
slot (externally
accessible)
COM1:
serial interface 1
Power supply
24 V DC or
110/230 V AC
On/Off switch
Optical drive
DVD +/- R/RW
4 x USB 2.0 interfaces
2 x Gigabit Ethernet
connection for
10/100/1000 Mbit/s
DP interface (CP 5611)
Power supply fan
Structure of the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX in standard design, extended by
optional CP 5613
System platform for all offered SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX product
versions is the sturdy industrial SIMATIC IPC627C which can
be used in accordance with its CE marking in industrial
environments as well as in domestic, business and commercial
environments.
The Box PC, based on Intel Core i7 processor technology
combines high performance with compact design.
Additionally, it has the following features:
• Stable platform available for a period of about 3 years with
embedded Intel components (spare parts/repair phase
approx. 5 years)
• Rugged metal enclosure with IP20 degree of protection with
high electromagnetic compatibility.
• Flexible installation in various positions with mounting
brackets or portrait installation kits
• Alternative design version of panel front: SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
with fixed 19" TFT Touch Panel, resolution 1280 x 1024
(without front-mounted USB interface)
• High shock/vibration resistance in all possible mounting
positions
• Variable power supply: 24 V DC or 110/230 V AC
• Maximum processor performance up to an ambient
temperature of 55 °C
• Integrated drives:
- 1 x hard disk SATA 3.5"
- 1 x optical drive SATA DVD±R/RW
• Numerous high-performance interfaces:
- High-resolution graphics (DVI/VGA combined) up to
1600 x 1200 at 60 Hz, 32-bit colors
- 2 x LAN 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet interface (RJ45)
- 4 x USB 2.0
- 1 x serial (COM1)
- 1 x PROFIBUS DP (CP 5611-compatible)
- 1 x PCI-Express x16 (175 mm) and 1 x PCI (265 mm),
vacant for expansions
• Diagnostics support using
- Integrated, parameterizable monitoring functions
(temperature, fan failure, CMOS battery)
- Integrated diagnostics displays (each has two 7-segment
displays and alarm LEDs)
- SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor software for enhanced
diagnostics functions/messages (e.g. operating hours
counter, hard disk status) and logging and evaluation
• Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
• Fast restoration of the delivery state with supplied restore DVD
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
10/3
10
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Design (continued)
Product version SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX
A WinAC RTX 2010 software controller is already integrated in
the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX. The SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX product
version with integrated controller has an exceptionally good
price/performance ratio and very fast program execution.
The controller generates only a low base load, and shows its
strengths particularly with applications that involve real-time
requirements and deterministic dynamic response.
In a direct comparison, product versions with external
controllers offer slightly more functionality, resulting in additional
application possibilities (see table in the section "Function").
Design versions
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX in standard design, operation and
monitoring are via separate control units (mouse, keyboard,
process monitor), which must be additionally ordered.
The selection of the process monitor depends on the technical
data of the integrated graphics as well as the image formats and
resolutions which are adjustable in the project editor the
OS software (see section Operator System, OS Software,
Introduction).
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX systems can be operated in stand-alone
mode and also in the system network with other SIMATIC PCS 7
system components.
A system produced with the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX can be
expanded at any time with additional SIMATIC PCS 7 hardware
and software components. It is just as easy to integrate
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX into existing SIMATIC PCS 7 systems.
The connections to the plant bus and terminal bus are usually
made via the integrated Ethernet interfaces.
In association with the redundant AS 41xH modular controllers,
however, an additional CP 1623, CP 1628 or CP 1613 A2
communication module with appropriate communications
software is required for the Industrial Ethernet plant bus
(see section Communication, Industrial Ethernet,
System connection of PCS 7). This can be operated at an
expansion slot of the appropriate interface type: PCI Express
(CP 1623/1628) or PCI (CP 1613 A2).
SIMATIC
PCS 7 BOX
The SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX is also available with Panel Front as an
alternative to the standard design. In this case, a 19" TFT Touch
Panel is connected permanently to the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX. The
19" TFT Touch Panel supports a resolution of 1280 x 1024 pixels.
Engineering
system
Terminal bus
10
Plant bus
PROFIBUS DP/MPI
OS clients
OS
server
DP/PA
link
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX with Panel Front, side and front views
Stand-alone operation/plant network
Example of SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX integration in a SIMATIC PCS 7 plant
network
SIMATIC
PCS 7 BOX
PROFIBUS DP/MPI
DP/PA
link
G_PCS7_XX_00065
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX in stand-alone mode
10/4
G_PCS7_XX_00054
Automation
systems
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Design (continued)
Engineering
Individual product configuration
The SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX can be configured by using either the
engineering software integrated in the system or a central
engineering system. OS-specific configuration changes can be
loaded online, i.e. terminated without the OS process mode.
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can
individually configure the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX and thus also
its order no. A selection table is available for this in the
"Ordering data" section of the printed catalog.
A configurator in the Industry Mall allows you to interactively
select and order SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX compact systems.
Software and licenses
PCS 7 BOX RTX
ES/OS system
Order no.
System functionality
PCS 7 BOX
OS Runtime
ES/OS system
OS Runtime
PC spare part
6ES7 650-4AA11-0G.. 6ES7 650-4AA11-0H.. 6ES7 650-4AA11-0J.. 6ES7 650-4AA11-0K.. 6ES7 650-4AA11-0F..
ES + OS + AS
OS + AS
n
ES + OS
OS
No (without software
and licenses)
Supplied PCS 7 software/licenses
SIMATIC PCS 7 Runtime license RTX
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS/OS Engineering
Software V8.0 (AS/OS Engineering
unlimited POs)
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single
Station V8.0 (250 OS Runtime POs)
n
n
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
250 AS RT POs
n
n
n
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V8.0 Runtime
license
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Preinstallation on system hard disk
(corresponds to content of restore
DVD 2)
n
n
n
n
Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate
32-bit operating system with default
settings for optimized PCS 7 operation
n
n
n
n
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate
32-bit operating system plus software
installation for SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
operation
n
n
n
n
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 Software Media
Package
Software types of delivery
10
n
Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating
system recovery CD
Software and licenses of the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX product versions
On delivery, the individual SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX product versions
are equipped as follows with process objects for process mode:
Product version
Engineering POs
Runtime POs
AS and OS
AS
OS
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system
unlimited
250
250
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX OS Runtime
unlimited
250
250
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX ES/OS System
unlimited
250
250
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Runtime
unlimited
–
250
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX spare part
(without licenses, without preinstallation)
–
–
–
The OS Runtime licenses of the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX product
versions are limited according to the envisaged field of
application to 2 000 POs (process objects). The limit for the
AS Runtime PO is defined by the type of controller. Type-specific
limit data can be found in the table "Typical mixed configuration
limits" in chapter 9 "Automation systems", section "Introduction",
in the selection tables of the AS ordering data, and in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station and SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Redundancy Station configurators. The engineering license
for AS and OS is always unlimited.
The supplied OS Runtime POs can be extended by cumulative
OS Runtime licenses for 100 and 1 000 POs up to the upper limit
of 2 000 POs. Analogous to this, SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX product
versions with integrated or separate automation functionality of
the upper limit of the controller can be expanded by cumulative
AS Runtime licenses for 100 and 1 000 POs.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
10/5
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Function
Supported functions and limits
System configuration
PCS 7 BOX RTX
PCS 7 BOX
Integrated
WinAC RTX
Controller
PCS 7 AS RTX
(Microbox) as
separate controller
PCS 7 AS mEC RTX
as separate
controller
Modular AS 41x
(AS Single Station)
as separate
controller
Modular AS 41xH or
AS 41xF (AS Single Station
or AS Redundancy Station)
as separate controller
Software
AS/OS Engineering
OS Runtime Single Station up
to 2 000 OS runtime POs
PCS 7 APL
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station
SIMATIC BATCH up to 10 units
Web server,
for up to 2 Web Clients
OS Single Station Redundancy
S7 F Systems
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Hardware
Controller (AS) independent of
BOX PC system
AS-AS Communication
1)
1)
Retentive AS Data
only with UPS
only with UPS
only with UPS
AS Configuration Limits 3)
WinAC RTX 2010
up to 1 200 AS
runtime POs
WinAC RTX 2010
up to 1 200 AS
runtime POs
WinAC RTX 2010
up to 1 200 AS
runtime POs
Routing
2)
PROFIBUS DP/PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF)
PROFINET IO with ET 200M
G_PCS7_XX_00281
10
Configuration in Run (CiR)
High-Precision Time Stamping
S7 Block Privacy
1)
2)
3)
Depending on the AS 41xH
or AS 41xF type,
up to 2 000 AS runtime POs
The PROFIBUS routing functionality of WinAC RTX 2010 can only be used with the onboard CP 5611 of the SIMATIC IPC627C (PCS 7 BOX RTX) and
IPC427C (PCS 7 AS RTX).
The PROFINET routing functionality of WinAC RTX 2010 can only be used with the onboard PROFINET interface (ERTEC 400, equal to X1 PN on the embedded
controller) of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX.
Typical mixed configuration limits, based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Process Library (APL)
Supported hardware and software functionality depending on the system configuration
10/6
Depending on the
AS 41x type, up to
2 000 AS runtime POs
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Technical specifications
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX basic hardware:
SIMATIC IPC627C
Standard design
Panel front design
Design
Rack-mountable device with sturdy metal
enclosure, suitable for wall and portrait mounting
Rack-mounted device with sturdy metal enclosure
and panel front, suitable for mounting in control
cabinets, enclosures, consoles and pivoted arms;
max. mounting angle ± 20° from the vertical
Degree of protection
IP20
Computer unit and rear of panel IP20; panel front:
IP65 with clamp fixing,
IP54 with screw fixing
Processor
Intel Core i7-610E mobile processor 2.53 GHz
Design and equipment features
4 MB second level cache, 2 cores /4 threads, Hyper-Threading, Turbo Boost
Chipset
Mobile Intel QM57 Express Chipset
Main memory
• Type
• Maximum configuration
• Standard configuration
DDR3-1066 SDRAM
4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 sockets)
4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB)
Graphics
• Graphic controller
Intel HD graphics controller
• Graphics memory
2-D and 3-D engine integrated in chipset
Dynamic Video Memory
(uses up to 256 MB RAM)
• Resolutions, frequencies, colors
- CRT
- DVI
Up to 1280 x 1024 at 100 Hz, 32-bit color depth
Up to 1600 x 1200 at 60 Hz, 32-bit color depth
Maximum resolution:
2038 x 1536 at 75 Hz, 16-bit color depth
LCD via DVI-I:
1600 x 1200 at 60 Hz, 32-bit color depth
• Color display (panel front)
- Resolution
- Contrast ratio, typical
- Luminance (cd/m²), typical
- Horizontal/vertical viewing angle, typical
–
–
–
–
–
Free expansion slots
1 x PCI
1 x PCI Express x16
Drives
• Hard disk
• Optical drive
• Floppy disk drive
10
19" TFT touch panel
1280 x 1024
700:1
300
80°/80°
3.5" SATA, 250 GB
Slim-line SATA DVD±R/RW
Connectable via USB (not included in scope of delivery)
Interfaces
PROFIBUS/MPI
• Version
• Operating mode grounded
1 x 9-contact Sub-D socket, CP 5611-compatible (limited to 32 bytes of consistent data transmission in
operation with WinAC RTX 2010)
9.6 Kbps to 12 Mbps, configured per software
• Data lines A, B
• Control lines RTS AS, RTS_PG
• 5 V DC supply voltage (max. 90 mA)
Shielding of the DP12 connection line
Ethernet
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps (RJ45), Intel 82574 L and Intel 82577 L
• Transmission rate
• Operating mode electrically isolated
USB
• External
• Internal
4 x USB 2.0 (max. 2 high-current at the same time)
1 x USB 2.0 high-current
1 x USB 2.0 low-current on 10-pin plug connector
1 x USB 2.0 low-current for internal USB stick/dongle
Serial
1 x COM1 (V.24), 9-pin Sub-D connector
Parallel
–
Graphics connection
1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined):
DVI digital
VGA analog
Keyboard, mouse
Connectable via USB (keyboard and mouse not included in scope of delivery)
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
10/7
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Technical specifications (continued)
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX basic hardware:
SIMATIC IPC627C
Standard design
Panel front design
Operating system and diagnostics software
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system, multi-language (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), pre-installed on hard disk and enclosed on restore DVD, no activation required
System-tested SIMATIC industrial software
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
Monitoring and diagnostics functions
Temperature
• Processor temperature
• Temperature in the area of the power supply
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station)
Fans
• Failure of device fan and power supply fan
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station)
Operating hours counter
Via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
Indicators
• 2 x 7-segment display (for BIOS post codes)
• 2 x two-color LEDs
Safety
Protection class
Safety directives
• AC
• DC
Protection class I compliant with IEC 61140
EN 60950-1; UL 60950-1; CAN/CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1-03
EN 61131-2; UL 508; CSA C22.2 No. 142
Noise level
Operation
< 55 dB(A) according to EN ISO 7779
< 55 dB(A) to DIN 45635-1
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-3-2 Class D
EN 61000-6-4; Class A
EN 61000-3-3; FCC Class A
EN 61000-3-3; FCC Class A
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Interference emission
10
Immunity to conducted interference on the
supply lines
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst)
± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; symmetrical surge)
± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; asymmetrical surge)
Immunity to interference on signal lines
± 1 kV; (to IEC 61000-4-4; Burst; length < 30 m)
± 2 kV; (to IEC 61000-4-4; Burst; length > 30 m)
± 2 kV; (to IEC 61000-4-5; Surge; length > 30 m)
Immunity to static discharge
± 6 kV contact discharge (according to IEC 61000-4-2)
± 8 kV air discharge (according to IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to radio frequency interference
10V/m, 80 ... 1 000 MHz and 1.4 ... 2 GHz, 80% AM (according to IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM (according to IEC 61000-4-3)
10V, 10 kHz ... 80 MHz (according to IEC 61000-4-6)
Immunity to magnetic fields
100 A/m, 50 Hz (to IEC 61000-4-6)
Climatic conditions
Temperature
• Operation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-14
• +5 to +45 °C (with DVD writer, only up to +40 °C) –
• +5 to +50 °C (power of all slots max. 20 W)
• +5 to +55 °C (power of all slots max. 10 W)
• Operation, with cabinet installation
- External temperature 40 °C
–
- External temperature 45 °C
–
• Storage/transport
• Gradient
- Operation
- Storage
-20 to +60 °C
Max. 10 °C/h
20 °C/h, no condensation
Relative humidity
• Operation
• Storage/transport
Atmospheric pressure
• Operation
• Storage/transport
10/8
• Internal temperature max. +50 °C
(max. power of all slots 15 W)
• Internal temperature max. +45°C with maximum
configuration (power of all slots 30 W)
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30
5 to 80% at 25 °C (no condensation)
5 to 95% at 25 °C (no condensation)
1 080 to 795 hPa
(corresponds to an altitude of 1 000 to 2 000 m)
1 080 to 660 hPa
(corresponds to an altitude of 1 000 to 3 500 m)
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Technical specifications (continued)
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX basic hardware:
SIMATIC IPC627C
Standard design
Panel front design
Mechanical environmental conditions
Vibrations
• Operation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-6
10 … 58 Hz: 0.075 mm, 58 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
Limitation with DVD writer:
10 … 58 Hz: 0.019 mm / 58 ... 500 Hz: 2.5 m/s²
• Storage/transport
Limitation with portrait assembly:
10 … 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm / 58 ... 500 Hz: 4.9 m/s²
5 … 9 Hz: 3.5 mm, 9 to 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²
–
Shock resistance
• Operation
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-29
50 m/s², 30 ms
• Storage/transport
Limitation with portrait assembly:
25 m/s², 30 ms
250 m/s², 6 ms
–
Standards, specifications, approvals
CE - Residential, business and commercial
operations, and small businesses
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-3: 2007
EN 61000-6-1: 2007
CE industrial environment
• Interference emission
• Noise immunity
EN 61000-6-4: 2007
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
cULus
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) to Standard UL 60950-1, Report E11 5352 and Canadian Standard
C22.2 No. 60950-1 (I.T.E) or to UL 508 and C22.2 No. 142 (IND.CONT.EQ)
Special features
Quality assurance
According to ISO 9001
Power supply
10
Supply voltage (AC)
Nominal 100 to 240V AC (-15%/+10%), autorange
Supply voltage (DC)
Nominal 24 V DC (-20 %/+20 %), SELV
AC input current
Continuous current up to 2.3 A (up to 50 A for 1 ms at startup)
DC input current
Continuous current up to 8 A (up to 14 A for 30 ms at startup)
Brief voltage interruption according to NAMUR
Max. 20 ms (at 93 to 264 V)
(max. 10 events per hour; recovery time of at least 1 s)
Max. power consumption
• Active power (AC/DC)
• Apparent power (AC)
190 W
250 VA
Dimensions and weights
External dimensions including DVD writer
(W x H x D) in mm
297 x 267 x 100
483 x 400 x 162
Mounting cutout (W x H in mm)
–
450 x 380
Mounting depth including DVD writer (D in mm)
–
151
Approx. 7 kg
–
approx. 16.8 kg
9.8 kg
Weight
• Complete unit
• Operator panel (front panel)
System software and licenses
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system
(WinAC RTX 2010 integrated)
•
•
•
•
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS/OS Engineering Software V8.0 (unlimited POs)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V8.0 (250 OS Runtime POs)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 250 AS Runtime POs
WinAC RTX 2010 license on USB stick
PCS 7 BOX RTX OS Runtime
(WinAC RTX 2010 integrated)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V8.0 (250 OS Runtime POs)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 250 AS Runtime POs
• WinAC RTX 2010 license on USB stick
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX ES/OS System
•
•
•
•
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Runtime
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V8.0 (250 OS Runtime POs)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V8.0 Runtime license
Restore DVDs/preinstallation
• Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system, multi-language (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with default settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
• Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system, multi-language (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), plus software installation for SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX operation
(corresponds to pre-installation)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS/OS Engineering Software V8.0 (unlimited POs)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V8.0 (250 OS Runtime POs)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 250 AS Runtime POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V8.0 Runtime license
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
10/9
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX System
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX System as a spare part
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX System
PC type: SIMATIC IPC627C
Hardware:
Intel Core i7-610E processor (2 cores/4 threads),
2.53 GHz, TB, HT, VT, 4 MB cache);
main memory 4 GB, DDR3 1066, DIMM;
hard disk 250 GB HDD SATA; DVD±RW;
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45;
graphics onboard,
4 x USB V2.0 (high-current);
1 x serial (COM1);
1 x PCI, 1 x PCIe (X16)
Order No.
6ES76504 A A 1 1 - 0 ■■■
Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Operating system
• Windows XP Professional multi-language
(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese)
• Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system,
multi-language (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
• Without operating system
PROFIBUS onboard
10
G
H
• PCS 7 BOX ES/OS System
J
• PCS 7 BOX OS Runtime
K
Panel Front
• without panel
A
• 19" TFT Touch, 1280x1024 pixels
B
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply to
NAMUR
- Power supply cord for Europe
6ES76504 A A 8 ■- ■F ■■
Hardware:
Intel Core i7-610E processor (2 cores/4 threads),
2.53 GHz, TB, HT, VT, 4 MB cache);
main memory 4 GB, DDR3 1066, DIMM;
hard disk 250 GB HDD SATA; DVD±RW;
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45;
graphics onboard,
4 x USB V2.0 (high-current);
1 x serial (COM1);
1 x PCI, 1 x PCIe (X16)
SIMATIC PCS 7 software version V8.0
System type
• PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS System
(WinAC RTX 2010)
• PCS 7 BOX RTX OS Runtime (WinAC RTX 2010)
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX System as a spare part
PC type: SIMATIC IPC627C without
pre-installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7
restore DVDs
0
0
1
8
Communication modules
• PROFIBUS onboard
0
• without additional communication modules
8
Panel front
• Without panel
A
• 19" TFT Touch, 1280x1024 pixels
B
Power supply,
country-specific power supply cable
• 110/230 V AC industrial power supply to
NAMUR
- Power supply cord for Europe
- Power supply cord for the UK
1
- Power supply cord for Switzerland
2
- Power supply cord for the UK
1
- Power supply cord for the USA
3
- Power supply cord for Switzerland
2
- Power supply cord for Italy
4
- Power supply cord for the USA
3
- Power supply cord for China
5
- Power supply cord for Italy
4
• 24V DC industrial power supply
6
- Power supply cord for China
5
• 24 V DC industrial power supply
6
10/10
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
0
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Additional and expansion components
Accessories
Additional and
expansion components
Portrait assembly kit
• Kit 1: Interfaces to the front
• Kit 2: Interfaces point up/down
Runtime licenses for PO expansion
6ES7648-1AA10-0YB0
6ES7648-1AA10-0YA0
Uninterruptible DC power supply
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime
license (cumulative)
For extending the OS Runtime POs
Independent of language,
software class A, single license for
1 installation
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
6ES7658-2XA00-0XB0
6ES7658-2XB00-0XB0
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license (cumulative)
Independent of language,
floating license for 1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
- 100 POs
- 1 000 POs
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
SITOP DC-UPS module
24 V DC/15 A1)
with charging section for
24 V lead-acid battery
input: 24 V DC/16 A,
output 24 V DC/15 A
• Version with serial
RS 232 interface
• Version with USB interface
• SITOP battery module
24 V DC/20 A/7 Ah
for DC UPS module 15 A
• SITOP smart 240 W
Stabilized load power supply,
input: 120/230 V AC,
output: 24 V DC, 10 A
1)
6ES7658-2XA00-0XH0
6ES7658-2XB00-0XH0
6EP1931-2EC31
6EP1931-2EC42
6EP1935-6ME21
6EP1334-2AA01
Add-on DC-UPS software (runs with Windows 2000, XP, Vista, and
Windows 7 32-bit) for additional processing of signals sent from the
DC-UPS module via the RS 232/USB interface on the PC as freeware for
download at www.siemens.com/sitop
10
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
Further SIMATIC PCS 7 system
software
• SIMATIC PDM: see chapter
"Engineering System",
Section "ES software", page 4/3
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station see chapter 8
"Diagnostics and Maintenance"
Keyboard/mouse
SIMATIC PC keyboard
6ES7648-0CB00-0YA0
German/international
with USB connection
SIMATIC IPC mouse
Optical (BlueTrack) mouse with
scroll wheel and USB connection
• Color: anthracite
• Color: white
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA0
6ES7648-0BB00-0XA1
Fieldbus connection
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
connector RS 485 Plug 180
With 180° cable outlet,
insulation displacement
6GK1500-0FC10
CP 5613 A2
6GK1561-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3/5 V;
33/66 MHz) for connection to
PROFIBUS
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
10/11
© Siemens AG 2013
Compact systems
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
■ Accessories
Portrait assembly kit
Uninterruptible DC power supply (DC UPS)
By combining a DC UPS module with at least one 24 VDC
battery module and a SITOP power supply unit, longer power
failures can be bridged without interruption:
• SITOP DC UPS module 15 A with RS 232/USB interface
• SITOP battery module 24 V DC /20 A/7 Ah for DC UPS module
15 A
• SITOP smart power supply 230 V AC / 24 V DC, 240 W
With the freely available SITOP DC UPS software (which runs
under Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, and
Windows 7 32-bit), the signals sent from the DC UPS module via
the RS 232/USB interface can be processed further on the PC.
In monitoring mode, the status of the uninterruptible DC power
supply can be visualized on the PC. The software also supports
the safe shutdown in the event of a power failure, the automatic
restart, and the definition of responses to the various operating
states of the DC UPS module.
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX with portrait installation kit, interfaces at front
The portrait installation kit permits space-saving installation of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX in the control cabinet. It is available in
two models:
• Kit 1: Portrait assembly with interfaces to the front
• Kit 2: Portrait assembly with interfaces on top or bottom
Mounting area required (W x H in mm)
10
• Rail mounting
298 x 301
• Portrait assembly kit 1: With interfaces to the front 100 x 316
• Portrait assembly kit 2: With interfaces on
100 x 392
top/bottom
Together with the kit, the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX occupies a
mounting depth of 365 mm (Kit 1) or 279 mm (Kit 2) in the control
cabinet. The limitations associated with portrait assembly
regarding vibration and shock resistance are relatively small
(see technical specifications).
Since all interfaces are accessible from the front when using
Kit 1, this type of assembly is particularly suitable for
commissioning and servicing.
Please observe the information on operation planning and
device installation in the manual of the SIMATIC IPC627C in
conjunction with the use of portrait assembly kits for
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX.
10/12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
At the following Internet address you can download the SITOP
DC UPS software and also find additional information on the
uninterruptible power supplies:
www.siemens.com/sitop
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communication
11/2
Introduction
11/4
11/6
11/39
11/43
Industrial Ethernet
Product Overview SCALANCE X
Switches
SCALANCE X-000 Switches
SCALANCE X-100 Switches
SCALANCE X-200 Switches
SCALANCE X-200 IRT Switches
SCALANCE X-300 Switches
SCALANCE X-400 Switches
Industrial Ethernet Media Converter
Passive network components:
FastConnect
Passive network components:
ITP cables and connectors
Passive Network Components:
Fiber-optic Cables
System connection PCS 7 systems
Industrial Wireless LAN
11/50
11/52
PROFINET
Architecture
11/55
PROFIBUS
11/56
11/57
11/59
11/61
11/62
PROFIBUS DP
Electrical networks
Optical networks
AS connection
Y-link
11/63
11/66
11/70
11/74
PROFIBUS PA
PA routers
Active field distributors
Passive PA components
11/75
11/77
11/80
11/84
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF routers
Active field distributors
Passive FF components
11/85
11/85
11/86
Other communication
AS Interface
Modbus
11/8
11/9
11/10
11/15
11/19
11/27
11/32
11/33
11/37
11/38
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Introduction
■ Overview
Through application of SIMATIC NET network components
based on globally established standards, SIMATIC PCS 7 is
provided with a powerful and rugged range of products for
implementing integrated communications networks for reliable
data exchange between all system components and levels of a
plant.
The SIMATIC NET products specially developed for industrial
applications provide optimum suitability for plants in all sectors.
They are matched to one another, and satisfy maximum
demands, especially in areas subject to extreme influences,
such as:
• Electromagnetic interfering fields
• Corrosive liquids and atmospheres
• Danger of explosion
• High mechanical stress
The SIMATIC NET products guarantee expandability and the
protection of investments as a result of compatible further
developments, as well as uniformity from inbound logistics to
outbound logistics and from field devices up to the management
information system.
■ Design
11
Incorporated in Totally Integrated Automation, the unique basis
offered by Siemens for uniform automation of all sectors in the
production, process or hybrid industries, the SIMATIC NET
busses promote fast and reliable communication between the
individual systems/applications of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control systems such as:
• Automation systems, distributed I/Os and field components
• Engineering system, operator system and Maintenance
Station
• SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC Route Control
• Web clients and Web servers for operator control and
monitoring via Internet/Intranet as well as IT applications
Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Industrial Ethernet is used as the plant bus as well as terminal
bus for multi-user systems with client/server architecture.
For small systems, the "Basic Communication Ethernet" (BCE)
integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations permits
operation of single stations and servers on the plant bus even
without a CP 1613/CP 1623/CP 1628 communications
processor.
In medium and large plants characterized by high requirements,
SIMATIC PCS 7 applies modern Gigabit and Fast Ethernet
technology which combines the high security provided by
redundant optical rings with the scalable performance provided
by switching technology and high transmission rates up to
1 Gbit/s.
11/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
PROFINET
With the introduction of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, PROFINET has
been integrated into the process control system. PROFINET is
based on the international standards IEC 61158 and IEC 61784
and combines the advantages of the open network standard,
Ethernet, and the PROFIBUS fieldbus system. It stands for
maximum transparency, open IT communication, network
security and real-time communication down to the field level.
This makes PROFINET the basis for uniform automation network
in the plant, into which existing fieldbuses implemented with
PROFIBUS can be easily integrated.
In the context of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system,
the application of PROFINET mainly focuses on the communication between the automation systems (controllers) and the
process I/O. The communication initially limited to the modular
standard automation systems of the S7-400 series and the
ET 200M remote I/O stations will be gradually expanded.
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Introduction
■ Design (continued)
OS multi-clients
Engineering
station
Maintenance/
OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
PROFIBUS DP
PA link
FF link
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Remote I/O
G_PCS7_XX_00247
Drives
Integration of PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Fieldbus systems
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
PROFIBUS has become established as sturdy and reliable
communications medium for connecting intelligent distributed
I/O devices, transmitters and actuators to the controller level of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The universal,
open fieldbus corresponds to the international standards
IEC 61158 and IEC 61784.
In addition to the direct connection of transmitters and actuators
including power supply via the communication medium, the high
information content of the communication as well as the
diagnostics facilities are also of importance for the automation
of industrial processes that frequently take place in corrosive,
harmful, and hazardous environments.
PROFIBUS DP
Both the PROFIBUS PA fieldbus and the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 meet these requirements. Both are optimally
suitable for directly integrating actuators and sensors in
operating environments up to Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 into the
process system.
PROFIBUS DP is a system bus and simultaneously an open
communications system, and it is designed for high data
transmission rates and short response times. It is therefore
optimally suitable for the control of the following devices:
• Directly connected field devices, e.g. drives, motor starters,
analyzers, process controllers, or panels
• Distributed I/O devices such as the ET 200M, ET 200iSP,
ET 200S or ET 200pro remote I/O stations
• Transmitters and actuators on a seamlessly integrated
PROFIBUS PA fieldbus or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Their physical bus characteristics are based on the MBP
transmission technology (Manchester Coded; Bus Powered)
and are largely identical according to IEC 61158. Both
fieldbuses can be integrated seamlessly in the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system using PROFIBUS DP as link.
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 thus profit
equally from the higher-level PROFIBUS architecture.
Since it also supports the transmission of the HART protocol,
HART field devices can also be integrated in a PROFIBUS DP
communication network.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/3
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
■ Overview
OS clients
Remote
client
Terminal bus
(optical/electrical)
SCALANCE
X-400
SCALANCE X-300
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Redundant OS servers
SCALANCE
X-300
SCALANCE X-400
SCALANCE
X-200/X-200 IRT
Plant bus
Industrial Ethernet
(optical/electrical)
11
AS Redundancy
Station
SCALANCE X-400
AS Redundancy
Station
SIMATIC
PCS 7 BOX
AS Single
Station
G_PCS7_XX_00124
Engineering
station
The plant bus and the terminal bus for multi-user systems with
client/server architecture are implemented with Industrial
Ethernet, a powerful area and cell network for industrial
applications in line with the international IEEE 802.3 standard
(Ethernet). Bus structures with optical rings are particularly
suitable for this because of their high noise immunity and high
availability.
In medium-sized and large plants characterized by high
requirements, SIMATIC PCS 7 applies modern Gigabit and
FastEthernet technology. This combines the high reliability of
optical rings with the scalable performance of switching
technology and high transmission rates up to 1 Gbps.
Industrial Ethernet, connection examples
■ Benefits
Ethernet presently has a market share of over 80 % with a
tendency to rise further, thus placing it in pole position in the
global LAN landscape. Ethernet offers important characteristics
that can give you significant advantages for your application:
7 Fast commissioning through simple connections
7 High flexibility since existing networks can be extended
without any adverse effects
7 High availability thanks to redundant network topologies
7 Almost unlimited communications performance because
scalable performance is available through switching
technology if required
7 Networking of different application areas such the office and
production areas
7 Investment security through continuous compatible further
development
7 Plant-wide clock system permits exact assignment of events
within the complete plant
11/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Ethernet technology for industrial environment
With Industrial Ethernet, SIMATIC NET expands the Ethernet
technology by future-oriented network components with special
properties and capabilities for use in industrial environments,
e.g.:
7 Rugged design, suitable for harsh industrial environments
7 Fast local assembly using the FastConnect cabling system
with RJ45 technology
7 High fault tolerance through redundancy and fast switchover
to redundant system (max. 300 ms)
7 Continuous monitoring of network components through a
simple yet effective signaling concept
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
■ Technical specifications
Terminal bus
Plant bus / terminal bus
Industrial Ethernet
Number of stations
1 023 per network segment
(IEEE 802.3 standard)
Number of switches
Up to 50
Client-server and server-server communication is carried out
on a dedicated Ethernet LAN. The communication network
identified as terminal bus can be implemented with standard
SIMATIC NET components such as switches, onboard
interfaces, network cards, communications processors (CP),
cables etc.
Length of the network
Local network
Electrical up to approx. 5 km
Optical up to approx. 150 km
WAN
Worldwide with TCP/IP
Topology
Line, tree, ring, star
■ Design
The following Ethernet communications interfaces are used in
the various SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems (ES, OS, AS etc.):
• Interfaces integrated onboard
• Simple network cards
• Special communication modules, e.g. CP 1613 A2, CP 1623,
CP 1628
These are defined when selecting the respective system
components depending on the requirements. For further
information, see Section "System connection of PCS 7 systems".
The communication stations can be integrated in the terminal
bus and the plant bus using Industrial Ethernet Switches of the
SCALANCE X product family. These switches offer scalable
performance at an attractive price and support a wide variety of
configuration options.
Client
The Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) according to
IEC 62439-3 is based on double transmission of message
frames over two separate networks (Ring 1, Ring 2).
At the sender, the SOFTNET-IE RNA software or the
SCALANCE X-200RNA network access point duplicates the
message frame arriving from the sender and feeds one
message frame to Ring 1 and the other to Ring 2. At the receiver,
the software or the network access point forwards the first
incoming message frame to the recipient. The second message
frame from the second LAN is discarded. Transmission of the
message frame is thus always ensured without delay even when
an error occurs.
Industrial Ethernet plant bus
The automation systems (AS) communicate with one another
and with the engineering system and operator systems
(servers/single stations) over the Industrial Ethernet plant bus.
This can be designed analogous to the terminal bus with
standard SIMATIC NET components such as switches, network
cards, communications processors (CP), cables etc. In the case
of small plants with up to 8 standard automation systems per
operator system, single stations and servers can be operated
cost-effectively on the plant bus using "Basic Communication
Ethernet" (BCE) and a FastEthernet network card. The
CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628 communication module is always
required if more than 8 automation systems or redundant
automation systems are used.
Client
SCALANCE
X204RNA
Terminal bus, ring 1
A ring design avoids communication failures if e.g. the line is
damaged or opened at a particular point. To further increase the
availability, it is also possible to distribute the communication
over two redundant rings. Each PCS 7 station is connected to
one of two Industrial Ethernet interfaces on both of the two
separate rings. The SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA
communication software on the PCS 7 stations organizes
communication processes based on the PRP. Non PRP-enabled
devices that have only one Industrial Ethernet port, such as
SICLOCK TC 400, can be integrated in the redundant terminal
bus via SCALANCE X204RNA.
Terminal bus, ring 2
As far as availability is concerned, ring topologies are always the
first choice for the plant bus. With particularly high availability
requirements, the plant bus can also be configured as a
redundant double ring (two CPs per AS CPU and OS server).
Double faults such as a switch failure on ring 1 with a simultaneous interruption in the bus cable on ring 2 can then be tolerated.
The two rings in such a configuration are physically separated.
The coupling partners are linked together logically when
configuring with NetPro over a fault-tolerant S7 connection
(4-way redundancy). One switch each takes over the function of
the redundancy manager for each ring. The current switches of
the SCALANCE X-400, X-300, X-200 IRT and X-200 ranges can
be used as the redundancy manager in a ring.
Redundant
servers
Redundant Industrial Ethernet
plant bus (double ring)
Redundant
automation
system
G_PCS7_XX_00121
Note:
Detailed information on Industrial Ethernet and on the network
components can be found in Catalog IK PI, in the Industry Mall,
or in Catalog CA 01 under "Industrial Communication".
Plant and terminal buses: Example configuration with two redundant
rings
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/5
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Product Overview SCALANCE X Switches
■ Overview
Switches are active network components that specifically
distribute data to the relevant addressees. SCALANCE X is the
modern range of Industrial Ethernet switches from SIMATIC NET.
The SCALANCE X family comprises product lines that
complement each other and are carefully tuned to the specific
automation task.
■ Design
In the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, switches from the following
SCALANCE X product lines can be used:
• SCALANCE X-000
• SCALANCE X-100
• SCALANCE X-200
• SCALANCE X-200 IRT
• SCALANCE X-300
• SCALANCE X-400
They are characterized by the fact that the number of ports,
modularity, flexibility and functionality increase with increasing
numbers.
The designs of the switches differ not only among individual
product lines, but also within a product line, for example:
• Compact design or flat design in the ET 200S format for X-200
and X-200 IRT
• Compact design or rack design for X-300
X-200
X204RNA
Networks with higher emphasis on functionality
and availability
X-100
Networks with low emphasis on functionality
X-000
Networks with low emphasis on functionality
and robustness
● applies
Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE X: Areas of application
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
●
PC-based applications
●
Network setup using
SIMATIC S7
●
Internal machine
networking
●
High-volume machine
building
●
●
●
●
X204RNA EEC
11/6
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
*B3&6B;;B
X-300EEC/
XR-300EEC
●
Plant subnetworking
Large networks with high emphasis on
functionality and availability
Machine building and
plant engineering
X-300
Wind energy plants
High-performance plant network with high
emphasis on functionality and availability
Energy generation
and distribution
X-400
Industry-related
applications
Application areas / type of network /
requirements
Plant networking
11
Office incorporation
These product lines are specifically suited for electrical and/or
optical networks based on linear, star and ring topologies.
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Product Overview SCALANCE X Switches
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
2)
●
X-200
●
X204RNA
●
X204RNA EEC
●
●
X-100
●1)
X-000
● applies
1) with Gigabit version
●
*B3&6B;;B
●
●
Time synchronization
according to
IEEE 1588
●
PROFINET IO Device
●
●
●
Diagnosis
●
X-300EEC/
XR-300EEC
●
Office features (VLAN)
●
Layer 3
●
Isochronous
Real-Time (IRT)
●
Can be used under
Enhanced Environmental Conditions
(EEC)
●
X-300
Features
Power-over-Ethernet
Support of
Gigabit Ethernet
X-400
Additional interface for
SIMATIC S7
19“ design
Modular through
media modules
■ Design (continued)
2) with IRT version
Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE X: Function overview
■ More information
The following catalog sections provide you with information and
ordering data for the individual SCALANCE X product lines.
For detailed information and technical specifications of the
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI,
chapter "PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet", section "Industrial
Ethernet switches/media converters".
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11
11/7
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-000 Switches
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X-000
for 10/100 Mbps, including
operating instructions and
Industrial Ethernet network
manual on CD-ROM
• SCALANCE XB004-1
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
electrical
1x 100 Mbps SC port optical
(multi-mode, glass), up to 5 km
Order No.
6GK5004-1BD00-1AB2
Accessories
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45
connectors
• 0.5 m
•1m
•2m
•6m
• 10 m
SCALANCE XB004-1
The Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE X-000 switches that can be
used in small SIMATIC PCS 7 plants are suitable for setting up
low-cost line or star topologies with switching functionality.
Special features
• Box design
• LED diagnostics (power, port status, data traffic)
• Electrical ports with auto-crossover function
Product range for SIMATIC PCS 7
11
SCALANCE XB004-1
• 4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical
• 1 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical (multi-mode, glass), up to 5 km
■ Design
The box enclosure type is designed for space-saving installation
on a standard DIN rail in the control cabinet. Wall mounting is
possible.
Boundary conditions for network configuration
• Length of the TP cable between two switches
- max. 10 m via patch cables with TP Cord
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
• Length of the optical cables max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet
multi-mode FO cables
11/8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
FO Standard Cable
GP 50/125/14001)2)
Multi-mode cable, sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1873-2A
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A
1-phase power supply with
wide-range input
85 ... 264 V AC/110 ... 300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
6EP1331-5BA00
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-100 Switches
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X-100
for 10/100 Mbps, including
operating instructions,
Industrial Ethernet network manual
and configuration software on
CD-ROM
• SCALANCE X104-2
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical
2 x BFOC ports, optical
(multimode, glass) up to 5 km
6GK5104-2BB00-2AA3
Accessories
SCALANCE X104-2
The SCALANCE X-100 Industrial Ethernet switches can be used
to set up low-cost line or star topologies with switching
functionality.
Special features
• Rugged compact enclosure (S7-300 format)
• LED diagnostics (power, port status, data traffic)
• Signaling contact can be configured locally using SET button
• Local display (SET button)
• Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)
• Electrical ports with auto-crossover function
Product range for SIMATIC PCS 7
SCALANCE X104-2
• 4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical
• 2 x 100 Mbps BFOC ports, optical (multi-mode, glass),
up to 5 km
■ Design
The rugged metal housing is designed for space-saving
installation on a standard DIN rail or an S7-300 mounting rail in
control cabinets. Direct wall mounting in various positions is also
possible.
Boundary conditions for network configuration
• Length of the TP cable between two switches
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
• Length of the optical cables max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet
multi-mode FO cables
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
4-wire, shielded TP installation
cable for connecting to IE FC RJ45
outlet/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINETcompliant; with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. quantity
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
FO Standard Cable
GP 50/125/14001)2)
Multi-mode cable, sold by the
meter; max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1873-2A
FC FO Standard Cable
GP 62.5/200/230
6XV1847-2A
FC FO standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2 x 2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
enclosure and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 180° cable
outlet; for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
11
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
FC BFOC Plug
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 20 units +
cleaning cloths)
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
IE FC Stripping Tool
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
6GK1901-1GA00
FC FO termination kit
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
Assembly case for on-site assembly
of FC SC and FC BFOC connectors
to FC FO standard cable,
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A
1-phase power supply with
wide-range input
85 ... 264 V AC/110 ... 300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
6EP1331-5BA00
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/9
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200 Switches
■ Overview
Switches with electrical ports for TP cables up to 100 m max.
and optical ports for glass single-mode FOC up to 26 km:
• SCALANCE X204-2LD for optical line or ring topologies
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass single-mode
FOC
• SCALANCE X206-1LD for star topologies as well as for line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
- 6 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical BFOC port (100BaseFX) for glass single-mode
FOC
• SCALANCE X212-2LD for optical line or ring topologies
- 12 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass single-mode
FOC
Flat design
SCALANCE X-200 switches in compact design
You can implement line and star topologies with the switches of
the SCALANCE X-200 product line; it is also possible to
implement low-cost electrical or optical ring topologies with
transmission rates up to 100 Mbps.
The switches are available in two designs:
• Compact design X-200
Rugged compact enclosure with
- IP30 degree of protection, for installation in control cabinets
- IP65 degree of protection, for installation outside control
cabinets (X208PRO)
• Flat design XF200
Flat enclosure in ET 200S format, IP20 degree of protection,
for installation in control cabinets or small control boxes
11
Product range for SIMATIC PCS 7
Compact design
Switches with electrical ports for TP cables up to 100 M max.
for line, star or ring topologies:
• SCALANCE X208
- 8 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE X208PRO (for use outside the control cabinet)
- 8 electrical M12 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE X216
- 16 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE X224
- 24 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
Switches with electrical ports for TP cables up to 100 m max.
and optical ports for glass multi-mode FOC up to 5 km:
• SCALANCE X204-2 for optical line or ring topologies
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode
FOC
• SCALANCE X206-1 for star topologies as well as for line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
- 6 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical BFOC port (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode FOC
• SCALANCE X212-2 for optical line or ring topologies
- 12 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode
FOC
11/10
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Switches with electrical ports for TP cables up to 100 M max.
for line, star or ring topologies
• SCALANCE XF204
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE XF208
- 8 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
Switches with electrical ports for TP cables up to 100 m max.
and optical ports for glass multi-mode FOC up to 5 km
• SCALANCE XF204-2 for optical line or ring topologies
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode
FOC
• SCALANCE XF206-1 for star topologies as well as for line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
- 6 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical BFOC port (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode FOC
Note:
Ordering data and information about the product versions
SCALANCE X204RNA and SCALANCE X204RNA EEC for
integration of non-PRP-enabled devices on a redundant terminal
bus is available in the catalog section "System Connection of
PCS 7 Systems."
Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)
Signal contact
Local display (SET pushbutton)
C-PLUG slot
X204-2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X204-2LD
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X206-1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X206-1LD
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X208
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X208PRO
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X212-2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X212-2LD
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X216
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X224
●
●
●
●
●
●
XF204
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
XF204-2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
XF206-1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
XF208
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
*B3&6B;;B
SIMATIC environment
Type of device
External supply for integrated switch
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
Gigabit Ethernet
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
Rugged, compact housing
19“ type of construction
Box type of construction
Flat type of construction
PC module
Format module S7
Connection to S7 backplane bus
LED diagnosis
SCALANCE X-200
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200 Switches
■ Overview (continued)
Special features
Hardware
● applies
SCALANCE X-200 features, hardware
11/11
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200 Switches
■ Overview (continued)
●
●
●
●
●
●
X208
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X212-2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X212-2LD
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X216
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X224
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
XF204
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
XF204-2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
XF206-1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
XF208
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
*B3&6B;;B
●
VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol)
●
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)
●
X206-1LD
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)
●
Static Routing
●
Link Aggregation
●
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
●
Access Control List (MAC)
●
IP Access List
●
DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol)
●
Broadcast blocking
●
X206-1
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter
●
●
GMRP (Generic Multicast Protocol)
●
●
IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group
Management Protocol)
Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality
●
●
Passive Listening
SNMP
●
●
STP/RSTP (Spanning Tree Protocol/
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)
Configuration with STEP 7
●
●
X208PRO
11
GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol)
Web based Management
●
●
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network)
Command Line Interface/Telnet
●
●
IRT capability
Topology support (LLDP)
●
X204-2LD
Type of
device
Standby redundancy
PROFINET diagnosis
X204-2
Security Integrated (Firewall/VPN)
SCALANCE X-200
Software
● applies
SCALANCE X-200 features, software
■ Design
Installation can performed on a standard DIN rail, on an S7-300
mounting rail or directly on the wall. The electrical ports support
auto-crossover.
Summary of interfaces
Module type
Type and number of ports
Fast Ethernet 100 Mbps
Electrical (TP)
Optical (glass FOC)
RJ45
M12
BFOC (ST socket)
X204-2
4
–
2 (multimode)
X204-2LD
4
–
2 (single-mode)
X206-1
6
–
1 (multimode)
X206-1LD
6
–
1 (single-mode)
X208
8
–
–
X208PRO
–
8
–
X212-2
12
–
2 (multimode)
X212-2LD
12
–
2 (single-mode)
X216
16
–
–
X224
24
–
–
XF204
4
–
–
XF204-2
4
–
2 (multimode)
XF206-1
6
–
1 (multimode)
XF208
8
–
–
11/12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Boundary conditions for network configuration
• Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
(IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plug 180/IE FC M12 plug PRO)
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
• Length of the optical cables
- Max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
(multi-mode)
- Max. 26 km with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
(single-mode)
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200 Switches
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X-200
for 10/100 Mbps, including
operating instructions,
Industrial Ethernet network manual
and configuration software on
CD-ROM
Order No.
Flat design
With electrical ports
Compact design
With electrical ports
SCALANCE XF204
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5204-0BA00-2AF2
SCALANCE XF208
8 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5208-0BA00-2AF2
SCALANCE X208
8 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5208-0BA10-2AA3
With electrical ports and optical
ports for glass multi-mode FOC up
to max. 5 km
SCALANCE X208PRO
8 x 10/100 Mbps M12 ports
(10/100BaseTX),
including 11 x M12 dust covers,
IP65 degree of protection,
6GK5208-0HA10-2AA6
SCALANCE XF204-2
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbps multi-mode
BFOC ports (100BaseFX)
6GK5204-2BC00-2AF2
SCALANCE X216
16 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5216-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5206-1BC00-2AF2
SCALANCE X224
24 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5224-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE XF206-1
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
1 x 100 Mbps multi-mode
BFOC ports (100BaseFX)
Accessories
With electrical ports and optical
ports for glass multi-mode FOC up
to max. 5 km
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2
(type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to
IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. length
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
SCALANCE X204-2
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbps multi-mode
BFOC ports (100BaseFX)
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3
SCALANCE X206-1
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
1 x 100 Mbps multi-mode
BFOC ports (100BaseFX)
6GK5206-1BB10-2AA3
FO Standard Cable
GP 50/125/14001)2)
Multi-mode cable,
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1873-2A
SCALANCE X212-2
12 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbps multi-mode
BFOC ports (100BaseFX)
6GK5212-2BB00-2AA3
FO Robust Cable
GP 4E9/125/901)2)
Single-mode cable,
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1843-2R
FC FO Standard Cable
GP 62.5/200/2301)2)
FC FO standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1847-2A
With electrical ports and optical
ports for glass single-mode FOC up
to max. 26 km
SCALANCE X204-2LD
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbps single-mode
BFOC ports (100BaseFX)
6GK5204-2BC10-2AA3
SCALANCE X206-1LD
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
1 x 100 Mbps single-mode
BFOC ports (100BaseFX)
6GK5206-1BC10-2AA3
SCALANCE X212-2LD
12 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbps single-mode
BFOC ports (100BaseFX)
6GK5212-2BC00-2AA3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2x2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a sturdy metal
enclosure and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 180° cable
outlet; for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
11
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/13
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200 Switches
■ Ordering data
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
IE FC Stripping Tool
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
6GK1901-1GA00
FC FO termination kit
Assembly case for on-site assembly
of FC SC and FC BFOC connectors
to FC FO standard cable;
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
M12 plug connector for connection
of Industrial Ethernet FC installation
cables; 4-pin, D-coded,
metal enclosure, IP65 degree of
protection, pin insert; 180° cable
outlet; for network components and
Industrial Ethernet nodes with
IP65/IP67 degree of protection
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 8 units
11
Order No.
FC BFOC Plug
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 20 units +
cleaning cloths)
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8
IE Connecting Cable
M12-180/M12-180
Pre-assembled IE FC TP trailing
cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C)
with two 4-pin M12 plugs, 4-pin,
D-coded, IP65/IP67 degree of
protection;
Length:
• 0.3 m
• 0.5 m
• 1.0 m
• 1.5 m
• 2.0 m
• 3.0 m
• 5.0 m
• 10 m
• 15 m
6XV1870-8AE30
6XV1870-8AE50
6XV1870-8AH10
6XV1870-8AH15
6XV1870-8AH20
6XV1870-8AH30
6XV1870-8AH50
6XV1870-8AN10
6XV1870-8AN15
IE M12 Panel Feedthrough
Control cabinet feedthrough for
transition from 4-pin, D-coded M12
interface (IP65IP67) to RJ45 socket
(IP20)
• 1 pack = 5 units
6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5
11/14
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
IE Power M12
Cable Connector PRO
Socket for connecting SCALANCE
W-700/SCALANCE X208PRO for
24 V DC supply voltage; 4-pin,
A-coded, with installation
instructions
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
Signaling Contact M12
Cable Connector PRO
Socket for connecting
SCALANCE X208PRO for signaling
contact; 5-pin, B-coded,
with installation instructions
6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A
1-phase power supply with
wide-range input
85 – 264V AC/110 – 300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
6EP1331-5BA00
PS791-1PRO power supply
AC/DC power supply, 10 W,
IP65 (-20 to +60 °C) for
SCALANCE X208PRO,
input: 85 to 265 V AC,
output: 24 V DC, metal housing,
product package: AC power 3+PE
cable connector, DC power cord
M12, installation materials,
manuals German/English
6GK5791-1PS00-0AA6
C-PLUG
Removable medium for simple
replacement of devices in event of
fault; for saving of configuration and
application data, can be used in
SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot
6GK1900-0AB00
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
Note:
For further components and accessories, especially cable
material and connectors as well as tools and supplementary
material for assembly, refer to the sections "FastConnect",
"ITP cables and connectors" and "Fiber-optic cables" as well
as to Catalog IK PI.
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200 IRT Switches
■ Overview
Product range for SIMATIC PCS 7
SCALANCE X-200 IRT switches in compact design
You can implement line and star topologies with the switches of
the SCALANCE X-200 IRT product line; it is also possible to
implement low-cost electrical or optical ring topologies with
transmission rates up to 100 Mbps.
The switches are available in two designs:
• Compact design X-200 IRT
Rugged compact enclosure with
- IP30 degree of protection, for installation in control cabinets
- IP65/67 degree of protection, for installation outside control
cabinets (PRO version)
• Flat design XF-200 IRT
Flat enclosure in ET 200S format, IP20 degree of protection,
for installation in control cabinets or small control boxes
Compact design
• SCALANCE X204 IRT
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for TP cables up to
100 m max.
• SCALANCE X204 IRT PRO (for use outside the control
cabinet)
- 4 electrical push-pull RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for
TP cables up to 100 m max.
• SCALANCE X202-2 IRT
- 2 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for TP cables up to
100 m max.
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
glass multi-mode FOC (up to 5 km)
• SCALANCE X202-2P IRT
- 2 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for TP cables up to
100 m max.
- 2 optical SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC (up to 100 m)
using SC RJ plug connectors
• SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO
- 2 electrical push-pull RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for
TP cables up to 100 m max
- 2 optical push-pull SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the
connection of Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC
(up to 100 m) using SC RJ Plug PRO connectors
• SCALANCE X201-3P IRT
- 1 electrical RJ45 port (10/100BaseTX) for TP cables up to
100 m max
- 3 optical SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC (up to 100 m)
using SC RJ plug connectors
• SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
- 4 optical SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC (up to 100 m)
using SC RJ plug connectors
Flat design
• SCALANCE XF204 IRT
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for TP cables up to
100 m max.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/15
11
11/16
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X202-2IRT
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X202-2P IRT
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X202-2P IRT PRO
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X204IRT
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X204IRT PRO
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Type of
device
X200-4P IRT
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X201-3P IRT
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X202-2IRT
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X202-2P IRT
X202-2P IRT
PRO
X204IRT
X204IRT
PRO
XF204IRT
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● applies
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SCALANCE X-200 IRT/XF-200 IRT features, software
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)
Static Routing
Link Aggregation
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
Access Control List (MAC)
IP Access List
DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol)
Broadcast blocking
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter
GMRP (Generic Multicast Protocol)
IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group
Management Protocol)
Passive Listening
STP/RSTP (Spanning Tree Protocol/
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)
GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol)
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network)
*B3&6B;;B
●
*B3&6B;;B
C-PLUG slot
●
●
VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol)
IRT capability
Local display (SET pushbutton)
Standby redundancy
Type of device
External supply for integrated switch
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
Gigabit Ethernet
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
Rugged, compact housing
19“ type of construction
Box type of construction
Flat type of construction
PC module
Format module S7
Connection to S7 backplane bus
●
X201-3P IRT
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)
Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality
SCALANCE X-200IRT
Signal contact
SNMP
Software
Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)
Configuration with STEP 7
SCALANCE X-200 IRT/XF-200 IRT features, hardware
SIMATIC environment
Web based Management
● applies
LED diagnosis
Command Line Interface/Telnet
XF204IRT
X200-4P IRT
Security Integrated (Firewall/VPN)
Topology support (LLDP)
11
PROFINET diagnosis
SCALANCE X-200IRT
© Siemens AG 2013
Industrial Ethernet
Communictions
SCALANCE X-200 IRT Switches
■ Overview (continued)
Special features
Hardware
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200 IRT Switches
■ Design
Installation can performed on a standard DIN rail, on an S7-300
mounting rail or directly on the wall. The electrical ports support
auto-crossover.
Boundary conditions for network configuration
• Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
(IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plug 180/IE FC RJ45 plug PRO)
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
• Length of the optical cables
- Max. 4 km with Industrial Ethernet glass FOC (62.5/125 μm)
- Max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet glass FOC (50/125 μm)
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet PCF FOC
- Max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF FOC
■ Ordering data
Summary of interfaces
Module type
Type and number of ports
Fast Ethernet 100 Mbps
Electrical (TP)
RJ45
RJ45
pushpull
Plastic FO:
(POF/PCF)
SC RJ
SC RJ
push-pull
BFOC
(ST socket)
–
X200-4P IRT
–
–
4
–
1
–
3
–
–
X202-2 IRT
2
–
–
–
2 (multimode)
X202-2P IRT
2
–
2
–
–
X202-2P IRT PRO
–
2
–
2
–
X204 IRT
4
–
–
–
–
X204 IRT PRO
–
4
–
–
–
XF204 IRT
4
–
–
–
–
Order No.
Accessories
Compact design
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to
IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
FO Standard Cable GP
50/125/14001) 2)
Multi-mode cable,
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1873-2A
SCALANCE X204 IRT
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
10/100BaseTX)
6GK5204-0BA00-2BA3
SCALANCE X204 IRT PRO
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 push-pull
ports (10/100BaseTX)
6GK5204-0JA00-2BA6
SCALANCE X202-2 IRT
2 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbps multi-mode
BFOC ports (100BaseFX)
6GK5202-2BB00-2BA3
POF Standard Cable GP 980/1000
POF standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1874-2A
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT
2 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbps POF/PCF SC RJ ports
(100BaseFX)
6GK5202-2BH00-2BA3
PCF Standard Cable GP 200/230
Standard cable, may be split,
sold by the meter, max. quantity
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1861-2A
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO
2 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 push-pull
ports (10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbps POF/PCF SC RJ
push-pull ports (100BaseFX)
6GK5202-2JR00-2BA6
SCALANCE X201-3P IRT
1 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port
(10/100BaseTX)
3 x 100 Mbps POF/PCF SC RJ ports
(100BaseFX)
6GK5201-3BH00-2BA3
SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
4 x 100 Mbps POF/PCF SC RJ ports
(100BaseFX)
6GK5200-4AH00-2BA3
Flat design
SCALANCE XF204 IRT
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
Glass fiberoptic cable
X201-3P IRT
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X-200 IRT
for 10/100 Mbps,
including operating instructions,
Industrial Ethernet network manual
and configuration software on
CD-ROM
Optical (FO)
6GK5204-0BA00-2BF2
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a sturdy metal
enclosure and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 180° cable
outlet; for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
IE FC Stripping Tool
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
11
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1901-1GA00
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/17
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200 IRT Switches
■ Ordering data
11
Order No.
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO
Field assembly FastConnect RJ45
plug connector; plastic housing,
insulation/displacement technology,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
switches and SIMATIC ET 200pro;
1 connector (IP65/67) suitable for
on-site assembly
6GK1901-1BB20-6AA0
SC RJ POF Plug
20 plugs for on-site assembly
6GK1900-0MB00-0AC0
SC RJ POF Plug PRO
1 plug (IP65/67) for on-site
assembly
6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0
SC RJ PCF Plug
10 plugs for on-site assembly
6GK1900-0NB00-0AC0
SC RJ PCF Plug PRO
1 plug (IP65/67) for on-site
assembly
6GK1900-0NB00-6AA0
FC FO termination kit
Assembly case for on-site
assembly of FC SC and FC BFOC
connectors to FC FO standard
cable; comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
Termination Kit
SC RJ POF Plug
Assembly case for on-site
assembly of SC RJ POF
connectors; consisting of stripping
tool, Kevlar cutters, SC RJ grinding
plate, grinding paper,
grinding base and microscope
6GK1900-0ML00-0AA0
Termination Kit
SC RJ PCF Plug
Assembly case for on-site
assembly of SC RJ PCF
connectors, comprising a stripping
tool, buffer stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking
tool and microscope
6GK1900-0NL00-0AA0
11/18
Order No.
Power Plug PRO
1 plug (IP65/67) for on-site
assembly (5-core)
6GK1907-0AB10-6AA0
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A
1-phase power supply with
wide-range input
85 – 264V AC/110 – 300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
6EP1331-5BA00
C-PLUG
Removable medium for simple
replacement of devices in event of
fault; for saving of configuration and
application data, can be used in
SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot
6GK1900-0AB00
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
Note:
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
For further components and accessories, especially cable
material and connectors as well as tools and supplementary
material for assembly, refer to the sections "FastConnect",
"ITP cables and connectors" and "Fiber-optic cables" as well
as to Catalog IK PI.
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-300 Switches
■ Overview
• SCALANCE X307-3
- 3 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass multi-mode
FOC (1000BaseSX) up to 750 m
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE X307-3LD
- 3 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass single-mode
FOC (1000BaseLX) up to 10 km
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
Switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line with compact design,
standard version
Electrical and/or optical line, star or ring topologies can be
implemented with the switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product
line. Switches with Fast Ethernet and/or Gigabit Ethernet ports
are available for this purpose.
The switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line are available
in different designs:
• Compact design
- Standard version X-300
- Partially modular version X-300 M
• Rack design: Modular rack for installation in 19" control
cabinets
- Standard version XR-300 M
- PoE version XR-300 M PoE (Power over Ethernet)
- EEC version XR-300 M EEC (Enhanced Environmental
Conditions)
Fast Ethernet ports
• SCALANCE X310FE
- 10 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE X306-1LD FE
- 6 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical Fast Ethernet SC port (100BaseFX) for glass
single-mode FOC up to 26 km
• SCALANCE X320-1FE
- 20 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical Fast Ethernet SC port (100BaseFX) for glass
multi-mode FOC up to 5 km
• SCALANCE X320-3LD FE
- 20 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical Fast Ethernet SC port (100BaseFX) for glass
multi-mode FOC up to 5 km
- 2 optical Fast Ethernet SC ports (100BaseFX) for glass
single-mode FOC up to 26 km
Compact design, semi-modular version
Gigabit Ethernet ports
• SCALANCE X308-2M
- 4 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports (1000BaseTX)
- 2 slots for 2-port media modules 10/100/1000 Mbps,
electrical or optical
11
Product range for SIMATIC PCS 7
Compact design, standard version
Fast and Gigabit Ethernet ports
• SCALANCE X310
- 3 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports (1000BaseTX)
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE X308-2
- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass multi-mode
FOC (1000BaseSX) up to 750 m
- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX)
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE X308-2LD
- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass single-mode
FOC (1000BaseLX) up to 10 km
- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX)
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE X308-2LH
- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass single-mode
FOC (1000BaseLX) up to 40 km
- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX)
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
• SCALANCE X308-2LH+
- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass single-mode
FOC (1000BaseLX) up to 70 km
- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX)
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X308-2M
Rack design, standard version
• SCALANCE XR324-12M (power supply connection and
data cable outlet at front/back)
with power supply unit 1 x 24 V DC or 1 x 110 to 230 V AC
- 12 slots for 2-port media modules 10/100/1000 Mbps,
electrical or optical
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/19
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-300 Switches
■ Overview (continued)
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE
Rack design, PoE version
• SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE (power supply connection and
data cable outlet at front/back)
with power supply unit 1 x 24 V DC
- 16 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports (1000BaseTX)
- 4 slots for 2-port media modules 10/100/1000 Mbps,
electrical or optical
Rack design, EEC version
• SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC (data cable outlet at front/back)
with 24 V DC power supply or 100 to 240 V AC / 60 to 250 V DC,
each single (1 x) or redundant (2 x)
- 16 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports (1000BaseTX)
- 4 slots for 2-port media modules 10/100/1000 Mbps,
electrical or optical
Special features
Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)
Signal contact
Local display (SET pushbutton)
C-PLUG slot
●
●
●
●
●
●
X308-2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X308-2LD
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X308-2LH
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X308-2LH+
●
X308-2M
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X310
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X310FE
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X320-1FE
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X320-3LD FE
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
XR324-12M
●
●
●
XR324-4M PoE
●
●
●
XR324-4M EEC
●
●
●
● applies
SCALANCE X-300 features, hardware
11/20
●
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
●
*B3&6B;;B
SIMATIC environment
●
External supply for integrated switch
LED diagnosis
●
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
●
X307-3LD
Gigabit Ethernet
●
10 Gigabit Ethernet
●
●
Modular design
●
●
Rugged, compact housing
●
●
19“ type of construction
●
●
Box type of construction
●
●
Flat type of construction
●
●
PC module
●
X307-3
Format module S7
X306-1LD FE
Type of device
Connection to S7 backplane bus
11
SCALANCE X-300
Hardware
Topology support (LLDP)
Command Line Interface/Telnet
Web based Management
Configuration with STEP 7
SNMP
Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality
Standby redundancy
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network)
GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol)
STP/RSTP (Spanning Tree Protocol/
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)
Passive Listening
IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group
Management Protocol)
GMRP (Generic Multicast Protocol)
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter
Broadcast blocking
DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol)
Access Control List (MAC)
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
Link Aggregation
X306-1LD FE
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X307-3
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X307-3LD
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X308-2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X308-2LD
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X308-2LH
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X308-2LH+
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X308-2M
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X310
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X310FE
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X320-1FE
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
X320-3LD FE
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
XR324-12M
XR324-4M
PoE
XR324-4M
EEC
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
*B3&6B;;B
Type of
device
VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol)
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)
Static Routing
IP Access List
IRT capability
Security Integrated (Firewall/VPN)
PROFINET diagnosis
SCALANCE X-300
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-300 Switches
■ Overview (continued)
Software
● applies
SCALANCE X-300 features, software
11/21
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-300 Switches
■ Design
Summary of interfaces
Module type
Integrated ports, type and number
Gigabit Ethernet 1000 Mbps
Number of media module ports
(Port types, see table Overview
of media modules)
Fast Ethernet 100 Mbps
Electrical (TP)
Optical (FO)
Electrical (TP)
Optical (FO)
RJ45 socket
SC socket
RJ45 socket
SC socket
X320-1FE
–
–
20
1 (multi-mode)
for up to 5 km
–
X320-3LD FE
–
–
20
1 (multi-mode)
for up to 5 km and
2 (single-mode)
for up to 26 km
–
X310
3
–
7
–
–
X310FE
–
–
10
–
–
X308-2
1
2 (multi-mode)
for up to 750 m
7
–
–
X308-2LD
1
2 (singlemode)
for up to 10 km
7
–
–
X308-2LH
1
2 (singlemode)
for up to 40 km
7
–
–
X308-2LH+
1
2 (singlemode)
for up to 70 km
7
–
–
X307-3
–
3 (multi-mode)
for up to 750 m
7
–
–
X307-3LD
–
3 (singlemode)
for up to 10 km
7
–
–
X-306-1LD FE
–
–
6
1 (singlemode)
for up to 26 km
–
X-308-2M
4
–
–
–
4 (2 x 2)
X-300 compact design
11
Rack design XR-300
–
–
–
–
24 (12 x 2)
XR324-4M PoE
XR324-12M
16 (including 8 PoE)
–
–
–
8 (4 x 2)
XR324-4M EEC
16
–
–
–
8 (4 x 2)
Boundary conditions for network configuration
Network configuration X-300 compact design
• Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
fiber-optic cables:
- 5 km at 100 Mbps
- 750 m at 1 Gbps
• Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
fiber-optic cables:
- 26 km at 100 Mbps
- 10 to 70 km at 1 Gbps
• Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two
SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC Cable 2 x 2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbps with IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 2
(90 m), IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
11/22
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Network configuration rack design XR-300
• Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
fiber-optic cables:
- 5 km at 100 Mbps
- 750 m at 1 Gbps
• Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
fiber-optic cables:
- 26 km to 70 km at 100 Mbps
- 10 to 120 km at 1 Gbps
• Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two
SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC Cable 2 x 2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbps with IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 2
(90 m), IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-300 Switches
■ Design (continued)
Media modules for SCALANCE X-300/XR-300
The use of 2-port media modules (electrical or optical) lets you:
• Expand the network by subsequent installation of additional
media modules in free media module slots
• Change the cabling technology (e.g. conversion from copper
to fiber-optic cables, or from multi-mode to single-mode FOC)
Product versions of media modules and SFP plug-in transceivers
Type and quantity of ports
Gigabit Ethernet
Fast Ethernet
10 / 100 / 1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Electrical
Optical
Optical
Twisted Pair
Multimode
Max. distance
Type of module
Singlemode
Multimode
Singlemode
Media modules
MM992-2CUC
2x RJ45 1)
100 m
MM992-2CUC (C)
2x RJ45 1)
100 m
MM992-2CU
2x RJ45
100 m
MM992-2M12 (C)
2x M12 4)
2x BFOC
5 km
MM991-2LD
2x BFOC
MM991-2
2x SC
26 km
5 km
MM991-2LD
2x SC
26 km
MM991-2LH+
2x SC
70 km
MM992-2
2x SC
MM992-2 (C)
2x SC
750 m
750 m
MM992-2LD
2x SC
10 km
MM992-2LH
2x SC
40 km
MM992-2LH+
2x SC
70 km
MM992-2ELH
2x SC
120 km
MM992-2SFP
11
100 m
MM991-2
2x LC2)
2x LC 2)
2x LC 2)
2x LC 2)
SFP modules 3)
SFP991-1
1x LC
5 km
SFP991-1LD
1x LC
26 km
SFP991-1LH+
1x LC
70 km
1x LC
750 m
SFP992-1LD
1x LC
10 km
SFP992-1LH
1x LC
40 km
SFP992-1LH+
1x LC
70 km
SFP992-1ELH
1x LC
120 km
1) with retaining collars
2) The MM392-2SFP SFP slot module can accommodate up to two 1-port SFP modules
3) Can only be plugged into an MM392-2SFP
slot module
4) M12 X-coded
G_IK10_XX_10277
SFP992-1
(C) Conformal Coating
Overview of media modules and SFP plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE X-300
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/23
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-300 Switches
■ Design (continued)
6)3PHGLDPRGXOHV
WZR6)3VORWVDUH
LQVHUWHGLQWRWKHGHYLFH
(OHFWULFDO
SRUWPHGLDPRGXOHV
DUHLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH
GHYLFH
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X-300,
compact design
11
Standard design with Fast Ethernet
and Gigabit Ethernet ports
SCALANCE X310
3 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports
(1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5310-0FA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X308-2
2 x 1000 Mbps multi-mode
SC ports (1000BaseSX)
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port
(1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
SCALANCE X308-2LD
2 x 1000 Mbps single-mode
SC ports (1000BaseLX) for up to
10 km
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port
(1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5308-2FM00-2AA3
SCALANCE X308-2LH
2 x 1000 Mbps single-mode
SC ports (1000BaseLX) for up to
40 km
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port
(1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5308-2FN00-2AA3
SCALANCE X308-2LH+
2 x 1000 Mbps single-mode
SC ports (1000BaseLX) for up to
70 km
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port
(1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5308-2FP00-2AA3
11/24
2SWLFDO
6)3SOXJJDEOHWUDQVFHLYHUV
RQHSRUWDUHLQVHUWHGLQWR
WKH6)3PHGLDPRGXOH
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
SCALANCE X307-3
3 x 1000 Mbps multi-mode
SC ports (1000BaseSX)
7 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5307-3BL00-2AA3
SCALANCE X307-3LD
3 x 1000 Mbps single-mode
SC ports (1000BaseLX) for up to
10 km
7 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5307-3BM00-2AA3
Standard version with
Fast Ethernet ports
SCALANCE X310FE
10 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5310-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X306-1LD FE
1 x 100 Mbps single-mode
SC port (100BaseFX) for up to
max. 26 km
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5306-1BF00-2AA3
SCALANCE X320-1FE
1 x 100 Mbps multi-mode
SC port (100BaseFX) for up to
max. 5 km
20 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5320-1BD00-2AA3
SCALANCE X320-3LD FE
1 x 100 Mbps multi-mode
SC port (100BaseFX) for up to
max. 5 km
2 x 100 Mbps single-mode
SC port (100BaseFX) for up to
max. 26 km
20 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6GK5320-3BF00-2AA3
Partially modular version with
Gigabit Ethernet ports
SCALANCE X308-2M
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports
(1000BaseTX)
2 x slots for 2-port media modules
10/100/1000 Mbps,
electrical or optical
6GK5308-2GG00-2AA2
G_IK10_XX_10282
2SWLFDO
SRUWPHGLDPRGXOHV
DUHLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH
GHYLFH
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-300 Switches
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X-300,
rack design (modular)
Media modules
Standard version
with 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps
RJ45 ports, electrical
• MM992-2CUC with retaining
sleeve
• MM992-2CU without retaining
sleeve
Electrical media modules
SCALANCE XR324-12M
12 x slots for 2-port media modules
10/100/1000 Mbps,
electrical or optical
24 V DC power supply
• Data cable outlet at front
• Data cable outlet at rear
6GK5324-0GG00-1AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1HR2
110 to 230 V AC power supply
• Data cable outlet at front
• Data cable outlet at rear
6GK5324-0GG00-3AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-3HR2
PoE version
16 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports
(1000BaseTX) of which eight
support PoE
4 x slots for 2-port media modules
10/100/1000 Mbps,
electrical or optical
24 V DC power supply
• Data cable outlet at front
• Data cable outlet at rear
6GK5324-4QG00-1AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1HR2
EEC version
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
16 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports
(1000BaseTX)
4 x slots for 2-port media modules
10/100/1000 Mbps,
electrical or optical
1 x 24 V DC power supply
• Data cable outlet at front
• Data cable outlet at rear
6GK5324-4GG00-1ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-1JR2
1 x 100 to 240 V AC/60 to
250 V DC power supply
• Data cable outlet at front
• Data cable outlet at rear
6GK5324-4GG00-3ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-3JR2
2 x 24 V DC power supply
• Data cable outlet at front
• Data cable outlet at rear
6GK5324-4GG00-2ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-2JR2
2 x 100 to 240 V AC/60 to
250 V DC power supply
• Data cable outlet at front
• Data cable outlet at rear
6GK5324-4GG00-4ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-4JR2
6GK5992-2SA00-8AA0
Optical media modules
with 2 x 100 Mbps BFOC ports,
optical
• MM991-2 multi-mode, glass,
up to 5 km
• MM991-2LD single-mode, glass,
up to 26 km
with 2 x 100 Mbps SC ports,
optical
• MM991-2 multi-mode, glass,
up to 5 km
• MM991-2LD single-mode, glass,
up to 26 km
• MM991-2LH+ single-mode, glass,
up to 70 km
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE
6GK5992-2GA00-8AA0
with 2 x 1000 Mbps SC ports,
optical
• MM992-2 multi-mode, glass,
up to 750 m
• MM992-2LD single-mode, glass,
up to 10 km
• MM992-2LH single-mode, glass,
up to 40 km
• MM992-2LH+ single-mode, glass,
up to 70 km
• MM992-2ELH single-mode, glass,
up to 120 km
with 2 x 100/1000 Mbps for
SFP plug-in transceiver, optical
• MM992-2SFP for SFP plug-in
transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbps or
1 x 1000 Mbps multi-mode or
single-mode, glass
6GK5991-2AB00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AC00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AF00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AE00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AN00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AQ00-8AA0
11
6GK5992-2AS00-8AA0
SFP plug-in transceiver, optical
with 1 x 100 Mbps LC port,
optical
• SFP991-1 multi-mode, glass,
up to 5 km
• SFP991-1LD single-mode, glass,
up to 26 km
• SFP991-1LH+ single-mode, glass,
up to 70 km
with 1 x 1000 Mbps LC port,
optical
• SFP992-1 multi-mode, glass,
up to 750 m
• SFP992-1LD single-mode, glass,
up to 10 km
• SFP992-1LH single-mode, glass,
up to 40 km
• SFP992-1LH+ single-mode, glass,
up to 70 km
• SFP992-1ELH single-mode, glass,
up to 120 km
6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AQ00-8AA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/25
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-300 Switches
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Accessory for
Industrial Ethernet switches
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A
For Industrial Ethernet switches in
compact design
6EP1331-5BA00
1-phase power supply with
wide-range input
85 – 264V AC/110 – 300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
SITOP compact, 2.5 A
for SCALANCE XR324-12M
6EP1332-5BA00
1-phase power supply with
wide-range input 85 – 264V AC,
stablized output voltage 24 V,
output current rated value 2.5 A
SIPLUS PS modular 5 A
For SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE and
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
6AG1933-3BA00-2AA0
1-phase and 2-phase power supply
with wide-range input
85 – 264V AC/ 176 – 550 V AC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 5 A,
coating of the PCB and electronic
components (conformal coating)
11
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to
IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4 x 2
8-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet for universal
application; with UL approval;
sold by the meter, max. quantity
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2E
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45
connectors
• 0.5 m
•1m
•2m
•6m
• 10 m
FC FO Standard Cable
GP 62.5/200/230
FC FO standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
6XV1873-2A
FO Robust Cable GP 4E9/125/90
Single-mode cable,
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1843-2R
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6XV1873-6AN80
6XV1873-6AT10
6XV1873-6AT15
6XV1873-6AT20
6XV1873-6AT30
6XV1847-2A
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a sturdy metal
enclosure and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 180° cable
outlet; for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
RJ-45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps) with a
sturdy metal enclosure and
integrated insulation displacement
contacts for connecting Industrial
Ethernet FC installation cables;
with 180° cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
FC SC plug
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs +
cleaning cloths)
FO Standard Cable
GP 50/125/14002)
Multi-mode cable,
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
11/26
Order No.
Glass fiber-optic cable,
pre-assembled with 4 SC
connectors1)
• 80 m
• 100 m
• 150 m
• 200 m
• 300 m
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with interface for
insertion of a replaceable insert
• with insert 2FE ;replaceable insert
for 2 x 100 Mbps interfaces
• with insert 1GE; replaceable insert
for 1 x 1000 Mbps interfaces
6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
IE FC Stripping Tool
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
6GK1901-1GA00
FC FO termination kit
Assembly case for on-site assembly
of FC SC and FC BFOC connectors
to FC FO standard cable,
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-400 Switches
■ Overview
The switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line allow for
the flexible design of electrical or optical Industrial Ethernet
networks with high availability. They are ideally suited for
configuring the plant bus and the terminal bus of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system in electrical or optical
Gigabit ring technology (non-redundant and redundant rings).
Network topology, type and number of ports can be adapted
easily to the structure of the plant.
Product range for SIMATIC PCS 7
• SCALANCE X408-2
- 2 x 2 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps (1000BaseTX)
- 1 x 4 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps (10/100BaseTX)
- 2 Gigabit/Fast Ethernet media module slots
• SCALANCE X414-3E
- 1 x 2 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps (1000BaseTX)
- 3 x 4 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 Gigabit Ethernet media module slot
- 2 Fast Ethernet media module slots
- 1 extender interface for extender with 8 Fast Ethernet twisted
pair ports or extender with 4 media module slots for up to
8 Fast Ethernet fiber-optic ports
Switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line
Special features
SIMATIC environment
Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)
Signal contact
Local display (SET pushbutton)
C-PLUG slot
External supply for integrated switch
LED diagnosis
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
Gigabit Ethernet
●
10 Gigabit Ethernet
●
●
Modular design
●
●
Rugged, compact housing
●
●
19“ type of construction
●
●
Box type of construction
●
●
Flat type of construction
●
●
PC module
●
●
Format module S7
●
X414-3E
Connection to S7 backplane bus
X408-2
Type of
device
11
Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality
Standby redundancy
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network)
GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol)
STP/ RSTP (Spanning Tree Protocol/
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)
Passive Listening
IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group
Management Protocol)
GMRP (Generic Multicast Protocol)
Broadcast/ Multicast/ Unicast Limiter
Broadcast blocking
DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol)
Access Control List (MAC)
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
Link Aggregation
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol)
SNMP
●
●
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)
Configuration with STEP 7
●
●
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)
Web based Management
●
●
Static Routing
Command Line Interface / Telnet
●
X414-3E
IP Access List
Topology support (LLDP)
X408-2
IRT capability
PROFINET diagnosis
Software
Security Integrated (Firewall/VPN)
SCALANCE X-400
Hardware
●
●
●
●
● applies
SCALANCE X-400 features
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/27
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-400 Switches
■ Design
Summary of interfaces
Module type
Type and number of ports
Gigabit Ethernet 1000 Mbps
11
Fast Ethernet 100 Mbps
Electrical (TP)
Optical (FO)
Electrical (TP)
Optical (FO)
RJ45 socket
SC socket
RJ45 socket
Glass FO:
ST socket
(BFOC connection)
X414-3E
(Gigabit ports either optical or electrical)
2
2
(multi-mode or
singlemode)
12/201)
42)/123)
(multi-mode or
single-mode)
X408-2
(Gigabit and Fast Ethernet ports each either
optical or electrical)
4
4
(multi-mode or
singlemode)
4
42)
(multi-mode or
single-mode)
1)
With additional EM495-8 extender module
2)
2 additive plug-in media modules
3)
With EM496-4 extender module and 4 plug-in media modules additive to 2)
Boundary conditions for network configuration
• Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet rings with fast media
redundancy:
- up to 50 linear cascading X-400 switches per ring
- Ring circumference up to 150 km with multi-mode fiber-optic
cables or up to 6 000 km with single-mode fiber-optics
• Star topology with SCALANCE X-400 switches:
The SCALANCE X414-3E switch represents a star point which
can interconnect as many as 26 nodes or subnetworks
electrically or optically; the SCALANCE X408-2 switch can
connect up to 8 nodes or subnetworks
• Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
fiber-optic cables:
- 3 km at 100 Mbps
- 750 m at 1 Gbps
• Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
fiber-optic cables:
- 70 km at 100 Mbps
- 12 km at 1 Gbps
• Maximum length of installation cable:
- 100 m at 100 Mbps with IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2 and IE FC
Plug 180
- Max. 90 m at 1 Gbps with IE FC TP cable 4 x 2, IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
- 100 m at 1000 Mbps with IE FC TP Cable 4 x 2 and IE FC
Plug 4 x 2
Media modules for SCALANCE X414-3E and
SCALANCE X408-2
SCALANCE X-400 switches can be equipped with 2-port media
modules. Media modules are available for both multi-mode and
single-mode optical fibers. They can be added or replaced
during network operation.
The SCALANCE X414-3E basic unit supports two optical Gigabit
Ethernet ports and up to four additional optical Fast Ethernet
ports.
On two media-module slots, SCALANCE X408-2 supports as
many as four optical ports which can optionally be equipped
with optical Gigabit Ethernet or Fast Ethernet media modules.
The following media modules are available:
Media
module
Ports
Max. distance
MM491-2
2 fiber-optic ports (BFOC sockets) 5 km with multi-mode
100 Mbps
fiber-optic cable
MM4912LD
2 fiber-optic ports (BFOC sockets) 26 km with single-mode
100 Mbps
fiber-optic cable
MM4912LH+
2 fiber-optic ports (SC sockets)
100 Mbps
70 km with single-mode
fiber-optic cable
MM492-2
2 fiber-optic ports (SC sockets)
1 Gbps
750 m with multi-mode
fiber-optic cable
(when using SIMATIC NET
FO cable 50/125 μm)
MM4922LD
2 fiber-optic ports (SC sockets)
1 Gbps
10 km with single-mode
fiber-optic cable
MM4922LH
2 fiber-optic ports (SC sockets)
1 Gbps
40 km with single-mode
fiber-optic cable
MM4922LH+
2 fiber-optic ports (SC sockets)
1 Gbps
70 km with single-mode
fiber-optic cable
MM4922ELH
2 fiber-optic ports (SC sockets)
1 Gbps
120 km with single-mode
fiber-optic cable
Plug-in media modules for Gigabit Ethernet convert the Gigabit
Ethernet twisted pair-ports included in the switch to optical
mode. The Gigabit ports can then be used as either twisted-pair
or fiber-optic ports. Optical media modules for Fast Ethernet
provide two ports per slot in the SCALANCE X414-3E basic
device.
11/28
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-400 Switches
■ Design (continued)
Extender modules for SCALANCE X414-3E
{wTw–™›š
mˆš›
l›Œ™•Œ›
Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` XW XX
lŸ›Œ•‹Œ™
”–‹œ“Œ
lt[`\T_
XY XZ
tt[`XTY
ŒUŽUG–™GœšŒG•G›ŒGŒ“ŒŠ›™Šˆ“G
nŽˆ‰›G™•ŽGˆ•‹Gž›G
Š–••ŒŠ›–•G–G›Œ•G™Œ”–›ŒG
–—›Šˆ“G•–‹ŒšGˆ•‹GˆšG”ˆ• GˆšG
zjhshujlG[X[TZl lŸ›Œ•‹Œ™
”–‹œ“Œ
lt[`\T_
11
Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` XW XX XY XZ
ŒUŽUG–™GœšŒG•G›ŒG–—›Šˆ“GnŽˆ‰›G
™•ŽGž›Gš•Ž“ŒG”–‹ŒG–™G“•’šG–G
œ—G›–GXWG’”G•G“Œ•Ž›SGž›G
Š–••ŒŠ›–•G–G›ž–G™Œ”–›ŒG–—›Šˆ“G
•–‹ŒšGˆ•‹GˆšG”ˆ• GˆšGYWG
n†prXW††XWX_W
Possible applications of media modules with SCALANCE X-408-2
–™
tt[`XTY
Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` XW XX XY XZ X[ X\
tt[`XTY
XY XZ X[ X\
tt[`XTYsk
zjhshujlG[X[TZl lŸ›Œ•‹Œ™
”–‹œ“Œ
lt[`]T[
mˆš›Gl›Œ™•Œ›
zjhshujlG[X[TZl
tt[`XTY
tt[`YTY
tt[`XTYso
tt[`XTYsk
lŸ›Œ•‹Œ™
”–‹œ“Œ
lt[`]T[
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
e.g. for use in the optical Gigabit
ring and with option for connecting up to
six electrical nodes
or
for the redundant coupling of optical
Gigabit rings via electrical Gigabit routes
and with option of connecting up to
four electrical nodes.
tt[`XTY
mˆš›
l›Œ™•Œ›
tt[`XTY
tt[`YTYsoV
tt[`YTYsoR
tt[`YTYsk
ŒUŽUG–™GœšŒG•G›ŒG–—›Šˆ“G
nŽˆ‰›G™•ŽGˆ•‹Gž›G
Š–••ŒŠ›–•G–G–œ™G™Œ”–›ŒG
–—›Šˆ“G•–‹ŒšGˆ•‹GˆšG”ˆ• GˆšG
tt[`YTYsk
MM491-2LD
–™
tt[`XTY
or
–™
tt[`XTY
or
MM491-2
MM492-2LH/
MM492-2LH+
or
MM492-2LD
MM492-2
or
Fast
Ethernet
or
MM491-2LH
Gigabit
–™
MM492-2
Example 2
mˆš›Gl›Œ™•Œ›
–™
Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` XW XX
G_IK10_XX_10201
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
nŽˆ‰›
zjhshujlG[X[TZl
e.g. for use in the optical gigabit ring
with single mode for routes of up to
10 km in length and with option for
connecting two remote optical and as
many as four electrical nodes.
Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` XW XX
tt[`XTYsk
optionally
Gigabit or
Fast Ethernet
Slot
number
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MM491-2
MM492-2LH/
MM492-2LH+
Example 1
MM492-2LD
SCALANCE X408-2
zjhshujlG[X[TZl
Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` XW XX
tt[`YTY
Versions:
• EM495-8 with 8 twisted pair ports (RJ45 sockets with retaining
sleeves) 10/100 Mbps. This enables the 12 onboard
Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports of the SCALANCE X414-3E to
be expanded to a total of 20 ports.
• EM496-4 with 4 additional media module slots for Fast
Ethernet media modules for up to 8 optical Fast Ethernet ports
nŽˆ‰›
zjhshujlG[X[TZl
tt[`XTY
An optional extender module with up to eight additional
Fast Ethernet ports can be mounted next to the expansion
interface of the SCALANCE X414-3E.
Possible applications of media and extender modules with
SCALANCE X-414-3
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/29
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-400 Switches
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X-400
Accessories
SCALANCE X414-3E
1 x 2 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports
(1000BaseTX)
3 x 4 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX);
1 Gigabit Ethernet and
2 Fast Ethernet media module slots;
1 Extender interface
6GK5414-3FC00-2AA2
SCALANCE X408-2
2 x 2 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports
(1000BaseTX)
1 x 4 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX);
2 Gigabit/Fast Ethernet media
module slots
6GK5408-2FD00-2AA2
MM491/MM492 media modules
Media modules with 2 ports;
1 Gbit/s, SC connection
11
Media module MM492-2
1000BaseSX, multi-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 750 m
6GK5492-2AL00-8AA2
Media module MM492-2LD
1000BaseLX, single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 10 km
6GK5492-2AM00-8AA2
Media module MM492-2LH
1000BaseLX, single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 40 km
6GK5492-2AN00-8AA2
Media module MM492-2LH+
1000BaseLX, single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 70 km
6GK5492-2AP00-8AA2
Media module MM492-2ELH
1000BaseLX, single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 120 km
6GK5492-2AQ00-8AA2
Media modules with 2 ports;
100 Mbps, BFOC connection
(ST sockets) or SC connection
Media module MM491-2
100BaseFX, BFOC interface,
multi-mode fiber-optic cable
up to 5 km
6GK5491-2AB00-8AA2
Media module MM491-2LD
100BaseFX, BFOC interface,
single-mode fiber-optic cable
up to 26 km
6GK5491-2AC00-8AA2
Media module MM491-2LH+
100BaseFX, SC interface,
single-mode fiber-optic cable
up to 70 km
6GK5491-2AE00-8AA2
EM495/EM496 extender modules
for SCALANCE X414-3E
Extender module EM495-8
With 8 x 10/100 Mbps TP ports
6GK5495-8BA00-8AA2
Extender module EM496-4
With 4 slots for 100 Mbps media
modules
6GK5496-4MA00-8AA2
11/30
Order No.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
IE FC TP Standard Cable
GP 2 x 2 (Type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4 x 2
8-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet for universal
application; with UL approval;
sold by the meter, max. quantity
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2E
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45
connectors
• 0.5 m
•1m
•2m
•6m
• 10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
FO Standard Cable
GP 50/125/14001) 2)
Multi-mode cable,
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1873-2A
FO Robust Cable GP 4E9/125/90
Single-mode cable,
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1843-2R
FC FO Standard Cable
GP 62.5/200/230
FC FO standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter, max. length
1 000 m; minimum order 20 m
6XV1847-2A
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2x2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a sturdy metal
enclosure and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 180° cable
outlet; for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-400 Switches
■ Ordering data
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4x2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps) with a
sturdy metal enclosure and
integrated insulation displacement
contacts for connecting Industrial
Ethernet FC installation cables;
180° cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
Order No.
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
FC BFOC Plug
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 20 units +
cleaning cloths)
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
FC SC plug
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs +
cleaning cloths)
6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0
IE FC Stripping Tool
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
6GK1901-1GA00
FC FO termination kit
Assembly case for on-site assembly
of FC SC and FC BFOC connectors
to FC FO standard cable,
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
Order No.
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with interface for
insertion of a replaceable insert
• With insert 2FE;
replaceable insert for
2 x 100 Mbps interfaces
• With insert 1GE;
replaceable insert for
1 x 1000 Mbps interfaces
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
SITOP compact, 2.5 A
1-phase power supply with
wide-range input 85 – 264V AC,
stablized output voltage 24 V,
output current rated value 2.5 A
6EP1332-5BA00
C-PLUG
Removable medium for simple
replacement of devices in event of
fault; for saving of configuration and
application data, can be used in
SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot
6GK1900-0AB00
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
11
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/31
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet Media Converter
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
SCALANCE X101-1 Industrial Ethernet media converter
The SCALANCE X101 Industrial Ethernet media converters are
suitable for the implementation of various transmission media in
Industrial Ethernet operating at 10/100 Mbit/s in line, star and
ring topologies.
11
Common features of all product versions:
• Rugged metal enclosure, suitable for space-saving
installation in control cabinets on a DIN rail or an S7-300
mounting rail as well as for wall mounting
• 4-pin terminal block for redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)
• LED diagnostics on the device (power, link status, data
communication)
• Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the
SET button
• Electrical RJ45 socket with collar for strain relief
Product versions
SCALANCE X101-1
• An electric twisted-pair interface, 10/100BaseTX port type
(10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45 socket), for connecting IE FC cables via
IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to 100 m
• An optical interface, 100BaseFX port type
(100 Mbit/s with BFOC connection technology), for connection
to multimode glass fiber-optic cables up to 3 km
SCALANCE X101-1LD
• An electric twisted-pair interface, 10/100BaseTX port type
(10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45 socket), for connecting IE FC cables via
IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to 100 m
• An optical interface, 100BaseFX port type
(100 Mbit/s with BFOC connection technology), for connection
to singlemode glass fiber-optic cables up to 26 km
SCALANCE X101-1POF
• An electric twisted-pair interface, 10/100BaseTX port type
(10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45 socket), for connecting IE FC cables via
IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to 100 m
• An optical interface, 100BaseFX port type
(100 Mbit/s with SC RJ connection technology), for connection
to POF fiber-optic cables up to 50 m or PCF fiber-optic cables
up to 100 m
Note:
For detailed information and further product variants,
see Catalog IK PI, section "PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet,
Industrial Ethernet Switches / Media Converters".
11/32
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
SCALANCE X101-1 Industrial
Ethernet Media Converter
For conversion from RJ45 TP to
multimode fiber-optic cable
(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s;
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port and
1 x 100 Mbit/s multimode BFOC;
redundant 24 V DC supply and
signaling contact
6GK5101-1BB00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1LD Industrial
Ethernet Media Converter
For conversion from RJ45 TP to
singlemode fiber optic cable
(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s;
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port and
1 x 100 Mbit/s singlemode BFOC;
redundant 24 V supply and
signal contact
6GK5101-1BC00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1POF Industrial
Ethernet Media Converter
For conversion from RJ45 TP to
POF or PCF fiber-optic cable
(SC RJ) with 100 Mbit/s;
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port and
1 x 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ;
redundant 24 V DC supply and
signaling contact
6GK5101-1BH00-2AA3
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect
■ Overview
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect (IE FC) is a fast assembly
system with insulation displacement for easy assembly and
wiring of 4-core and 8-core IE FC cables. Using the FC Stripping
Tool it is possible to remove the outer casing and the woven
shield of the IE FC cable accurately in a single step. The cable
prepared in this manner is subsequently assembled on the
contacts of the connection element.
■ Application
Linking elements
The Linking elements which can be used depend on whether the
transmission rate is 10/100 Mbit/s or 1 000 Mbit/s:
• IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 90/180 (10/100 Mbit/s) in association
with 4-core (2 x 2) IE FC cables
• IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 180 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) in association
with 8-core (4 x 2) IE FC cables
• IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) in association with 4-core
(2 x 2) IE FC cables
• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with 8-core
(4 x 2) IE FC cables
The following table provides an overview of the electric port
types of the switches, the transmission rates they support,
and the IE FC TP standard cables and IE FC linking elements
which can be used. In addition to the IE FC TP standard cables,
Catalog IK PI offers further IE FC TP cables with special
properties.
Transmission rate
10/100 Mbit/s
Port type
10/100BaseTX
1 000 Mbit/s
Max. cable length
100 m
90 m (+ total of 10 m for TP Cord
Patch cables)
90 m
Cable type
IE FC TP Standard Cable 2 x 2
IE FC TP Standard Cable 4 x 2
IE FC TP Standard Cable IE FC TP Standard Cable 4 x 2
4 x 2 (AWG 24)
(AWG 22)
Linking elements
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 90/180, IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with insert IE FC RJ45 Plug
alternative: IE FC Outlet RJ45 + 2FE + TP Cord
4 x 2 180
TP Cord
1000BaseTX
zpth{pjGwjzG^GŠ–”—–•Œ•›š
90 m (+ total of 10 m for
TP Cord Patch cables)
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with
insert 1GE + TP Cord
zpth{pjGwjzG^GŠ–”—–•Œ•›š
plGmjGyq[\
w“œŽGYGŸGY
11
plGmjGyq[\
w“œŽGYGŸGY
plGmjGjˆ‰“ŒGYGŸGY
uŒ›ž–™’
Š–”—–•Œ•›
n†wjz^††WWYZZ
uŒ›ž–™’
Š–”—–•Œ•›
plGmjG{wGz›ˆ•‹ˆ™‹Gjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYGŸGYGO{ —ŒGhP
plGmjG{wGm“ŒŸ‰“ŒGjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYGŸGYGO{ —ŒGiP
plGmjG{wG{™ˆ“•ŽGjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYGŸGYGO{ —ŒGjP
plGmjG{–™š–•Gjˆ‰“ŒGYGŸGYGO{ —ŒGjP
plGmjG{wG{™ˆ“•ŽGjˆ‰“ŒGYGŸGYGO{ —ŒGjP
plGmjG{wGtˆ™•ŒGjˆ‰“ŒGYGŸGYGO{ —ŒGiP
plGmjG{wGm––‹Gjˆ‰“ŒGYGŸGYGO{ —ŒGjP
plGmjG{wGmyujGjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYGŸGYGO{ —ŒGiP
plGmjG{wGmŒš›––•Gjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYGŸGYGO{ —ŒGiP
pGŠ–”—–•Œ•›šG›ˆ›G‹–G•–›Gšœ——–™›Gˆœ›–Š™–šš•ŽGˆ™ŒGœšŒ‹S
ˆ•GplG{wGwGŠ–™‹G”œš›G‰ŒGœšŒ‹G‰Œ›žŒŒ•G›ž–G•Œ›ž–™’GŠ–”—–•Œ•›šG–™G›Œ™”•ˆ“šU
Use of FastConnect cables 2 x 2 with IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2
The IE FC RJ45 Plugs 2 x 2 suitable for simple and fast on-site
assembly of 4-core (2 x 2) twisted pair (TP) FastConnect
installation cables are the ideal solution for Industrial Ethernet
communication connections for transmission rates up to
100 Mbit/s. They can be used to implement point-to-point
connections without patch technology between two terminal
units/network components at distances up to 100 m.
Since the IE FC RJ45 Plugs 2 x 2 have no parts which can
be lost, assembly is also possible under difficult conditions.
For alternatives to the IE FC TP Standard Cable according
to the configuration graphics, see Catalog IK PI,
chapter "Industrial Ethernet", section "Cabling systems".
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/33
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect
■ Application (continued)
SIMATIC PCS 7 components
SIMATIC PCS 7 components
IE FC RJ45
Plug 4 x 2
IE FC RJ45
Plug 4 x 2
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG 24)
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG 24)
Network
component
Network
component
If components that do not support autocrossing are used,
an IE TP XP cord must be used between two network components or terminals.
G_PCS7_XX_00234
IE FC TP Cable 4 x 2
Use of FastConnect cables 4 x 2 with IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
IE FC Outlet RJ45 and IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
The IE FC RJ45 Plugs 4 x 2 with 180° (straight) outgoing cable
are exceptionally suitable for simple and fast on-site assembly of
8-core (4 x 2) twisted pair (TP) FastConnect installation cables
(AWG 24) on network components or terminal equipment.
When using the IE FC TP Standard Cable, uncrossed
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet connections can thus be made at
distances up to 90 m without patch technology. Crossed cables
can also be implemented by swapping the transmit and receive
pairs in a plug. As an alternative to the IE FC TP Standard Cable
according to the configuration graphics, an IE FC Flexible Cable
is also available for distances up to 60 m (for details see Catalog
IK PI, chapter "Industrial Ethernet", section "Cabling systems").
Alternatives for conversion from RJ45 to the insulation/
displacement system are the
• IE FC Outlet RJ45 for 4-core TP (2 x 2) IE FC cables and
transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s and
• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for 8-core TP (4 x 2) IE FC cables
and transmission rates up to 1 000 Mbit/s.
SCALANCE X-400
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
IE FC Standard Cable 2x2
100 Mbit/s connection
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
1000 Mbit/s connection
Further information on network structures is provided in the
manual for TP and fiber-optic networks.
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
IE TP Cord
IE TP Cord
SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation
with CP 1623
Configuration example with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and IE FC Outlet
RJ45
11/34
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The latter has the advantage that the existing wiring can still
be used if the communication is converted from 100 Mbit/s to
1 000 Mbit/s. It is only necessary to replace the 2FE insert by
one of type 1GE. In contrast to the plugs, an RJ45 patch cable
(TP Cord) is additionally required for each outlet which connects
this to the network components or data terminal.
Detailed information on the FastConnect Outlets and the
available TP cords can be found in Catalog IK PI and in the
Industry Mall or in CA 01 under "Industrial Communication".
G_PCS7_XX_00077
11
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect
■ Design
IE FC RJ45 Plugs 4 x 2 and 2 x 2
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 with 90° outgoing cable (left) and with
180° outgoing cable (right)
IE FC RJ modular outlet with insert 1GE
The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (Base Module) designed for
transmission rates up to 1 000 Mbit/s consists of a rugged metal
housing with IP40 degree of protection which is suitable for
both DIN rail and wall mounting. It has 8 barrel contacts for
connecting 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables
(AWG 22) and an interface for the replaceable insert,
for example:
• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE with 2 x RJ45 sockets
for 100 Mbit/s
• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE with 1 x RJ45 socket
for 1 000 Mbit/s
• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert with 1 x RJ45 socket
for 100 Mbit/s and 1 x 24 V DC connection (for details on use
and ordering, see Section "Industrial Wireless LAN")
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 with 180° outgoing cable
In contrast to the IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 which is only offered with
a 180° (straight) outgoing cable, the IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 is
also available with a 90° (angled) outgoing cable.
All IE FC RJ45 Plugs have a rugged, industry-compatible
metal housing with integral strain relief that provides optimum
protection for the data communication against EMC interferences. The integral insulation displacement contacts permit
simple, fault-free contacting of the various types of FC cable.
Following introduction of the stripped ends of the cables into the
tipped-up barrel contacts, the latter are pressed down for secure
contacting of the conductors.
With the housing open, colored marks on the contact cover
identify correct connection of the cable cores. The transparent
plastic material of the contact element allows visual inspection of
the contacts.
Owing to their compact size, IE FC RJ45 Plugs can be used both
on devices with individual jacks and on devices with multiple
jacks (blocks).
Matching retaining collars on terminal equipment,
e.g. on devices from the SCALANCE X and SCALANCE S
families, permits additional protection of the plug connection
against tension and bending stresses.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/35
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect
■ Ordering data
Industrial Ethernet
FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
For universal use, for connection to
IE FC Outlet RJ45 or IE FC RJ45,
4-core (2 x 2), shielded
• Cut-to-length;
max. delivery length 1 000 m,
minimum ordering length 20 m
• Preferred length 1 000 m
Industrial Ethernet
FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2
8-core, shielded TP installation
cable for universal applications;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. length
1000 m, minimum order 20 m
• AWG 22,
for connection to IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
• AWG 24,
for connection to IE FC RJ45
Plug 4 x 2
11
Order No.
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-2AU10
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
Industrial Ethernet
FC Stripping Tool
Preadjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC
cables
6GK1901-1GA00
Industrial Ethernet
FC Blade Cassettes
Replacement blade cassette for the
Industrial Ethernet stripping tool,
5 units; for use with IE FC RJ45
Plugs and Modular Outlet
6GK1901-1GB00
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 180
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 180° cable
outlet; for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
11/36
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 90
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 90° cable
outlet
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 180
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with
a rugged metal enclosure and
integrated insulation displacement
contacts for connecting Industrial
Ethernet FC installation cables;
180° cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet
FC Outlet RJ45
6GK1901-1FC00-0AA0
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with
Insert 1GE
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with a
replaceable insert for
1 x 1 000 Mbit/s interface
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with
Insert 2FE
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with a
replaceable insert for
2 x 100 Mbit/s interface
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
For further IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet versions and replaceable
inserts, see Catalog IK PI
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components:
ITP cables and connectors
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Electrical transmission media
ITP Standard Cable for
Industrial Ethernet
Not preassembled, cut-to-length
Industrial twisted pair cable
2 x 2-core, without connectors
For connection of a terminal;
for self-assembly of connectors or
for the connection between patch
panel and socket
Jacket
Foil shield around wire pair
Core Pair 1
Dummy Elements
G_IK10_XX_10020
Order No.
Overall braided screen
Core Pair 2
Terminals can be connected through industrial twisted pairs
(ITPs). The preassembled ITP standard cable with Sub-D
connectors is available for connection between stations and
network components. Line lengths of up to 100 m can be
achieved while saving on patch technology.
The ITP standard cable 9/15 is equipped with a 9-pin and a
15-pin connector. The cable is used for direct connection of
terminals with ITP interface to Industrial Ethernet components
with ITP interface.
The ITP XP standard cable 9/9 is equipped with two 9-pin
connectors. This cable is crossed for direct connection of
two Industrial Ethernet network components with ITP interface.
The ITP XP standard cable 15/15 is equipped with two 15-pin
connectors. This cable is crossed for direct connection of
two terminals with ITP interface.
The Industrial Ethernet ITP connectors have Sub-D connectors
made of metal and are available in two versions:
• 9-pin plug with straight cable outlet
• 15-pin plug with variable cable outlet, for connection to
terminals with ITP interface
Alternatively, the terminals can also be connected to twisted pair
(TP cord) cables. Detailed information on the TP cords can be
found in Catalog IK PI, in the Industry Mall, or in Catalog CA 01
under "Industrial Communication".
6XV1850-0AH10
ITP Standard Cable 9/15
ITP installation cable for direct
connection of terminals with
ITP interface to Industrial Ethernet
network components with
ITP interface;
with a 9-pin and a
15-pin Sub-D plug
• 2m
• 5m
• 8m
• 12 m
• 15 m
• 20 m
• 30 m
• 40 m
• 50 m
• 60 m
• 70 m
• 80 m
• 90 m
• 100 m
6XV1850-0BH20
6XV1850-0BH50
6XV1850-0BH80
6XV1850-0BN12
6XV1850-0BN15
6XV1850-0BN20
6XV1850-0BN30
6XV1850-0BN40
6XV1850-0BN50
6XV1850-0BN60
6XV1850-0BN70
6XV1850-0BN80
6XV1850-0BN88
6XV1850-0BT10
ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9
Crossed ITP installation cable for
direct connection of two Industrial
Ethernet network components with
ITP interface;
with two 9-pin Sub-D plugs
• 2m
• 5m
• 8m
• 12 m
• 15 m
• 20 m
• 30 m
• 40 m
6XV1850-0CH20
6XV1850-0CH50
6XV1850-0CH80
6XV1850-0CN12
6XV1850-0CN15
6XV1850-0CN20
6XV1850-0CN30
6XV1850-0CN40
ITP XP Standard Cable 15/15
Crossed ITP installation cable for
direct connection of two terminals
with ITP interface;
with two 15-pin sub-D plugs
• 2m
• 6m
• 10 m
6XV1850-0DH20
6XV1850-0DH60
6XV1850-0DN10
ITP Connector for
Industrial Ethernet
• 9-pin
• 15-pin, for connection to terminals
with ITP interface
11
6GK1901-0CA00-0AA0
6GK1901-0CA01-0AA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/37
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Passive Network Components: Fiber-optic Cables
■ Overview
Optical transmission media
Glass fiber-optic cables are preferably used as the optical
transmission medium. The two types of cable offered are
suitable for above-ground routing indoors or outdoors.
They are available in fixed lengths, precut/preassembled with
2 x 2 BFOC connectors (FIBER OPTIC standard cable) or
2 x 2 SC-connectors (FO Standard Cable).
■ Ordering data
Order No.
FO Standard Cable
50/1251)
Preferred lengths, pre-assembled
with 2 x 2 SC connectors:
• 1m
• 3m
• 5m
• 10 m
• 20 m
• 50 m
• 100 m
• 200 m
• 300 m
11
Order No.
BFOC (ST) connector set
For FIBER OPTIC CABLE standard
cable, 20 units
1)
6XV1873-6AH10
6XV1873-6AH30
6XV1873-6AH50
6XV1873-6AN10
6XV1873-6AN20
6XV1873-6AN50
6XV1873-6AT10
6XV1873-6AT20
6XV1873-6AT30
FIBER OPTIC CABLE
standard cable
62.5/125, may be split 1)
Preferred lengths, pre-assembled
with 2 x 2 BFOC (ST) connectors:
• 1m
• 3m
• 5m
• 10 m
• 20 m
• 50 m
• 100 m
• 200 m
• 300 m
The FO Standard Cable with 2 x 2 SC connectors is required for
optical networks in the Gigabit range, e.g. for implementing
optical Gigabit Ethernet rings using SCALANCE X414-3E and
MM492-2 media modules.
6XV1820-5BH10
6XV1820-5BH30
6XV1820-5BH50
6XV1820-5BN10
6XV1820-5BN20
6XV1820-5BN50
6XV1820-5BT10
6XV1820-5BT20
6XV1820-5BT30
6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables.
Specifications, other cable lengths and other fiber-optic cables
can be found in catalog IK PI.
Note:
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact. For technical advice
contact:
Siemens AG, Industry Sector, Fürth
J. Hertlein
Tel.: +49 911 750-4465
E-mail: [email protected]
Further information on assembly is provided in the manual for TP
and fiber-optic networks.
■ More information
Various versions of the optical connections for fiber-optic
cables are available with the network components or terminal
equipment:
Design of optical connection
Description
BFOC connection = ST
(stick and twist)
BFOC connectors have a bayonet lock for glass fiber-optic cables. They are suitable for
monomode and multimode fibers.
SC connection
SC connectors are standard connectors for glass fiber-optic cables. The SC connector
is usually in the duplex version. However, it can also be used as a simplex connector by
separating it from the isolating piece.
SC-RJ connection
SC RJ is the smallest SC duplex plug connection.
11/38
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems
■ Design
Connection of single stations, servers and clients
SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems for engineering, operation and
monitoring (also via Internet/Intranet), batch control,
route control, asset management or IT applications are
distributed between various SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations of single station, server or client design depending
on the configurationverteilt. Depending on their task and the
associated integration into the entire plant, these SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations are connected either only on the plant
bus, only on the terminal bus or on both buses of the Industrial
Ethernet network. The connection can be redundant or
non-redundant, and is made using:
• Interfaces integrated onboard
• Simple network adapters
• Special communication modules, e.g. CP 1623, CP 1613 A2,
CP 1628
If you use alternative hardware instead of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation, you require an additional BCE license for
each station which communicates over the plant bus via BCE
(Basic Communication Ethernet).
With BCE, AS communication is possible with up to 8 automation
systems, with SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication via
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2/CP 1628 with up to 64 automation systems
(only AS single stations in each case, no AS redundancy
stations).
Only the SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation with CP 1623/CP 1613 A2/
CP 1628 can communicate with redundant automation systems.
You require for this purpose SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT (license for 4 units) communication software instead
of the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication software.
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
(license for 4 units) can be used to upgrade the communications
software.
Single stations and servers with BCE can be retro-upgraded to
CP 1613/1623/1628 communication. Depending on the criteria
mentioned above, this requires SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
or SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT in addition to
the CP 1623, CP 1613 A2 or CP 1628 communication module.
The communication software for CP 1623, CP 1613 A2 or
CP 1628 is generally supplied with the SIMATIC PCS 7 software
and is installed based on the operating system.
In order to activate this communications software, you may need
additional licenses for the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7,
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT, or SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack communication
products.
Connection to terminal bus
CP 1628 communication module
Connection to plant bus
A SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation, designed as single station or
server, can be operated on the Industrial Ethernet plant bus per
Ethernet network adapter (10/100/1000 Mbps) and BCE license
or per CP 1623/CP 1613 A2/CP 1628 communication module
and SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 or SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT communication software.
The IE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation for
single stations and servers are factory equipped with a CP 1623
communication module and SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
communication software, licensed for up to four CP 1623/
CP 1613 A2/CP 1628 (license for 4 units).
CP 1623 and CP 1628 both have a PCI Express port x1 as well
as a 2-port switch (RJ45) for connecting to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbps). CP 1628 also features security functions
such as Firewall, VPN. CP 1613 A2 which operates on a
conventional PCI slot has only one port (ITP/RJ45) for
connection to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbps).
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations in client, server or single
station configurations are usually connected to the terminal bus
via the onboard Industrial Ethernet interfaces. In the case of
servers or single stations without a connection to the plant bus,
the network adapter envisaged for BCE can be used as an
alternative.
The terminal bus can also be configured redundantly.
A configuration with two separate rings is recommended for the
redundant, fault-tolerant terminal bus. The communication is
performed in this case using the Parallel Redundancy Protocol
(PRP) in accordance with IEC 62439-3. Each PCS 7 station
should be connected to one of two Industrial Ethernet interfaces
on each of the two separate rings. Industrial Ethernet interfaces
are standard in all current SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations.
The SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA communication software
on the redundantly connected PCS 7 stations organizes
communication processes based on the PRP. Therefore,
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA communication software is
required on each of the redundantly connected PCS 7 stations.
An Ethernet card (10/100/1000 Mbps) with BCE license is
integrated in the BCE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation. A separately available desktop adapter network
adapter can also be used with this BCE license in a
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/39
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems
■ Design (continued)
Connecting non-PRP-enabled devices
Up to 2 non-PRP-enabled devices that have only one Industrial
Ethernet port, such as SICLOCK TC 400, a WLAN Access Point
or an infrastructure computer, such as DNS, WINS, DHCP or a
file server, can be integrated into a redundant, fault-tolerant
terminal bus with PRP via a SCALANCE X204RNA.
SCALANCE X204RNA is available in two product versions:
• SCALANCE X204RNA
Router in plastic housing with 4 electrical ports for connecting
up to 2 non-PRP-enabled devices to redundant networks
• SCALANCE X204RNA EEC
Router in metal housing with 2 electric terminal device ports
and 2 optical/electrical combo ports for network connection of
up to 2 non-PRP-enabled terminal devices to redundant
networks
The following constraints must be observed:
• Length of the TP cable between the network and
SCALANCE X-200RNA:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
• Length of the optical cables between the network and
SCALANCE X-200RNA
- Max. 5 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic
cables (multi-mode)
- Max. 26 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic
cables (singlemode)
SCALANCE X-200RNA is typically installed with the stations to
be connected in a control cabinet.
For more information and technical specifications for the
SCALANCE X204RNA, see Catalog IK PI.
Connection of automation systems
The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems communicate with
other subsystems of the process control system (e.g. operator
system or engineering system) via the Industrial Ethernet plant
bus. The automation systems are connected to the plant bus
using the CP 443-1 communications processor, also redundant
in the case of fault-tolerant systems. Instead of the CP 443-1,
the CP 443-1 Advanced with integrated security function
(firewall and VPN) can also be used.
11
11/40
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Activation licenses when using
redundant AS
• Alternative license for
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7:
System connection of single
stations, servers and clients
Desktop adapter network adapter
for BCE and as spare part for
redundant terminal bus
Intel network adapter for connection
to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbps),
with RJ45 connection
• With conventional PCI interface
• With PCI Express interface
A5E00718412
A5E01579552
CP 1613 A2
PCI card with one port (ITP or RJ45)
for connecting to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100 Mbps)
6GK1161-3AA01
CP 1623
PCI Express x1 card for connection
to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbps),
with 2-port switch (RJ45)
6GK1162-3AA00
CP 1628
PCI Express x1 card for connecting
to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbps),
with 2-port switch (RJ45) and
integrated security functions
(firewall, VPN)
6GK1162-8AA00
Licenses required in some cases
for activating the functionality of
the CP 1623/CP 1613 A2/CP 1628
(communication software is part
of the SIMATIC PCS 7 software)
Activation license if no redundant
AS are used
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software class A
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623/CP 1628, single license for
1 installation
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB stick
Order No.
6GK1716-1CB08-1AA0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software class A
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623/CP 1628, single license for
1 installation
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB stick
• Additive license for
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
6GK1716-0HB08-1AA0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software class A
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623/CP 1628, single license for
1 installation
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB stick
6GK1716-0HB08-1AC0
System connection for plant bus
communication via standard
network adapter and Basic
Communication Ethernet for
single stations and servers which
are not based on a SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V8.0
Runtime license for plant bus
communication via standard
network adapter and Basic
Communication Ethernet;
already integrated in
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations
3 languages (English, German,
French), software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license for
1 user
• Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
• Delivery form online
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note: E-mail address required!
11
6ES7650-1CD08-2YB5
6ES7650-1CD08-2YH5
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/41
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Components for connecting
SIMATIC PCS 7 stations to a
redundant terminal bus with PRP
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Software for connecting PCS 7
stations to PRP-enabled networks
with integrated SNMP,
runtime software, software and
electronic manual on CD-ROM,
license key on USB stick,
software class A
• SOFTNET-IE RNA V8.1
for 32-bit Windows XP;
English/German,
single license for 1 installation
• SOFTNET-IE RNA V8.2
for 32/64-bit Windows 7
Professional/Ultimate;
for 64-bit Windows 2008
Server R2;
English/German,
single license for 1 installation
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X204RNA router
With integrated SNMP access,
Web diagnostics and PROFINET
diagnostics, for connecting to
non-PRP-enabled terminal devices
on PRP networks, with operating
instructions, Industrial Ethernet
network manual and configuration
software on CD-ROM
• SCALANCE X204RNA
with four 100 Mbps RJ45 ports
• SCALANCE X204RNA EEC
with two 100 Mbps RJ45 ports and
two RJ45/SFP combo ports
11
6GK1711-1EW08-1AA0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a sturdy metal
enclosure and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 180° cable
outlet; for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
SFP plug-in transceiver
• SFP991-1 (multi-mode, glass,
up to 3 km)
• SFP991-1LH+ (singlemode, glass,
up to 70 km, LH+)
• SFP991-1LD (singlemode, glass,
up to 26 km)
C-PLUG
Swap medium for simple
replacement of devices in the event
of a fault; for storing configuration or
engineering and application data;
can be used for SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot
6GK1900-0AB00
System connection of automation
systems
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
CP 443-1
Communication module for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet through TCP/IP,
ISO and UDP; PROFINET IO
Controller, MRP; integrated
real-time switch ERTEC with
2 ports; 2 x RJ45 interface;
S7 communication, open
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
with FETCH/WRITE, with or
without RFC 1006, DHCP,
SNMP V2, diagnostics, multicast,
access protection over
IP access list, initialization over
LAN 10/100 Mbps with electronic
manual on DVD
CP 443-1 Advanced
With security functionality
(firewall and VPN)
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
6XV1840-2AH10
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
LC Plug MM2)
6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
LC Plug SM2)
6GK1901-0SB10-2AB0
FO Robust Cable GP 50/125/9001)
6XV1873-2R
FO Robust Cable
GP 4x9/125/9001)
6XV1843-2R
11/42
6EP1331-5BA00
6GK1711-1EW08-2AA0
Accessories for Industrial
Ethernet SCALANCE X-204RNA
routers
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
4-wire, shielded TP installation
cable for connecting to IE FC RJ45
outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINETcompliant; with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. quantity
1000 m, minimum order 20 m
Order No.
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A
1-phase power supply with
wide-range input
85 … 264 V AC/110 … 300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim-line design
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Communication module for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet:
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbps;
4 x 10/100 Mbps (IE SWITCH);
RJ45 ports; ISO; TCP; UDP;
PROFINET IO controller,
S7 communication; open
communication (SEND/RECEIVE);
S7 routing; IP configuration via
DHCP/block; IP Access Control
List; time synchronization;
expanded Web diagnostics;
Fast Startup; PROFIenergy support;
IP routing; FTP; Web server; e-mail;
PROFINET CBA
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
■ Overview
■ Design
IWLAN client modules and access points for indoor use
OS clients
PCS 7
Web server
Terminal bus
SCALANCE
X414-3
SCALANCE
X204-2/X208
Redundant
OS server
Mobile remote client
with WLAN interface
Access point
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
Ethernet
Client module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
Stationary
remote client
G_PCS7_XX_00119
Engineering station
SIMATIC PCS 7 provides the option to integrate mobile or
stationary remote clients via an Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)
Access Point SCALANCE W784, W786 or W788 into the terminal
bus.
The following applications can be implemented in this manner:
• Configuration of additional remote OS clients
(up to 2 on IWLAN)
• Linking of Web clients to a SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server
(up to 2 Web clients on IWLAN)
• Remote access to an engineering station using the "RealVNC"
software (Enterprise Edition), e.g., during commissioning
Mobile remote clients (e.g. notebooks) equipped with a
WLAN interface can use it to communicate with the IWLAN
access point. Stationary remote clients in a desktop/tower
housing (SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations) require a
SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client module for communication
with the IWLAN access point.
The IWLAN client modules and the IWLAN access points of the
SCALANCE W product family are very rugged, use state-of-theart authentication and encryption procedures, and guarantee
high reliability of the wireless channel. Various designs are
offered for the following operational environments:
• IWLAN client modules and access points for indoor use
• IWLAN client modules and access points for control cabinets
• IWLAN access points for outdoor use
Common features of the IWLAN client modules and
access points for indoor use
• Rugged metal enclosure resistant to shock and vibration and
with IP65 water jet and dust protection, resistant to electromagnetic fields
• Mounting: Wall, S7-300 mounting rail (90 mm length, vertically
mounted, bolts included in product package), or with optional
mounting aid on 35 mm DIN rail
• Can be used at ambient temperatures from -20 to +60 °C
(resistant to condensation)
• Can be used in hazardous areas of zone 2
• 1 x M12 socket for redundant power infeed (18 to 32 V DC,
48 V DC), e.g. in conjunction with the PS791-1PRO
(90 to 265 V AC) power supply
• 1 x hybrid socket for data and energy line for infeed over the
IE FC Modular Outlet or for supplying with Power-overEthernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (corresponds to
IEEE 802.3af)
• Antenna diversity for reliable reception in complex radio
environments with two ANT795-4MR omnidirectional antennas
installed on the housing, can be replaced by other types from
the SCALANCE W700 range
• 2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
(4 x R-SMA for the variants with two wireless modules)
• Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and
operating states
• Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
• WPA/WPA2 and 128-bit encryption (AES) for high security
against illegal access
Note:
Note that Industrial Wireless LAN is not approved as terminal
bus or plant bus of SIMATIC PCS 7.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/43
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
■ Design (continued)
SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client modules for indoor use
Designed for indoor use, the SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client
modules are optimally suited to integrate devices with Industrial
Ethernet connection into IWLAN wireless networks with reliable
communication. The following product versions are available:
• SCALANCE W744-1PRO for managing the wireless
connection of a connected device; a wireless card is
permanently installed in the device
• SCALANCE W746-1PRO for managing the wireless
connection of up to eight connected devices; a wireless card
is permanently installed in the device
• SCALANCE W747-1RR for managing the wireless connection
of up to eight connected devices; lets you set up wireless
connections with iPCF; a wireless card is permanently
installed in the device
IWLAN client modules and access points for control
cabinets
Note:
iPCF (Industrial Point Coordination Function) is an extension
of the IEEE 802.11 standard for applications with a need for
real-time and deterministics (predictable response times) that
enables rapid roaming of mobile nodes from one wireless cell to
the next.
For additional information and detailed technical specifications,
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication".
SCALANCE W788 IWLAN access points for indoor use
11
The SCALANCE W788 IWLAN access points for indoor use
outside the control cabinet are an excellent choice for setting up
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) wireless networks with reliable
communication. The following product versions are available:
• SCALANCE W788-1PRO: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card
is permanently installed in the device)
• SCALANCE W788-1RR: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card is
permanently installed in the device); for setting up wireless
connections with iPCF
• SCALANCE W788-2PRO: 2 wireless interfaces (two wireless
cards are permanently installed in the device)
SCALANCE W788 access points can also be operated as client
modules. Devices with two wireless cards react like two separate
devices.
For additional information and detailed technical specifications,
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication".
The IWLAN client modules and access points intended for
installation in control cabinets are a low-cost alternative for
indoor areas with less harsh environmental conditions. Their
rugged aluminum enclosure with IP30 degree of protection still
provides protection against mechanical and electromagnetic
loads in industrial environments.
They are particularly suited for setting up infrastructures in which
great temperature differences and protection against dust and
water are less important.
Common features of the IWLAN client modules and
access points for control cabinets
• Low-profile, compact aluminum enclosure, shock and
vibration-proof for high mechanical requirements
• Mounting: Wall or S7 mounting rail with optional mounting set,
35 mm DIN rail
• Dust protection with IP30 degree of protection
• For use at ambient temperatures from -20 °C to +60 °C
• 1 x 24 V DC connection for redundant power infeed
• 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s with Power-overEthernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1
(corresponds to IEEE 802.3af)
• 2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
• Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and
operating states
• Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
• Access control using authentication as well as WPA/WPA2 and
128-bit encryption (AES) for high protection against illegal
access
SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client modules for control cabinets
The following product versions are available:
• SCALANCE W744-1 for managing the wireless connection of
a connected device; a wireless card is permanently installed
in the device
• SCALANCE W746-1 for managing the wireless connection of
up to eight connected devices; a wireless card is permanently
installed in the device
For additional information and detailed technical specifications,
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication".
11/44
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
■ Design (continued)
SCALANCE W784 IWLAN access points for control cabinets
The following product versions are available:
• SCALANCE W784-1: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card is
permanently installed in the device)
SCALANCE W784 access points for control cabinet installation
can also be operated as client modules.
For additional information and detailed technical specifications,
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication".
SCALANCE W786 IWLAN access points for outdoor use
SCALANCE W786 IWLAN access points are particularly suited
for applications with high climatic requirements, for mounting in
outdoor applications as well as in publicly accessible areas.
Characteristics of the SCALANCE W786 IWLAN access points
for outdoor use
• Rugged plastic enclosure (plexiglass type), shock and
vibration-proof for severe mechanical loading
• Mounting: Wall or, with optional mounting set, on S7 mounting
rail, 35 mm standard mounting rail, or on a pole
• High IP65 degree of protection against dust and water jets
• For use at ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C
(resistant to condensation)
• Resistant to UV radiation and saltwater spray
• 1 x 48V DC connection (also redundant power infeed),
optional operation on 12 to 24V DC or 100 to 240V AC with
power supply integrated in device
• Version with 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s with
Power-over-Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1
(corresponds to IEEE 802.3af)
• Version with 1 x BFOC connection for 10/100 Mbit/s
multi-mode FOC
• Up to 6 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote
antennas
• Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and
operating states
• Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
• Access control using authentication as well as WPA/WPA2 and
128-bit encryption (AES) for high protection against illegal
access
The following product versions are available:
• SCALANCE W786-1PRO: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card
is permanently installed in the device); versions with
- RJ45 connection and two internal antennas
- RJ45 connection and two connections for external antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and two internal antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and two connections for external
antennas
• SCALANCE W786-2PRO: 2 wireless interfaces (two wireless
cards are permanently installed in the device); versions with:
- RJ45 connection and four internal antennas
- RJ45 connection and four connections for external antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and four internal antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and four connections for external
antennas
For additional information and detailed technical specifications,
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication".
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/45
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
■ Integration
Data and power connections for the SCALANCE W740 IWLAN
client modules and the SCALANCE W784, W786 (RJ45),
W788 access points can be made using a hybrid cable or
separate cables. The FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400
can be used for the fiber-optic cable connection of
SCALANCE W786 (FOC) IWLAN access points.
Data and power connection via one line
If the data and power supply are connected using a cable,
an FC Modular Outlet with power insert and the hybrid cable
must also be ordered. The hybrid connector included in the
product package and the FC Modular Outlet with power insert
can be assembled and connected on site.
Separate cables for data and power connections
With separate cables (preferably over short distances),
a 4-core TP (2 x 2) IE FC Standard Cable (type A) is used as the
data cable. This Industrial Ethernet cable can be connected on
site to the supplied IP67 hybrid plug connector. A Power M12
Cable Connector PRO is additionally required for the power
supply. IE FC Standard Cable and Power M12 Cable Connector
PRO must be ordered in addition.
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
SCALANCE X-400
IE Hybrid
cable connector
IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet Power Insert
PC
(remote client)
IE Hybrid Cable 2 x 2 + 4 x 0,34
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
G_PCS7_XX_00118
24 V DC
24 V DC
IE FC cable 2 x 2
with hybrid
plug-in connector
11
Power cable 2 x 0.75
with power M12 cable
connector PRO
G_PCS7_XX_00117
Example of data and power supply connections using a hybrid cable
Example of data and power supply connections using separate cables
11/46
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Power supply 100 to 240 V AC
If 100 to 240 V AC is available on site, the PS791-1PRO
power supply can be used (to be ordered in addition). It is
supplied including AC connector and connecting cable to the
IWLAN client module/access point but without AC cable.
A built-in power supply for 24 V DC (PS791-2DC) and 110 to
230V AC (PS791-2AC) each is offered for the SCALANCE W786
IWLAN access points.
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
■ Ordering data
Order No.
IWLAN products for indoor use
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
IWLAN Dual Access Point with
two built-in radio interfaces
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
• National approval for operation in
the U.S.1)
SCALANCE W740 client modules
for indoor use
IWLAN Ethernet client modules with
built-in wireless interface; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h at
2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbps; WPA/AES;
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
mounting hardware; 4-pin screw
terminal for 24 V DC; manual on
CD-ROM, German/English
SCALANCE W788-1RR
IWLAN Access Point with
one built-in wireless interface for
setting up wireless connections
with iPCF
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
For managing the wireless
connection of one connected
device with Industrial Ethernet
connection; IP65 degree of
protection
Product package: 2 ANT795-4MR
antennae, IP67 hybrid connector
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
• National approval for operation in
the U.S.1)
6GK5744-1AA60-2AA0
6GK5744-1AA60-2AB0
6GK5746-1AA60-4AA0
6GK5746-1AA60-4AB0
6GK5788-1AA60-6AA0
IWLAN Ethernet client modules with
built-in wireless interface; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h at
2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbps; WPA/AES;
Power over Ethernet (PoE),
mounting hardware; 4-pin screw
terminal for 24 V DC; manual on
CD-ROM, German/English
SCALANCE W744-1
For administration of the radio link
of one device with Industrial
Ethernet connection; IP30 degree
of protection
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
• National approval for operation in
the U.S.1)
SCALANCE W746-1
For administration of the radio link
of up to eight devices with Industrial
Ethernet connection; IP30 degree
of protection
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
• National approval for operation in
the U.S.1)
6GK5747-1AA60-6AA0
SCALANCE W788 Access Points
for indoor use
6GK5744-1AA30-2AA0
6GK5744-1AA30-2AB0
11
6GK5746-1AA30-4AA0
6GK5746-1AA30-4AB0
SCALANCE W784 Access Points
for control cabinets
IWLAN Access Points with built-in
wireless interfaces; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h at
2.4/5 GHz up to 54 Mbps;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), IP30 degree of protection
(-20°to +60 °C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware, 24 V DC screw
terminal; manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
IWLAN Access Points with
built-in wireless interfaces; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h at
2.4/5 GHz up to 54 Mbps;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), IP65 degree of protection
(-20 to +60 °C);
Scope of delivery:
two ANT795-4MR antennae,
IP67 hybrid plug-in connector,
mounting hardware, manual on
CD-ROM, German/English
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
IWLAN Access Point with
one integrated wireless interface
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
• National approval for operation in
the U.S.1)
6GK5788-2AA60-2AB0
SCALANCE W740 client modules
for control cabinets
SCALANCE W747-1RR
For managing the wireless
connection of up to eight
connected devices with Industrial
Ethernet connection;
supports wireless connections with
iPCF; IP65 degree of protection
Product package: 2 ANT795-4MR
antennae, IP67 hybrid connector
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
6GK5788-2AA60-2AA0
IWLAN products for
control cabinets
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
For managing the wireless
connection of up to eight
connected devices with Industrial
Ethernet connection; IP65 degree
of protection
Product package: 2 ANT795-4MR
antennae, IP67 hybrid connector
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
• National approval for operation in
the U.S.1)
Order No.
6GK5788-1AA60-2AA0
SCALANCE W784-1
IWLAN Access Points with
one built-in radio interface
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
• National approval for operation in
the U.S.1)
6GK5788-1AA60-2AB0
1)
6GK5784-1AA30-2AA0
6GK5784-1AA30-2AB0
Note national approvals under
www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/47
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
■ Ordering data
Order No.
IWLAN products for outdoor use
SCALANCE W786 Access Points
for outdoor use
Data and power connection via
separate lines
IWLAN Access Points with built-in
wireless interfaces; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h at
2.4/5 GHz up to 54 Mbps;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), IP65 degree of protection
(-40 … +70 °C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware, 2-pin screw
terminal for 48 V DC; manual on
CD-ROM; English/German
SCALANCE W786-1PRO
IWLAN Access Points with
one built-in radio interface
RJ45 connection
• Two internal antennae
- National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
- National approvals for operation
within the U.S.1)
• Connections for two external
antennae
- National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
- National approvals for operation
within the U.S.1)
11
Fiber-optic cable connection
• Two internal antennae
- National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
- National approvals for operation
within the U.S.1)
• Connections for two external
antennae
- National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
- National approvals for operation
within the U.S.1)
6GK5786-1BA60-2AA0
6GK5786-1BA60-2AB0
6GK5786-1AA60-2AA0
6GK5786-1AA60-2AB0
6GK5786-1BB60-2AA0
6GK5786-1BB60-2AB0
6GK5786-1AB60-2AA0
6GK5786-1AB60-2AB0
SCALANCE W786-2PRO
IWLAN Access Points with
two built-in radio interfaces
RJ45 connection
• Four internal antennae
- National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
- National approvals for operation
within the U.S.1)
• Connections for four external
antennae
- National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
- National approvals for operation
within the U.S.1)
Fiber-optic cable connection
• Four internal antennae
- National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
- National approvals for operation
within the U.S.1)
• Connections for four external
antennae
- National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
- National approvals for operation
within the U.S.1)
Order No.
Components for
system connection
6GK5786-2BA60-2AA0
6GK5786-2BA60-2AB0
6GK5786-2AA60-2AA0
6GK5786-2AA60-2AB0
6GK5786-2BB60-2AA0
6GK5786-2BB60-2AB0
6GK5786-2AB60-2AA0
6GK5786-2AB60-2AB0
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
4-core (2 x 2), shielded
TP installation cable for universal
use, can be connected to IE FC
Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
sold by the meter; max. delivery
unit 1 000 m, minimum ordering
quantity 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
Power M12 Cable Connector PRO
Socket for connection of
SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC
supply; 4-pole, a-coded,
with mounting instructions, 3 units
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a sturdy metal
housing and integrated insulationdisplacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with a 180°
cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• 1 pack = 10 units
• 1 pack = 50 units
IE FC Stripping Tool
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6GK1901-1GA00
Data and power connection via
common line
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
4-core (2 x 2), shielded
TP installation cable for universal
use, can be connected to IE FC
Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
sold by the meter; max. delivery
unit 1 000 m, minimum ordering
quantity 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with
Power Insert
Fast Connect RJ45 Modular Outlet
for Industrial Ethernet with a power
insert for 1 x 24 V and
1 x 100 Mbps interface
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA3
IE hybrid cable 2 x 2 + 4 x 0.34
4-core, shielded installation cable;
sold by the meter; max. delivery
unit 1 000 m, minimum ordering
quantity 20 m
6XV1870-2J
IP 67 hybrid connector2)
(1 unit included in delivery of
SCALANCE W744/746/788)
Plug for connection of
SCALANCE W-700 to Industrial
Ethernet and Power over Ethernet
(PoE), with mounting instructions,
1 unit
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45
connectors
• 0.5 m
•1m
•2m
•6m
• 10 m
1)
11/48
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
Note national approvals under
www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Outdoor fiber-optic connection
FO Standard Cable
GP 50/125/14001)
Multi-mode cable, sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m;
Order No.
Accessories
6XV1873-2A
Power supply
PS791-1PRO power supply
6GK5791-1PS00-0AA6
AC/DC power supply, 10 W, IP65,
operating temperature -20 ... +60 °C),
input: 90 … 265 V AC,
output: 24 V DC, metal enclosure
Product package: AC power 3+PE
cable connector, DC power cord M12,
mounting hardware; operating
instructions in German/English
PS791-2DC power supply
24 V DC power supply for
installation in SCALANCE W786
products; operating instructions in
English/German
6GK5791-2DC00-0AA0
PS791-2AC power supply
110 to 230 V AC power supply for
installation in SCALANCE W786C
products; operating instructions in
English/German
6GK5791-2AC00-0AA0
IE Hybrid RJ45 Socket Dust
Cover
Dust cap for RJ45 connection
socket (Industrial Ethernet/PoE) of
SCALANCE W700
6ES7194-1JB10-0XA0
MS2 mounting set
Mounting set for fixing the
SCALANCE W784 products onto
an S7-300 mounting rail or a
35 mm DIN rail
6GK5798-8MJ00-0AA0
Antennae and other accessories for
IWLAN Access Points and IWLAN
client modules, see Catalog IK PI.
1)
Note national approvals under
www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
2)
Order directly using order no. 09 45 125 1300.00 from:
HARTING Deutschland GmbH & Co KG
P.O. Box 2451
Tel. +49 571-8896-0
Fax. +49 571-8896-354
D-32381 Minden
E-mail: [email protected]
Internet: www.harting.com
■ More information
11
Radio approvals
Cabling system
Current approvals can be found on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this
subject is available from:
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
To assist in selecting the right products for Industrial Wireless
Communication, the SIMATIC NET Selection Tool is available:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Siemens AG, Industry Sector, Fürth
J. Hertlein
Tel.: +49 911 750-4465
E-mail: [email protected]
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/49
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFINET
■ Overview
■ Benefits
7
7
Network standard Ethernet
7
High transmission rate
7
Wireless
7
Flexible topologies
7
7
PROFINET
Fieldbus standard PROFIBUS
PROFINET is the open Industrial Ethernet standard for
automation
PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET uses TCP/IP and IT standards
PROFINET is Real-Time Ethernet
PROFINET permits seamless integration of fieldbus systems
PROFINET supports fail-safe communication via PROFIsafe
PROFINET integrates HART communication for the
configuration of HART field devices
Fast I/O communication
Safety
Diagnostics
PROFINET – The Ethernet standard for automation
With currently more than 3 million nodes worldwide,
PROFINET is the leading Industrial Ethernet Standard for
automation. Because it combines the advantages of the leading
fieldbus PROFIBUS and of the Ethernet open network standard,
it is characterized by very high flexibility, efficiency,
and performance. These factors are essential for the
acceleration of the information processes, increased plant
availability, and increased productivity in a company.
■ Function
Your advantages at a glance
Flexibility
Tailor-made plant concepts
11/50
Efficiency
Performance
Optimal use of resources
Increased productivity
Industrial Wireless LAN
One cable for all purposes
Speed
Safety
Device/network diagnostics
High precision
Flexible topologies
Energy efficiency
Large quantity structures
Open standard
Easy cabling
High transmission rate
Web tools
Fast device replacement
Media redundancy
Expandability
Ruggedness/stability
Fast start-up
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
G_IK10_XX_10304
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFINET
■ Function (continued)
PROFINET aspects focused on process automation
Open standard
Easy cabling
The open vendor-independent standard (IEC 61158/61784),
PROFINET, is supported by PROFIBUS and PROFINET
International (PI). It stands for maximum transparency, open
IT communication, network security and real-time
communication down to the field level.
Industry-standard networks require no specialist knowledge to
be configured without problems in the shortest possible time.
Stringent demands are placed on the installation of cables in the
industrial environment at the same time.
Due to its openness, PROFINET creates the basis for a uniform
automation network in the plant to which all of the devices can
be connected. Existing plant parts, for example those
implemented with the PROFIBUS fieldbus, can be easily
integrated.
Flexible topologies
PROFINET supports not only line topology common for established fieldbuses, but also star, tree, and ring topologies. This is
made possible by switching technology, which is based on
active network components (Industrial Ethernet switches and
media converters) and field devices/components with
integrated switch functionality. This all results in more flexibility
for plant planning as well as savings in cabling.
The PROFINET network meets all the requirements relevant for
the industrial sector. It can be installed without any specialist
knowledge. A PROFINET "Cabling and Interconnection
Technology" guideline provides network installation support for
manufacturers and users. Symmetrical copper cables or fiberoptic cables resistant to electromagnetic interferences are
used depending on the application. Devices from various
manufacturers are easily connected via standardized and
rugged plug-in connectors (up to IP65/IP67).
Expandability
Integrating existing systems and networks is simple and
requires little effort and expense. This enables you to protect
your investments in plant units with communication via
PROFIBUS and other fieldbuses (e.g. AS-Interface).
Additional PROFINET stations can be integrated at any time as
well. The use of additional network components allows network
infrastructures to be expanded both wired as well as wirelessly.
Safety
The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested
with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard
and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used
with PROFINET. No special network components are required for
fail-safe communication, standard switches and standard
network transitions can be used without restrictions.
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)
PROFINET also supports wireless communication with Industrial
Wireless LAN and thus opens up new application fields.
Device and network diagnostics
Retaining the proven PROFIBUS model makes the same
diagnostic information available for PROFINET. In addition,
device diagnostics also includes read-out of module-specific
and channel-specific data from the devices. This enables simple
and fast location of faults. In addition to the availability of device
information, the top priority in network management is reliability
of network operation. PROFINET uses the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) for maintenance and monitoring
of the network components and their functions.
Siemens offers FastConnect, a system that meets these
requirements. FastConnect is the standards-compliant, industrystandard cabling system for PROFINET networks consisting of
cables, connectors, and assembly tools.
The time required for the connection of terminal devices is
minimized due to the easy installation using just one tool.
The practical color coding helps avoid installation errors.
Both copper cables and glass fiber-optic cables can be easily
assembled on-site in this way.
Ruggedness/stability
An automation network must be extremely resistant to external
sources of interference. Switched Ethernet prevents faults in one
section of the network from influencing the entire plant network.
Highly resistant fiber-optic cables can be used in particularly
EMC-critical areas.
Speed and precision
PROFINET communication is fast, deterministic and precise.
It is based on Real Time Ethernet (RT) with prioritization of the
transmission and division of the bandwidth.
With PROFIdrive, the standardized drive profile,
vendor-independent communication between CPUs and
drives can be implemented as well.
Large quantity structures
A SIMATIC PCS 7 controller (automation system) can manage
up to 256 devices in the field via PROFINET. The number of
nodes in a PROFINET network is actually unlimited, the entire
IP address range is available.
With 64 KB of user data per message frame, the transmittable
volume of data on PROFINET is significantly greater than with
PROFIBUS DP with 244 bytes.
High transmission rate
Based on Ethernet, PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s in full duplex
mode achieves a significantly higher transmission rate than
previous fieldbuses. The transmission of large volumes of data
has no effect on the I/O data transfer.
Media redundancy
Higher plant availability can be achieved by means of a
redundant installation (ring topology). Media redundancy can be
implemented with both external switches and via integrated
PROFINET interfaces. It prevents plant standstill if there is an
interruption in the communication in only a part of the ring
installation. Re-configuration times of 200 ms can be achieved.
Required maintenance and repair work can thus be performed
without time pressure.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/51
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFINET
Architecture
■ Overview
When configuring PROFINET communication, it is generally
recommended that the field communication should be
separated from the plant communication. In the context of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, the application of
PROFINET mainly focuses on PROFINET IO communication between the automation systems (controllers) and the process I/O.
The integration of HART communication in PROFINET enables
HART field devices on the PROFINET IO to be configured via
SIMATIC PDM from a central engineering station.
With SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 and higher, PROFINET IO communication can be used for connecting ET 200M remote I/O stations
to the modular automation systems of the S7-400 range
(standard, fault-tolerant or safety-related). With SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0+SP1 and higher, ET 200M remote I/O stations can also be
connected via PROFINET IO with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX.
The bus nodes can be integrated in PROFINET IO as follows:
• S7-400 standard automation systems (AS Single Stations) via
- PROFINET interface in the CPU or
- Communications module CP 443-1
• S7-400 fault-tolerant and safety-related automation systems
(AS Single Stations/AS Redundancy Stations) via PROFINET
interface in the CPU
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX via PROFINET interface in the
EC31 embedded controller
• ET 200M remote I/O stations via the IM 153-4 PN High Feature
interface module
The ordering data for automation systems and their PROFINET
components can be found in the sections "Modular S7-400
Systems" and "Embedded Systems, mEC Automation System" of
the "Automation Systems" chapter 9. For the ordering data for the
PROFINET interface module of the ET 200M remote I/O station,
see chapter "Process I/O" (section "ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7",
"Interface Modules"), page 12/16.
The PROFINET-enabled product spectrum for SIMATIC PCS 7
will be successively expanded.
■ Design
Based on line, star, tree, and ring topologies, numerous network
configurations can be implemented with PROFINET IO for the
field communication of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system. The remote I/O stations can be connected directly via
the IM 153-4 PN High Feature interface module or using
SCALANCE X switches.
The following configuration examples are also applicable
to safety-related PROFINET IO architectures. However,
this requires the use of safety-related system components from
the "Safety Integrated for Process Automation" product range as
a communication partner (for more information, see chapter 15
"Safety Integrated for Process Automation"). The PROFIsafe
profile for the transmission of safety-related data is integrated in
PROFINET as standard.
Plant communication
Plant communication
Typical PROFINET configurations with S7-400 AS Single Stations
Operator
stations
SCALANCE X
AS single
station
SCALANCE X
ET 200M
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
ET 200M
Direct networking of PROFINET IO stations via integrated interfaces
G_PCS7_XX_00301
ET 200M
Field communication
SCALANCE X
Networking of PROFINET IO stations via SCALANCE X switches
11/52
Operator
stations
AS single station
with PROFINET
CPU
G_PCS7_XX_00300
SCALANCE X
Field communication
11
The configuration settings available depend on the version
of the automation system. PROFINET architectures with
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX correspond to architectures with
an S7-400 AS single station, in which the PROFINET IO-communication is performed via the CPU interface.
PROFINET architectures for AS single stations and S7-400 AS
redundant stations differ in principle.
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFINET
Architecture
■ Design (continued)
Plant communication
When using AS Single Stations, PROFINET IO configurations
with ring topology and media redundancy guarantee a higher
availability of the I/O devices then other configurations. If the ring
wire is interrupted or if a station fails, the redundancy manager
immediately activates the alternative communication path,
thus preventing failure of the complete segment.
Various Industrial Ethernet products can be used as network
components, e.g. SCALANCE X switches and media converters,
FastConnect connection elements, electrical and optical
transmission media (for ordering data, refer to chapter
"Communication/Industrial Ethernet", page 11/4 or chapter
"PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet" in Catalog IK PI).
Operator
stations
SCALANCE X
AS single station
with PROFINET CPU
AS single station with
PROFINET CPU
ET 200iSP
PROFINET
SCALANCE X
PROFIBUS DP
PA Link/FF Link
AFD
PROFIBUS PA
AFD
AFDiS
PA/FF H1
IE/PB Link PN IO
+ DP/PA coupler
ET 200M
ET 200M
G_PCS7_XX_00302
Field communication
SCALANCE X
PROFIBUS DP-iS
Fieldbus integration via network transition or fieldbus interface in the automation system
11
PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA fieldbus types can be
integrated via an IE/PB Link PN IO network transition in
PROFINET.
You can also integrate the PROFIBUS DP/PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 fieldbuses in the automation system
via a PROFIBUS interface (for ordering data, see chapter
Automation systems, section Standard automation systems,
page 9/7):
• PROFIBUS DP interface in the CPU
• CP 443-5 communication module
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/53
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFINET
Architecture
■ Ordering data
■ Design (continued)
Plant communication
Typical PROFINET configurations with
S7-400 AS Single Stations
Network transition to fieldbus
integration in PROFINET
IE/PB LINK PN IO
Network transition between
Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS DP
Operator
stations
SCALANCE X
ET 200M
ET 200M
SCALANCE X
ET 200M
G_PCS7_XX_00313
Field communication
AS redundancy
station with
PROFINET CPU
ET 200M
PROFINET IO ring configuration with AS Redundancy Station
11
The maximum availability with minimum error handling times is
achieved by AS Redundancy Stations in conjunction with the
system redundancy of the I/O devices. System redundancy
refers to a type of PROFINET IO communication where each
I/O device establishes a communication connection to each of
the two CPUs of an AS Redundancy Station over the topological
network. In contrast to the single-sided I/O device connection to
only one CPU, failure of a CPU in this case does not automatically lead to failure of the connected I/O devices.
11/54
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
6GK1411-5AB00
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS
■ Overview
■ Benefits
SIMATIC PCS 7 utilizes the benefits of the PROFIBUS from start
to finish:
7 Small planning and engineering overheads as well as low
commissioning costs
7 Optimum distributed system structure with low hardware and
space requirements
7 Significantly reduced overhead for wiring, jumpering,
distribution, power supply and field mounting
7 High-speed communication with high measurement accuracy
7 Efficient engineering, interoperability and replaceability of
devices through vendor-independent device description
7 Short commissioning times through short loop tests,
easy parameterization and the elimination of calibration work
7 Bidirectional communication and high amounts of information
permit enhanced diagnostics functions for fast fault locating
and troubleshooting
7 Optimum life cycle management thanks to processing and
evaluation of diagnostics and status information by the
Maintenance Station
Industrial Ethernet
Automation system
Long distances
with fiber-optic
PROFIBUS DP (RS 485)
OLM
OLM
AFDiS
AFD
Ex isolation
+ repeater
PROFIBUS DP (RS 485-iS)
RS 485-iS coupler
G_PCS7_XX_00125
PROFIBUS PA/
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1
(MBP)
PA link/
FF link
Communication at field level with PROFIBUS
Distributed peripherals such as remote I/O stations with their
I/O modules, transmitters, drives, valves or operator terminals
communicate with the automation systems (controllers) at field
level through a powerful real-time bus system. This communication is characterized by:
• Cyclic transmission of process data
• Acyclic transfer of interrupts, parameters and
diagnostics data
PROFIBUS is predestined for these tasks because it enables
high-speed communication with the intelligent distributed I/Os
by means of a communications protocol (PROFIBUS DP) as well
as communication and simultaneous power supply for
transmitters and actuators (PROFIBUS PA).
PROFIBUS is simple, rugged and reliable, can be expanded
online by further distributed components, and can be used in
both standard environments and hazardous areas. It supports
the coexistence of field devices from different vendors on one
line (interoperability) as well as the vendor-independent
exchangeability of devices from one profile family.
■ Function
Users have numerous facilities for communication and line
diagnostics, as well as for diagnostics of the intelligent field
devices connected. Furthermore, the PROFIBUS is fully
integrated into the global asset management with the
Maintenance Station of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system.
For process automation, the following PROFIBUS functions are
particularly relevant in addition:
• Integration of previously installed HART devices
• Redundancy
• Safety-related communication with PROFIsafe up to SIL 3
according to IEC 61508
• Time-of-day synchronization
• Time tagging
PROFIBUS transmission systems
PROFIBUS DP
• RS 485
Simple and low-cost electrical transmission system based on
shielded two-wire cable.
• RS 485-iS
Intrinsically-safe electrical transmission system for hazardous
areas up to Ex zone 1 or 21, implemented using a shielded
two-wire cable with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbps.
• Fiber-optic
Optical transmission system with glass or plastic fiber-optic
cables, for fast transmission of large quantities of data in
environments with high interferences or for covering long
distances.
PROFIBUS PA
• MBP (Manchester coded; bus powered)
Intrinsically-safe transmission system which permits
simultaneous transmission of digital data and powering of the
field devices by means of a two-wire cable. It is suitable for
direct connection of devices in environments up to Ex zone 1
or 21 and associated sensors/actuators in environments up to
Ex zone 0 or 20.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/55
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS DP
■ Application
Controller communication with intelligent distributed devices on
PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 or HART I/Os is also
implemented via PROFIBUS DP.
In a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system, PROFIBUS DP lines
can be connected to distributed process I/O both via a
PROFIBUS DP interface in the CPU and via a CP 443-5
Extended communication module. On a PROFIBUS DP line it is
possible to operate up to 125 devices, and on a bus segment up
to 31 devices with PROFIBUS DP interface (32 stations).
Electrical and optical transmission technologies offer many
different configuration options for PROFIBUS DP networks.
Electrical networks can span up to approx. 10 km. With optical
transmission systems, the total size of the network is governed
primarily by the cycle times as a result of the almost loss-free
transmission.
The PROFIBUS DP fieldbus enables the SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems (controllers) to communicate with
distributed I/Os from the ET 200 range (remote I/Os) as well as
with field/process devices, CPUs/CPs and operator terminals
that have a PROFIBUS DP interface. With the aid of the fieldbus
isolating transformer (RS 485-iS coupler) and the RS 485-iS
transmission technology, PROFIBUS DP can be run as an
intrinsically-safe fieldbus in all environments up to Ex zone 1
or 21.
With SIMATIC PCS 7, PROFIBUS DP topologies are always
implemented through the standard electrical PROFIBUS DP
connection on the automation system in the form of electrical or
mixed (electrical/optical) networks. In the case of mixed
networks, the transition between the two media is implemented
by an optical link module (OLM). As regards communication
between the stations, there is no difference between electrical
two-wire technology and fiber-optic technology.
Electrical networks can be configured with a line or tree
topology. Mixed electrical/optical networks with OLMs as routers
can be configured with a line, ring or star topology.
■ Technical specifications
PROFIBUS DP
11
Data transmission
RS 485
RS 485-iS
Fiber-optic
Transmission rate
9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s
9.6 kbit/s ... 1.5 Mbit/s
9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s
Cable
2-wire shielded
2-wire shielded
Plastic as well as multi-mode and
single-mode glass-fiber
EEx(ib)
Type of protection
Topology
Line, tree
Line
Ring, star, line
Nodes per segment
32
321)
–
Nodes per network (with repeater)
126
126
126
Cable length per segment dependent
on transmission rate
1 200 m at max. 93.75 kbit/s
1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s1)
Max. 80 m (plastic)
1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s
400 m at 500 kbit/s
200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s
100 m at 12 Mbit/s
400 m at 500 kbit/s 1)
2 ... 3 km (multimode glass fiber)
200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s 1)
>15 km at 12 Mbit/s
(single-mode glass-fiber)
Max. 9
Max. 91)
Not relevant
Repeater for signal refreshing with
RS 485 networks
1)
According to PROFIBUS installation guideline 2.262
11/56
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS DP
Electrical networks
■ Overview
FastConnect
The simple and cost-effective two-wire RS 485 transmission
technology is exceptionally suitable for networks with a linear/
tree structure and high data transmission rates. Shielded,
twisted pair cables are used as the transmission medium.
The PROFIBUS DP nodes are connected to these bus cables
using bus connectors.
■ Design
3
4
5
200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s
Segment
2
9
Segment
3
13
Segment
4
20
8
7
12
19
18
Segment length
1 200 m at max. 93.75 kbit/s
1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s
400 m at 500 kbit/s
200 m at 1,5 Mbit/s
100 m at 12 Mbit/s
11
17
Termination
6
FastConnect Stripping Tool
10
16
15
Repeater
G_PCS7_XX_00094
2
Segment
1
14
Number of devices
Max. 126 devices
Max. 9 repeaters
Max. 32 participiants per
segment
2
Address
DP Master
3 ... 20
Address
DP Slaves
Configuration example of an electrical RS 485 network with linear/
tree structure
The network size with an electrical RS 485 network is in total
smaller than that with an optical network. However, by using
segmenting and signal regeneration with up to 9 repeaters,
distances from 1 km (at 12 Mbps) up to 10 km (at 187.5 kbit/s)
can be achieved depending on the transmission rate.
A segment can have up to 32 participants (master/slaves),
and the total network up to 126 participants. The start and end
of each segment must be terminated by an active bus resistor
which is typically pre-integrated in the device (e.g. repeater) or
is available as an active RS 485 termination element.
PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly
of PROFIBUS copper cables. The system comprises compatible
components:
• FastConnect Standard Cable for fast assembly
• FastConnect Stripping Tool
with FastConnect Blade Cassettes (spare blade cassettes for
the stripping tool)
• FastConnect bus connector for PROFIBUS
Repeater for PROFIBUS
A repeater links the individual bus segments with RS 485
technology. Main applications are:
• Increase in number of nodes and distances
• Electrical isolation of segments
If diagnostics functions for physical cable diagnostics are
desired in addition to the standard repeater functionality,
a diagnostic repeater can be alternatively used. It monitors the
copper bus cables in online mode. In the event of a fault it sends
a diagnostic message with detailed information about the type
and location of the fault to the DP master.
Active RS 485 terminating element
The active RS 485 terminating element is used to terminate bus
segments. The component supplied with 24 V DC independent
of the bus nodes provides a defined RS 485 signal level, and
suppresses reflections on the line. Bus nodes (e.g. ET 200S) can
be coupled and decoupled without feedback to/from PROFIBUS
networks terminated by active RS 485 terminating elements.
The configuration example (figure at top right) shows a typical
addressing scheme for a PROFIBUS DP network made up of
multiple segments. Although repeaters are electrical participants on the PROFIBUS, they are not assigned a slave address
since they are not directly addressed by the master.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/57
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS DP
Electrical networks
■ Design (continued)
RS 485-iS coupler
The RS 485-iS coupler is an isolating transformer with which the
PROFIBUS DP fieldbus can be routed intrinsically-safe into the
hazardous area.
The RS 485-iS coupler has the following functions:
• Connection of intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP stations,
e.g. ET 200iSP or devices from other vendors with Ex i DP
connection
• Conversion of the electrical PROFIBUS DP RS 485
transmission technology into the intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS
transmission technology with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbps
• Suitable as a safety barrier
• Additional use as a repeater in the hazardous area.
It is assembled on a SIMATIC S7-300 rail which can be
positioned horizontally or vertically.
The RS 485-iS coupler is integrated into the PROFIBUS as
follows:
• Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard Sub-D
socket (at the bottom on the RS 485-iS coupler, behind the
right front door).
• Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission
technology via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS
coupler, behind the right front door)
• The last bus node on the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP
segment (not further RS 485-iS couplers) must be terminated
by a selectable terminating resistor using the connector,
order no. 6ES7972-0DA60-0XA0.
The RS 485-iS coupler as an open resource can only be used in
housings, cabinets or rooms for electrical equipment.
■ Ordering data
PROFIBUS FastConnect Standard
Cable, violet
Standard type with special design
for fast mounting, 2-core, shielded,
cut-to-length
Order No.
6XV1830-0EH10
Specify length in m
Max. delivery unit 1 000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
11
Preferred lengths
- 20 m
- 50 m
- 100 m
- 200 m
- 500 m
- 1 000 m
PROFIBUS FastConnect
Standard Cable IS GP, blue
Cable type for use in potentially
explosive atmospheres,
with special design for fast
mounting, 2-core, shielded,
cut-to-length
6XV1830-0EN20
6XV1830-0EN50
6XV1830-0ET10
6XV1830-0ET20
6XV1830-0ET50
6XV1830-0EU10
6XV1831-2A
Specify length in m
Max. delivery unit 1 000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
Further PROFIBUS cables with
associated specifications
See Catalog IK PI
PROFIBUS FastConnect
Stripping Tool
Preadjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of PROFIBUS FastConnect
bus cables
6GK1905-6AA00
PROFIBUS FastConnect
Blade Cassettes
Spare blade cassettes for
PROFIBUS FastConnect stripping
tool, 5 units
6GK1905-6AB00
PROFIBUS FastConnect
bus connector RS 485 with
90° cable outlet
With insulation displacement
system
15.8 x 59 x 35.6 mm (W x H x D)
max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
• No programming port
• With programming port
PROFIBUS FastConnect
bus connector RS 485 Plug 180
With 180° cable outlet,
with insulation displacement
system, for connection of
PC, PG, OP
RS 485 Repeater for PROFIBUS
Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s,
24 V DC, IP 20 housing
6ES7972-0AA02-0XA0
RS 485 Diagnostic Repeater
For connection of 1 or 2 segments
to PROFIBUS DP; with online
diagnostics functions for monitoring
of bus cables
6ES7972-0AB01-0XA0
Active RS 485 Terminating
Element for PROFIBUS
For terminating bus segments for
data transfer rates from 9.6 kbit/s to
12 Mbit/s
6ES7972-0DA00-0AA0
RS 485-IS Coupler
Isolating transformer for connection
of PROFIBUS DP segments with
RS 485 and RS 485-iS transmission
technologies
6ES7972-0AC80-0XA0
PROFIBUS connector with
selectable terminating resistor
For connection of IM 152 to
PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
transmission technology
6ES7972-0DA60-0XA0
S7-300 rails
Lengths:
• 160 mm
• 482 mm
• 530 mm
• 830 mm
• 2 000 mm
6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
Note:
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6GK1500-0FC10
Other bus connectors
See Catalog IK PI
11/58
Order No.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
For further information on electrical PROFIBUS networks as
well as components and accessories, particularly cable
material for special applications, refer to Catalog IK PI,
chapter "PROFIBUS", Section "Network components for
PROFIBUS – electrical networks".
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS DP
Optical networks
■ Overview
Optical Link Modules
Optical networks are more expensive than electrical RS 485
networks, but are insensitive to electromagnetic interference.
In addition to purely optical networks, the combination of
electrical and optical networks has been established in practice,
providing users with the advantages of the respective transmission technologies.
OLMs can be combined with each other and individual stations
or complete electrical segments can be integrated into the
optical PROFIBUS network through an electrical interface.
OLMs are available with one (P11/G11) or two (P12/G12/G22)
fiber-optic (FO) interfaces with BFOC connections. Depending
on the version, they are suitable for the following distances when
combined with the correspondingly specified plastic/glass fiberoptic cables:
■ Design
Max. 15 km
Cable Tray I
optical
Optical Link Modules (OLM) permit the construction of optical
and hybrid (electrical/optical) networks in line, ring or star
topology.
Cable Tray II
Distance
Fiber-optic conductors
OLM
Up to 80 m
POF-FOC
Up to 400 m
PCF FOC
OLM/P11
or OLM/P12
Up to 3 km
Glass multimode FOC
Depending on ambient
temperature
• 0 ... +60 °C: OLM/G11,
OLM/G12, or
OLM/G22
• -25 ... +60 °C:
OLM/G12-EEC
Up to 10 km
Glass multimode FOC
Up to 15 km
Glass singlemode FOC
OLM/G11-1300
or OLM/G12-1300
OLM
2
5
6
3
Length between 2 OLMs
Plastic: 80 m
PCF: 400 m
Glass: up to 3 km
(singlemode: 15 km)
Max. 12 Mbit/s
7
G_PCS7_XX_00095
electrical
Number of devices
Max. 32 electrical participiants
per OLM
Max. 122 OLMs per OLM Ring
(depending on PROFIBUS DP
bus parameters)
Configuration example of an optical ring combined with an electrical
network
A ring structure of the optical network provides fault tolerance
since communication is not interrupted in the event that the
cable is damaged at one point or interrupted. Electrical bus
segments are incorporated into the optical ring using up to
122 optical link modules (OLM). Depending on the version of the
OLMs and the bus cable, the distance between two OLMs can
be up to 15 km. A maximum of 32 electrical bus participants can
be operated on one OLM.
The configuration example shows a typical addressing scheme
with mixed transmission technologies. Although OLMs are
electrical participants within their respective segment, they are
not assigned a PROFIBUS slave address.
We preferably recommend the OLM/G12 as the standard
component for optical PROFIBUS networks indoors and
outdoors.
The OLMs have a compact metal housing suitable for DIN rail
assembly. They automatically recognize all PROFIBUS data
transfer rates. Faults can be rapidly located as follows:
• Display of module status via floating signaling contact
• Checking of FO link quality (loss per section) via test output for
optical receivers for logging and plausibility checks.
Further information and detailed technical specifications
on the various OLM versions can be found in Catalog IK PI,
chapter "PROFIBUS", section "Network components for
PROFIBUS - Optical networks with OLM".
Bus cables
Suitable for the OLM/G12, fiber-optic cables (FOC) made of
glass with 2 multi-mode fibers are preferably used for optical
PROFIBUS networks indoors and outdoors.
The standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE is available in fixed lengths
up to 2 000 m. It is preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors.
A BFOC connector set with 20 connectors is available as an
accessory.
Further fiber-optic cables as well as detailed technical specifications can be found in the IK PI Catalog, chapter "PROFIBUS",
section "Network components for PROFIBUS - Optical networks".
Optical Link Module OLM/G22
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/59
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS DP
Optical networks
■ Ordering data
Order No.
FIBER OPTIC CABLE
Standard glass FO cable,
splittable
Pre-assembled with 4 BFOC
connectors
11
Preferred lengths
•1m
•5m
• 10 m
• 20 m
• 50 m
• 100 m
6XV1820-5BH10
6XV1820-5BH50
6XV1820-5BN10
6XV1820-5BN20
6XV1820-5BN50
6XV1820-5BT10
Other lengths and cables
See Catalog IK PI
BFOC connector set1)
For standard and trailing
FIBER OPTIC CABLES, 20 units
6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
PROFIBUS OLM/P11 V4.0
Optical link module with one RS 485
interface and one plastic fiber-optic
interface (2 BFOC sockets),
with signaling contact and
measuring output, two BFOC plugs
for plastic fiber-optic cables
6GK1503-2CA00
PROFIBUS OLM/P12 V4.0
Optical link module with one RS 485
interface and two plastic fiber-optic
interfaces (4 BFOC sockets),
with signaling contact and
measuring output, four BFOC plugs
for plastic fiber-optic cables
6GK1503-3CA00
PROFIBUS OLM/G11 V4.0
Optical link module with one RS 485
interface and one glass
FOC interface (2 BFOC sockets),
for standard distances up to
3 000 m, with signaling contact and
measuring output
6GK1503-2CB00
PROFIBUS OLM/G12 V4.0
Optical link module with one RS 485
interface and two glass
FOC interfaces (4 BFOC sockets),
for standard distances up to 3 km,
with signaling contact and
measuring output
6GK1503-3CB00
PROFIBUS OLM/G22 V4.0
Optical link module with two RS 485
interfaces and two glass
FOC interfaces (4 BFOC sockets),
for standard distances up to 3 km,
with signaling contact and
measuring output
6GK1503-4CB00
11/60
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
PROFIBUS OLM/G12-EEC V4.0
Optical link module with one RS 485
interface and two glass
FOC interfaces (4 BFOC sockets),
for standard distances up to 3 km,
suitable for extended temperature
range from -25 °C to +60 °C,
with signaling contact and
measuring output
6GK1503-3CD00
PROFIBUS OLM/G11-1300 V4.0
Optical link module with one RS 485
interface and one glass
FOC interface (2 BFOC sockets),
1 300 nm wavelength for long
distances up to 15 km,
with signaling contact and
measuring output
6GK1503-2CC00
PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300 V4.0
Optical link module with one RS 485
interface and two glass
FOC interfaces (4 BFOC sockets),
1 300 nm wavelength for long
distances up to 15 km,
with signaling contact and
measuring output
6GK1503-3CC00
1)
Additional components of the SIMATIC NET cabling range can be ordered
from your local contact.
For technical advice contact:
Siemens AG, Industry Sector, Fürth
J. Hertlein
Tel.: +49 911 750-4465
E-mail: [email protected]
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS DP
AS connection
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Order No.
CP 443-5 Extended
Communication module for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
PROFIBUS as DP master or for S7
communication,
for data set routing of SIMATIC PDM
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
IF 964-DP
Interface module for connection of
another PROFIBUS DP line,
for plugging into a free DP module
slot of the CPU
6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0
In a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system, PROFIBUS DP lines
can be connected to distributed process I/O both via a
PROFIBUS DP interface in the CPU and via a CP 443-5
Extended communication module.
For information on the type and number of configurable
PROFIBUS DP interfaces, see chapter 9 "Automation systems".
If a module slot provided in the CPU for the PROFIBUS
connection is still empty, an IF 964-DP interface module is
required in addition.
■ Benefits
Advantages of the CP 443-5 Extended communications module:
• Compact design; 9-contact Sub-D socket for connection to
PROFIBUS DP
• Simple installation
Can be plugged into AS rack slot; connection to the other
S7-400 modules via backplane bus
• Operation without fan; backup battery or memory submodule
are not required
11
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/61
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS DP
Y-link
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Y-Link
For connection of devices with only
one PROFIBUS DP interface to a
redundant automation system,
comprising:
Order No.
6ES7197-1LA11-0XA0
• 2 IM 153-2 High Feature interface
modules
• 1 Y-coupler
• 1 BM IM 157 bus module (IM/IM)
• One BM Y-coupler bus module
PS 307 Load Power Supply
Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
• 2 A; 40 mm wide
• 5 A; 60 mm wide
• 5 A, extended temperature range;
80 mm wide
• 10 A, 80 mm wide
The Y-Link is a bus coupler for transition from a redundant
PROFIBUS DP master system to a simple, single-channel
PROFIBUS DP master system. It can be used to connect
devices with only one PROFIBUS DP interface to the redundant
PROFIBUS DP master system.
■ Design
Redundant
automation system
Connection of non-redundant
PROFIBUS DP devices to
redundant PROFIBUS DP
G_PCS7_XX_00127
11
redundant PROFIBUS DP
Y-Link
The Y-link comprises:
• Two IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules for extended
temperature range
• One Y-coupler incl. RS 485 repeater
• 1 BM IM 157 (IM/IM) bus module for 2 IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for extended temperature range
• One BM Y-coupler bus module
Evaluation of the Y-Link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the
connected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.
It is recommendable to have a redundant -24 V DC supply for
the Y-Link, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305 load power supplies.
11/62
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
PS 305 Load Power Supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
• 2 A, extended temperature range;
80 mm wide
6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA80-0AA0
6ES7307-1KA02-0AA0
6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
■ Overview
Redundant architectures
You can define the degree of redundancy separately for the
controller, fieldbus and I/O levels of your plant depending on the
automation task and the derived safety requirements, and match
them to the field instrumentation (Flexible Modular Redundancy,
FMR). You can find an overview of the redundant architectures
of PROFIBUS PA under "Design".
Network transition PROFIBUS PA to PROFIBUS DP
The PA link is preferred as the gateway from PROFIBUS PA to
PROFIBUS DP. When using the PA link, the transmission rate on
the PROFIBUS DP is independent of the lower-level PROFIBUS
PA segments. The configuration of the PA link depends on the
fieldbus architecture. The types of coupler described in the
section "PA routers" can be used for the configuration. With a
small volume of data (small quantity structure) and low time
requirements, the DP/PA coupler can also be operated in
stand-alone mode as a gateway.
■ Benefits
SIMATIC Fieldbus Calculator
Direct interfacing of the devices in the field, especially in the
hazardous area, together with the information content of the
communication, are of significant importance in the process
industry. PROFIBUS PA, which permits both digital data
transmission and the power supply on a two-wire line with the
intrinsically-safe MBP transmission technology (Manchester
Coded; Bus Powered) is tailored to these requirements. It is
optimally suitable for direct integration of solenoid valves,
sensors, and pneumatic actuators positioned in operating
environments up to Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 into the process control
system.
The typical response time of a transmitter of approx. 10 ms
indicates that short cycle times can be achieved with the
PROFIBUS PA even in the case of a segment configuration
with up to 31 devices. Practically all typical applications of the
process industry can be implemented, both in small and large
plants. Bidirectional communication and high information
content allow enhanced diagnostics for fast and exact fault
detection and elimination. The standardized communications
services guarantee interoperability and replaceability between
multi-vendor field devices and remote configuration of the field
devices during operation.
Advantages provided by distributed field automation with
application of the PROFIBUS PA profile included low hardware
overhead, cost-effective engineering, increased operational
safety and problem-free maintenance. These advantages are
underlined by the following features:
• Modularity and uniformity from the sensor up to the control
level permit new plant concepts
• Implementation of intrinsically-safe applications through use
of the fieldbus in hazardous areas
• Redundant PROFIBUS PA architectures (ring and line
topologies with coupler redundancy) support Flexible
Modular Redundancy (FMR) from the automation system
(controller) down to a PA field device
• Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device
and cabling requirements
• Reduced configuration costs through simple, central
engineering of the field devices (PROFIBUS PA and HART
with SIMATIC PDM, also cross-vendor)
• Simple installation using two wire cable for common power
supply and data transmission
• Reduced commissioning costs through simplified loop check
• Low servicing costs thanks to simple wiring and
comprehensive diagnostics facilities
Safety communication with the PROFIsafe profile
The PROFIsafe profile allows seamless integration of safety
communication into the PROFIBUS PA. You need not configure
a separate safety bus for your safety-related applications.
The PROFIBUS PA with the PROFIsafe profile is incorporated in
"Safety Integrated for Process Automation". This comprehensive
range of products and services from Siemens for failsafe,
fault-tolerant applications in the process industry offers you
attractive and cost-effective alternatives to separate safety
systems.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/63
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
■ Design
Line architecture with single coupler
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
Max. 5 PROFIBUS PA lines (line segments) can be operated via
single couplers (max. 3 for mixed configurations with ring or
coupler redundancy) on a PA link as PA router, equipped with up
to 5 DP/PA couplers.
PA link
In the line architecture with individual couplers, each line
segment is connected to one DP/PA coupler of the PA router.
The PA router can be connected to a single or redundant
PROFIBUS DP.
PROFIBUS PA
The FDC 157-0 the first choice as the DP/PA coupler. When
using this coupler, the PA devices can be integrated into the line
segment via active field distributors AFD4 and AFD8 (approval
for Ex zone 2/22) and AFDiS (approval for Ex zone 1/21).
The PA devices are connected to these field distributors via
short-circuit-proof spur lines.
PA link
AFD
AFD
AFDiS
PROFIBUS PA
Up to 8 field distributors of type AFD4/AFD8, 5 field distributors
of type AFDiS, or 5 field distributors of both AFDiS and
AFD4/AFD8 types combined can be optionally operated in a line
segment. The last field distributor at the end of the line leading
away from the DP/PA coupler automatically activates its bus
terminating resistor.
Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas in accordance
with Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 are primarily integrated into a bus
segment by means of active field distributors AFDiS. For PA
devices in Ex zone 1/21, the connection via a line segment on
the PA router with DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a possible alternative.
The devices are integrated separately into the line segment via
SplitConnect Taps (via spur line or directly via SplitConnect M12
outlet). A SplitConnect terminator is required for the bus
termination of the segment.
PA link
AFS
AFD
AFD
AFDiS
PROFIBUS PA
By grouping individual devices in different line segments,
Flexible Modular Redundancy is possible at device level.
PA link
11
Line architecture with redundant coupler
PROFIBUS PA
AFD
AFDiS
G_PCS7_XX_00146
PROFIBUS DP
AFD
Basic PROFIBUS PA design versions when using the PA link as the
PA router
Basic PROFIBUS PA design versions are shown at this point.
The PA link is used as the PA router in these configuration
examples.
However, the PA router can only be implemented per
DP/PA coupler. The PROFIBUS DP connection is then directly on
the coupler instead of per interface module.
The number of PROFIBUS PA devices is limited according to the
specifications in section "Technical data".
11/64
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The PA link operable as a PA router on a single or redundant
PROFIBUS DP can only be equipped with one redundant
DP/PA coupler pair (up to 3 single couplers can also be
optionally configured). The redundant DP/PA coupler pair can
be used either for a line architecture with Active Field Splitter
(AFS) or for a ring architecture.
With a line architecture, the AFS is connected to the redundant
DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) in the PA router. It connects
the line segment connected to it to the active of the two
redundant DP/PA couplers. A DP/PA coupler can be replaced
without interrupting the ongoing operation.
The PA devices are integrated in the line segment as for a line
architecture with single couplers via active field distributors
AFD4, AFD8 or AFDiS. The limits with respect to the number of
field distributors are also identical (up to 8 AFD4/AFD8, up to
5 AFDiS or up to 5 AFDiS and AFD4/AFD8 in any combination).
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
■ Design (continued)
Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
With the redundant DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) of a
PA router, a ring segment with automatic bus termination can
also be implemented instead of a line segment with AFS.
Apart from the ring segment, only line segments with individual
couplers can be configured on this PA router. The PA router can
be connected to a single or a redundant PROFIBUS DP.
Integration of the PA field devices into the ring segment is
carried out via active field distributors AFD4, AFD8 or AFDiS, the
number of which is limited as with the line architectures (up to
8 AFD4/AFD8, up to 5 AFDiS or up to 5 AFDiS and AFD4/AFD8
in any combination). These field distributors have electrically
decoupled, short-circuit-proof spur line connections for
connecting the PA devices.
At the device level, flexible modular redundancy is possible by
grouping individual devices on different field distributors.
Special advantages of the ring architecture:
• High availability
• Transparent redundancy management of the intelligent
DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 for the host system
• Active bus terminators for automatic bus termination in the
DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 and the active field distributors
AFD4, AFD8 and AFDiS enable:
- Automatic, smooth isolation of faulty subsegments in the
event of a short-circuit or open-circuit
- Modification of the ring configuration or instrumentation
during operation, including the addition or removal of ring
segments
• Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device
and cabling requirements
Cable lengths of bus segments and spur lines
The PROFIBUS PA is based on electrical transmission
components. A shielded two-wire cable is used for digital data
transmission and for the power supply of the field devices.
With line, tree and ring topologies, bus segments up to approx.
1.9 km can be configured. If AFD4/AFD8 active field distributors
are used, the length of the spur lines for connecting devices and
the quality of the cable used must also be considered when
calculating the total length of the bus segment. Spur lines on the
AFDiS are not relevant to the total length of the bus segment.
For bus segments with active field distributors, the spur lines can
have the following maximum lengths:
• Up to 120 m in accordance with IEC 61158-2
• Up to 60 m in accordance with IEC 60079-27 (FISCO)
With AFD4/AFD8 active field distributors, these maximum values
may be reduced depending on the number of spur lines of the
bus segment (for details, see section "Technical specification").
With the active field distributor AFDiS, this reduction is canceled
by the integrated repeater function.
The SIMATIC Fieldbus Calculator provides help in calculating
and designing fieldbus segments:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/53842953
Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas are preferably
integrated into a bus segment by means of active field
distributors AFDiS. For PA devices in Ex zone 1/21,
the connection via a line segment on the PA router with
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a possible alternative. In such a
configuration the max. possible length per spur line is reduced
to 30 m and per bus segment to 1 km.
Bus segments are terminated either automatically
(with architectures with active field distributors AFD4, AFD8,
AFDiS) or with the passive terminating element for
PROFIBUS PA (SpliTConnect terminator).
■ Technical specifications
PROFIBUS PA
Data transmission
MBP
Transmission rate
31.25 Kbps
Cable
2-wire shielded
Type of protection
EEx(ia/ib)
Topology
Line, tree, ring
Active field distributors per segment/
coupler
• AFD4/AFD8
8
• AFDiS or combinations of AFDiS and 5
AFD4/AFD8
PA devices per segment/coupler
31
PA devices per PA link
64
Max. current for all PA field devices of 1 A
a segment (for PA gateways with
FDC 157-0 coupler)
Cable length per segment, dependent 1 900 m: standard
1 900 m: EEx(ib)
on transmission rate
1 000 m: EEx(ia)
11
Bus segments with AFD4/AFD8
Max. spur line length related to the
total number of spur lines
Number of spur lines (1 device per
spur line)
• 1 to 12 spur lines
• 13 to 14 spur lines
• 15 to 18 spur lines
• 19 to 24 spur lines
• 25 to 31 spur lines
120 m
90 m
60 m
30 m
1m
Bus segments with AFDiS
Max. spur line length independent of
total number of spur lines
Number of spur lines (1 device per
spur line)
• 1 to 31 spur lines
- Not intrinsically-safe
- Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
120 m
60 m
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/65
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
PA routers
■ Overview
■ Application
The two PA routers are based on two versions of the
DP/PA coupler:
• Ex [i] DP/PA coupler (max. output current 110 mA)
for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line or
tree topology in environments up to Ex zone 1/21, not for
redundant architectures (coupler redundancy, ring)
• FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler (max. output current 1 000 mA)
for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line, tree
or ring topology in environments up to Ex zone 2/22; can be
used for the redundant architectures "Ring" and "Coupler
redundancy"
DP/PA couplers are also integral components of the PA link
(see design). The PA link connects PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS PA together, and decouples the transmission rates.
In contrast to the DP/PA coupler which limits the data
transmission rate on the PROFIBUS DP to 45.45 kbit/s, the
PA link does not influence the performance of the PROFIBUS DP.
To create a smooth network transition between PROFIBUS DP
and PROFIBUS PA, the SIMATIC product range offers two
versions: the DP/PA coupler and the PA link.
The following criteria can be applied when choosing the network
transition:
• DP/PA coupler:
For small quantity frameworks (volumes of data) and low
timing requirements; limiting of data transfer rate on the
PROFIBUS DP to 45.45 kbit/s
• PA link:
For large number of stations and high cycle time requirements; data transfer rate on the PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
The PA link functions as a slave on the PROFIBUS DP and as a
master on the PROFIBUS PA. From the viewpoint of the host
PROFIBUS DP master, the PA link is a modular slave whose
modules are the devices connected on the PROFIBUS PA.
Addressing of these devices is carried out indirectly via the
PA link that itself only requires one node address. The host
PROFIBUS master can scan devices connected to the PA link all
at once.
If the router is a DP/PA coupler, the nodes on the PROFIBUS PA
are directly addressed by the PROFIBUS DP master (controller).
The DP/PA coupler is an electrical node, but is transparent for
communication between the master and PA field devices;
it therefore does not require setting of parameters or addresses
(exception: FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler used as PROFIBUS
diagnostics slave).
PROFIBUS diagnostics with FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler,
configured as PROFIBUS diagnostics slave
11
FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers configured as PROFIBUS
diagnostics slaves supply extensive diagnostic and status
information via PROFIBUS for swift localization and correction of
faults:
• I&M (Identification & Maintenance) data
• Current and voltage values on the main cable
• Redundancy status
• Wire breakage
• Short-circuit
• Signal level
To this end, each of these DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 requires
its own PROFIBUS address. This applies independent of use in
a PA Link or as a PA router.
The PA link and DP/PA coupler approved for an extended
temperature range are available for use in environments up to
Ex zone 2/22. Both are operated with 24 V DC. Assembly is on
an S7-300 rail with horizontal or vertical alignment.
11/66
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
PA routers
■ Design
High Speed solution with PA link
2
Low-cost solution with direct addressing
PROFIBUS master
S7-400
2
4
up to 12 Mbit/s
5
45.45 kbit/s
PROFIBUS DP
DP/PA coupler
PROFIBUS PA
3
PA link
PROFIBUS PA
31.25 kbit/s
1
3
4
3
PA link
• IM 153-2 interface module (single/redundant)
• DP/PA couplers (max. 5 per IM 153-2)
• Slave on DP side - master on PA side
• Max. 64 PA devices (244 bytes I/O data)
4
5
6
7
8
DP/PA coupler
• transparent for communication
• Ex version 13.5 V, 110 mA
• Non-Ex version 31 V, 1 000 mA
G_PCS7_XX_00078
2
Configuration examples for PA link and DP/PA coupler
PA link
The PA link is a modular combination in S7-300 design
consisting of the IM 153-2 High Feature PROFIBUS DP interface
module (with optional redundancy) and up to 5 DP/PA couplers
(FDC 157-0 or Ex [i]).
All components of the PA link are interconnected through the
S7 backplane bus. The use of active bus modules as backplane
bus allows hot swapping of individual modules and redundancy
of the IM 153-2 High Feature PROFIBUS DP interface modules
and the FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler. If redundancy and changes
during operation are not required, passive bus connectors can
be used instead of active bus modules.
The PS 307 or PS 305 load power supply can be used for the
24 V DC. With a redundant IM 153-2 High Feature interface
module for PROFIBUS DP, it is also recommendable to have a
redundant 24 V DC supply, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305 load
power supplies.
- Mounting rail for hot swapping (as an alternative to the
standard mounting rail)
- BM PS/IM for 1 load power supply and 1 IM 153-2 High
Feature module, for extended temperature range
- IM/IM (IM 157) bus module for two IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for redundant and non-redundant design and for
extended temperature range
- BM FDC for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or FDC 157-0,
for extended temperature range (up to 5 DP/PA couplers
possible per PA link)
- BM FDC/FDC for 2 DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0, for extended
temperature range
Additive option:
• PS 307 for 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC load power supply,
version in 2, 5 or 10 A, or
• PS 305 load power supply for 24/48/60/110 V DC;
24 V DC, 2 A
The PROFIBUS PA bus segments designed with the
DP/PA couplers are physically separated as regards current
infeed, but form one bus system in communication terms.
A PROFIBUS PA ring segment or a PROFIBUS PA line segment
with coupler redundancy can be operated on a PA link. Further
PROFIBUS PA line segments can be operated on this PA link
using individual couplers. The FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers
provided for the ring coupling or coupler redundancy must
always be located at the right-hand end of a sequence of up to
5 couplers.
The following basic components are available for configuring the
PA link:
• IM 153-2 High Feature interface module for extended
temperature range
• DP/PA coupler (Ex [i] and FDC 157-0)
• Components for redundant design and for hot swapping
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/67
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
PA routers
■ Technical specifications
DP/PA coupler
Climatic conditions
Bus connection
Permissible operating temperature
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] and
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
• Horizontal installation
• Vertical installation
Connection for PROFIBUS PA
• DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
2 terminals of a 4-pole screw-type
terminal, integrated terminating
resistor
4-pole screw-type terminal for
connection and looping through,
selectable terminating resistor
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
80 x 125 x 130
9-pin Sub-D plug,
contact assignment as described in
IEC 61158/EN 50170
Weight
• DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
approx. 550 g
Approx. 515 g
Degree of protection
IP20
IM 153-2 High Feature
(for extended temperature range)
Transmission rate on PROFIBUS DP
45.45 Kbps
Function
Transmission rate on PROFIBUS PA
31.25 Kbps
Communication protocol
PROFIBUS DP
Connection for PROFIBUS DP
Module-specific data
Voltages, currents, potentials
11
-25 ... +60 °C
-25 ... +40 °C
Linking of PROFIBUS DP
(9.6 Kbps to 12 Mbps,
slave functionality) and
PROFIBUS PA (master functionality)
with support of the "Configuration in
Run" function
Supply voltage
24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
Reverse polarity protection
Yes
Overvoltage protection
Yes
Voltage at coupler output (PA)
• DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
13 V ... 14 V DC
31 ± 1 V DC
1 Y coupler, up to 5 DP/PA couplers
or up to 64 slaves can be connected
Voltage monitoring
15.5 V
Overvoltage monitoring
U > 35 V; latching cutoff
Isolation from the higher-level
DP master system
Voltage failure bridging
Min. 5 ms
Bus connection
• Connection for PROFIBUS DP
Current at coupler output (PA)
for supplying the PA field devices
• DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
max. 110 mA
max. 1 A
Connectable lower-level
components
Galvanic isolation 24 V DC
• PROFIBUS DP/PROFIBUS PA
• PROFIBUS DP/supply
• PROFIBUS PA/supply
• All electric circuits/
functional grounding
Power consumption of modules
(24 V DC)
• DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
Power loss of the module
• DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of PA devices on
PROFIBUS PA
max. 5
1
max. 64
Module-specific data
IP20
Max. 400 mA
max. 2.3 A
Transmission rate of the higher level
DP master system
9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5;
500 Kbps;
1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbps
Typ. 7 W
Typ. 13.4 W
Communication protocol
PROFIBUS DP
Frame length
• I/O data
• Configuration frame
• Diagnostics frame
• Parameter assignment frame
Max. 244 bytes
Max. 244 bytes
Max. 244 bytes
Max. 244 bytes
Yellow LED "DP"
Yellow LED "PA"
Green "ON" LED
Additive diagnostics displays of the
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
• Group error
Red LED "SF"
• Bus error
Red LED "BF"
Yellow LED "ACT"
• Monitoring DP/PA coupler (active
coupler in redundant configuration)
11/68
Number of couplers
• DP/PA coupler
• Y coupler
9-pin Sub-D plug,
contact assignment as described in
IEC 61158/EN 50170, Vol. 2
Degree of protection
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Diagnostics displays DP/PA coupler
Ex [i] and DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
• PROFIBUS DP bus monitoring
• PROFIBUS PA bus monitoring
• 24 V DC power supply monitoring
The DP/PA link function is only
implemented by extending the
IM 153-2 High Feature with one or
more DP/PA couplers. Stand-alone
operation of the IM 153-2 High
Feature is not possible.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
PA routers
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Voltages, currents, potentials
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Supply voltage
24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
Reverse polarity protection
Yes
Voltage failure bridging
20 ms
Galvanic isolation
• to the higher-level DP master system Yes
• to the DP/PA coupler or Y coupler
No
Power consumption of modules
(24 V DC)
• In the PA link
• In the Y link
Max. 200 mA (at 20.4 V)
Max. 400 mA (at 20.4 V)
Power loss of the module
• In the PA link
• In the Y link
Max. 2.6 W (at 28.8 V)
Max. 3.6 W (at 28.8 V)
Infeed, mechanical design
■ Ordering data
DP/PA coupler
For transition from RS 485 to MBP
• DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
Fieldbus coupler between
PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS PA, EEx(ia) version,
max. output current 110 mA;
degree of protection IP20;
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 °C
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
Fieldbus coupler between
PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS PA, with redundancy
capability; integrated PROFIBUS
diagnostics slave; max. output
current 1 A; degree of protection
IP20; for extended temperature
range, permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 °C
IM 153-2 High Feature
Interface module for PA Link and
Y-Link; with redundancy capability;
degree of protection IP20;
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating temperature
-25 to +60 °C
PS 305 Load Power Supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
• 2 A, extended temperature range;
80 mm wide
Standard profile rails
(without hot swapping function)
• 482 mm wide (19 inches)
• 530 mm wide
Red LED "SF"
Red LED "BF 1"
Red LED "BF 2"
Yellow LED "ACT"
Green "ON" LED
Climatic conditions
4-pin screw terminal, short-circuiting
link between PE and M24; the shortcircuiting link must be removed for
floating operation (independent of
this, the DP interface is always
floating)
Permissible operating temperature
• Horizontal installation
• Vertical installation
-25 ... +60 °C
-25 ... +40 °C
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
40 x 125 x 130
Weight
approx. 360 g
Order No.
Order No.
Components for hot swapping
and for redundant design
6ES7157-0AD82-0XA0
6ES7157-0AC83-0XA0
6ES7153-2BA82-0XB0
Accessories
PS 307 Load Power Supply
Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
• 2 A; 40 mm wide
• 5 A; 60 mm wide
• 5 A, extended temperature range;
80 mm wide
• 10 A, 80 mm wide
Diagnostic displays
• Group error
• Bus error on higher level
DP master system
• Bus error on underlying bus system
• Module is active in redundancy
mode
• 24 V DC power supply monitoring
6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA80-0AA0
6ES7307-1KA02-0AA0
6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0
Active bus modules for hot
swapping
• BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme
for 1 load current supply and
1 IM 153-2 High Feature module;
for "hot swapping" function,
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating
temperature -25 to +70 °C
• BM IM/IM
for 2 IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for redundant and
non-redundant configuration,
for "hot swapping" function,
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 °C
• BM FDC
for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or
FDC 157-0,
for "hot swapping" function,
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 °C
• BM FDC/FDC
for 2 DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0,
for "hot swapping" function,
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 °C
Mounting rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
• 482 mm wide (19 inches)
• 530 mm wide
• 620 mm wide
Covers
4 backplane bus covers and
1 cover for active bus module
6AG1195-7HA00-2XA0
11
6ES7195-7HD80-0XA0
6ES7195-7HF80-0XA0
6ES7195-7HG80-0XA0
6ES7195-1GA00-0XA0
6ES7195-1GF30-0XA0
6ES7195-1GG30-0XA0
6ES7195-1JA00-0XA0
6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/69
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors
■ Overview
Active field distributor AFDiS
Active field distributor AFD4
Active field distributor AFDiS
PROFIBUS DP
PA link
AFDiS
AFDiS
AFDiS
Ex Zone 1
Active field distributor AFD8
Subsegment max. 500 m
Active field distributor (AFD)
Active field distributors (AFD) can be operated in environments
in accordance with Ex zone 2/22. They are offered in two
versions which differ as follows:
• AFD4 with 4 spur line connections for 1 field device each
• AFD8 with 8 spur line connections for 1 field device each
An AFD4 can therefore connect up to 4 field devices, and an
AFD8 can connect up to 8 field devices, via short-circuit proof
spur line connections to a fieldbus segment (line/ring)
with automatic bus termination. This applies to both PA
(PROFIBUS PA) as well as FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1)
field devices.
The fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or
redundant PROFIBUS DP via a PA or FF router and can thus be
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system.
Up to 8 active field distributors AFD4/AFD8 with a total of up to
31 connected field devices can be operated per fieldbus
segment. The number of field devices is also limited by the
current consumption of the field devices. A maximum of 60 mA
per spur line and a maximum of 1 A per segment is available for
the field devices.
An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation
without failure of the segment.
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
11/70
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Ex Zone 0
Bus
terminating
resistor 100 Ω
G_PCS7_XX_00285
11
The active field distributor AFDiS (Active Field Distributor
intrinsically Safe) can be operated in environments in
accordance with Ex zone 1/21 and 2/22. It can integrate up to
6 intrinsically-safe PA or FF field devices into a fieldbus segment
(line/ring) via its intrinsically-safe, short-circuit-proof spur line
connections. Instead of the spur line, it is also possible to use a
subsegment for 3 to 4 devices with a max. length of 500 m at
connection S1 of the AFDiS. The spur lines with type of
protection Ex [ia] as well as the subsegment can be routed into
Zone 0/20.
Up to 5 field distributors AFDiS with a total of up to 31 field
devices can be operated in a fieldbus segment. The limitation to
5 field distributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD
and AFDiS.
The number of field devices per segment additionally depends
on the current consumption of the devices. A current of 1 A is
available for all field devices of the segment.
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors
■ Overview (continued)
With the integrated repeater function, the AFDiS has the
following advantages compared to the AFD:
• Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur
lines in the bus segment
• Spur line lengths need not be be taken into account when
determining the total length of the bus segment
Under the following conditions, an AFDiS in a ring segment can
be replaced during operation without failure of the segment:
Installation in Zone 2/22 or in a non-hazardous area.
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
Active field splitter AFS
The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PA or FF line
segment with a redundant coupler pair of a PA or FF router.
The AFS interconnects the line segment with the respective
active coupler.
The PA or FF line segment can be connected to the AFS via one
or two (center feed) identical Y-connectors out of a total of 4.
For the center feed, the line segment is connected via the two
Y-connectors (bus termination switch on both FDC 157 couplers
set to "OFF").
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused connections by plugs.
■ Technical specifications
General data
Connection of field devices
Degree of protection
Connections, interfaces
• Standard-compliant field devices
for PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
• Max. 4 per AFD4
• Max. 8 per AFD8
• Max. 31 per fieldbus segment
• Operating environment up to Zone 2
oder 22; Class I Zone 2/ Division 2
• The max. current consumption of all
fieldbus components of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A
IP66
Main line
Number of connections
2
Interfaces
PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Automatic bus terminator
Yes
Spur cables
Number of connections
• AFD4
• AFD8
4
8
Short-circuit-proof
Yes
Power supply
Via bus, no auxiliary power necessary
Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
No
Rated supply voltage,
permissible range
16 ... 32 V DC
Current Imax (DC) on spur lines
1 to 4 (AFD4) or 1 to 8 (AFD8)
60 mA
Reverse polarity protection
(together with FDC 157)
Yes
Short-circuit current (test current)
6 mA
Debounce logic
Yes
Overvoltage protection
No
No-load voltage
< 30 V
Current output to field devices
• AFD4
• AFD8
Max. 240 mA
Max. 480 mA
Voltages, currents, potentials
Current consumption
• Current consumption at idle
AFD4: 24 mA
• Current consumption with
connected field devices
AFD8: 34 mA
AFD4: 24 mA + total current of all
field devices
AFD8: 34 mA + total current of all
field devices
30 mA
• Additional current consumption of
the AFD at end of line (an open main
line connection)
• Current consumption at max. power AFD4: 264 mA
output per spur line
AFD8: 514 mA
Power loss
Grounding
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Status indicator
Yes
Diagnostics function
Yes
Diagnostics LED
Yes
Interrupts
No
Climatic conditions
AFD4: Min. 384 mW; max. 3.2 W
Permissible operating temperature
-40 ... +70 °C
AFD8: Min. 544 mW; max. 4.1 W
Permissible storage/
transport temperature
-40 ... +85 °C
Relative humidity during operation
Max. 95%
Approvals for potentially explosive
atmospheres
• Gas
• Dust
Zone 2
Zone 22
Direct, via grounding rail
Electrical isolation between main line No
and spur lines
11
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
(without fittings)
• AFD4
• AFD8
220 x 120 x 83
360 x 120 x 83
Weight
• AFD4
• AFD8
2 000 g
3 000 g
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/71
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Active field distributor AFDiS
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
General data
Connection of field devices
• Standard-compliant field devices
for PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
• Max. 6 per AFDiS
• Max. 31 per fieldbus segment
• Operating environment up to Zone 1
oder 21; Class I Zone 1
• The max. current consumption of all
fieldbus components of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A
Yes
Diagnostics function
Yes
Diagnostics LED
Yes
Interrupts
No
Climatic conditions
Permissible operating temperature
-40 ... +70 °C
Permissible storage/
transport temperature
-40 ... +85 °C
IP66
Relative humidity during operation
Max. 95%
Power supply
Via bus, no auxiliary power necessary
Rated supply voltage,
permissible range
16 ... 32 V DC
Approvals for potentially explosive
atmospheres
• Gas
• Dust
Zone 1 and Zone 2
Zone 21 and Zone 22
Reverse polarity protection
(together with FDC 157)
Yes; up to 1 A
Overvoltage protection
No
Degree of protection
Voltages, currents, potentials
Current consumption
• At 28 V input voltage
• At 24 V input voltage
• At 20 V input voltage
d 64 mA + (0.838 x aggregate current
of all field devices)
d 67 mA + (1.008 x aggregate current
of all field devices)
d 74 mA + (1.246 x aggregate current
of all field devices)
Power loss
Min. 1.4 W; max. 5.9 W
Grounding
Direct, via connecting bar
Electrical isolation between main line Yes
and spur lines
2550 V DC, 2 s
Test voltage
Connections, interfaces
11
Status indicator
Main line
Number of connections
2
Interfaces
PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Automatic bus terminator
Yes
Spur cables
Number of connections
6
Short-circuit-proof
Yes
Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
Yes
Current Imax
• on spur line S1
• on spur line S2 to S6
• in total for all field devices
60 mA
40 mA
180 mA
Short-circuit current (test current)
5 mA
Debounce logic
Yes
No-load voltage
Max. 15.3 V
Current output to field devices
Max. 260 mA
11/72
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
380 x 85 x 170
Weight
4 500 g
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Active field splitter AFS
Connections, interfaces
Main lines to the FDC 157 couplers
General data
Connection of field devices
Degree of protection
• 1 fieldbus segment with max.
31 field devices
• Operating environment up to Zone 2
oder 22; Class I Zone 2/ Division 2
• The max. current consumption of all
fieldbus components of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A
IP66
Voltages, currents, potentials
Number of connections
2
Automatic bus terminator
No
Maximum permissible continuous
main line current
1A
Y-connectors for fieldbus line
segment
Number of connections
1 or 2 (with center feed)
Interfaces
PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Power supply
Via bus, no auxiliary power necessary
Rated supply voltage,
permissible range
16 ... 32 V DC
Short-circuit proof
(together with FDC 157)
Yes
Reverse polarity protection
(together with FDC 157)
Yes
Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
No
Overvoltage protection
No
Current consumption at idle
54 mA
Power loss
Min. 864 mW; max. 2.13 W
Output current for supplying all field
devices of the fieldbus segment
(for dimensioning the device
configuration)
Grounding
1A
Current Imax on Y (limited by FDC 157) 1 A
Debounce logic
No
Continuous output voltage
Max. 32 V
Current output to field devices
Max. 1 A
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Direct, via connecting bar
Status indicator
Yes
Diagnostics function
Yes
Diagnostics LED
Yes
Interrupts
No
Climatic conditions
Permissible operating temperature
-40 ... +70 °C
Permissible storage/
transport temperature
-40 ... +85 °C
Relative humidity during operation
Max. 95%
Approvals for potentially explosive
atmospheres
• Gas
• Dust
Zone 2
Zone 22
11
Dimensions and weight
■ Ordering data
Active field distributor (AFD)
For integration of standardcompliant PA or FF field devices
• AFD4 with 4 short-circuit-proof
spur line connections for 1 field
device each
• AFD8 with 8 short-circuit-proof
spur line connections for 1 field
device each
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
(without fittings)
220 x 120 x 83
Weight
2 000 g
Order No.
Order No.
Accessories
6ES7157-0AG81-0XA0
Sealing plugs
for unused connections on AFS,
AFD and AFDiS (10 units)
6ES7157-0AG80-1XA1
6ES7157-0AG82-0XA0
Active Field Distributor AFDiS
(Active Field Distributor
intrinsically safe)
with 6 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of
standard-compliant intrinsicallysafe PA or FF field devices
6ES7157-0AG83-0XA0
Active field splitter (AFS)
for the interconnection of a bus line
segment with the active coupler of a
PA or FF router with redundant
coupler pair
6ES7157-0AG80-0XA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/73
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
PROFIBUS PA
Passive PA components
■ Overview
■ Design
The following cables in different colors are offered for setting up
PROFIBUS PA networks in accordance with IEC 61158-2
(for detailed information, refer to the IK PI Catalog, Industry Mall,
or CA 01 Offline Mall under Network components for PROFIBUS,
Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA)):
• PROFIBUS FC Process Cable, 2-wire, shielded, black sheath:
for applications in non-intrinsically safe areas
SpliTConnect
terminator
DP/PA link
SpliTConnect
coupler
SpliTConnect taps
FC Process cable
SpliTConnect
M12 Jack
• PROFIBUS FC Process Cable, 2-wire, shielded, blue sheath:
for applications in intrinsically safe areas
SpliTConnect M12 Outlet
for direct connection of
PA field devices to the
SpliTConnect tap
Connector on
PA field device
SpliTConnect
The SpliTConnect Tap enables the design of fieldbus segments
according to IEC 61158-2 with field device connection points.
The SpliTConnect Coupler can be used to construct a
PROFIBUS PA hub by connecting SpliTConnect Taps in series.
By replacing the contacting screw by the SpliTConnect Terminator, the SpliTConnect Tap can be used as a bus terminating
element.
11
The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer
sheath and shield of the PROFIBUS FC Process Cables to the
required lengths for PROFIBUS PA.
■ Ordering data
PROFIBUS FC Process Cable
2-wire, shielded
• Blue sheath color; for
intrinsically safe applications
• Black sheath color; for
non-intrinsically safe applications
Order No.
6XV1830-5EH10
6XV1830-5FH10
Sold by the meter:
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
PROFIBUS FastConnect
Stripping Tool
Stripping tool for fast stripping of
the PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
cable
6GK1905-6AA00
PROFIBUS FastConnect
Blade Cassettes
Spare blade cassettes for
PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping
Tool, 5 units
6GK1905-6AB00
SpliTConnect Tap
for implementing PROFIBUS PA
segments and attaching PA field
devices, insulation displacement
terminal, IP67, 10 units
6GK1905-0AA00
11/74
Terminal equipment can be connected directly through the
FC Process Cable. Using the SpliTConnect M12 Outlet,
PA field devices can also be connected to the SpliTConnect Tap
by means of an M12 connection. The SpliTConnect M12 Jack is
a connecting element between an FC Process Cable and an
M12 connector on the PROFIBUS PA field device. For details on
SpliTConnect network components, see Catalog IK PI.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
SpliTConnect M12 Outlet
Element for direct attachment of
PA field devices to the
SpliTConnect Tap, 5 units
6GK1905-0AB10
SpliTConnect Coupler
Connection element for cascading
SpliTConnect Taps to create neutral
points, 10 units
6GK1905-0AC00
SpliTConnect Terminator
for connecting PROFIBUS PA
segments, 5 units
• Terminator (Ex); can be
used in hazardous areas
• Terminator (non-Ex); cannot be
used in hazardous areas
SpliTConnect M12 Jack
Connecting element between an
FC Process Cable and M12
connector on the PROFIBUS PA
field device, 5 units
6GK1905-0AD00
6GK1905-0AE00
6GK1905-0AF00
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
■ Overview
Line architecture with single coupler
According to preference, FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) H1 can
be used in addition to PROFIBUS PA as the fieldbus for the
direct connection of transmitters and actuators to the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
■ Design
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
The FF field devices are integrated into a line segment via active
field distributors AFD4 and AFD8 (approval for Ex zone 2/22) as
well as AFDiS (approval for Ex zone 1/21). Connection to these
field distributors is made via short-circuit-proof spur lines.
Up to 8 field distributors of type AFD4/AFD8, 5 field distributors
of type AFDiS or 5 field distributors of both AFDiS and
AFD4/AFD8 types combined can be optionally operated in a line
segment. The last field distributor at the end of the line leading
away from the FF Link automatically activates its bus terminating
resistor. The line segment can be connected to a single or
redundant PROFIBUS DP via the FF Link.
Line architecture with redundant coupler
The active field splitter (AFS) is connected with a redundant
coupler pair (2 FDC 157) in the FF Link. This connects the line
segment connected to it to the respective active coupler.
A coupler can be replaced without interrupting the ongoing
operation. The FF field devices are integrated in the line
segment as described in the section "Line architecture with
single coupler". The limits with respect to the number of field
distributors are also identical (up to 8 AFD4/AFD8, up to 5 AFDiS
or up to 5 AFDiS and AFD4/AFD8 in any combination).
FF link
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
AFD
AFD
AFDiS
The line segment on the AFS can be connected to a single or
redundant PROFIBUS DP via the FF Link.
Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
FF link
Maximum availability can be achieved with a FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 ring segment that is created by means of a
redundant coupler pair (2 FDC 157) in the FF Link.
AFS
The FF field devices are integrated into the ring segment via the
short-circuit-proof spur lines of the active field distributors AFD
or AFDiS. The number of field distributors is limited as with the
line architectures (up to 8 AFD4/AFD8, up to 5 AFDiS or up to
5 AFDiS and AFD4/AFD8 in any combination).
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
AFD
AFDiS
The bus is terminated automatically and is immediately adapted
in the event of changes or faults on the bus. An extension on the
fieldbus or replacement of a coupler during operation is
possible.
The ring segment can be connected to a single or redundant
PROFIBUS DP via the FF Link.
FF link
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
AFDiS
G_PCS7_XX_00284
AFD
PROFIBUS DP
AFD
Design versions of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
An FF fieldbus segment can be operated on the FF Link for the
gateway between PROFIBUS DP and the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1, and can be configured as described below.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/75
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
■ Function
Properties of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Just like PROFIBUS PA, the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 is based
on the IEC 61158-2 standard. Using the MBP (Manchester
Coded; Bus Powered) transmission method, digital data
transmission and power supply of the bus nodes are combined
on a shielded two-wire cable. The constant transmission rate is
31.25 Kbps.
Up to 32 bus nodes (1 coupler + field devices) can be operated
on one fieldbus segment (typically 8 to 12 devices). The field
devices are integrated into the fieldbus segment via active field
distributors AFD4 and AFD8 (approval for Ex zone 2/22) as well
as AFDiS (approval for Ex zone 1/21). Intrinsically-safe FF
devices connected via active field distributors AFDiS can be
installed in hazardous areas in accordance with Ex zone 1/21 or
0/20.
The total length of the fieldbus segment is restricted to 1 900 m.
If AFD4/AFD8 are used, the length of the spur lines for
connecting devices and the quality of the cable used must
also be considered when calculating the total length of the bus
segment. Spur lines on the AFDiS are not relevant to the total
length of the bus segment.
The spur lines can have the following maximum lengths:
• Up to 120 m in accordance with IEC 61158-2
• Up to 60 m in accordance with IEC 60079-27 (FISCO)
With AFD4/AFD8 active field distributors, the maximum values
may be reduced depending on the number of spur lines of the
bus segment (for details, see section "Technical specification").
With the active field distributor AFDiS, this reduction is canceled
by the integrated repeater function.
11
The SIMATIC Fieldbus Calculator provides help in calculating
and designing fieldbus segments:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/53842953
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 combines cyclic and acyclic
communication. Time-critical tasks such as the transfer of
process data are executed cyclically according to an exact
processing schedule. On the other hand, non-time-critical
information such as maintenance/diagnostics data,
configuration or configuration data is transferred acyclically.
Device management with EDD
The field device data for the following block types are distributed
according to the block model:
• Device block (device-specific information)
• Function block (implemented functions)
• Transmission block (function for controlling input/output
variables of a function block)
Fieldbus Foundation provides pre-defined device descriptions
(standard DD) for the basic functions of specific field device
types. The basic functions of the devices (e.g. analog input,
digital output, etc.) are implemented by means of various
standard function and transmission blocks.
The device descriptions are interpreted with SIMATIC PDM V8.1.
Control in the field
Function and transmission blocks can also be interconnected to
form control loops. Together with suitable field devices, such a
control application operates independent of the controller
(automation system) of the control system.
Characteristic features at a glance
• Bus power supply to the field devices
• Topology: Line, tree, ring
• Integration of intrinsically safe field devices in hazardous
areas with barriers
• Deterministic time response
• Interoperability due to standardized bus interface and
device integration with standardized device descriptions
• Support of "Control in the field"
■ Integration
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 can be integrated seamlessly in
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system using PROFIBUS DP
as link. A SIMATIC FF Link, which is equipped with one or
two couplers depending on the selected bus architecture
(see Setup section), serves as router between PROFIBUS DP
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1.
Engineering of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 segments is
implemented as for PROFIBUS PA. Diagnostic information and
configured maintenance information for FF Link and FF devices
are made available via the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station.
SIMATIC PCS 7 generates the diagnostics screens automatically.
System requirements:
• System software SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+ SP2 or higher
• SIMATIC PDM V8.0/8.1 with SIMATIC PDM Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
■ Technical specifications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Data transmission
MBP
Transmission rate
31.25 Kbps
Cable
2-wire shielded
Topology
Line, tree, ring
FF devices per segment/FF Link
31
Active field distributors per
segment/FF Link
• AFD4/AFD8
8
• AFDiS or combinations of AFDiS and 5
AFD4/AFD8
Max. total current consumption of all
FF field devices
1A
Cable length per segment
1 900 m
Bus segments with AFD4/AFD8
Max. spur line length related to the total number of spur lines
Number of spur lines
(1 device per spur line)
• 1 to 12 spur lines
• 13 to 14 spur lines
• 15 to 18 spur lines
• 19 to 24 spur lines
• 25 to 31 spur lines
Bus segments with AFDiS
Max. spur line length independent of total number of spur lines
Number of spur lines
(1 device per spur line)
• 1 to 31 spur lines
- Not intrinsically-safe
- Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
11/76
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
120 m
90 m
60 m
30 m
1m
120 m
60 m
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF routers
■ Overview
OS Single
Station
SIMATIC PCS 7
Engineering/Maintenance Station with
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
Plant bus
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
PROFIBUS DP
FF Link
FF Link
FDC 157
FF segment
FDC 157
AFD
IM 153-2FF
FF segment
AFD
AFD
G_PCS7_XX_00258
IM 153-2FF
Examples of DP/FF routers with FF Link
With an FF Link as router between PROFIBUS DP and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (FF), a fieldbus segment with up to
31 standard-compliant FF-H1 field devices can be integrated in
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The modular FF Link
can be configured differently depending on the design of
PROFIBUS DP (single or redundant) and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 (for design versions, refer to the section
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, introduction). One or two
IM 153-2 FF interface modules are combined with one coupler
or an FDC 157 coupler pair.
characteristics, communications protocols, and the time
response of both bus systems.
An FF Link master is integrated in the IM 153-2 FF. Typically the
IM 153-2 FF uses this to control the distributed communication
of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 segment as LAS (Link Active
Scheduler). If it fails, the redundant M 153-2 FF partner module
or a field device with the "Backup Link Master" feature takes over
control of communication. This permits the implementation of
closed-loop control functions by FF field devices (Control in the
Field), independent of the higher-level controller.
The FF Link is simultaneously slave on the PROFIBUS DP and
master on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1. It decouples the LAN
■ Design
FF Link
The FF Link is a modular combination in S7-300 design
consisting of the IM 153-2 FF PROFIBUS DP interface module
and FDC 157 coupler (both either as single units or redundantly
in pairs depending on the plant configuration).
The following design versions are thus possible (also refer to
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 section, introduction):
• One PROFIBUS DP interface module (1 x IM 153-2 FF)
- Line architecture with single coupler (1 x FDC 157)
- Line architecture with coupler redundancy (2 x FDC 157)
and AFS active field distributor
- Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
(2 x FDC 157)
• Redundant PROFIBUS DP interface modules
(2 x IM 153-2 FF)
- Line architecture with single coupler (1 x FDC 157)
- Line architecture with coupler redundancy (2 x FDC 157)
and AFS active field distributor
- Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
(2 x FDC 157)
For FF Link configurations with redundant components,
active bus modules must be used for the backplane bus instead
of passive bus connectors. Active bus modules permit
"hot swapping" of individual modules.
If a 24 V DC infeed from the plant's central power supply is not
possible, the PS 307 or PS 305 load power supplies can be
used. A redundant 24 V DC power supply, e.g. by means of two
PS 307/PS 305 load power supplies, is recommended for
FF Link configurations with redundant IM 153-2 FF High Feature
interface modules.
One FF fieldbus segment each can be operated with an FF Link.
This can be a simple line segment with single coupler, a line
segment with coupler redundancy, or a ring segment with
coupler and media redundancy.
The following basic components are available for configuring the
FF Link:
• IM 153-2 FF interface module
• FDC 157 coupler
In a minimum configuration consisting of one IM 153-2 FF and
one FDC 157 coupler, the components can be connected via the
S7 backplane bus by means of passive bus connectors.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/77
11
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF routers
■ Design (continued)
IM 153-2 FF
• Components for redundant design and for hot swapping
- Mounting rail for hot swapping (as an alternative to the
standard mounting rail)
- BM PS/IM for 1 load power supply and 1 IM 153-2 FF
module, for extended temperature range
- BM IM/IM for 2 IM 153-2 FF modules, for redundant and
non-redundant design and for extended temperature range
- BM FDC for 1 FDC 157 coupler, for extended temperature
range
- BM FDC/FDC for 2 FDC 157 couplers, for extended
temperature range
Additive option:
• PS 307 load power supply for 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC,
version in 2, 5 or 10 A, or
PS 305 load power supply for 24/48/60/110 V DC;
24 V DC, 2 A
■ Technical specifications
Linking of PROFIBUS DP
(slave functionality) and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
(link master functionality) with
support of the "Configuration in Run"
function
The FF link function is only implemented by extending the IM 153-2 FF
with one coupler or one FDC 157
coupler pair. Stand-alone operation of
the IM 153-2 FF is not possible.
Bus connection
Connection for PROFIBUS DP
9-pin sub D connector
Module-specific data
Degree of protection
IP20
Transmission rate of the higher level
DP master system
9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5;
500 Kbit/s;
1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s
Communication protocol
PROFIBUS DP/
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
4-pole screw-type terminal for
connection and looping through,
selectable terminating resistor
Frame length
• I/O data
• Configuration frame
• Diagnostics frame
• Parameter assignment frame
Module-specific data
Voltages, currents, potentials
Degree of protection
IP20
Rated supply voltage
24 V DC (20.4 V to 28.8 V)
45.45 Kbit/s
Reverse polarity protection
Yes
Transmission rate on
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
31.25 Kbit/s
Voltage failure bridging
20 ms
Communication protocol
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Galvanic isolation
• to the higher-level DP master system Yes
No
• to the FDC 157 coupler
Rated supply voltage
24 V DC (20.4 V to 28.8 V)
Power consumption of modules
(24 V DC)
max. 100 mA
Reverse polarity protection
Yes
Power loss of the module
Typ. 2 W
Overvoltage protection
Yes
Infeed, mechanical design
Voltage at coupler output (FF)
31 ± 1 V DC
Voltage monitoring
15.5 V
4-pole screw-type terminal,
short-circuit bridge between PE and
M24
Overvoltage monitoring
U > 35 V; latching cutoff
Voltage failure bridging
Min. 5 ms
Current at coupler output (FF)
(for supplying all FF field devices)
1A
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Diagnostic displays
• Group error
• Bus error on higher-level
DP master system
• Bus error on underlying bus system
• Module is active in redundancy
mode
• 24 V DC power supply monitoring
FDC 157 coupler
Bus connection
Connection for
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Transmission rate on backplane bus
Voltages, currents, potentials
11
Function
Galvanic isolation 24 V DC
• Backplane bus / FF
• Backplane bus / supply
• FF / supply
• All electric circuits/functional
grounding
Power consumption of modules
(24 V DC)
max. 2.3 A
Power loss of the module
Max. 13.4 W
Red LED "SF"
Red LED "BF"
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature
• Horizontal installation
• Vertical installation
-25 ... +60 °C
-25 ... +40 °C
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
80 x 125 x 130
Weight
approx. 550 g
11/78
For non-grounded operation,
the short-circuit bridge must be
removed (independent of this, the
DP interface is always ungrounded)
Red LED "SF"
Red LED "BF 1"
Red LED "BF 2"
Yellow LED "ACT"
Green "ON" LED
Ambient conditions
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Diagnostic displays
• Group error
• Backplane bus fault
Max. 244 bytes
Max. 244 bytes
Max. 244 bytes
Max. 244 bytes
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Operating temperature
• Horizontal installation
• Vertical installation
-25 ... +60 °C
-25 ... +40 °C
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
40 x 125 x 130
Weight
approx. 350 g
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF routers
■ Ordering data
Order No.
IM 153-2 FF
Interface module for
SIMATIC FF Link, with redundancy
capability; FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Link Master; degree of protection
IP20; for extended temperature
range, permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 °C
On request
Field Device Coupler FDC 157
for SIMATIC FF Link,
with redundancy capability;
physical interface to the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 with
integrated bus power supply up to
1 A and integrated diagnostics;
degree of protection IP20;
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating temperature
-25 to +60 °C
On request
Accessories
PS 307 load power supply
Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
• 2 A; 40 mm wide
• 5 A; 60 mm wide
• 5 A, extended temperature range;
80 mm wide
• 10 A, 80 mm wide
PS 305 load power supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
• 2 A, extended temperature range;
80 mm wide
Standard profile rails
(without hot swapping function)
• 482 mm wide (19 inches)
• 530 mm wide
6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA80-0AA0
6ES7307-1KA02-0AA0
6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0
6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
Order No.
Components for hot swapping
and for redundant design
Active bus modules for
hot swapping
• BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme
for 1 load current supply and
1 IM 153-2 FF module;
for "hot swapping" function,
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating
temperature -25 to +70 °C
• BM IM/IM
for 2 IM 153-2 FF modules;
for redundant and non-redundant
configuration, for "hot swapping"
function, for extended
temperature range,
permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 °C
• BM FDC
for 1 Field Device Coupler;
for hot swapping function,
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 °C
• BM FDC/FDC
for 2 Field Device Couplers;
for redundant configuration;
for hot swapping function,
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 °C
Mounting rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
• 482 mm wide (19 inches)
• 530 mm wide
• 620 mm wide
• 2 000 mm wide
Covers
4 backplane bus covers and
1 cover for active bus module
6AG1195-7HA00-2XA0
6ES7195-7HD80-0XA0
6ES7195-7HF80-0XA0
6ES7195-7HG80-0XA0
6ES7195-1GA00-0XA0
6ES7195-1GF30-0XA0
6ES7195-1GG30-0XA0
6ES7195-1GC00-0XA0
6ES7195-1JA00-0XA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11
11/79
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors
■ Overview
Active field distributor AFDiS
Active field distributor AFD4
Active field distributor AFDiS
PROFIBUS DP
PA link
AFDiS
AFDiS
AFDiS
Ex Zone 1
Active field distributor AFD8
Subsegment max. 500 m
Active field distributor (AFD)
Active field distributors (AFD) can be operated in environments
in accordance with Ex zone 2/22. They are offered in two
versions which differ as follows:
• AFD4 with 4 spur line connections for 1 field device each
• AFD8 with 8 spur line connections for 1 field device each
An AFD4 can therefore connect up to 4 field devices, and an
AFD8 can connect up to 8 field devices, via short-circuit proof
spur line connections to a fieldbus segment (line/ring)
with automatic bus termination. This applies to both PA
(PROFIBUS PA) as well as FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1)
field devices.
The fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or
redundant PROFIBUS DP via a PA or FF router and can thus be
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system.
Up to 8 active field distributors AFD4/AFD8 with a total of up to
31 connected field devices can be operated per fieldbus
segment. The number of field devices is also limited by the
current consumption of the field devices. A maximum of 60 mA
per spur line and a maximum of 1 A per segment is available for
the field devices.
An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation
without failure of the segment.
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
11/80
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Ex Zone 0
Bus
terminating
resistor 100 Ω
G_PCS7_XX_00285
11
The active field distributor AFDiS (Active Field Distributor
intrinsically Safe) can be operated in environments in
accordance with Ex zone 1/21 and 2/22. It can integrate up to
6 intrinsically-safe PA or FF field devices into a fieldbus segment
(line/ring) via its intrinsically-safe, short-circuit-proof spur line
connections. Instead of the spur line, it is also possible to use a
subsegment for 3 to 4 devices with a max. length of 500 m at
connection S1 of the AFDiS. The spur lines with type of
protection Ex [ia] as well as the subsegment can be routed into
Zone 0/20.
Up to 5 field distributors AFDiS with a total of up to 31 field
devices can be operated in a fieldbus segment. The limitation to
5 field distributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD
and AFDiS.
The number of field devices per segment additionally depends
on the current consumption of the devices. A current of 1 A is
available for all field devices of the segment.
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors
■ Overview (continued)
With the integrated repeater function, the AFDiS has the
following advantages compared to the AFD:
• Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur
lines in the bus segment
• Spur line lengths need not be be taken into account when
determining the total length of the bus segment
Under the following conditions, an AFDiS in a ring segment can
be replaced during operation without failure of the segment:
Installation in Zone 2/22 or in a non-hazardous area.
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
Active field splitter AFS
The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PA or FF line
segment with a redundant coupler pair of a PA or FF router.
The AFS interconnects the line segment with the respective
active coupler.
The PA or FF line segment can be connected to the AFS via one
or two (center feed) identical Y-connectors out of a total of 4.
For the center feed, the line segment is connected via the two
Y-connectors (bus termination switch on both FDC 157 couplers
set to "OFF").
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused connections by plugs.
■ Technical specifications
General data
Connection of field devices
Degree of protection
Connections, interfaces
• Standard-compliant field devices
for PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
• Max. 4 per AFD4
• Max. 8 per AFD8
• Max. 31 per fieldbus segment
• Operating environment up to Zone 2
oder 22; Class I Zone 2/ Division 2
• The max. current consumption of all
fieldbus components of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A
IP66
Main line
Number of connections
2
Interfaces
PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Automatic bus terminator
Yes
Spur cables
Number of connections
• AFD4
• AFD8
4
8
Short-circuit-proof
Yes
Power supply
Via bus, no auxiliary power necessary
Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
No
Rated supply voltage,
permissible range
16 ... 32 V DC
Current Imax (DC) on spur lines
1 to 4 (AFD4) or 1 to 8 (AFD8)
60 mA
Reverse polarity protection
(together with FDC 157)
Yes
Short-circuit current (test current)
6 mA
Debounce logic
Yes
Overvoltage protection
No
No-load voltage
< 30 V
Current output to field devices
• AFD4
• AFD8
Max. 240 mA
Max. 480 mA
Voltages, currents, potentials
Current consumption
• Current consumption at idle
AFD4: 24 mA
• Current consumption with
connected field devices
AFD8: 34 mA
AFD4: 24 mA + total current of all
field devices
AFD8: 34 mA + total current of all
field devices
30 mA
• Additional current consumption of
the AFD at end of line (an open main
line connection)
• Current consumption at max. power AFD4: 264 mA
output per spur line
AFD8: 514 mA
Power loss
Grounding
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Status indicator
Yes
Diagnostics function
Yes
Diagnostics LED
Yes
Interrupts
No
Climatic conditions
AFD4: Min. 384 mW; max. 3.2 W
Permissible operating temperature
-40 ... +70 °C
AFD8: Min. 544 mW; max. 4.1 W
Permissible storage/
transport temperature
-40 ... +85 °C
Relative humidity during operation
Max. 95%
Approvals for potentially explosive
atmospheres
• Gas
• Dust
Zone 2
Zone 22
Direct, via grounding rail
Electrical isolation between main line No
and spur lines
11
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
(without fittings)
• AFD4
• AFD8
220 x 120 x 83
360 x 120 x 83
Weight
• AFD4
• AFD8
2 000 g
3 000 g
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/81
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Active field distributor AFDiS
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
General data
Connection of field devices
• Standard-compliant field devices
for PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
• Max. 6 per AFDiS
• Max. 31 per fieldbus segment
• Operating environment up to Zone 1
oder 21; Class I Zone 1
• The max. current consumption of all
fieldbus components of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A
Yes
Diagnostics function
Yes
Diagnostics LED
Yes
Interrupts
No
Climatic conditions
Permissible operating temperature
-40 ... +70 °C
Permissible storage/
transport temperature
-40 ... +85 °C
IP66
Relative humidity during operation
Max. 95%
Power supply
Via bus, no auxiliary power necessary
Rated supply voltage,
permissible range
16 ... 32 V DC
Approvals for potentially explosive
atmospheres
• Gas
• Dust
Zone 1 and Zone 2
Zone 21 and Zone 22
Reverse polarity protection
(together with FDC 157)
Yes; up to 1 A
Overvoltage protection
No
Degree of protection
Voltages, currents, potentials
Current consumption
• At 28 V input voltage
• At 24 V input voltage
• At 20 V input voltage
d 64 mA + (0.838 x aggregate current
of all field devices)
d 67 mA + (1.008 x aggregate current
of all field devices)
d 74 mA + (1.246 x aggregate current
of all field devices)
Power loss
Min. 1.4 W; max. 5.9 W
Grounding
Direct, via connecting bar
Electrical isolation between main line Yes
and spur lines
2550 V DC, 2 s
Test voltage
Connections, interfaces
11
Status indicator
Main line
Number of connections
2
Interfaces
PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Automatic bus terminator
Yes
Spur cables
Number of connections
6
Short-circuit-proof
Yes
Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
Yes
Current Imax
• on spur line S1
• on spur line S2 to S6
• in total for all field devices
60 mA
40 mA
180 mA
Short-circuit current (test current)
5 mA
Debounce logic
Yes
No-load voltage
Max. 15.3 V
Current output to field devices
Max. 260 mA
11/82
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
380 x 85 x 170
Weight
4 500 g
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Active field splitter AFS
Connections, interfaces
Main lines to the FDC 157 couplers
General data
Connection of field devices
Degree of protection
• 1 fieldbus segment with max.
31 field devices
• Operating environment up to Zone 2
oder 22; Class I Zone 2/ Division 2
• The max. current consumption of all
fieldbus components of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A
IP66
Voltages, currents, potentials
Number of connections
2
Automatic bus terminator
No
Maximum permissible continuous
main line current
1A
Y-connectors for fieldbus line
segment
Number of connections
1 or 2 (with center feed)
Interfaces
PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Power supply
Via bus, no auxiliary power necessary
Rated supply voltage,
permissible range
16 ... 32 V DC
Short-circuit proof
(together with FDC 157)
Yes
Reverse polarity protection
(together with FDC 157)
Yes
Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
No
Overvoltage protection
No
Current consumption at idle
54 mA
Power loss
Min. 864 mW; max. 2.13 W
Output current for supplying all field
devices of the fieldbus segment
(for dimensioning the device
configuration)
Grounding
1A
Current Imax on Y (limited by FDC 157) 1 A
Debounce logic
No
Continuous output voltage
Max. 32 V
Current output to field devices
Max. 1 A
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Direct, via connecting bar
Status indicator
Yes
Diagnostics function
Yes
Diagnostics LED
Yes
Interrupts
No
Climatic conditions
Permissible operating temperature
-40 ... +70 °C
Permissible storage/
transport temperature
-40 ... +85 °C
Relative humidity during operation
Max. 95%
Approvals for potentially explosive
atmospheres
• Gas
• Dust
Zone 2
Zone 22
11
Dimensions and weight
■ Ordering data
Active field distributor (AFD)
For integration of standardcompliant PA or FF field devices
• AFD4 with 4 short-circuit-proof
spur line connections for 1 field
device each
• AFD8 with 8 short-circuit-proof
spur line connections for 1 field
device each
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
(without fittings)
220 x 120 x 83
Weight
2 000 g
Order No.
Order No.
Accessories
6ES7157-0AG81-0XA0
Sealing plugs
for unused connections on AFS,
AFD and AFDiS (10 units)
6ES7157-0AG80-1XA1
6ES7157-0AG82-0XA0
Active Field Distributor AFDiS
(Active Field Distributor
intrinsically safe)
with 6 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of
standard-compliant intrinsicallysafe PA or FF field devices
6ES7157-0AG83-0XA0
Active field splitter (AFS)
for the interconnection of a bus line
segment with the active coupler of a
PA or FF router with redundant
coupler pair
6ES7157-0AG80-0XA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/83
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Passive FF components
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Depending on the field of application, cables in different colors
are offered for setting up FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 networks in
accordance with IEC 61158-2:
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable, 2-wire, shielded, yellow
sheath:
for applications in a non-intrinsically safe area
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable
Bus cable according to IEC 61158-2,
2-wire, shielded; stranded filler wires
• Yellow sheath color; for
6XV1830-5HH10
non-intrinsically safe applications
6XV1830-5GH10
• Blue sheath color; for
intrinsically safe applications
Sold by the meter:
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable, 2-wire, shielded, blue sheath:
for applications in an intrinsically safe area
11
11/84
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Other communication
AS Interface
■ Overview
System components
The basic components of a system installation are:
• AS-Interface master (alternatives):
- DP/AS-i Link Advanced (AS-i single or double master)
- CP 343-2 or CP 343-2P (both can be operated in an
ET 200M remote I/O station)
• AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7
(add-on product, see catalog "Add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7",
chapter "Libraries/Blocks/Tools")
• AS-Interface shaped cable (use of round cable also possible
if preferred)
• Modules for connecting standard sensors/actuators
• Power supply unit for powering the slaves
• Actuators and sensors with an integrated slave ASIC
• Address programming device for setting the slave address
AS-i slaves
DP/AS-i Link Advanced
The actuator/sensor interface (AS interface) is a heterogeneous
network system for simple, usually binary actuators and sensors
at the lowest field level. However, if the AS-Interface is used
instead, a wire bundle with parallel wiring can be replaced by a
single two-wire line that is shared by all sensors or actuators.
The AS interface operates according to the master/slave
principle. The AS-i master module (DP/AS-i Link Advanced,
CP 343-2 or CP 343-2P) controls the slaves (sensors/actuators)
connected per AS-i cable. Up to 62 AS-Interface slaves can be
operated on an AS-Interface master module.
Note:
AS-Interface is integrated as a subordinate bus in SIMATIC PCS
7. For further information on the AS-Interface, see Catalog IK PI.
■ Design
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation
systems
AS-Interface
AS-i
slave
Standard
AS-i
slave
A/B
AS-i integration options in SIMATIC PCS 7
AS-Interface
AS-i
slave
Standard
AS-i
slave
A/B
G_PCS7_XX_00228
DP/AS-i
link
Advanced
CP 343-2
IM 153-2
PROFIBUS
You can use all digital AS-i standard slaves as well as digital
AS-i A/B slaves in accordance with the AS-i specification V3.0.
Analog AS-i slaves can also be integrated via the DP/AS-i Link
Advanced.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
Router between PROFIBUS DP and
AS-Interface; master profiles M3
and M4, enhanced AS-Interface
specification V3.0; IP20 degree of
protection;
manual on CD-ROM, English,
German, French, Spanish, Italian
• Single master with display
• Dual master with display
6GK1415-2BA10
6GK1415-2BA20
CP 343-2
Communications module for the
connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and
ET 200M to AS-Interface;
configuration of the AS-i network by
means of SET key;
including manual on CD-ROM
(English, German, French, Spanish,
Italian); without front panel
connector
6GK7343-2AH01-0XA0
CP 343-2P
Communications module for the
connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and
ET 200M to AS-Interface;
configuration of the AS-i network by
means of SET key or HW-Config
(STEP 7 V5.2 and higher);
including manual on CD-ROM
(English, German, French, Spanish,
Italian); without front panel
connector
6GK7343-2AH11-0XA0
Front connector
20-pin, with screw contacts
6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0
Electronic manuals1)
Communications systems,
protocols and products on DVD
(English, German)
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
1)
11
Download free-of-charge from the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10805930/133300
and
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/22502958/133300
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
11/85
© Siemens AG 2013
Communictions
Other communication
Modbus
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
CP 341 communication module
with one RS 232 C (V.24) interface
RS 232 connecting cable
for linking to SIMATIC S7
•5m
• 10 m
• 15 m
CP 341 communication module
with one 20 mA (TTY) interface
20 mA (TTY) connecting cable
for linking to SIMATIC S7
•5m
• 10 m
• 50 m
CP 341 communication module
Modbus is connected to PROFIBUS DP using an ET 200M with
a CP 341 communication module. The latter enables the fast and
efficient exchange of data through point-to-point coupling.
The CP 341 communications module is available in 3 versions
with different transmission physics:
• RS 232C (V.24)
• 20 mA (TTY)
• RS 422/RS 485 (X.27)
The Modbus Master or Modbus Slave loadable drivers are
needed for the Modbus coupling.
11
11/86
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
CP 341 communication module
with one RS 422/485 (X.27)
interface
RS 422/485 connecting cable
for linking to SIMATIC S7
•5m
• 10 m
• 50 m
Order No.
6ES7341-1AH02-0AE0
6ES7902-1AB00-0AA0
6ES7902-1AC00-0AA0
6ES7902-1AD00-0AA0
6ES7341-1BH02-0AE0
6ES7902-2AB00-0AA0
6ES7902-2AC00-0AA0
6ES7902-2AG00-0AA0
6ES7341-1CH02-0AE0
6ES7902-3AB00-0AA0
6ES7902-3AC00-0AA0
6ES7902-3AG00-0AA0
Loadable drivers for CP 341
Modbus master (RTU format)
• Single license
• Single license, without software or
documentation
6ES7870-1AA01-0YA0
6ES7870-1AA01-0YA1
Modbus slave (RTU format)
• Single License
• Single license, without software or
documentation
6ES7870-1AB01-0YA0
6ES7870-1AB01-0YA1
12
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
12/2
Introduction
12/4
12/4
12/5
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Central I/O modules
Expansion units for central I/O
12/6
Power Supplies
12/10
12/10
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
12/14
12/15
12/16
12/17
12/19
12/20
12/23
12/26
12/28
12/29
12/31
12/33
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply
Interface modules
Accessories
Bundles
Digital modules
Analog modules
Analog modules with HART
Ex digital/analog modules
F digital/analog modules
Control modules
Counter modules
12/34
12/36
12/37
12/38
12/40
12/42
12/44
12/45
12/46
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply unit
Interface Module
Digital electronics modules
Analog electronics modules
Safety-related electronics modules
Watchdog module
RS 485-IS coupler
Stainless steel wall enclosure
12/49
12/51
12/53
12/54
12/56
12/59
12/61
12/62
12/65
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Terminal modules
Interface modules
Power modules
Digital electronics modules
Analog electronics modules
Technology modules
Motor starters
SIGUARD safety technology
12/68
12/70
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
IM 154-2 DP High Feature
interface module
Digital electronics modules
EM 141, EM 142
Analog electronics modules
EM 144, EM 145
Safety-related electronics modules
Power module PM-E
Power Supply for ET 200pro
12/71
12/72
12/74
12/75
12/76
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Introduction
■ Overview
ET 200 remote I/O stations
12
The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system offers a variety
of possibilities for detecting and outputting process signals
via sensors and actuators as well as for connecting process
I/O to the automation systems:
• Analog and digital I/O modules of the SIMATIC S7-400
operated centrally in the automation system
• Remote I/O stations ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S and
ET 200pro with an extensive range of cost-effective signal
and function modules on the PROFIBUS DP
• ET 200M remote I/O stations on PROFINET
• Intelligent, distributed field/process devices and operator
terminals on PROFIBUS DP/PA (also redundant or in
hazardous areas of Zones 0, 1, 2 or 20, 21, 22) or on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
SIMATIC S7-400 signal modules used centrally in the automation
system are suitable for small applications or plants with few
remote locations.
However, distributed process I/O is mainly used:
ET 200 remote I/Os in conjunction with classical
field/process devices and HART field devices or intelligent
field/process devices. Decisive for this are properties such as:
• Modularity and consistency
• Flexible adaptability to the plant structure
• Minimum cabling and engineering requirements
• Low commissioning, servicing and lifecycle costs
• Wide technical bandwidth
12/2
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
■ Function
Possible online modifications among the process I/Os
ET 200M
• Adding of ET 200M stations
• Adding of I/O modules to the station
• Changing the parameter settings of I/O modules
• Parameterization of connected HART field devices
with SIMATIC PDM
ET 200iSP
• Adding of ET 200iSP stations
• Adding of modules for the station
• Re-configuration of modules
• Parameterization of connected HART field devices
with SIMATIC PDM
ET 200S
• Adding of ET 200S stations
ET 200pro
• Adding of ET 200pro stations
PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS PA,
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1
• Adding of PROFIBUS DP stations
• Adding of PA links and PA field devices
• Parameterization of PA or FF field devices
with SIMATIC PDM
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Introduction
■ Design
Integration of process I/O in the hazardous area
Process control system
Industrial Ethernet
FM/UL
Gas
Dust
Class I Zone 2
ATEX
Zone 2
Zone 1
Zone 0
FM/UL
Class II Zone 2
Class II Zone 1
Class II Zone 0
ATEX
S7-4002)
Class I Zone 0
Class I Zone 1
ET 200S1)
Zone 22
Zone 20
Zone 21
Hazardous area
SIMOCODE pro1)
Ex e, Ex d
Actuators/
sensors
ET 200M1)
Ex i, Ex e, Ex d
Actuators/
sensors
HART
ET 200iSP1) 3)
PROFIBUS DP-iS
Ex i
Actuators/
sensors
Ex i, Ex e
PA link/
FF link1)
HART
PROFIBUS PA/FF H1
AFDiS
Actuators/
sensors
PROFIBUS
G_PCS7_XX_00147
Fieldbus
Isolating Transformer1)
12
1)
Dust atmospheres: installation of components always in an enclosure with IP6x degree of protection
With 10 A DC standard power supply
3)
Also complies with FM/UL according to Class I Division 2
2)
Process I/O in explosive gas and dust atmospheres
The graphic shows the possibilities for connecting
SIMATIC PCS 7 process I/Os with consideration of different
environmental conditions.
Ex input/output modules from the ET 200M range
ET 200M can be operated in Ex zone 2 or 22.
The actuators/sensors can be positioned in Ex zone 1 or 21
when suitable Ex input/output modules are used. Hot swapping
of I/O modules within Ex zone 2 is allowed with the right permit
(e.g. fire certificate). FM approvals: Class I, Division 2 and
Class I, Zone 2.
PROFIBUS PA-compatible field devices
Field/process devices can be directly integrated in
Ex zones 1, 2, 21 or 22 over PROFIBUS, sensors/actuators
also in zone 0 or 20. FM approvals: Class I, Division 1 and
Class I, Zone 0.
Integration of actuators/sensors via ET 200iSP
The ET 200iSP suitable for gas and dust atmospheres according
to the ATEX directive 94/9/EU can be installed directly in the
Ex zones 1, 2, 21 or 22 as well as in non-hazardous areas.
The intrinsically-safe sensors, actuators and HART field devices
can also be located in zone 0 or 20 if necessary.
Intrinsically-safe operator panel
An intrinsically-safe PC operator panel can be used in
zone 1, 2, 21 or 22 if necessary. For further information on this
operator panel, see under SIMATIC HMI Thin Client Ex in the
Catalog "Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system", chapter "Operator control and monitoring".
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/3
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Central I/O modules
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
SM 421 Digital Input Modules
• 32 inputs, 24 V DC
• 32 inputs, 120 V AC/DC
• 16 inputs, 24 V DC,
with process/diagnostics interrupt
• 16 inputs, 24 to 60 V AC/DC,
with process/diagnostics interrupt
• 16 inputs, 120/230 V AC/DC,
inputs according to IEC 1131-2
Type 2
SM 422 Digital Output Modules
• 32 outputs; 24 V DC, 0.5 A
• 32 outputs; 24 V DC, 0.5 A;
with diagnostics
• 16 outputs; 24 V DC, 2 A
• 16 outputs; relay contacts
• 16 outputs; 120/230 V AC, 2 A
Signal modules from the SIMATIC S7-400 range can be used in
the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system if necessary. These are
primarily an alternative to use of distributed I/Os in the case of
small applications or systems with a small distributed
configuration.
For SIMATIC PCS 7, the I/O modules listed in the Ordering data
have been selected from the range of S7-400 signal modules.
Notes:
Apart from these selected modules it is also possible
to use - with limitations in functions - all other I/O modules
from the current range of S7-400 signal modules.
All process data from the I/O are available for PCS 7 engineering
in the CFC, and can be graphically interconnected to the signal
name in the signal list. Diagnostics information is generated
automatically when using the I/O modules listed here.
12
When using other I/O modules, integration in SIMATIC PCS 7
is limited to the process data, i.e. the full scope of diagnostics
functions is not automatically available. These modules can
therefore only be used meaningfully in SIMATIC PCS 7 if the
diagnostics capability can be omitted.
Online modifications and redundancy are not supported
by the central I/O.
■ Technical specifications
You can find the detailed technical data of the S7-400 modules
at the following points:
• Catalog ST 70 or
• Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering –
Automation systems – SIMATIC industrial automation
systems – Controllers – SIMATIC S7 modular controllers"
12/4
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
SM 431 Analog Input Modules
• 16 inputs, non-floating, 13 bit
• 8 inputs, floating, 13 bit
• 8 inputs, floating, 14 bit,
with linearization (RTD/TC)
• 8 inputs, floating, 14 bit
• 16 inputs, floating, 16 bit;
hardware interrupt capability,
with diagnostics interrupt
• 8 inputs, floating, 16 bit;
hardware interrupt capability,
for thermocouples,
with diagnostics interrupt
• 8 inputs, floating, 16 bit;
hardware interrupt capability,
for thermal resistors,
with diagnostics interrupt
SM 432 Analog Output Modules
• 8 outputs, floating, 13 bit;
for ± 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V,
± 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
Front Connector (1 unit)
• With screw contacts
• With spring clamps
• With crimp contacts
Order No.
6ES7421-1BL01-0AA0
6ES7421-1EL00-0AA0
6ES7421-7BH01-0AB0
6ES7421-7DH00-0AB0
6ES7421-1FH20-0AA0
6ES7422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7422-7BL00-0AB0
6ES7422-1BH11-0AA0
6ES7422-1HH00-0AA0
6ES7422-1FH00-0AA0
6ES7431-0HH00-0AB0
6ES7431-1KF00-0AB0
6ES7431-1KF10-0AB0
6ES7431-1KF20-0AB0
6ES7431-7QH00-0AB0
6ES7431-7KF00-0AB0
6ES7431-7KF10-0AB0
6ES7432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES7492-1AL00-0AA0
6ES7492-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7492-1CL00-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Expansion units for central I/O
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Order No.
IM 460-0 interface module
6ES7460-0AA01-0AB0
• Transmitter module for central
controller
IM 460-x
• Without transmission of voltage
to the expansion unit
Central controller
• Cable up to 5 m long
• With K-bus for communication
with CPs and FMs in the
expansion unit
Expansion units
• For connecting as many as
8 expansion units
IM 461-0 Interface Module
Corresponding receiver module
for the expansion unit
6ES7461-0AA01-0AA0
I/O modules,
CP and FM
IM 460-1 Interface Module
• Transmitter module for central
controller
• With transmission of the 5 V
supply for I/O modules
• Cable up to 1.5 m long
• Without transmission of the K-bus,
hence solely for communication
from I/O modules
6ES7460-1BA01-0AB0
IM 461-1 Interface Module
Corresponding receiver module
for the expansion unit
6ES7461-1BA01-0AA0
IM 460-3 Interface Module
• Transmitter module for central
controller
• Without transmission of voltage
to the expansion unit
• Cable up to 100 m long
• With K-bus for communication
with CPs and FMs in the
expansion unit
• For connecting as many
as 8 expansion units
6ES7460-3AA01-0AB0
IM 461-3 Interface Module
Corresponding receiver module
for the expansion unit
6ES7461-3AA01-0AA0
UR1 rack
for central and expansion units
• 18 slots
• Suitable for redundant
power supply
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
UR2 rack
for central and expansion units
• 9 slots
• Suitable for redundant
power supply
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
IM 461-x
G_P CS7_XX_00131
IM 461-x
Expansion units can be used for the distributed expansion of the
SIMATIC S7-400. The IM 460-x interface modules are used as
the interface for these expansion units.
Restrictions compared to standard I/O modules from the
ET 200M range
• No redundant interfacing of expansion units
• No configuration during operation
Racks
The universal racks (UR) are used for SIMATIC PCS 7. They can
be used as central racks and as expansion racks. Other racks:
see Catalog ST 70.
12
Accessories
468-1 Connecting Cable
for connecting IM 460-0 and
IM 461-0; IM 460-3 and IM 461-3
• 0.75 m
• 1.5 m
•5m
6ES7468-1AH50-0AA0
6ES7468-1BB50-0AA0
6ES7468-1BF00-0AA0
Additional lengths for connecting
IM 460-3 and IM 461-3
• 10 m
• 25 m
• 50 m
• 100 m
6ES7468-1CB00-0AA0
6ES7468-1CC50-0AA0
6ES7468-1CF00-0AA0
6ES7468-1DB00-0AA0
Terminator
for IM 461-0
468-3 Connecting Cable
for connecting IM 460-1 and
IM 461-1
• 0.75 m
• 1.5 m
6ES7461-0AA00-7AA0
6ES7468-3AH50-0AA0
6ES7468-3BB50-0AA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/5
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Power Supplies
■ Overview
rugged design and high overload capability, the fanless
24 V DC power supplies of the SITOP modular series are
ideally suited for industrial use. The wide voltage input range
and the international approvals mean that it can be used
in almost all networks worldwide.
The high efficiency over the entire load range and low no-load
loss are the best conditions for energy-efficient operation.
Due to the precisely stablized output voltage, even sensitive
consumers can be connected, for example, sensors.
To increase availability, the 1-phase and 3-phase SITOP modular
power supplies can be extended with expansion modules
(message, redundancy, buffering and selectivity modules)
or with an uninterruptible DC UPS power supply.
SITOP PSU100M and PSU300M
Efficient operation of a process control system requires a
reliable, constant power supply. With their compact,
■ Design
Power
supply
Redundancy
module
Power
supply
DC UPS
Selectivity
module
PLC
HMI
Actuators/
sensors
G_PCS7_XX_00349
+ 24 V
GND
24 V DC
24 V DC, buffered
24 V DC power supply with expansion modules and DC UPS
12
Product overview
Modules
Versions
Input
Output
5A
120/230 ... 500 V AC
24 V DC, 5 A
10 A
120/230 ... 500 V AC
24 V DC, 10 A
PSU100M, 20 A
120 ... 230 V AC/DC
24 V DC, 20 A
40 A
120/230 V AC
24 V DC, 40 A
PSU300M, 20 A
3 400 ... 500 V AC
24 V DC, 20 A
PSU300M, 40 A
3 400 ... 500 V AC
24 V DC, 40 A
1-phase and 3-phase power supplies
SITOP modular, 1-phase,
24 V DC
SITOP modular, 3-phase,
24 V DC
12/6
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Power Supplies
■ Design (continued)
Modules
Versions
Input
Output
SITOP modular signaling
module
--
--
--
SITOP redundancy module
PSE202U
24 V DC, 40 A
24 V DC
Ue – approx. 0.5 V
SITOP modular buffer module --
24 V DC
Ue - approx. 1 V
SITOP selectivity module
PSE200U, 4-channel, 4 x 3 A
Adjustable output current:
0.5 ... 3 A
24 V DC
Ue - approx. 0.2 V
24 V DC
Ue - approx. 0.2 V
SITOP DC UPS basic device Power 2.5 KW
UPS500S with capacitor, 15 A
Power 5 KW
24 V DC
24 V DC
SITOP DC UPS expansion
module UPS501S, 7 A
Power 5 KW
24 V DC
24 V DC
SITOP DC UPS module
for battery modules, 6 A
Serial interface
24 V DC
24 V DC
SITOP DC UPS module
for battery modules, 15 A
Serial interface
24 V DC
24 V DC
SITOP DC UPS module
for battery modules, 40 A
USB interface
24 V DC
24 V DC
Add-on modules
Without single-channel
signaling (common signaling
contact)
With single-channel signaling
SITOP selectivity module
Without single-channel
PSE200U, 4-channel, 4 x 10 A signaling (common signaling
Adjustable output current:
contact)
3 ... 10 A
With single-channel signaling
12
Uninterruptible 24 V DC power supplies
DC UPS with capacitor
DC UPS for battery modules
USB interface
USB interface
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/7
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Power Supplies
■ Design (continued)
Modules
Versions
Input
Output
Battery module for DC UPS
module 6 A
24 V DC, 1.2 Ah
--
24 V DC
Battery module for DC UPS
modules 6 A and 15 A
24 V DC, 3.2 Ah
--
24 V DC
Battery module for DC UPS
modules 6 A, 15 A and 40 A
24 V DC, 7 Ah
--
24 V DC
Battery modules
24 V DC, 12 Ah
1-phase and 3-phase power supply SITOP modular
• Stabilized; with wide-range input for connection to 1-phase or
3-phase networks worldwide
• Output currents 24 V DC with 5 to 40 A
• Efficiency up to 93%; 50% extra power for up to 5 s
• Settings for operational overload:
- Constant current with automatic restart
- Latching shutdown
• "Soft characteristic curve" for optimal load distribution
with parallel connection
• Power boost for short-term 3x rated current for tripping
protective devices
• Signaling of operating status via 3 LEDs and signaling contact
Add-on modules
Signaling module
• Provision of alarm signals for the operating status
of the power supply
• Can be combined with SITOP modular power supply,
6EP1x3x3-3BA00
12
Redundancy module
• Decoupling of two power supplies in parallel operation
via diodes
• 24 DC power supply is maintained in the event of power failure
• Message display via LED and floating relay contact
Back-up module
• Buffering the load current during brief power interruptions
• Wiring parallel to the output of the power supply
• Buffer time of 200 ms with 40 A, up to 1.6 s with 5 A load
current
Selectivity module
• Distribution of the load current over up to 4 current circuits
• Monitoring of individual partial currents
• Selective cutoff of all circuit currents at overload or
short-circuit
• Signaling via LEDs (channel-by-channel) and, depending on
the version, common signaling contact or single-channel
message
• Selectivity modules with single-channel message output the
status of the 4 current circuits by means of a code that can be
read by a digital controller input and evaluated with function
blocks.
For more information and to download function blocks, see:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
61450284
12/8
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Uninterruptible 24 V DC power supplies
SITOP DC UPS with capacitor
• Buffering of 24 V DC up to 15 A
• Buffering of power failures for up to several minutes enables
data backup and controlled shutdown
• Status messages via LEDs and floating signaling contacts
• Communication with controller/IPC via USB
• Extension of the backup time with up to 3 expansion modules
SITOP DC UPS with battery modules
• Buffering of 24 V DC up to 40 A with battery modules
(1.2 Ah, 3.2 Ah, 7 Ah, 12 Ah)
• Buffering of power failures for up to several hours enables
uninterrupted continuation of the process
• Permanent monitoring of operational readiness, battery feed,
battery charge level and battery aging
• Signaling of operational status via LEDs and floating signaling
contacts
• Integrated battery management for optimal charge and
discharge protection
• Communication with controller/IPC via USB or RS 232
interface
SITOP DC UPS software tool
• Free software for the integration of SITOP DC UPS in
PC-based systems; download at:
www.siemens.com/sitop-usv
• Supports further processing of status messages,
safe shutdown, correct restart, and execution
of a customized power failure program
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Power Supplies
■ Ordering data
Order No.
1-phase and 3-phase
power supplies
Uninterruptible 24 V DC
power supplies
SITOP modular, 1-phase,
24 V DC,5 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120/230 … 500 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/5 A
6EP1333-3BA00
SITOP modular, 1-phase,
24 V DC,10 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120/230 … 500 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/10 A
6EP1334-3BA00
SITOP modular PSU100M,
1-phase, 24 V DC, 20 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120 ... 230 V AC/DC
Output: 24 V DC/20 A
6EP1336-3BA10
SITOP modular, 1-phase,
24 V DC,40 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120/230 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/40 A
6EP1337-3BA00
SITOP modular PSU300M,
3-phase, 24 V DC, 20 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 3 AC 400 … 500 V
Output: 24 V DC/20 A
6EP1436-3BA10
SITOP modular PSU300M,
3-phase, 24 V DC, 40 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 3 AC 400 … 500 V
Output: 24 V DC/40 A
6EP1437-3BA10
6EP1961-3BA10
Redundancy module SITOP
PSE202U, 24 V DC/40 A
Suitable for decoupling two SITOP
power supplies each with a
maximum of 20 A output current
6EP1961-3BA21
DC UPS expansion module
SITOP UPS501S, 7 A
For connection to the basic device;
Input: 24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC;
power 5 KW
6EP1933-2EC41
6EP1933-2EC51
6EP1935-5PG01
SITOP DC UPS module
for battery modules, 6 A
Input: 24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC
• With serial interface
• With USB interface
6EP1931-2DC31
6EP1931-2DC42
SITOP DC UPS module
for battery modules, 15 A
Input: 24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC
• With serial interface
• With USB interface
6EP1931-2EC31
6EP1931-2EC42
SITOP DC UPS module
for battery modules, 40 A
Input: 24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC
• With USB interface
6EP1931-2FC42
Battery module 24 V/1.2 Ah
for DC UPS module 6 A
6EP1935-6MC01
Battery module 24 V/3.2 Ah
for DC UPS module 6 A and 15 A
6EP1935-6MD11
Battery module 24 V/7 Ah
for DC UPS module 6 A, 15 A and
40 A
6EP1935-6ME21
Battery module 24 V/12 Ah
for DC UPS module 6 A, 15 A and
40 A
6EP1935-6MF01
12
■ More information
Input: 24 V DC
Output: Ue - approx. 0.5 V
6EP1961-3BA01
Input: 24 V DC
Output: Ue - approx. 1 V
Selectivity module SITOP
PSE200U, 4-channel, 4 x 10 A
Input: 24 V DC
Output: Ue – approx. 0.2 V
Adjustable output current 3 to 10 A
• Without single-channel signaling
(common signaling contact)
• With single-channel signaling
DC UPS basic device
SITOP UPS500S with capacitor,
15 A
Input: 24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC
• Power 2.5 KW
• Power 5 KW
Battery modules
Add-on modules
Selectivity module SITOP
PSE200U, 4-channel, 4 x 3 A
Input: 24 V DC
Output: Ue – approx. 0.2 V
Adjustable output current 0.5 to 3 A
• Without single-channel signaling
(common signaling contact)
• With single-channel signaling
DC UPS with capacitor
DC UPS for battery modules
SITOP modular signaling module
For SITOP modular, 1-phase,
24 V DC, 5A, 10 A and 40 A
(6EP1XXX-3BA00)
Signaling contacts: Output voltage
OK, operational availability OK,
remote ON/OFF
SITOP modular buffer module
For 6EP1X3X-3BAX0
Backup time 100 ms up to 10 s,
depending on load current
Order No.
6EP1961-2BA11
6EP1961-2BA31
You can find detailed information and technical specifications
for the 1-phase and 3-phase SITOP modular power supplies,
for the expansion modules such as message, redundancy,
buffer and selectivity modules as well as for appropriate 24 V DC
uninterruptible power supplies in the Catalog KT 10.1.
Additional information is available via the Internet at:
• SITOP power supplies:
www.siemens.com/sitop
• CAx data (2D, 3D, circuit diagram macros):
www.siemens.com/sitop-cax
• Operating instructions:
www.siemens.com/sitop/manuals
SITOP Selection Tool
6EP1961-2BA21
The SITOP Selection Tool helps you select the right
power supply easily and quickly:
www.siemens.com/sitop-selection-tool
6EP1961-2BA41
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/9
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
■ Overview
MTA terminal modules (Marshalled Termination Assemblies)
can be used to connect field devices, sensors and actuators
to the I/O modules of the ET 200M remote I/O stations simply,
rapidly and reliably. They can be used to significantly reduce
the costs and required work for cabling and commissioning,
and prevent wiring errors.
The individual MTA terminal modules are each tailored to
specific I/O modules from the ET 200M range (see design for
assignment table). MTA versions are available for standard
I/O modules as well as for redundant and safety-related
I/O modules.
The MTA terminal modules are connected to the I/O modules
using 3 m or 8 m long preassembled cables.
The MTA terminal module for 24 V DC power supply features
sixteen 24 V DC, 0.5 A outputs protected against short-circuit
for redundant power supply of field devices that are no longer
supplied via signal cables from a number of new MTAs
(see product overview table), e.g. 4-wire transmitters. If 0.5 A is
insufficient, you can also connect two or more outputs in parallel.
MTA AI HART terminal module, 8-channel
■ Design
ET 200M
redundant
ET 200M
single
MTA
MTA
Preassembled
cable with
front connector
G_PCS7_XX_00136
12
12/10
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
• MTA terminal modules in versions for standard, redundant
and safety-related I/O modules of the ET 200M distributed
I/O system
• Redundant 24 V DC supply
• Power Monitor Board for diagnostics of the redundant power
supply (partially integrated or can be ordered as option)
• 3 or 8 m long preassembled cables for connecting MTA
terminal module and ET 200M module, in each case with:
- 50/25-contact Sub-D socket or 25-contact Sub-D plug,
for connection to MTA terminal
- 40/20-pole Siemens front connector, female version,
for connection to ET 200M module
• Screw terminals for the 1:1 connection of field devices,
sensors and actuators
• Protection of channels frequently by fuse or electronic current
limitation, partially with LED display
• Test and release as SIMATIC PCS 7 system component
with corresponding approvals (FM, UL, CE, ATEX, TÜV)
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
■ Design (continued)
Product overview with information on combinable ET 200M modules and connection cables
MTA type
Input/output area
Order No.
of MTA and accessories
Order No.
of ET 200M module
Order No.
of connecting cable
8 channels, AI
1 ... 5 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V;
6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX01)
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0
(from product version 5)
6ES7 922-3BD00-0BA0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0
(from product version 8)
6ES7 922-3BD00-0BB0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0
(from product version 3)
6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0
6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) Yes
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA;
± 20 mA
8 channels, AI
1 ... 5 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V;
6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX01)
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA;
± 20 mA
8 channels, AO
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA
6ES7 650-1AB51-2XX0
1)
8 channels,
AI HART
0 ... 20 mA
(without use of HART)
4 ... 20 mA
(with/without use of HART)
6ES7 650-1AA61-2XX0
8 channels,
AO HART
0 ... 20 mA
(with/without use of HART)
4 ... 20 mA
(with/without use of HART)
6ES7 650-1AB61-2XX0
8 channels, AI TC
Thermocouple types B, C, N, 6ES7 650-1AF51-2XX0
E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U
I/O redundancy
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BA0 (8 m)
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BB0 (8 m)
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0
6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
6ES7 331-7PF10-0AB0
(from product version 4)
or
6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) No
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0
8 channels, AI RTD
16 channels, DO
Resistance thermometers
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000,
Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500,
Ni1000, Cu10
6ES7 650-1AG51-2XX0
24 V DC, 0.5 A
6ES7 650-1AD11-2XX0
6ES7 331-7PF00-0AB0
(from product version 8)
or
6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) No
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0
6ES7 322-8BH10-0AB0
6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0 (3 m)
Yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0 (8 m)
6 channels
F-AI HART
(safety-related)
0 ... 20 mA
(without use of HART);
4 ... 20 mA
(with/without use of HART)
6ES7 650-1AH62-5XX01)
16 channels, DI
24 V DC
6ES7 650-1AC11-3XX0
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0
(from product version 2)
6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) Yes
24 channels F-DI
(safety-related)
24 V DC
6ES7 650-1AK11-7XX0
6ES7 326-1BK00-0AB0,
6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0
or
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0
6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) Yes
10 channels F-DO
(safety-related)
24 V DC, 2 A
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0
(from product version 2)
or
6ES7 922-3BD00-0AN0 (3 m) Yes
16 channels
DO relay
120 … 230 V AC, 5 A;
6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0
6ES7 922-3BD00-0AU0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AU0 (8 m)
6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0
6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
12
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AN0 (8 m)
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
6ES7 650-1AM30-3XX0
24 V DC, 5 A
6ES7 322-8BH01-0AB0
or
6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
6ES7 322-8BH10-0AB0
10 channels
F DO relays
(safety-related)
120 … 230 V AC, 5 A;
24 V DC, 5 A
6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0
(from product version 2)
or
6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
1)
These new terminal modules can no longer deliver a 24 V DC current for feeding 4-wire transmitters. You require an additive terminal module MTA
power supply 24 V DC (Order No. 6ES7 650-1BE10-3XX0) if you wish to continue supplying 4-wire transmitters centrally per MTA and redundant
with 24 V DC.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/11
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
MTA terminal modules for
SIMATIC PCS 7
MTA AI terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single or
two redundant ET 200M analog
input modules
6ES7331-7NF00-0AB0 or
6ES7331-7NF10-0AB0
6ES7650-1AA52-2XX0
6ES7650-1AB51-2XX0
6ES7650-1AA61-2XX0
Note:
4-wire devices must be supplied
separately with current.
6ES7650-1AB61-2XX0
6ES7650-1AF51-2XX0
6ES7650-1AG51-2XX0
6ES7650-1AD11-2XX0
Output range: 24 V DC, 0.5 A
12/12
6ES7650-1AK11-7XX0
6ES7650-1AL11-6XX0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6ES7650-1AM30-3XX0
Output range: 120 to 230 V AC,
5 A; 24 V DC, 5 A
MTA F-DO Relay terminal module,
10-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant safety-related
ET 200M digital output modules
6ES7326-2BF01-0AB0 or
6ES7326-2BF10-0AB0
Output range: 120 to 230 V AC,
5 A; 24 V DC, 5 A
Measuring range: Resistance
thermometers Pt100, Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500,
Ni1000, Cu10
MTA DO terminal module,
16-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant ET 200M digital
output modules
6ES7322-8BH10-0AB0
MTA F-DO terminal module,
10-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant safety-related
ET 200M digital output modules
6ES7326-2BF01-0AB0 or
6ES7326-2BF10-0AB0
MTA DO Relay terminal module,
16-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant ET 200M digital
output modules
6ES7322-8BH01-0AB0 or
6ES7322-8BH10-0AB0
Input range: Thermocouple types
B, C, N, E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U
MTA AI RTD terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
ET 200M analog input module
6ES7331-7PF00-0AB0 or
6ES7331-7PF01-0AB0
MTA F-DI terminal module,
24-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single or
two redundant safety-related
ET 200M digital input modules
6ES7326-1BK00-0AB0,
6ES7326-1BK01-0AB0 or
6ES7326-1BK02-0AB0
Output range: 24 V DC, 2A
Output range: 0 to 20 mA
(with/without use of HART),
4 ... 20 mA
(with/without use of HART)
MTA AI TC terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
ET 200M analog input module
6ES7331-7PF10-0AB0 or
6ES7331-7PF11-0AB0
6ES7650-1AC11-3XX0
Input range: 24 V DC
Input range: 0 ... 20 mA
(without use of HART), 4 ... 20 mA
(with/without use of HART)
12
MTA DI terminal module,
16-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single or
two redundant ET 200M digital
input modules
6ES7321-7BH01-0AB0
Input range: 24 V DC
Output range: 0/4 ... 20 mA
MTA AO HART terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant ET 200M analog
output modules
6ES7332-8TF01-0AB0
6ES7650-1AH62-5XX0
Note:
4-wire devices must be supplied
separately with current.
Note:
4-wire devices must be supplied
separately with current.
MTA AI HART terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single or
two redundant ET 200M analog
input modules
6ES7331-7TF01-0AB0
MTA F-AI HART terminal module,
6-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single or
two redundant safety-related
ET 200M analog input modules
6ES7336-4GE00-0AB0
Input range: 0 ... 20 mA
(without use of HART), 4 ... 20 mA
(with/without use of HART)
Input range: 1 to 5 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V
und 0/4 ... 20 mA; ± 20 mA
MTA AO terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant ET 200M analog
output modules
6ES7332-5HF00-0AB0
Order No.
6ES7650-1AM31-6XX0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Separate power supply
for field devices,
for example 4-wire transmitter
MTA terminal module 24 V DC
power supply, 16-channel
Terminal module for the redundant
power supply of field devices
separated from the signal
transmission
6ES7650-1BE10-3XX0
Output range: 24 V DC, 0.5 A
Pre-assembled cable
for connection of ET 200 module
and MTA terminal module
Connecting cable with 40-pin
front connector for ET 200M and
50-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m
•8m
6ES7922-3BD00-0AS0
6ES7922-3BJ00-0AS0
Connecting cable with 40-pin
front connector for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m
•8m
Order No.
Connecting cable with 40-pin
front connector for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m
•8m
6ES7922-3BD00-0AN0
6ES7922-3BJ00-0AN0
Connecting cable with 20-pin
front connector for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m
•8m
6ES7922-3BD01-0AM0
6ES7922-3BJ01-0AM0
Connecting cable with 20-pin
front connector for ET 200M and
50-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m
•8m
6ES7922-3BD00-0AU0
6ES7922-3BJ00-0AU0
Accessories
Power monitor board (PMB)
for display of status of redundant
MTA power supply
6ES7650-1BA02-0XX0
6ES7922-3BD00-0BA0
6ES7922-3BJ00-0BA0
Connecting cable with 40-pin
front connector for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m
•8m
6ES7922-3BD00-0BB0
6ES7922-3BJ00-0BB0
Connecting cable with 40-pin
front connector for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D plug for MTA
Lengths:
•3m
•8m
6ES7922-3BD00-0AT0
6ES7922-3BJ00-0AT0
12
■ More information
Detailed information on the MTA terminal modules can be found
in the manual "ET 200M Marshalled Termination Assemblies
Remote I/O Modules".
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/13
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
■ Overview
In addition to the standard SIMATIC S7 I/O modules,
special I/O modules with diagnostics capability offer the
following functions, among others:
• Channel-based diagnostics, e.g. open-circuit, short-circuit,
limit violations
• Internal module monitoring, e.g. configuration error,
RAM error, tripped fuse
• Flatter monitoring for sensors
• Pulse stretching
• Output of a selectable substitute value on failure of the central
processing unit
Within the ET 200 range, ET 200M represents the main series
of distributed I/O systems for process control applications with
SIMATIC PCS 7.
The ET 200M I/O system offers a comprehensive range of
I/O modules of S7-300 design, including ones with
special I&C functions:
• Standard analog and digital modules
• Redundant I/O modules
• I/O modules with enhanced diagnostics capability
• Ex I/O modules
• Controller and counter modules
• HART modules
• F-modules for safety-related applications
When using active bus modules, faulty I/O modules can be
replaced while the plant is in operation (RUN) without influencing
adjacent modules (hot swapping function).
12
The following actions are possible with the automation system
in RUN:
• Adding new modules to the station
• Re-configuration of modules
• Addition of ET 200M stations
• Configuration of connected HART field devices with
SIMATIC PDM
Note:
Apart from these selected modules, it is also possible to use with limitations in functions - all other I/O modules from the
current range of S7-300 signal modules.
■ Design
An ET 200M remote I/O station comprises:
• 1 or 2 (redundant) power supply modules (can be omitted
in the case of a central 24 V DC supply for the plant)
• Up to 2 interface modules:
- 1 or 2 (redundant) IM 153-2 High Feature for
PROFIBUS DP connection or
- 1 IM 153-4 PN High Feature for PROFINET connection
• Up to 12 I/O modules for connection of sensors/actuators
All I/O modules have optical electrical isolation from the
backplane bus. Up to 12 I/O modules can connected to an
IM 153-2 High Feature or IM 153-4 PN High Feature interface
module. The IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules can
also be configured redundantly.
12/14
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
In the event of a fault, the modules with diagnostics capability
automatically pass on the corresponding message to the
operator station, permitting fast and simple troubleshooting.
The ET 200M stations can be used in standard environments
and also in Ex zone 2/22. The actuators/sensors can be
positioned in Ex zone 1/21 when suitable Ex input/output
modules are used. Hot swapping of I/O modules within
Ex zone 2 is allowed with the right permit (e.g. fire certificate).
■ Technical specifications
You can find detailed technical data on the ET 200M and S7-300
I/O modules in the following places:
• Catalog ST 70 or
• Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering –
Automation systems – SIMATIC industrial automation
systems – SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
■ Options
SIPLUS extreme range for extended temperature ranges
and corrosive environments
The "standard" properties of an individual device or system
are often insufficient for harsh environmental conditions,
applications in corrosive environments or extreme temperature
ranges. Depending on the location of use, the result could be
limitations in functionality or operational safety or even total
failure of the plant.
The SIPLUS extreme range offers individually adapted standard
products which permit retention of the functionality of your plant
or process even under extreme conditions of use.
These include:
• Ambient temperature range from -25 to +60/+70 °C
• Condensation, high humidity
• Increased mechanical stress
• Extreme loading by media, e.g. toxic atmospheres
• Voltage ranges deviating from the standard
• Increased degree of protection (dust, water)
You can find a summary of the available range of products
classified according to their special properties on the Internet.
The corresponding SIPLUS product is assigned there to the
standard product:
www.siemens.com/siplus
Note:
SIPLUS products are also included in the ST 70 Catalog.
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Order No.
PS 307 load power supply
with power connector
• 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
- 2 A; 40 mm wide
- 5 A; 60 mm wide
- 5 A, extended temperature
range; 80 mm wide
- 10 A, 80 mm wide
PS 305 load power supply
with power connector
• 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
- 2 A, extended temperature
range; 80 mm wide
6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA80-0AA0
6ES7307-1KA02-0AA0
6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0
You can use the PS 307 or PS 305 load power supplies as
thealso possible to usepower supply module for the ET 200M.
You can select different input voltages and output currents
(120/230 V AC with 2 A, 5 Aalso possible to useor 10 A or
24 to 110 V DC with 2 A) depending on the application.
With a redundant ET 200M configuration, it is also
recommendable to have a redundant 24 V DC supply,
e.g. with two PS 307 / PS 305 load power supplies.
12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/15
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface modules
■ Overview
■ Function
IM 153-2 High Feature
The IM 153-2 High Feature supports the following functions:
• HART configuring of intelligent field devices
• Configuration of ET 200M I/Os in RUN mode of the
automation system
• Connection to redundant automation systems
• Use of ET 200M function modules (controller and
counter modules)
• Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
• Time stamping (SOE) with the safety-related SM 326F
digital input module (F-DI24)
• Transmission of additional values with HART secondary
variables of the HART SM 331 and SM 332 analog modules
(up to 4 per channel or up to 8 per module)
IM 153-2 High Feature interface module for PROFIBUS connection
Interface module for the PROFIBUS connection
The IM 153-2 High Feature interface module
(electrical PROFIBUS DP transmission mode) is available for
connecting the ET 200M remote I/O station to the PROFIBUS DP
fieldbus. Depending on the fieldbus configuration
(single/redundant), the ET 200M remote I/O station can be
connected via one single or two redundant interface modules.
IM 153-4 PN High Feature
• Integrated 2-port switch
• Baud rate 10 Mbps / 100 Mbps (Autonegotiation/Full Duplex)
• Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
• I&M functions in accordance with PROFIBUS International
Guidelines, order no. 3.502, version V1.1
Note:
In order to be able to use the hot swapping function, use of the
active bus module and the mounting rail for hot swapping is
necessary (see under the following section "Accessories").
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Interface module for the
PROFIBUS connection
IM 153-2 High Feature
Slave interface module for
connection of an ET 200M station to
PROFIBUS DP, with time stamp
(accuracy 1 ms), support of HART
functionality, F modules,
FM modules, "Configuration in RUN"
function; also for use in redundant
systems
12
6ES7153-2BA02-0XB0
Interface module for
PROFINET connection
IM 153-4 PN High Feature
IM 153-4 High Feature interface module for PROFINET connection
Interface module for PROFINET connection
The IM 153-4 PN High Feature interface module is used to
connect the ET 200M remote I/O station to PROFINET via copper
cables (RJ45). It autonomously handles communication
between the I/O modules and the higher-level PROFINET I/O
controller.
12/16
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Interface for connecting an
ET 200M station to PROFINET
6ES7153-4BA00-0XB0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Accessories
■ Overview
Following components are available as accessories
for the ET 200M:
• Bus modules for connection/disconnection
of modules during operation (hot swapping)
• DIN rail for connection and disconnection
of modules during operation
• Covers for backplane bus and bus modules
• Front connectors
• Ex partition for ET 200M
• LK 393 cable duct
• DM 370 dummy module
■ Design
Redundant connection
Redundant
IM 153-2
High Feature
Ex partition
A mechanical isolation is required between the IM 153 interface
module and the first Ex I/O module. For the hot swapping
function, an Ex partition is installed which guarantees the
prescribed isolation distance between non-intrinsically-safe and
intrinsically-safe areas of an ET 200M remote I/O station.
ET 200M
standard
modules
Special modules,
80 mm wide,
e.g. FM 355
Bus module BM 1 x 80
Bus module BM 2 x 40
Bus module IM 153/IM 153
Singular connection
LK 393 cable duct
IM 153-2 ET 200M
High Feature standard modules
Bus module PS/IM
G_PCS7_XX_00134
The LK 393 cable duct provides the prescribed isolation
between the load voltage input and the intrinsically safe
inputs/outputs. The cable duct is easy to fit following insertion
of the load voltage inputs L+.
Bus module BM 2 x 40
The figure shows the use of the various bus modules for hot
swapping modules - at the top for a redundant connection,
at the bottom for a non-redundant connection.
12
DM 370 dummy module
DM 370 dummy module
• Reservation of slots for unconfigured I/O modules
• Retention of design and address assignment when
replacing by I/O module
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/17
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Accessories
■ Ordering data
Bus modules for hot swapping
• BM PS/IM for load power supply
and IM 153,
incl. 1 bus module cover
• BM 2x40 for 2 modules,
each 40 mm wide
• BM 1x80 for 1 module,
80 mm wide
• BM IM/IM
for two IM 153-2/-2 FOs for
design of redundant systems
DIN rail for hot swapping
• 482 mm long (19 inches)
• 530 mm long
• 620 mm long
• 2 000 mm long, for vertical
installation
Covers
Pack with 4 backplane bus covers
and 1 bus module cover
Order No.
6ES7195-7HA00-0XA0
6ES7195-7HB00-0XA0
6ES7195-7HC00-0XA0
6ES7195-7HD10-0XA0
6ES7195-1GA00-0XA0
6ES7195-1GF30-0XA0
6ES7195-1GG30-0XA0
6ES7195-1GC00-0XA0
6ES7195-1JA00-0XA0
12
12/18
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
Front connector (1 unit)
• 20-pin, with screw contacts
• 20-pin, with spring contacts
• 40-pin, with screw contacts
• 40-pin, with spring contacts
Front connector for Ex analog
input module
6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 (1 unit)
• 20-pin, with screw contacts
6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0
6ES7392-1BJ00-0AA0
6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0
6ES7392-1AJ20-0AA0
Enables an accuracy of ± 1.5 °K
for the internal cold junction
temperature when taking
thermocouple temperature
measurements in the measuring
mode "internal compensation" at
ambient temperatures of 0 to 60 °C
Ex partition for ET 200M
• Separation of IM 153 and
downstream Ex modules within
an ET 200M line
• Mixed operation of non-Ex and
Ex modules within an
ET 200M line
• For supporting the Insert and
Remove function in connection
with IM 153-2
6ES7195-1KA00-0XA0
LK 393 cable duct
[EEx ib] IIC-conform routing of load
voltage cable in front plug, 5 units
6ES7393-4AA00-0AA0
DM 370 dummy module
including bus connector,
labeling strips
6ES7370-0AA01-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Bundles
■ Overview
The following pre-assembled bundles are available
for the ET 200M:
• I/O subsystem for ET 200M stations with up to 8 I/O modules
suitable for hot swapping, comprising:
- DIN rail for active bus modules, 482 mm long (19 inches)
- PS/IM bus module
- PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High Feature interface module
• I/O subsystem extended for ET 200M stations with up to
12 I/O modules suitable for hot swapping, comprising:
- DIN rail for active bus modules, 620 mm long
- PS/IM bus module
- PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High Feature interface module
• IM 153 redundancy bundle for operation of the ET 200M on a
fault-tolerant automation system, comprising
- 2 PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules
- 1 IM/IM active bus module
■ Ordering data
Order No.
I/O subsystem for ET 200M
for ET 200M stations with up to
8 I/O modules, suitable for hot
swapping, comprising:
6ES7654-0XX08-1XA0
• DIN rail for active bus modules,
482 mm long (19 inches)
• PS/IM bus module
• PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2
High Feature interface module
I/O subsystem extended for
ET 200M
for ET 200M stations with up to
12 I/O modules, suitable for hot
swapping, comprising:
• DIN rail for active bus modules,
620 mm long
• PS/IM bus module
• PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2
High Feature interface module
6ES7654-0XX08-1XB0
IM 153 redundancy bundle
for operation of an ET 200M station
on the AS 412H, AS 414H, AS 416H
or AS 417H fault-tolerant
automation system, comprising:
• 2 PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2
High Feature interface modules
• 1 IM/IM active bus module
6ES7153-2AR03-0XA0
12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/19
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
■ Overview
Digital input modules
• Simple signal modules for DC and AC voltage
• Modules with diagnostics capability that automatically output
a corresponding message to the operator system in the event
of a fault
Digital output modules
• Simple signal modules for DC and AC voltage with different
output currents per channel, where various relay modules are
available for larger output currents and voltages
• Modules with diagnostics capability which provide information
for fault diagnosis and also permit parameterizable reactions
to failure of the automation system
Digital input/output modules
• Standard signal module for DC voltage (24 V DC)
with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs
• For connection of switches, 2-wire proximity switches (BERO),
solenoid valves, contactors, signal lamps
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Digital input modules
SM 321 for floating contacts
(supply with DC voltage)
12
16 inputs, 24 V DC
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 16
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7321-1BH02-0AA0
S7-300 cable for 64-channel
modules; 2 units
•1m
• 2.5 m
•5m
16 inputs, 24 V DC
• Isolated in groups of 16; active low
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7321-1BH50-0AA0
Terminal block for 64-channel
modules; 2 units
• With screw contacts
• With spring-loaded contacts
16 inputs, 24 V DC, high-speed
• Isolated in groups of 16
• 0.05 ms input delay
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7321-1BH10-0AA0
SM 321 for floating contacts
(supply with DC/AC voltage)
32 inputs, 24 V DC
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 16
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7321-1BL00-0AA0
16 inputs, 48 ... 125 V DC
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7321-1CH20-0AA0
64 inputs, 24 V DC
• Isolated in groups of 16;
active high/low
6ES7321-1BP00-0AA0
16 inputs, 24...48 V AC/DC
• Isolated in groups of 1
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7392-1AN00-0AA0
6ES7392-1BN00-0AA0
6ES7321-1CH00-0AA0
SM 321 for floating contacts
(supply with AC voltage)
Note:
2 connection cables
6ES7392-4B..0-0AA0 and
2 terminal blocks
6ES7392-1.N00-0AA0 required
per module.
32 inputs, 120 V AC
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7321-1EL00-0AA0
8 inputs, 120/230 V AC
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 2
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7321-1FF01-0AA0
16 inputs, 120/230 V AC
• Isolated in groups of 4
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7321-1FH00-0AA0
SM 321 for non-floating contacts
(supply with AC voltage)
8 inputs, 120/230 V AC
• Isolated in groups of 1
• Front connector required: 40-pin
12/20
6ES7392-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7392-4BC50-0AA0
6ES7392-4BF00-0AA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6ES7321-1FF10-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Digital output modules
SM 321 modules with diagnostics
capability (IM 153-2 High Feature
interface module required)
for isolated contacts
(supplied with DC voltage)
SM 322 for DC voltage
Suitable for solenoid valves,
contactors, indicator lights, etc.
16 inputs, 24 V DC
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 16
• Time stamping in association
with IM 153-2 High Feature,
accuracy 1 ms, rising or
falling edge, can be configured
channel-granular
• Two short-circuit-proof sensor
supplies for 8 channels each
• Sensor supply by the module,
additional external redundant
sensor supply possible
• Diagnostics of missing sensor
supply for channel group
(8 channels)
• Diagnostics inside module
• Channel-granular wire break
monitoring
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7321-7BH01-0AB0
16 inputs, NAMUR
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Time stamping in association
with IM 153-2 High Feature,
accuracy 10 ms, rising or
falling edge, can be configured
channel-granular
• Two sensor supplies
(8.2 V DC or 18 V DC each)
• Connection of NAMUR sensors
or contacts with resistor circuit
• Pulse stretching
• Channel-granular diagnostics
(short-circuit, open-circuit,
chatter monitoring, discrepancy
with changeover contacts)
• Diagnostics inside module
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7321-7TH00-0AB0
16 inputs, 24 to 125 V DC
• Isolated in groups of 16
• Time stamping in association
with IM 153-2 High Feature,
accuracy 1 ms, rising or
falling edge, can be configured
channel-granular
• Diagnostics inside module
• Channel-granular wire break
monitoring
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7321-7EH00-0AB0
8 outputs, 24 V DC / 2 A
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 4
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-1BF01-0AA0
16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-1BH01-0AA0
16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A,
high speed
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Output delay max. 0.2 ms
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-1BH10-0AA0
32 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7322-1BL00-0AA0
8 outputs, 48 ... 125 V DC / 1.5 A
• Isolated in groups of 4
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-1CF00-0AA0
64 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
source output
• Isolated in groups of 16
6ES7322-1BP00-0AA0
Note:
2 connection cables
6ES7392-4B..0-0AA0 and
2 terminal blocks
6ES7392-1.N00-0AA0 required
per module.
64 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
sink output
• Isolated in groups of 16
6ES7322-1BP50-0AA0
Note:
2 connection cables
6ES7392-4..0-0AA0 and 2 terminal
blocks 6ES7392-1.N00-0AA0
required per module.
12
S7-300 cable for 64-channel
modules; 2 units
•1m
• 2.5 m
•5m
6ES7392-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7392-4BC50-0AA0
6ES7392-4BF00-0AA0
Terminal block for 64-channel
modules; 2 units
• With screw contacts
• With spring-loaded contacts
6ES7392-1AN00-0AA0
6ES7392-1BN00-0AA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/21
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SM 322 for AC voltage
Suitable for AC solenoid valves,
contactors, motor starters, smallpower motors and indicator lights
8 outputs, 120/230 V AC / 2 A
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 4
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-1FF01-0AA0
16 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 1 A
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-1FH00-0AA0
32 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 1 A
6ES7322-1FL00-0AA0
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Front connector required: 2 x 20-pin
SM 322 for relay output
Suitable for AC/DC solenoid valves,
contactors, motor starters, smallpower motors, and indicator lights
8 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC,
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 2 A
• Isolated in groups of 2
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-1HF01-0AA0
8 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC,
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 5 A
• Isolated in groups of 1
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7322-1HF10-0AA0
16 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC,
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 2 A
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-1HH01-0AA0
SM 322 modules with diagnostics
capability (with channel and
module diagnostics)
for DC voltage
Suitable for solenoid valves,
DC contactors and indicator lights
12
8 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 8
• 2 connections per output
(with and without series diode)
• Connection of a default value
per channel in the event of
CPU stop (configurable)
• Wire break monitoring per channel
• Load voltage monitoring
per channel
• Short-circuit monitoring to
M/L+ per channel
• Module-internal diagnostics
functions
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-8BF00-0AB0
Order No.
16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 4
• Connection of a default value
per channel in the event of
CPU stop (configurable)
• Wire break monitoring per channel
(with 0 and 1 signals)
• Signaling of output overload
• Discrepancy error monitoring
• Load voltage monitoring or
ground monitoring per channel
group
• Short-circuit monitoring to
M/L+ per channel group
• Module-internal diagnostics
functions
• Front connector required: 40-pin
For AC voltage
Suitable for AC solenoid valves,
contactors, motor starters, smallpower motors and indicator lights
8 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 2 A
• Isolated in groups of 1
• Connection of a default value
perlabeling stripschannel in the
event of CPU stop (configurable)
• Module-internal diagnostics
functions
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7322-5FF00-0AB0
16 outputs, 24/48 V DC, 0.5 A
• Isolated in groups of 1
• Connection of a default value
perlabeling stripschannel in the
event of CPU stop (configurable)
• Module-internal diagnostics
functions
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7322-5GH00-0AB0
For relay output
Suitable for AC/DC solenoid valves,
contactors, motor starters, smallpower motors and indicator lights
8 outputs, 24...120 V DC,
24...230 V AC / max. 5 A
• Isolated in groups of 1
• With RC suppressor element for
protection of contacts per channel
• Connection of a default value per
channel in the event of CPU stop
(configurable)
• Module-internal diagnostics
functions
• Front connector required: 40-pin
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6ES7322-5HF00-0AB0
Digital input/output modules
SM 323 for DC voltage
Suitable for switches, BERO
proximity switches, solenoid valves,
contactors, indicator lights, etc.
• 8 inputs 24 V DC
- Suitable for connection of 2-wire
proximity switches (BERO)
as sensors
• 8 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A
• Inputs and outputs electrically
isolated in groups of 8
• Front connector required: 20-pin
12/22
6ES7322-8BH10-0AB0
6ES7323-1BH01-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules
■ Overview
Analog input modules
• Multi-function modules for current, voltage and
temperature measurements
• Special, highly accurate modules for current and
voltage measurements or temperature measurements
All modules automatically supply channel-specific and
module-internal diagnostics data, except module
6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0. With this module, a channel failure
is detected by the SIMATIC PCS 7 analog driver block.
The channels of the analog input modules can be parameterized
in groups independent of each other.
Analog output modules
• Modules with 12-bit resolution and different numbers
of channels
• Highly accurate module with 15-bit resolution
The analog output modules can be parameterized in groups
independent of each other, and automatically provide all
channel-specific and module-internal diagnostics information.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Analog input modules
SM 331 modules for current,
voltage and temperature
measurements
8 inputs, individually
configurable
• Resolution 12 bit + sign
• Current measurement
(8 channels) 0/4 ... 20 mA,
± 20 mA (2 wires with external
supply or 4 wires)
• Voltage measurement
(8 channels) 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10V,
± 50 mV, ± 500 mV, ± 1 V, ± 5 V,
± 10 V
• Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Ni100, Ni1000, LG-Ni1000
(8 channels; 2, 3 or 4 wires)
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7331-1KF02-0AB0
8 inputs in 4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Changeover of measurement type
by range module per
channel group
• Resolution 14 bit + sign
• Current measurement
(8 channels) 0 ... 20 mA,
± 3.2 mA, ± 10 mA, ± 20 mA
(4 wires) or 4 ... 20 mA
(2 or 4 wires)
• Voltage measurement
(8 channels) 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V,
± 50 mV, ± 500 mV, ± 1 V, ± 5 V,
± 10 V
• Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Ni100 (4 channels, 2 or 4 wires)
• Thermocouples type E, N, J, K, L
(8 channels),
internal compensation or external
compensation with compensating
box or 0 °C cold junction
• Wire break monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7331-7KF02-0AB0
2 inputs in 1 channel group
• Changeover of measurement type
by range module
• Adjustable resolution per
channel group: 9/12/14 bits + sign
• Current measurement
(2 channels) 0 ... 20 mA,
± 3.2 mA, ± 10 mA, ± 20 mA
(4 wires) or 4 ... 20 mA
(2 or 4 wires)
• Voltage measurement
(2 channels) 1 ... 5 V, ± 80 mV,
± 250 mV, ± 500 mV, ± 1 V,
± 2.5 V, ± 5 V, ± 10 V
• Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Ni100 (1 channel, 2 or 4 wires)
• Thermocouples type E, N, J, K, L
(2 channels),
internal compensation or external
compensation with compensating
box or 0 °C cold junction
• Wire break monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7331-7KB02-0AB0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12
12/23
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SM 331 modules for current and
voltage measurements
12
8 inputs in 4 channel groups,
high speed
• Resolution 13 bit + sign
• Measurement type and range
selection adjustable per
channel group
• Current measurement 0 ... 20 mA,
± 20 mA (4 wires) or 4 ... 20 mA
(2 or 4 wires)
• Voltage measurement 1 ... 5 V,
± 1 V, ± 5 V, ± 10 V
• Limit monitoring adjustable
for 2 channels
• Fast updating of measured value
• Supporting of isochronous mode
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7331-7HF01-0AB0
8 inputs in 4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Current measurement 0/
4 ... 20 mA, ± 20 mA
(8 channels; 2 or 4 wires)
• Voltage measurement 1 ... 5 V,
± 5 V, ± 10 V (8 channels)
• Wire break monitoring with
4 ... 20 mA and 1 ... 5 V
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7331-7NF00-0AB0
8 inputs in 4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Fast module cycle
(min. 10 ms for 4 channels)
• Current measurement 0/
4 ... 20 mA, ± 20 mA
(8 channels, 2 wires with
external supply or 4 wires)
• Voltage measurement 1 ... 5 V,
± 5 V, ± 10 V (8 channels)
• Wire break monitoring with
4 ... 20 mA and 1 ... 5 V, ± 5 V,
± 10 V
• Short-circuit-proof
• Electrical isolation between
channel groups
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7331-7NF10-0AB0
12/24
Order No.
SM 331 modules for
temperature measurement
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
8 inputs in 4 channel groups
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Resistance thermometer
Pt100 ... 1000, Ni100 ... 1000,
Cu10 (8 channels; 2, 3 or 4 wires)
• Resistance measurement 150 :,
300 :, 600 :
• Measuring mode (temperature or
resistance) and measuring range
adjustable per channel group
• Short-circuit-proof
• Wire break monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7331-7PF01-0AB0
8 inputs in 4 channel groups
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Thermocouples type B, C, N, E, R,
S, J, L, T, K, U (8 channels),
internal compensation; external
compensation with Pt100 through
separate inputs possible
• Measuring range adjustable
per channel group
• Fast module cycle
(10 ms for 4 channels)
• Short-circuit-proof
• Wire break monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7331-7PF11-0AB0
6 inputs in 6 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Electrical isolation up to 250V AC
between the channels
• Measuring mode (temperature or
voltage) and measuring range
adjustable per channel
• Temperature measurement with
thermocouple type B, C, N, E, R,
S, J, L, T, K, U, TxK/ XK (L);
internal compensation; external
compensation possible with Pt100
• Voltage measurement
±25 mV/±50 mV/±80 mV/
±250 mV/±500 mV/ ±1 V
• Input impedance 10 M: each
• Programmable diagnostics
and diagnostics alarm
• Programmable process alarm
on limit violation
• Calibration possible using
SIMATIC PDM
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7331-7PE10-0AB0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Analog output modules
SM 332 modules for current
and voltage outputs
2 outputs in 2 channel groups
• Resolution 12 bit/11 bit + sign
• Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10V; ± 10 V
(2 channels; 2 or 4 wires)
• Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; ±20 mA
(2 channels; 2 wires)
• Configurable substitute value
output in case of CPU stop
• Wire break monitoring
(only for current)
• Short circuit monitoring
(only for voltage)
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7332-5HB01-0AB0
4 outputs in 4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Resolution 12 bit/11 bit + sign
• Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10V; ± 10 V
(4 channels; 4 wires)
• Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; ±20 mA
(4 channels; 2 wires)
• Configurable substitute value
output in case of CPU stop
• Wire break monitoring
(only for current)
• Short circuit monitoring
(only for voltage)
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7332-5HD01-0AB0
8 outputs in 8 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Resolution 12 bit/11 bit + sign
• Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10V; ± 10 V
(8 channels; 4 wires)
• Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; ±20 mA
(8 channels; 2 wires)
• Configurable substitute value
output in case of CPU stop
• Wire break monitoring
(only for current)
• Short circuit monitoring
(only for voltage)
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7332-5HF00-0AB0
4 outputs in 4 channel groups
• Resolution 14/15/16 bit
• Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V; ± 10 V
(4 channels; 4 wires)
• Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; ±20 mA
(4 channels; 2 wires)
• Configurable substitute value
output in case of CPU stop
• Isolated by channel
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7332-7ND02-0AB0
12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/25
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART
■ Overview
■ Function
HART is a serial transmission procedure with which additional
parameter data such as measuring ranges, attenuation etc. can
be sent to transmitters and actuators over a 4 to 20-mA current
loop. The HART jobs for each channel can be remotely initiated
over the PROFIBUS DP. This usually takes place from the central
engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system per SIMATIC PDM.
The modules with HART (Highway Addressable Remote
Transducer) which can be used in ET 200M remote I/O stations
(with IM 153-2 High Feature interface module) permit
connection of HART devices to the SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system.
Transmitters and HART actuators that are certified for
digital communication with the HART protocol can be
connected through these modules.
With 0/4 to 20 mA technology, conventional transmitters/
actuators without HART protocol can also be connected.
All modules with HART come with diagnostics capability
(channel and module diagnostics). The diagnostics and
monitoring functions are directly available in SIMATIC PCS 7.
They require no additional engineering. Plain text messages
output on the operator station provide information on faults
or changes in the HART parameter settings.
12
Homogenous integration in the SIMATIC Process Device
Manager (PDM) and the PCS 7 Asset Management permit
intuitive online diagnostics and parameterization of all
connected field devices from a central position.
The modules with HART have the following features:
• Connections compatible with the conventional analog
modules of the ET 200M
• Additional communications possibility over the current loop
• Up to 8 analog channels per module (2 analog channels
with Ex modules; 6 analog channels with safety-related
SM 336 F-AI HART module)
• Each channel is a primary master of the HART protocol
• Selectable input range per channel (AI):
- 0 to 20 mA (without HART function)
- ± 20 mA (without HART function, not with Ex module
or SM 336 F-AI HART module)
- 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)
• Selectable output range per channel (AO):
- 0 to 20 mA (with/without HART function; in the case of
Ex module, only without HART function)
- 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)
Additional functions of the HART analog modules
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 and 6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0:
• Supplementary HART variables (up to 4 per channel,
up to 8 per module) allow the transmission of additional
values from/to the HART devices
• Modules can be used redundant
(channel-granular redundancy)
Additional functions of the SM 336 F-AI HART module:
• Modules can be used redundant
(channel-granular redundancy)
• HART communication can be activated safety-related
in online mode, or switched off
Note:
Two hardware upgrade packages (HUP) are available
for integration of the SM 336 F-AI HART module in
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0+SP1. These are available for downloading
from the Industry Online Support Portal on the Internet:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/29000518
(HUP for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0+SP1)
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/31481983
(HUP for SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1+SP2 and PCS 7 V7.0+SP1
when using the module without HART function)
Parameterization
• For the analog input modules (AI), it is possible to
parameterize e.g. conversion time, input range, limits,
alarms, smoothing of measured values
• For the analog output modules (AO), it is possible
to parameterize e.g. output range, response on stoppage
of AS (CPU), diagnostics
• Remote parameterization (per PROFIBUS DP) of the
HART transmitters and actuators with SIMATIC PDM
• It is still possible to parameterize the HART devices using
an operator terminal (handheld).
12/26
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART
■ Ordering data
Analog input module
SM 331 HART
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Order No.
6ES7331-7TF01-0AB0
SM 332 HART Ex analog
output module [EEx ib]
6ES7332-5TB00-0AB0
2 outputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in
2 channel groups
• Individual electrically
isolated channels
• Resolution: 12 bit + sign
• For 2-wire actuators
• Wire break monitoring
• HART
• Front connector required: 20-pin
8 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA or ±20 mA
• Resolution: 15 bit + sign
• Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitters possible
• HART (2-wire or 4-wire)
• Wire break monitoring
• Short-circuit-proof
• Front connector required: 20-pin
Analog output module
SM 332 HART
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Order No.
6ES7332-8TF01-0AB0
SM 336 F-AI HART safety-related
analog input module
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
For detailed ordering data,
see the section
"F digital/analog modules"
6 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA
8 outputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA
• Resolution: 15 bit + sign
• For 2-wire actuators
• HART (2-wire)
• Wire break monitoring
• Front connector required: 20-pin
SM 331 HART Ex analog input
module [EEx ib]
6ES7331-7TB00-0AB0
2 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in
2 channel groups
• Individual electrically
isolated channels
• Resolution: 15 bit + sign
• Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitters possible
• Wire break monitoring
• Short-circuit-proof
• HART (2-wire or 4-wire)
• Front connector required: 20-pin
12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/27
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Ex digital/analog modules
■ Overview
The following analog and digital input and output modules
are suitable for use in hazardous plants. They separate the
non-intrinsically safe electrical circuits of the automation system
and the intrinsically safe electrical circuits of the process.
Sensors and actuators suitable for placing in zone 1 or 21
and 2 or 22 hazardous areas as well as intrinsically safe
equipment compliant with DIN 50020 and [EEx ib] IIC can be
operated on these modules.
All Ex modules come with diagnostics capability
(channel and module diagnostics).
Ex modules identified by "redundant design possible"
(6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7 322-5SD00-0AB0,
6ES7 331-7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0) can also be
configured redundant when used in non-hazardous plants.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Ex digital input modules
4 NAMUR inputs in
4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Voltage supply to sensors 8.2 V
• Individual electrically isolated
channels
• Time stamping in association
with IM 153-2 High Feature,
accuracy 10 ms, rising or
falling edge, can be configured
channel-granular
• Wire break and short-circuit
monitoring (directly at the contact
for contacts with external resistor
circuit)
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
12
Order No.
Ex analog input modules
6ES7321-7RD00-0AB0
Ex digital output modules
4 outputs, 24 V DC, 10 mA in
4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Individual electrically isolated
channels
• Wire break monitoring
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-5SD00-0AB0
4 outputs, 15 V DC / 20 mA in
4 channel groups
• Individual electrically isolated
channels
• Wire break monitoring
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7322-5RD00-0AB0
4 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in
4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Individual electrically isolated
channels
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitters possible
• Wire break monitoring
• Measurement range monitoring
• Short-circuit-proof
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7331-7RD00-0AB0
8 inputs in 4 channel groups
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Thermocouples type T, U, E, J, L,
K, N, R, S, B (8 channels)
Internal compensation;
external compensation with Pt100
(2 channels), compensating box
or 0/50 °C cold junction
• Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Pt200, Ni100 (4 channels; 2-wire
or 4-wire, 3-wire Pt100 on request)
• Wire break monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7331-7SF00-0AB0
Note:
A special front connector for the
Ex analog input module
6ES7331-7SF00-0AB0 enables
greater accuracy when making
thermocouple temperature
measurements in "Internal
compensation" measuring mode
(see the section "Accessories").
Ex analog output modules
4 outputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in
4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Individual electrically isolated
channels
• Resolution 15 bit
• For 2-wire transmitters
• Wire break monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7332-5RD00-0AB0
For additional Ex modules, refer to the "Analog modules with HART"
section.
12/28
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F digital/analog modules
■ Overview
The safety functions of the safety-related automation systems
are matched to the safety-related I/O modules (F-modules)
of the ET 200M distributed I/O system. The F-signal modules
(DI/DO/AI) in the ET 200M remote I/O stations comply with safety
requirements up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508). They can diagnose both
internal and external faults. To this end, they carry out self-tests,
e.g. for short-circuit or open-circuit, and automatically monitor
the discrepancy time defined in the parameter settings. They are
able to guarantee plant safety even if there is a CPU failure in the
automation system.
Depending on the version, the input modules support 1oo1 and
1oo2 evaluation on the module. 2oo3 evaluation of three sensors
is possible using the corresponding voter block (component of
the S7 F block library) within the safety program.
In the event of a faulty output, the digital output modules allow
a safe shutdown via a second shutdown path.
■ Design
SM 336 F-AI HART analog input module
Digital output module SM 326 F-DO
The safety-related SM 336 F-AI HART analog input module has
6 inputs for current measurements in the range from 0 to 20 mA
or 4 to 20 mA, all of which are designed for SIL 3. The compact
width of 40 mm means that a relatively high packing density can
be achieved for F modules, allowing a design which saves
space and costs.
The 40-mm wide safety-related SM 326 F-DO digital output
module with 10 outputs (24 V DC, 2 A) and parameterizable
redundancy extends the range of compact F-modules
commenced with the SM 336 F-AI HART. The module features
short response times, and can be used in SIL 3 applications
even without an isolating module. It supports the "Keep last valid
value" function as well as channel-selective passivation.
The module can also handle HART communication with
appropriate HART field devices. HART communication can be
activated safety-related in online mode, or switched off.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SM 326 F-DI safety-related digital
input module
for floating contacts
24 inputs, 24 V DC
80 mm wide
Isolated in groups of 12
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• 4 short-circuit-proof sensor power
supplies, each for 6 channels,
isolated in groups of 3
• External sensor power supply
possible
• SIL 2: 1oo1 evaluation,
24 channels
• SIL 3: 1oo2 evaluation on the
module, 12 channels
(adjustable discrepancy time)
• SIL 3 achievable without
isolating module
• Short-circuit monitoring to L+
• Discrepancy monitoring
• Supports 20 ms time stamping
(SOE)
• Diagnostics inside module
• PROFIsafe telegram
• Front connector required: 40-pin
8 inputs, NAMUR [EEx ib]
80 mm wide
Isolated by channel
6ES7326-1BK02-0AB0
12
Order No.
6ES7326-1RF00-0AB0
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• 8 short-circuit-resistant sensor
power supplies, each for
1 channel, mutually isolated
• SIL 2: 1oo1 evaluation, 8 channels
• SIL 3: 1oo2 evaluation on the
module, 4 channels
(adjustable discrepancy time)
• Wire break and short-circuit
monitoring (for contacts with
external resistor circuit)
• Discrepancy monitoring
• Diagnostics inside module
• PROFIsafe telegram
• Front connector required: 40-pin
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/29
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F digital/analog modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Safety-related digital output
module SM 326 F-DO
Suitable for solenoid valves, DC
contactors and indicator lights
SM 336 F-AI HART safety-related
analog input module
10 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A
40 mm wide
Isolated in groups of 5
(outputs with internal diode)
6 inputs, 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
40 mm wide
Electrically isolated in groups of 3
6ES7326-2BF10-0AB0
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Resolution: 15 bits + sign
• 2-wire or 4-wire connection
• 6 short-circuit-proof sensor
supplies for 1 channel each
• External sensor power supply
possible
• SIL 3: 1oo1 evaluation
(6 channels) and 1oo2 evaluation
(3 channels) on the module
• SIL 3 achievable without
isolating module
• Discrepancy monitoring with
1oo2 evaluation
(adjustable discrepancy time)
• Wire break monitoring
• Module and channel diagnostics
• HART communication in
measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
(can be switched on/off online)
• HART status display
• PROFIsafe telegram
• Front connector required: 20-pin
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• 10 outputs, isolated in groups of 5
• SIL 3 achievable without
isolating module
• P/P-switching (for non-floating
loads; ground and earth
connected together)
• Wire break and short-circuit
monitoring
• Configurable diagnostics
• "Keep last valid value" parameter
• Channel-selective passivation
• PROFIsafe telegram
• Front connector required: 40-pin
8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A
80 mm wide
Isolated in groups of 4
• SIL 2, SIL 3 configurable
(8 channels)
• SIL 3 achievable without
isolating module
• P/M-switching (for floating loads;
ground and earth separate)
• Wire break and short-circuit
monitoring
• Diagnostics inside module
• PROFIsafe telegram
• Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7326-2BF41-0AB0
Options
Isolating module
For F modules, 40 mm wide
• For isolation of F and standard
modules in an ET 200M rack
• For signal isolation when using a
copper bus connection (only
F modules in a rack with IM 153-2)
6ES7195-7KF00-0XA0
Isolating bus module
80 mm wide, for isolating module,
when using an active backplane
bus
6ES7195-7HG00-0XA0
■ Options
Isolating
module
Isolating module
The following components are available as accessories
for the F modules:
• Isolating module
- Isolation of F and standard modules in an ET 200M remote
I/O station
- Signal isolation when using a copper bus connection
(only F modules in an ET 200M remote I/O station with
IM 153-2)
• Isolating bus submodule for isolating module,
when using an active backplane bus
F-modules
IM 153-2
ET 200 rack
only for SIL 3 operation,
SIL 2 also possible
without isolating module
PROFIBUS
copper cable
Isolating bus submodule
for active
backplane bus
IM 153-2
ET 200 rack
PROFIBUS
copper cable
or fiber-optic cable
12/30
Isolating module for isolation of
standard and F-modules
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
G_PCS7_XX_00128
12
6ES7336-4GE00-0AB0
The isolating module is required in SIL 3 applications with
F signal modules SM 326; AI 6 x 13 bit, SM 326; DI 8 x NAMUR
and SM 326; DO 10 x DC 24 V/2 A (width 80 mm) in the
following cases:
• Design of PROFIBUS DP with copper cables
• Design of PROFIBUS DP with fiber-optic cables and
joint operation of the mentioned F signal modules
with standard modules in an ET 200M station
Note:
The isolating module for F modules and the isolating bus
submodule can only be used together. The 40-mm wide gap
cannot be used for other modules.
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Control modules
■ Overview
The FM 355 is an intelligent 4-channel controller module
for universal control tasks. It can be used to control temperature,
pressure and flow.
The following versions of the FM 355 are available:
• FM 355 C
Continuous-action controller with 4 analog outputs
for controlling analog actuators
• FM 355 S
Step or pulse controller with 8 digital outputs for controlling
motor-driven (integrating) actuators or binary controlled
actuators (e.g. electrical heating strips and cartridges)
• FM 355-2 C/S
Specially optimized for temperature controls with user-friendly
online self-optimization integrated
■ Function
The FM 355 and FM 355-2 modules have four separate control
channels. The controllers have the following features:
• Predefined controller structures for
- Fixed setpoint control
- Cascade controller
- Ratio control
- 3-component control
• Different operating modes
- Automatic mode
- Manual mode
- Safety mode
- Follow-up mode
- Backup mode
• Sampling time (depending on the resolution of the
analog inputs and the compensation input):
- At 12 bits: 20 ms to 100 ms (FM 355-2 only)
- At 14 bits: 100 ms to 500 ms (depending on the number
of released analog inputs)
• 2 control algorithms:
- Self-optimizing temperature control algorithm
- PID algorithm
• Integrated online self-optimization without configuration
(FM 355-2 only)
- Faster adjustment to the operating point
• Convenient controller optimization
• Backup mode
The controller can continue to control independently in the
event of CPU failure or CPU stop. To this end, configurable
safety setpoints or safety manipulated variables are set.
• Feed forward control
The analog inputs can optionally be used for feed forward
control in addition to actual value recording.
12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/31
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Control modules
■ Integration
■ Ordering data
FM 355 C controller module
With 4 analog outputs for
4 continuous-action controllers
Automation
system
OP
Order No.
6ES7355-0VH10-0AE0
Front connector required:
2 x 20-pin
Incl. multi-lingual configuration
package, manual and Getting
Started (English, German, French,
Italian) on CD-ROM
FM-355 module
(80 mm wide)
ET 200 Rack
Standard
modules
FM 355 S controller module
With 8 digital outputs for
4 step or pulse controllers
G_PCS7_XX_00135G
IM 153-2
Use in SIMATIC PCS 7
The FM 355/FM 355-2 modules can be used to implement
control tasks outside the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system.
The modules have not only controller structures but also analog
and digital channels, thus eliminating the need for additional
modules to detect the setpoint/actual value or to control the
actuator.
On the one hand this reduces the work load for the CPU,
on the other hand it enables backup mode with which the control
system continues to work even if the CPU fails. In this case the
FM 355 module can be operated further with an OP operator
panel (does not apply to FM 355-2).
12
The operator panel is connected to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus
for this purpose. The CPU of the automation system can
surrender input privilege to the operator panel in normal
operation as well. The parameters that can be accessed with
the operator panel are the setpoint and manipulated variable.
If the FM 355 module is operated from the operator panel, the
automation system reads back the values accessible from the
operator panel after the input privilege is withdrawn or recovered
again. Bumpless continuation of the operations is thus assured.
IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules are needed for the
PROFIBUS DP connection when the FM 355/FM 355-2 controller
modules are used in ET 200M.
SIMATIC PCS 7 blocks
CFC blocks with OS faceplates for all FM 355 modules are
included in the scope of supply of the standard SIMATIC
PCS 7 library (part of engineering software). These blocks
are integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 driver concept.
This guarantees homogenous system integration
(including automatic diagnostics messages).
Parameterization in HW-Config
A configuration package containing all parameterization masks
required for configuring, parameterizing and commissioning is
included in the scope of supply of the FM 355 controller
modules.
12/32
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
6ES7355-1VH10-0AE0
Front connector required:
2 x 20-pin
Incl. multi-lingual configuration
package, manual and Getting
Started (English, German, French,
Italian) on CD-ROM
FM 355-2 C temperature
controller module
with 4 analog outputs for
4 continuous-action controllers
6ES7355-2CH00-0AE0
Front connector required:
2 x 20-pin
Incl. multi-lingual configuration
package, manual and Getting
Started (English, German, French,
Italian) on CD-ROM
FM 355-2 S temperature
controller module
With 8 digital outputs for
4 step or pulse controllers
6ES7355-2SH00-0AE0
Front connector required:
2 x 20-pin
Incl. multi-lingual configuration
package, manual and Getting
Started (English, German, French,
Italian) on CD-ROM
Note:
In the case of the FM 355 C and FM 355 S controller modules,
the channels are not electrically isolated from one another
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Counter modules
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Order No.
FM 350-1 counter module
Counting functions up to 500 kHz
1 channel for the connection of 5 V
and 24 V incremental encoders
6ES7350-1AH03-0AE0
Front connector required:
1 x 20-pin
incl. configuration package on
CD-ROM
FM 350-2 counter module
8 channels with maximum 20 kHz
counting frequency; for 24 V
encoders, for the following tasks:
counting, frequency measurement,
speed measurement, period
measurement, dosing
6ES7350-2AH01-0AE0
Front connector required:
1 x 40-pin
incl. configuration package on
CD-ROM
The FM 350-1 counter module is a single-channel intelligent
counter module for simple counting tasks, suitable for the direct
connection of incremental encoders. It provides a comparison
function with 2 preselectable reference values, as well as
integrated digital outputs for outputting a reaction upon reaching
the reference value.
The FM 350-2 counter module is an eight-channel intelligent
counter module for universal counting and measuring tasks,
as well as for simple positioning jobs (max. 4 axes).
12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/33
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
■ Overview
The ET 200iSP is a modular, intrinsically-safe I/O system with
IP30 degree of protection which can be operated in gas and
dust atmospheres at ambient temperatures from -20 to +70 °C.
In accordance with ATEX directive 94/9/EC, the ET 200iSP
remote I/Os stations can be installed directly in the Ex zones 1,
2, 21 or 22 as well as in non-hazardous areas. The intrinsicallysafe sensors, actuators and HART field devices can also be
located in zone 0 or 20 if necessary.
The modular design of the ET 200iSP makes it possible
to optimally adapt the remote I/O stations to the respective
automation task through individual configuration and flexible
expansion. To increase plant availability, the pressureencapsulated power supply and the intrinsically-safe
PROFIBUS DP connection (RS 485-iS) of the stations can
also be of redundant design.
The modern architecture with independent wiring and automatic
slot coding supports simple and reliable hot swapping of
individual modules without a fire certificate.
12
In addition to analog and digital I/O modules for the automation
of the technological functions of the process (Basic Process
Control), the range of electronics modules also includes
safety-related F-I/O modules for implementing safety
applications. The various types of electronics module can
be arranged mixed within a station.
■ Design
Terminal module for Power Supply
Power Supply
EEx d
Terminal modules
for electronics module
Interface module
Electronics module
EEx ib
24 V DC
PA-ground
PROFIBUS DP connection
EEx ib intrinsically safe
Terminal module
for interface module
12/34
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Main components of the ET 200iSP distributed I/O system:
• Terminal modules
mounted on an S7-300 rail; for connecting power supply,
interface, electronics, watchdog and reserve modules and
for prewiring
- with blue screw-type or spring-loaded terminals
for hazardous environments
- with black screw-type terminals for non-hazardous
environments
• Power supply unit
1 or 2 (redundant) power supply modules PS with
pressurized enclosure for feeding 24 V DC or 120/230 V AC
• Interface module
1 or 2 (redundant) IM 152 interface modules
for connecting the station to the PROFIBUS DP
• Electronics modules (2/4/8 channels): Up to 32 in
any combination
- Digital electronics modules (DI, DO)
- Analog electronics modules (AI, AO)
- Safety-related electronics modules (F-DI, F-DO and F-AI)
- Watchdog module
• Accessories
- Reserve module for reserving a slot for any
electronics module
- Terminating module (included in scope of delivery of
terminal modules for the PROFIBUS interface)
- Labeling sheets with printable labeling strips
- Inscription labels for slot numbering
Assembly
Assembly is quick and easy:
• Latching of terminal modules onto the S7-300 rail
• Prewiring of process signal cables on the terminal modules
using spring-loaded or screw-type connections
• Plugging-in of power supply, interface and electronics
modules without the need for additional tools
Expansion limits
The station width is 107 cm in the maximum configuration
with 32 electronic modules.
The maximum number of electronics modules which can be
used per station may be limited depending on the current
consumption of the modules required to solve the automation
task. However, up to 16 electronics modules can be used
without limitation.
Stainless steel wall enclosure
If the ET 200iSP is used in a hazardous area, it must be installed
in an appropriate Ex housing which at least corresponds to the
IP54 degree of protection. Appropriate versions of an IP65
housing are offered in the Section "Stainless steel wall housings".
Connection
terminal EEx ia/ib
Outstanding design features
• Installation and testing of the wiring is possible in advance
without the electronics module (independent wiring).
• Isolation of the mechanical and electronic systems,
in conjunction with the independent process wiring, permits
fast and easy replacement of the electronics modules
• Mechanical coding which is carried out when an electronics
module is plugged onto a terminal module for the first time
prevents the connection of incorrect replacement modules
• Hot swapping of the power supply modules and electronics
modules is possible without a fire certificate.
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
■ Integration
Distributed ET 200iSP stations are connected to the
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems (controllers) via the
PROFIBUS DP, which can be routed intrinsically-safe into
Ex zone 1 using an isolating transformer (RS485-iS coupler)
as barrier. Data transfer rates of up to 1.5 Mbit/s are possible.
The ET 200iSP is integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7 using standard
driver blocks. You can therefore configure the ET 200iSP in the
SIMATIC Manager of the engineering system extremely simply
using HW-Config. The system function CiR (Configuration in
Run) is also supported, and permits the following changes to be
made to the configuration during runtime:
• Adding ET 200iSP stations
• Adding modules to the ET 200iSP station
• Re-configuration of modules
• Parameterization of connected HART field devices
with SIMATIC PDM
Vendor-specific information and maintenance data are saved
powerfail-proof on the electronics modules.
The existing standard diagnostics drivers preprocess the
diagnostics messages generated by internal or external faults
(e.g. wire breakage or short-circuit) as well as status messages
of the connected HART field devices for the host operator
system and the Maintenance Station of the PCS 7 asset
management.
The ET 200iSP and the HART field devices can also be
configured using SIMATIC PDM (process device manager).
With SIMATIC PDM you can directly access the HART field
devices on the ET 200iSP by routing via PROFIBUS DP.
■ Technical specifications
ET 200iSP – general
Degree of protection
IP30
Ambient temperature
• Horizontal mounting position
• Other mounting positions
-20 to +70 °C
-20 to +50 °C
Loading of media
According to ISA-S71.04 severity level G1; G2; G3 (except for NH3, only level G2 in this case)
EMC
Electromagnetic compatibility according to NE21
Vibration resistance
0.5 g continuously, 1 g periodically
Approvals, standards
• ATEX
• IECEx
• INMETRO
• cFMus
II 2 G (1) GD
I M2
Zone 1
Zone 1
Class I, II, III
Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4
Ex de [ia/ib] I
Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4
BR-Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4
NI Division 2,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4
AIS Division 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
• cULus
Class I
Class I, II, III
Zone 1, AEx de [ia/ib] IIC T4
Division 2,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4
providing int. safe circuits for Division 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
• NEPSI
•
•
•
•
•
PROFIBUS
IEC
CE
KCC
Marine approval
12
Class I
Zone 1, AEx de [ia/ib] IIC T4
Ex de ib[ia] IIC T4
Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4
EN 50170, Volume 2
IEC 61131, Part 2
According to 94/9/EC (previously ATEX 100a), 2004/108/EC and 2006/95/EC
Korea Certification
Classification companies
• ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
• BV (Bureau Veritas)
• DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
• GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
• LRS (Lloyds Register of Shipping)
• Class NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)
For detailed technical specifications, especially on individual
components such as power supply module, interface module or
electronics modules, see:
• ST 70 catalog, chapter "SIMATIC ET 200 Distributed I/O"
• Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering Automation systems - SIMATIC industrial automation
systems - SIMATIC ET 200 Distributed I/O"
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/35
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply unit
■ Overview
■ Design
Depending on the operating mode (standard or redundant),
one or two power supply modules are plugged onto the
corresponding terminal modules. In standard mode,
a PS power supply module is combined with a TM-PS-A terminal
module. In redundant mode, a second power supply unit is
provided on the right of the first one. This consists of
a PS power supply module and a TM-PS-B terminal module.
The power supply modules can also be used in hazardous
areas. The explosion protection is guaranteed by an
explosion-proof metal enclosure (explosion protection EEx d).
The power source (24 V DC or 120/230 V AC) may be used in
the safe area. It is connected to the terminal module of the power
supply unit via EX e terminals. The power source must not be
connected or disconnected in the hazardous area, but only in
a safe environment.
An ET 200iSP power supply unit consists of a TM-PS terminal
module (A or B) and a PS power supply module which is
plugged onto this. Terminal modules and power supply modules
can be ordered separately.
The power supply modules are suitable for both individual
operation (standard) and redundant operation. Depending on
the operating mode, they must be combined with the terminal
modules as follows:
• Standard: 1 x PS on TM-PS-A
• Redundancy: 1 x PS on TM-PS-A (left) plus 1 x PS on TM-PS-B
(right)
Power supply modules are available for supplies of 24 V DC and
120/230 V AC. These can only be used together with the
matching terminal module versions.
The operating state of the power supply modules is indicated by
two LEDs on the IM 152 interface module (one for each module).
12
■ Application
Functions of the power supply modules
• Supply of ET 200iSP with safely isolated operating voltages for
- Power bus
- Backplane bus
- Interface module (IM 152-1)
• Safety-related limiting of output voltages
12/36
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
The power supply module is moved into its working position by
means of a slide system, and manually fixed there by means of
a mechanical lock. Replacement through disconnection of the
existing power supply module and insertion of a new module is
also permissible in the hazardous area. To replace the module,
the mechanical lock must first be released to remove the module
from its working position using the slide.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Power supply units for
24 V DC supply
PS 24 V DC power supply module
for ET 200iSP
6ES7138-7EA01-0AA0
TM-PS-A terminal module
for standard operation
6ES7193-7DA10-0AA0
TM-PS-B terminal module
Additional terminal module for
redundant operation
6ES7193-7DB10-0AA0
Power supply units for
120/230 V AC supply
PS 120/230 V AC power supply
module for ET 200iSP
6ES7138-7EC00-0AA0
TM-PS-A UC terminal module
For standard operation
6ES7193-7DA20-0AA0
TM-PS-B UC terminal module
Additional terminal module for
redundant operation
6ES7193-7DB20-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface Module
■ Overview
■ Design
The terminal module of the IM 152 (TM-IM/EM or TM-IM/IM) is
connected directly next to the power supply unit on the DIN rail.
The PROFIBUS DP connection of the IM 152 is made using the
standard Sub-D socket on the terminal module. The matching
connection element we provide is a special terminating plug with
selectable terminating resistance. The terminating resistance
must be activated on the last ET 200iSP station of each
PROFIBUS DP segment.
Hot swapping of the IM 152 and the PROFIBUS connector is
permissible under hazardous conditions.
A terminating module is provided together with the IM 152,
and must be fitted at the right end of each ET 200iSP station
following the last electronics module.
The IM 152 has a slot for micro memory cards (MMC).
The firmware can therefore be updated either via the
PROFIBUS DP or using MMCs.
The IM 152 interface module connects the ET 200iSP to the
PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS transmission
technology with transmission rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s. A redundant
connection is also possible. In this case the ET 200iSP is
connected via two interface modules to two redundant
PROFIBUS DP segments of a fault-tolerant automation system.
The IM 152 is plugged onto a special terminal module
(to be ordered separately). The following terminal modules
are available:
• TM-IM/IM terminal module for two interface modules
(for redundant PROFIBUS DP connection)
• TM-IM/EM60 terminal module for one interface module
and one watchdog, reserve or electronics module
(except 2 DO relay)
- with blue screw-type or spring-loaded terminals
for hazardous environments
- with black screw-type terminals for non-hazardous
environments
Tasks of the IM 152 interface module
• Connection of ET 200iSP to the intrinsically-safe
PROFIBUS DP
• Autonomous communication with the host automation system
• Preparation of data for the fitted electronic modules
• Saving of parameters of the electronics modules
• Time stamping of digital process signals with an
accuracy of 20 ms
The maximum address space of the interface module is
244 bytes for inputs, and 244 bytes for outputs.
The PROFIBUS addresses can be set using DIL switches at the
front which are protected by a cover.
LEDs on the front of the IM 152 signal the supply voltage,
group faults, bus faults, the active IM with redundant operation,
and the operating state of the fitted power supply modules.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
ET 200iSP interface module
IM 152-1
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-IM/EM60
for an IM 152 and a watchdog,
reserve or electronic module
(except 2 DO relay),
including terminating module
• for hazardous environments
- TM-IM/EM60S
(blue screw-type terminals)
- TM-IM/EM60C
(blue spring-loaded terminals)
• for non-hazardous environments
- TM-IM/EM60S
(black screw-type terminals)
6ES7152-1AA00-0AB0
6ES7193-7AA00-0AA0
6ES7193-7AA10-0AA0
12
6ES7193-7AA20-0AA0
6ES7193-7AB00-0AA0
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-IM/IM
for two IM 152 modules
(redundant operation),
including terminating module
Accessories
PROFIBUS connector with
selectable terminating resistor
for connection of IM 152 to
PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
transmission technology
6ES7972-0DA60-0XA0
RS 485-IS coupler
Isolating transformer for connection
of PROFIBUS DP segments with
RS 485 and RS 485-iS transmission
technologies
6ES7972-0AC80-0XA0
S7-300 rails
• 585 mm long, suitable
for assembly of ET 200iSP
in a 650 mm wide wall box
• 885 mm long, suitable
for assembly of ET 200iSP
in a 950 mm wide wall box
6ES7390-1AF85-0AA0
6ES7390-1AJ85-0AA0
For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates,
see Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation
systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200iSP
distributed I/O" or Catalog ST 70
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/37
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
■ Overview
- Can be plugged onto TM-RM/RM terminal module
- Output current up to 2 A with 60 V AC/DC for each of
the two relay outputs
- Installation up to Ex zone 1
- Intrinsically-safe and non-intrinsically-safe signals can be
mixed in a station
Extra functions
Actuator switch-off function of the 4-DO EEx i modules
The 4-DO EEx i modules are equipped with a switch-off function.
This permits implementation of an external switch-off
independent of the automation system (controller).
As soon as the intrinsically-safe switch-off signal (High or Low)
is present at the actuator switch-off input of the electronics
module, its outputs are deactivated.
You can also combine several DO modules into a switch-off
group. The intrinsically-safe power supply for the switch-off
device is either via the watchdog module or a separate
intrinsically-safe source.
Digital input modules
• 8-channel digital input module DI NAMUR EEx i, for evaluation
of NAMUR sensors, connected and non-connected contacts,
as well as for use as counter or frequency meter
Parameterizable connections:
- NAMUR sensor on/off
- NAMUR changeover contact
- Single contact connected (mechanical NO contact)
- Changeover contact connected (mechanical changeover
contact)
- Single contact non-connected (mechanical NO contact
with single contact)
- Changeover contact non-connected
(mechanical changeover contact)
- Counting function: optional use of 2 channels for
recording counter pulses or for frequency measurement
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
12
Digital output modules
• 4-channel digital output modules DO EEx i, 23.1 V DC/20 mA,
17.4 V DC/27 mA , 17.4 V DC/40 mA or 25.5 V DC/22 mA,
with external actuator switch-off via High or Low signal
(H/L switch-off)
- Load-free switching of outputs via external intrinsically-safe
signal
- Power boosting through parallel connection of
two outputs for one actuator with 4 DO 17.4 V DC/27 mA
or 4 DO 17.4 V DC/40 mA
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
• 2-channel digital output module DO Relay EEx e, e.g. for
switching solenoid valves, DC contactors or signaling lamps
■ Ordering data
■ Design
• The digital electronics modules are installed on
terminal modules which must be ordered separately.
- TM-IM/EM60 terminal modules for one interface module
and one watchdog, reserve or electronics module
(for versions, see section Interface module)
- TM-EM/EM60 terminal modules with two slots for
watchdog module, reserve module or electronics module
(except 2 DO relay), with blue screw-type or spring-loaded
terminals for hazardous environments or with black screwtype terminals for non-hazardous environments
- TM-RM/RM 60 terminal modules with two slots for relay
or reserve modules
• The digital electronics module 2 DO Relays must be plugged
onto the terminal module TM-RM/RM 60S (screw-type
connection system). All other digital electronics modules are
plugged as planned onto terminal modules using screw-type
systems (TM-EM/EM60S) or spring-loaded systems
(TM-EM/EM60C).
• Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module
TM-EM/EM60S, TM-EM/EM60C or TM-RM/RM 60S, you can
reserve a slot for a digital electronics module or close a gap
resulting from the design. The spare module can be simply
replaced by the envisaged electronics module at a later point
in time.
• The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is
carried out when an electronics module is plugged on for the
first time prevents the connection of incorrect replacement
modules.
Order No.
Order No.
Digital input modules
Digital output modules
Digital input modules EEx i
Digital output modules EEx i
with H switch-off
(external actuator switch-off
via H-signal);
for switching of solenoid valves,
DC relays, signal lamps, actuators
8 DI NAMUR
For evaluation of NAMUR sensors,
connected/non-connected
contacts, as well as for recording
counter pulses or measuring
frequencies
• 8 x NAMUR (NAMUR sensor
on/off, NAMUR changeover
contact) or connected/
non-connected inputs
(single/changeover contact)
• 2 channels optionally usable as
counters (max. 5 kHz) or
frequency meters (1 Hz ... 5 kHz)
• Time tagging 20 ms,
rising or falling edge
• Wire break monitoring
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Sensor power supply monitoring
• Flutter monitoring
12/38
6ES7131-7RF00-0AB0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
4 DO DC 23.1 V/20 mA
• 4 channels with 20 mA each
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
• Configurable connection of
substitute value in the event of
CPU failure
• Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically-safe signal
6ES7132-7RD01-0AB0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
4 DO DC 17.4 V/27 mA
• 4 channels with 27 mA each or
• 2 outputs connected in parallel
with 54 mA each
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
• Configurable connection of
substitute value in the event of
CPU failure
• Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically-safe signal
6ES7132-7RD11-0AB0
4 DO DC 17.4 V/40 mA
• 4 channels with 40 mA each or
• 2 outputs connected in parallel
with 80 mA each
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
• Configurable connection of
substitute value in the event of
CPU failure
• Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically-safe signal
6ES7132-7RD22-0AB0
Order No.
Terminal modules
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-EM/EM60
For two modules (reserve module,
watchdog module and all
electronics modules except
2 DO Relay can be plugged in)
• For hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S
(blue screw-type terminals)
- TM-EM/EM60C
(blue spring-loaded terminals)
• For non-hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S (black
screw-type terminals)
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-RM/RM 60
For two modules (electronics
module 2 DO Relay and reserve
module can be plugged-in)
• TM-RM/RM 60S
(screw-type terminals)
Digital output modules EEx i
with L switch-off
(external actuator switch-off
via Lewsignal);
for switching of solenoid valves,
DC relays, signal lamps, actuators
6ES7193-7CA00-0AA0
6ES7193-7CA10-0AA0
6ES7193-7CA20-0AA0
6ES7193-7CB00-0AA0
Accessories
Reserve module
For any electronics module
4 DO DC 23.1 V/20 mA
• 4 channels with 20 mA each
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
• Configurable connection of
substitute value in the event of
CPU failure
• Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically-safe signal
6ES7132-7GD00-0AB0
4 DO DC 17.4 V/27 mA
• 4 channels with 27 mA each or
• 2 outputs connected in
parallel with 54 mA each
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
• Configurable connection of
substitute value in the event of
CPU failure
• Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically-safe signal
6ES7132-7GD10-0AB0
4 DO DC 17.4 V/40 mA
• 4 channels with 40 mA each or
• 2 outputs connected in parallel
with 80 mA each
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
• Configurable connection of
substitute value in the event of
CPU failure
• Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically-safe signal
6ES7132-7GD21-0AB0
4 DO DC 25.5 V/22 mA1)
• 4 channels with 22 mA each
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
• Configurable connection of
substitute value in the event of
CPU failure
• Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically-safe signal
6ES7132-7GD30-0AB0
S7-300 rails
• 585 mm long, suitable for
assembly of ET 200iSP
in a 650 mm wide wall box
• 885 mm long, suitable for
assembly of ET 200iSP
in a 950 mm wide wall box
1)
6ES7138-7AA00-0AA0
6ES7390-1AF85-0AA0
6ES7390-1AJ85-0AA0
Can be used with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP2 or higher
For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates,
see Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation
systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200
distributed I/O" or Catalog ST 70
12
Digital output module EEx e
For switching of solenoid valves,
DC contactors or indicator lights
2 DO Relay, 60 V AC/DC, 2 A
• Can be plugged onto
TM-RM/RM terminal module
• Output current up to 2 A with 60 V
AC/DC for each of the
two relay outputs
• Installation up to Ex zone 1
• Configurable connection of
substitute value in the event of
CPU failure
6ES7132-7HB00-0AB0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/39
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
■ Overview
12
■ Design
Analog input modules
• 4-channel analog input module AI 2 WIRE HART EEx i
for current measurement in the range 4 to 20 mA, suitable
for connection of two-wire transmitters (with/without HART
functionality)
- Resolution 12 bit + sign
- Max. load of transmitter 750 :
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
• 4-channel analog input module AI 4 WIRE HART EEx i
for current measurement in the range 0/4 to 20 mA, suitable
for connection of 4-wire transmitters (with/without HART
functionality)
- Resolution 12 bit + sign
- Max. load of transmitter 750 :
- Wire break monitoring
• 4-channel analog input module AI RTD EEx i for resistance
measurement and for temperature measurement per
Pt100/Ni100 resistance thermometer
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire connection possible
- Resistance measurements 600 : absolute and
1 000 : absolute
- Wire break monitoring
• 4-channel analog input module AI TC EEx i for thermoelectric
EMF measurements and for temperature measurement
per thermocouple, type B, E, N, J, K, L, S, R, T, U
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- Internal temperature compensation possible using
TC sensor module (included in scope of delivery of module)
- External temperature compensation by means of a
temperature value acquired at an analog module of the
same ET 200iSP station
- Wire break monitoring
Analog output modules
• 4-channel analog output module AO I HART EEx i for output
of current signals in the range 0/4 to 20 mA to field devices
(with/without HART functionality)
- Resolution 14 bit
- Parameterizable substitute value in case of CPU failure
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
Extra functions
Temperature compensation
A TC sensor module for internal temperature compensation is
provided with the 4 AI TC module, and is fitted on the
corresponding terminals of the associated terminal module.
External temperature compensation is possible via a Pt100
on a 4-AI-RTD module.
12/40
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
• The analog electronics modules are installed on terminal
modules which must be ordered separately:
- TM-IM/EM60 terminal modules for one interface module
and one watchdog, reserve or electronics module
(for versions, see section Interface module)
- TM-EM/EM60 terminal modules with two slots for
watchdog module, reserve module or electronics module
(except 2 DO relay), with blue screw-type or spring-loaded
terminals for hazardous environments or with black
screw-type terminals for non-hazardous environments
• The analog electronics modules are plugged as planned onto
terminal modules using screw-type systems (TM-EM/EM60S)
or spring-loaded systems (TM-EM/EM60C).
• Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module
TM-EM/EM60S or TM-EM/EM60C, you can reserve a slot
for an analog electronics module or close a gap resulting
from how the modules were placed. The spare module can be
simply replaced by the envisaged electronics module at a
later point in time.
• The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is
carried out when an electronics module is plugged on
for the first time prevents the connection of incorrect
replacement modules.
• Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under
hazardous conditions.
• The process signals are connected to the terminals of the
terminal modules assigned according to the plan, using either
conventional screw-type or spring-loaded systems
(conductor cross-sections 0.14 mm² to max. 2.5 mm²)
depending on the type of module.
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Analog input modules
Analog output modules
Analog input modules EEx i
Analog output modules EEx i
4 AI I 2 WIRE HART
For measuring currents with 2-wire
transmitters with/without HART
functionality
• 4 x 4 ... 20 mA, HART,
2-wire transmitter
• Transmitter load: max. 750 :
• Resolution 12 bit + sign
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
6ES7134-7TD00-0AB0
4 AI I 4 WIRE HART
For measuring currents with 4-wire
transmitters with/without HART
functionality
• 4 x 0/4 ... 20 mA, HART,
4-wire transmitter
• Transmitter load: max. 750 :
• Resolution 12 bit + sign
• Wire break monitoring
6ES7134-7TD50-0AB0
4 AI RTD
For measuring resistances as well
as for temperature measurements
with resistance thermometers
• 4 x RTD, resistance thermometer
Pt100/Ni100
• 2-, 3-, 4-wire
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
6ES7134-7SD51-0AB0
4 AI TC
For measuring thermal e.m.f. as
well as for temperature
measurements with thermocouples
• 4 x TC (thermocouples)
• Type B [PtRh-PtRh]
• Type N [NiCrSi-NiSi]
• Type E [NiCr-CuNi]
• Type R [PtRh-Pt]
• Type S [PtPh-Pt]
• Type J [Fe-CuNi]
• Type L [Fe-CuNi]
• Type T [Cu-CuNi]
• Type K [NiCr-Ni]
• Type U [Cu-CuNi]
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Internal compensation of cold
junction temperature possible
using TC sensor module (included
in scope of delivery of module)
• External temperature
compensation via Pt100,
connected to RTD module of same
ET 200iSP station
• Wire break monitoring
Order No.
4 AO I HART
For output of currents to field
devices with/without HART
functionality
• 4 x 0/4 ... 20 mA, HART
(max. load 750 :)
• Resolution 14 bit
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire break monitoring
• Parameterizable substitute value
in case of CPU failure
6ES7135-7TD00-0AB0
Terminal modules
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-EM/EM60
For two modules (reserve module,
watchdog module and all
electronics modules except
2 DO Relay can be plugged in)
• For hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S
(blue screw-type terminals)
- TM-EM/EM60C
(blue spring-loaded terminals)
• For non-hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S
(black screw-type terminals)
6ES7193-7CA00-0AA0
6ES7193-7CA10-0AA0
6ES7193-7CA20-0AA0
Accessories
6ES7134-7SD00-0AB0
Reserve module
For any electronics module
S7-300 mounting rails
• 585 mm long, suitable for
assembly of ET 200iSP
in a 650 mm wide wall box
• 885 mm long, suitable for
assembly of ET 200iSP
in a 950 mm wide wall box
6ES7138-7AA00-0AA0
6ES7390-1AF85-0AA0
6ES7390-1AJ85-0AA0
For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates,
see Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation
systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200
distributed I/O" or Catalog ST 70
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/41
12
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules
■ Overview
-
The electronics modules of the SIMATIC ET 200iSP distributed
I/O system equipped with safety functions can be used together
with the safety-related automation systems of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system for the implementation
of safety applications. The input modules record the process
signals, evaluate them, and prepare them for addional
processing by the automation system. The output modules
convert the safety-related signals output by the automation
systems so that they are suitable for controlling the connected
actuators.
12
F digital input modules
• 8 F-DI Ex NAMUR
Safety-related digital input module for evaluating the signals
from IEC 60947-5-6/NAMUR sensors and connected/
non-connected mechanical contacts in hazardous and
non-hazardous areas
- SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 8 inputs (1-channel/1oo1 evaluation)
or 4 inputs (2-channel/1oo2 evaluation)
- 8 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies (8 V DC) for 1 channel
each
- Inputs and sensor supplies electrically isolated from
power bus and backplane bus
- Diagnostics evaluation (deactivated for non-connected
mechanical contacts)
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Support of time stamping
Channel-selective passivation
Firmware update using HW Config possible
Exclusively for safety mode
LED displays for safety mode, group errors and channel
status/fault
F digital output modules
• 4 F-DO Ex DC 17.4 V/40 mA
Safety-related digital output module for controlling actuators in
hazardous and non-hazardous areas, e.g. solenoid valves,
DC current relays or indicator lamps
- SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 outputs, P/P-switching
- Electrical isolation from power bus and backplane bus
- Rated load voltage 17.4 V DC
- Max. output current 40 mA
- Performance enhancement through parallel connection of
two digital outputs for one actuator
- Short-circuit, overload and wire-break monitoring
- Configurable diagnostics
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Channel-selective passivation
- Firmware update using HW Config possible
- Exclusively for safety mode
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors and channel
status/fault
F analog input modules
• 4 F-AI Ex HART (0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA)
Safety-related digital input module for evaluating the signals
from current sensors in hazardous and non-hazardous areas,
e.g. 2-wire transmitters and HART field devices
- SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 inputs of one module
(1-channel/1oo1 evaluation) or 4 inputs of two modules
(2-channel/1oo2 evaluation)
- Measuring ranges: 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- HART communication in measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
- 4 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies
(min. 12 V DC; max. 26 V DC) for 1 channel each
- Inputs and sensor supplies electrically isolated from
backplane bus
- Configurable diagnostics
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- Firmware update using HW Config possible
- Exclusively for safety mode
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors, channel faults
and HART status per channel
■ Design
• The safety-related electronics modules are installed on
terminal modules which must be ordered separately:
- TM-IM/EM60 terminal modules for one interface module and
one watchdog, reserve or electronics module (for versions,
see section Interface module)
- TM-EM/EM60 terminal modules with two slots for
watchdog module, reserve module or electronics module
(except 2 DO relay), with blue screw-type or spring-loaded
terminals for hazardous environments or with black
screw-type terminals for non-hazardous environments
• The safety-related electronics modules are plugged as
planned onto terminal modules using screw-type systems
(TM-EM/EM60S) or spring-loaded systems (TM-EM/EM60C).
12/42
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
• Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module
TM-EM/EM60S or TM-EM/EM60C, you can reserve a slot for
an safety-related electronics module or close a gap resulting
from the design. The spare module can be simply replaced by
the envisaged electronics module at a later point in time.
• The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is
carried out when an electronics module is plugged on for the
first time prevents the connection of incorrect replacement
modules.
• Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under
hazardous conditions.
• The process signals are connected to the terminals of the
terminal modules assigned according to the plan, using either
conventional screw-type or spring-loaded systems
(conductor cross-sections 0.14 mm² to max. 2.5 mm²)
depending on the type of module.
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Safety-related electronics
modules
Terminal modules
F digital input modules
8 F-DI Ex NAMUR
For evaluating the signals from
IEC 60947-5-6/NAMUR sensors
and connected/non-connected
mechanical contacts in hazardous
and non-hazardous areas
• SIL3/Cat.3/PLe with 8 inputs
(1-channel/1oo1 evaluation)
or 4 inputs (2-channel/
1oo2 evaluation)
6ES7138-7FN00-0AB0
F digital output modules
4 F-DO Ex 17.4 V DC/40 mA
For controlling actuators in
hazardous and non-hazardous
areas, e.g. solenoid valves,
DC current relays or
indicator lamps
• SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 outputs,
P/P-switching
6ES7138-7FD00-0AB0
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-EM/EM60
For two modules (reserve module,
watchdog module and all
electronics modules except
2 DO Relay can be plugged in)
• For hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S
(blue screw-type terminals)
- TM-EM/EM60C
(blue spring-loaded terminals)
• For non-hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S
(black screw-type terminals)
6ES7138-7FA00-0AB0
6ES7193-7CA00-0AA0
6ES7193-7CA10-0AA0
6ES7193-7CA20-0AA0
Accessories
Reserve module
For any electronics module
F analog input modules
4 F-AI Ex HART
(0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA)
For evaluating the signals from
current sensors in hazardous and
non-hazardous areas, e.g. 2-wire
transmitters and HART field devices
• SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 inputs of
one module (1-channel/
1oo1 evaluation) or 4 inputs of
two modules (2-channel/
1oo2 evaluation)
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• HART communication in
measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
Order No.
S7-300 mounting rails
• 585 mm long, suitable for
assembly of ET 200iSP
in a 650 mm wide wall box
• 885 mm long, suitable for
assembly of ET 200iSP
in a 950 mm wide wall box
6ES7138-7AA00-0AA0
6ES7390-1AF85-0AA0
6ES7390-1AJ85-0AA0
For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates,
see Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation
systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200
distributed I/O" or Catalog ST 70.
12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/43
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Watchdog module
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Watchdog module
Watchdog module
For failure monitoring and for the
intrinsically-safe power supply of an
external actuator switch-off
6ES7138-7BB00-0AB0
Terminal modules
The watchdog module has two fundamental functions:
• Monitoring of the ET 200iSP remote I/O station for hardware
failures (hardware lifebeat); external, applicative failure
monitoring is also possible via an I/O address area of the
module
• Intrinsically-safe power supply for external actuator switch-off
The watchdog module must be plugged onto a terminal module
(order separately). The following terminal modules are suitable
for this:
• TM-IM/EM60 terminal modules for one interface module
and one watchdog, reserve or electronics module
(for versions, see section Interface module)
• TM-EM/EM60 terminal modules with two slots for
watchdog module, reserve module or electronics modules
(except 2 DO relay):
- with blue screw-type or spring-loaded terminals
for hazardous environments
- with black screw-type terminals for non-hazardous
environments
12
The first slot directly next to the interface module is provided
for the watchdog module.
12/44
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-EM/EM60
For two modules (reserve module,
watchdog module and all
electronics modules except
2 DO Relay can be plugged in)
• For hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S
(blue screw-type terminals)
- TM-EM/EM60C
(blue spring-loaded terminals)
• For non-hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S
(black screw-type terminals)
6ES7193-7CA00-0AA0
6ES7193-7CA10-0AA0
6ES7193-7CA20-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
RS 485-IS coupler
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
Order No.
RS 485-IS coupler
Isolating transformer for connection
of PROFIBUS DP segments with
RS 485 and RS 485-iS transmission
technologies
6ES7972-0AC80-0XA0
Accessories
PROFIBUS connector with
selectable terminating resistor
For connection of IM 152 to
PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
transmission technology
6ES7972-0DA60-0XA0
S7-300 rails
Lengths:
• 160 mm
• 482 mm
• 530 mm
• 830 mm
• 2 000 mm
Tasks of the RS 485-iS coupler
• Conversion of the electrical PROFIBUS DP RS 485
transmission technology into the intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS
transmission technology with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s
• Required to connect intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP stations,
e.g. ET 200iSP or devices from other vendors with
Ex i DP connection
• Functionality as a safety barrier
• Additional use as a repeater in the hazardous area
• Passive bus station (no configuration necessary)
• Certified according to ATEX 100a
6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
PROFIBUS Fast Connect
bus cable
Standard type with special design
for fast mounting, 2-core, shielded,
cut-to-length; max. delivery unit
1 000 m, minimum ordering
quantity 20 m
6XV1830-0EH10
■ Design
• The RS 485-iS coupler is an open unit; assembly is only
permissible in housings, cabinets or rooms for electrical
equipment.
• The RS 485-iS coupler is approved for use in Zone 2
hazardous areas. For this purpose, it must be fitted in an
enclosure complying at least with degree of protection IP54.
A manufacturer's declaration for zone 2 (according to
EN 50021) is required for the housing and the necessary
cable glands.
• The RS 485-iS coupler can be used in a horizontal or
vertical position.
• Installation is on a SIMATIC S7-300 rail.
• Diagnostics LEDs on the front panel signal the operating
status.
12
Connection to PROFIBUS DP
• Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard
Sub-D socket (at the bottom on the RS 485-iS coupler,
behind the right front door).
Integrated bus connection for PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
transmission technology
• Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission
technology via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS
coupler, behind the right front door)
• The last bus station on the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP
segment (not further RS 485-iS couplers) must be terminated
by a selectable resistance using the connector,
Order no. 6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0.
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/45
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure
■ Design
ET 200iSP modules can also be installed in stainless steel
wall housings designed to meet more exacting protection
requirements. The housings are available in various different
sizes. They comply with degree of protection IP65 and
can also be used in Ex zones 1 and 21.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Stainless steel enclosure IP65,
protection class Ex e, suitable
for Ex zones 1 and 21
Empty enclosure without
installation of modules, for use in
gas area (zones 1 and 2), IP65
12
Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gas area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, cable inlets M20 and M16
of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 36 x M20 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, cable inlets M20 of
blue plastic, M32 of black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows) for
signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows) for
signal lines, all cable inlets of
metal, for extended temperature
range -40 … +70 °C
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows) for
signal lines, cable inlets M20 and
M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 60 x M20 (5 rows) for
signal lines, cable inlets M20 of
blue plastic, M32 of black plastic
12/46
6DL2804-0AD30
6DL2804-0AD32
6DL2804-0AD42
6DL2804-0AD50
6DL2804-0AD51
6DL2804-0AD52
6DL2804-0AD62
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Order No.
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gas area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, cable inlets M20 and M16
of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 57 x M20 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, cable inlets M20 of
blue plastic, M32 of black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
metal, for extended temperature
range -40 … +70 °C
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 90 x M20 (5 rows) for
signal lines, cable inlets M20 of
blue plastic, M32 of black plastic
6DL2804-0AE30
6DL2804-0AE32
6DL2804-0AE42
6DL2804-0AE50
6DL2804-0AE51
6DL2804-0AE52
6DL2804-0AE62
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Empty enclosure without
installation of modules, for use in
dust area (zones 21 and 22), IP65
Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
dust area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows) for
signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
dust area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
6DL2804-0DD30
6DL2804-0DD50
6DL2804-0DE30
6DL2804-0DE50
Enclosure with installation of
ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gas area (zones 1 and 2), IP651)
Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gas area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, cable inlets M20 and M16
of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 36 x M20 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, cable inlets M20 of
blue plastic, M32 of black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows) for
signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows) for
signal lines, cable inlets M20 and
M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 60 x M20 (5 rows) for
signal lines, cable inlets M20 of
blue plastic, M32 of black plastic
Order No.
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gas area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, cable inlets M20 and M16
of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 57 x M20 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, cable inlets M20 of
blue plastic, M32 of black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 90 x M20 (5 rows) for
signal lines, cable inlets M20 of
blue plastic, M32 of black plastic
6DL2804-1AE30
6DL2804-1AE32
6DL2804-1AE42
6DL2804-1AE50
6DL2804-1AE52
6DL2804-1AE62
Enclosure with installation of
ET 200iSP modules, for use in
dust area (zones 21 and 22),
IP651)
6DL2804-1AD30
6DL2804-1AD32
6DL2804-1AD42
6DL2804-1AD50
6DL2804-1AD52
6DL2804-1AD62
Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
dust area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows) for
signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
dust area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
12
6DL2804-1DD30
6DL2804-1DD50
6DL2804-1DE30
6DL2804-1DE50
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/47
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Enclosure with installation of
ET 200iSP and AirLINE EX
modules, for use in dust area
(zones 21 and 22), IP652)
Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gas area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows) for
signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
dust area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For the installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gas area, for temperature range
-20 … +70 °C, with equipotential
bonding rail and cable inlets:
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows) for
signal lines and 2 rows of blanking
plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
• 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
6DL2804-2AD30
6DL2804-2AD50
6DL2804-2AE30
6DL2804-2AE50
Special configurations
For all configurations which deviate from the described standard
configurations the order no. 6DL5 711-8AB must be listed as an
additional order number alongside one of the specified basic
order numbers.
The following additional information must be appended to the
order number:
• Specification/description of the supplementary service
and/or
• Reference to an offer
12/48
6DL2804-2DE50
Special configurations
See the section "Options".
■ Options
12
Order No.
Enclosure with installation of
ET 200iSP and AirLINE EX
modules, for use in gas area
(zones 1 and 2), IP652)
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
1)
The ET 200iSP components must be ordered separately.
2)
The AirLINE Ex components (see catalog "Add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7")
and the ET 200iSP components must be ordered separately.
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
■ Overview
■ Design
Power module
PM-E
Electronic
module
Power module
PM-D
Motor starter
Bus
termination
module
Terminal
modules
Terminal module TM-D
with integrated energy
bus
PE/N module
ET 200S with safety-related and standard I/Os
The ET 200S is a bit-modular distributed I/O system in IP 20
degree of protection and is approved for operation in
Ex zone 2 or 22 (except for operation with motor starters).
It is designed with independent wiring that supports the hot
swapping of I/O modules (with fire certificate).
The range of I/Os that can be used with SIMATIC PCS 7 includes
power modules for electronics modules and motor starters,
analog and digital signal modules, and motor starters
up to 7.5 kW.
The implementation of safety engineering applications is
supported by:
• Safety-related F-components which are integrated in the
SIMATIC Safety Integrated System, e.g. terminal, power and
electronics modules as well as motor starters
• SIGUARD safety engineering for motor starter applications
with conventional safety logic in plants of safety categories
2 to 4 (EN 954-1)
Note:
In addition to the selected modules, all other current ET 200S
electronics modules can be used, but with limited functionality.
Use of components from the SIPLUS extreme range in extended
temperature ranges and under medial loading on request.
G_PCS7_XX_00197
Interface
module IM 151
Main components of the ET 200S distributed I/O system:
• Terminal modules enable the electrical and mechanical
connection of the I/O modules and carry the terminals for the
process wiring:
- TM-P terminal modules for power modules
- TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules
- TM-DS/TM-RS terminal modules for motor starters and
TM-xB expansion modules
• IM 151 interface module for connecting the PROFIBUS DP to
the ET 200S station. The terminal module is included in the
scope of delivery.
• Power modules for PM-E electronics modules and
PM-D motor starters
- Individual grouping of load and sensor supply voltages and
their monitoring, as well as
for the safe shutting down of digital output modules
- Supplying and monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
starters, as well as for the shutting down of a complete group
of motor starters
• Electronics modules for process data exchange
- Digital electronics modules for connecting digital sensors
and actuators
- Analog electronics modules for connecting analog sensors
and actuators
• Technology modules
- 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
• Motor starter modules for switching and protecting any
three-phase loads
• Accessories
- Reserve module for reserving a slot for any electronics
module
- Label sheets for printing ID labels on a laser printer
- Shield connection: shield connecting element,
shield terminal, ground terminal, copper voltage bus
3 x 10 mm; components for the low-impedance connection
of cable shielding at low cost of installation
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/49
12
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
■ Design (continued)
Assembly
The terminal modules that can be mounted on a DIN rail
(35 x 15 x 7.5 or 15 mm) form the carrier system for the
I/O modules. They are used for the process wiring and enable
the electrical and mechanical connection of the I/O modules.
The terminal modules can be prewired and tested without the
I/O modules. The I/O modules are simply plugged in place later.
Terminal modules are available with screw connections,
spring-loaded terminals or FastConnect design for fast
mounting.
The automatic coding of the I/O modules reliably prevents the
risk of injury to persons and/or destruction of modules through
accidental mounting of the wrong module.
Expansion limits
Depending on the IM 151 interface module used, the expansion
of an ET 200S station is subject to the following limits:
• A maximum total of 63 I/O modules per station can be inserted
between interface module and terminating module
• The maximum permissible width of an ET 200S station is 2 m
• The maximum address volume of all the inserted I/O modules
is 244 byte for input data and 244 byte for output data
• The maximum number of parameters is restricted to 244 byte
per station
ET 200S configuration
The SIMATIC ET 200 configurator can be used to compile an
ET 200S station rapidly and simply. It knows the configuration
rules, and supports selection of all components and associated
accessories in interactive mode. The SIMATIC ET 200
configurator is available in the current interactive Catalog CA 01
and on the Internet.
Additional information is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/et200
12
12/50
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
■ Technical specifications
For detailed technical specifications on ET 200S refer to:
• ST 70 catalog, chapter "SIMATIC ET 200 Distributed I/O"
• Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering –
Automation systems – SIMATIC industrial automation
systems – SIMATIC ET 200 Distributed I/O"
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Terminal modules
■ Overview
• Terminal modules are mechanical modules for integrating the
power and electronics modules as well as the motor starters
and expansion modules (order data for the terminal modules
for motor starters and expansion modules can be found under
"Motor starters")
• For constructing the independent wiring using
self-assem-bling voltage buses
• Alternatively with screw-type or spring-loaded terminals and
Fast Connect design
• Replaceable terminal box
• Automatic coding of the electronics modules
• Self-assembling shielding of the backplane bus for
high data security
• Optional plug-in shield connection
• Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the
slot numbers
■ Ordering data
Order No.
TM-P terminal modules for
power modules
TM-P15S23-A1 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, screw-type terminals
6ES7193-4CC20-0AA0
6ES7193-4CC30-0AA0
6ES7193-4CC70-0AA0
6ES7193-4CD20-0AA0
6ES7193-4CD30-0AA0
6ES7193-4CD70-0AA0
TM-P15S22-01 terminal module
2 x 2 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
6ES7193-4CE00-0AA0
TM-P15C22-01 terminal module
2 x 2 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded terminals
6ES7193-4CE10-0AA0
TM-P15N22-01 terminal module
2 x 2 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, Fast Connect
6ES7193-4CE60-0AA0
6ES7193-4CB20-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
6ES7193-4CB30-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15N24-01 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, Fast Connect
Ordering unit 1 item
6ES7193-4CA70-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15C24-01 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
12
6ES7193-4CA30-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15S24-01 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
6ES7193-4CA20-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15N24-A1 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, Fast Connect
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15N23-A0 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the
left, Fast Connect
6ES7193-4CK30-0AA0
TM-E terminal modules for
electronic modules
TM-E15C24-A1 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, spring-loaded terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15C23-A0 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the
left, spring-loaded terminals
TM-P30C44-A0 terminal module
7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the
left, spring-loaded terminals for
PM-E F PROFIsafe
TM-E15S24-A1 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, screw-type terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15S23-A0 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the
left, screw-type terminals
6ES7193-4CK20-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15N23-A1 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, Fast Connect
TM-P30S44-A0 terminal module
7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the
left, screw-type terminals for
PM-E F PROFIsafe
Ordering unit 1 item
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15C23-A1 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, spring-loaded terminals
Order No.
6ES7193-4CB70-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
Ordering unit 1 item
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/51
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Terminal modules
■ Ordering data
TM-E15S23-01 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
Order No.
6ES7193-4CB00-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15C23-01 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded terminals
TM-E30S46-A1 terminal module
4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, screw-type terminals
6ES7193-4CF40-0AA0
TM-E30C46-A1 terminal module
4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, spring-loaded terminals
6ES7193-4CF50-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
6ES7193-4CA40-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15C26-A1 terminal module
2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, spring-loaded terminals
6ES7193-4CG30-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
6ES7193-4CA80-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15S26-A1 terminal module
2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, screw-type terminals
TM-E30C44-01 terminal module
4 x 4 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
6ES7193-4CB60-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15N26-A1 terminal module
2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
the left, Fast Connect
6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
6ES7193-4CB10-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15N23-01 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, Fast Connect
Order No.
TM-E30S44-01 terminal module
4 x 4 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
TM-E15S24-AT terminal module
For internal temperature
compensation with 2AI TC High
Feature, screw-type terminals
6ES7193-4CL20-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
6ES7193-4CA50-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15C24-AT terminal module
For internal temperature
compensation with 2AI TC High
Feature, spring-loaded terminals
6ES7193-4CL30-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
For accessories for the terminal modules, see Catalog ST 70,
Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering – Automation
systems – SIMATIC industrial automation systems – SIMATIC ET 200
distributed I/O"
12
12/52
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface modules
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
IM151-1 interface module
for ET 200S, High Feature
Order No.
6ES7151-1BA02-0AB0
• IM 151-1 High Feature (RS 485)
• Interface module for electrical connection of the ET 200S to
PROFIBUS DP using copper bus cables
• Handles all data exchange with the PROFIBUS DP master
• Delivery including terminating module
12
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/53
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power modules
■ Overview
PM-E power module
• For all types of electronics modules (including safety-related
electronics modules); limitations resulting from the supply
voltage for PM-E DC 24 V
• For monitoring and – depending on the version – fusing the
power supply for electronics modules provided via the
TM-P terminal module (load and sensor power supply)
• Diagnostics signals for voltage and blown fuse (can be
switched off in the configuration)
• Three versions with different supply voltages:
- PM-E 24 V DC (not for 2 DI 120 V AC Standard,
2 DI 230 V AC Standard, and 2 DO 24 to 230 V AC)
- PM-E 24 V DC High Feature with extended status information
(not for 2 DI 120 V AC Standard, 2 DI 230 V AC Standard,
and 2 DO 24 to 230 V AC)
- PM-E DC 24 to 48 V; AC 24 to 230 V; with additional fuse
12
12/54
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
PM-E F power module
• For all non-safety-related types of electronics modules with
24 V DC power supply
• For monitoring the power supply for electronics modules
provided via the TM-P terminal module (load and
sensor power supply)
• For safe switching off of series-connected digital output
modules 24 V DC (up to 10 A; not safety-related) via relay
contacts (up to Cat. 3 in accordance with EN 954 or SIL 2 in
accordance with IEC 61508);
released output modules are specified on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39198632
• Design PM-E F pm DC 24 V PROFIsafe for floating loads
(ground and earth separated); with two additional safetyrelated digital outputs (switching to high/low, up to SIL 3)
Diagnostics functions:
- Channel: short-circuit, overload, wire break,
safety-related shutdown
- Module: overtemperature, internal fault, parameter
assignment error, sensor/load voltage missing,
communication fault
• Design PM-E F pp DC 24 V PROFIsafe for non-floating
loads (ground and earth connected), e.g. actuators for
connection to a central ground (switching to high/high,
up to SIL 3)
Diagnostics functions:
- Channel: short-circuit, safety-related shutdown
- Module: overtemperature, internal fault, parameter
assignment error, sensor/load voltage missing,
communication fault
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power modules
■ Design
Depending on the possible combinations listed in the table,
the power modules are plugged onto corresponding
TM-P terminal modules. Power modules are suitable for dividing
the ET 200S into potential groups. A power module must be
plugged in at the beginning of each potential group. In addition,
the first module following the IM 151-1 High Feature interface
module must always be a power module.
The TM-P terminal module of the power module interrupts the
voltage buses (P1/P2) and therefore opens up a new potential
group. All sensor and load supplies of the downstream
electronics modules are fed from the TM-P and monitored by the
power module. The total current of all modules of a potential
group is limited by the maximum current carrying capacity of the
power module, which is up to 10 A, depending on the voltage
and temperature range; for details, refer to the technical
specifications of the power modules in the ST 70 Catalog.
Possible combinations of the TM-P terminal modules and PM-E power modules
TM-P terminal modules for power modules
Screw terminal
TM-P15S23-A1
TM-P15S23-A0
TM-P15S22-01
6ES7 193-...
...4CC20-0AA0
...4CD20-0AA0
...4CE00-0AA0
...4CK20-0AA0
Spring terminal
TM-P15C23-A1
TM-P15C23-A0
TM-P15C22-01
TM-P30C44-A0
...4CK30-0AA0
6ES7 193-...
...4CC30-0AA0
...4CD30-0AA0
...4CE10-0AA0
Fast Connect
TM-P15N23-A1
TM-P15N23-A0
TM-P15N22-01
6ES7 193-...
...4CC70-0AA0
...4CD70-0AA0
...4CE60-0AA0
PM-E 24 V DC
n
n
n
PM-E 24 V DC High Feature
n
n
n
PM-E 24 ... 48 V DC, 24 ... 230 V AC
n
n
n
TM-P30S44-A0
Power modules
n
PM-E F 24 V DC PROFIsafe
■ Ordering data
Order No.
PM-E power module for
electronics modules
PM-E power module
• 24 V DC / 10 A
- Monitoring of the load voltage
• 24 V DC/10 A High Feature
- Monitoring of the load voltage
- Additional status information
about voltage and reverse
polarity voltage
• 24 ... 48 V DC; 24 ... 230 V AC
- Monitoring of the fuse
- Monitoring of the load voltage
6ES7138-4CA01-0AA0
6ES7138-4CA60-0AB0
6ES7138-4CB11-0AB0
Order No.
PM-E F power module
• PM-E F pm DC 24 V PROFIsafe
- 1 x relay 24 V DC/10 A,
switching to high/low,
for switching off of seriesconnected standard digital
output modules (up to SIL 3)
- 2 x 24 V DC/2 A, switching to
high/low
- Safe monitoring of
communication with PROFIsafe
- Channel-specific diagnostics:
short-circuit, overload,
wire break, safety-related
shutdown
- Module diagnostics:
overtemperature, internal fault,
parameter assignment error,
sensor/load voltage missing,
communication fault
• PM-E F pp DC 24 V PROFIsafe
- 1 x relay 24 V DC/10 A,
switching to high/high,
for switching off of seriesconnected standard digital
output modules (up to SIL 3)
- Safe monitoring of
communication with PROFIsafe
- Channel-specific diagnostics:
short-circuit, safety-related
shutdown
- Module diagnostics:
overtemperature, internal fault,
parameter assignment error,
sensor/load voltage missing,
communication fault
6ES7138-4CF03-0AB0
12
6ES7138-4CF42-0AB0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/55
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
■ Overview
• 2, 4 and 8-channel digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with
automatic coding.
• High-feature versions for enhanced plant availability,
additional functions and comprehensive diagnostics
• Hot swapping of modules possible
• Safety-related digital input module 4/8 F-DI PROFIsafe
• Safety-related digital output module 4 F-DO PROFIsafe
24 V DC/2 A
• Isolated from the backplane bus
■ Design
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and digital modules
TM-E terminal modules for electronic modules
Screw terminal
TM-E15S26-A1 TM-E15S24-A1 TM-E15S24-01
Order No. 6ES7193-…
…4CA40-0AA0 …4CA20-0AA0 …4CB20-0AA0 …4CB00-0AA0
Spring terminal
TM-E15C26-A1 TM-E15C24-A1 TM-E15C24-01 TM-E15C23-01 TM-E15C24-AT TM-E30C44-01 TM-E30C46-A1
TM-E15S23-01 TM-E15S24-AT TM-E30S44-01 TM-E30S46-A1
Order No. 6ES7193-…
…4CA50-0AA0 …4CA30-0AA0 …4CB30-0AA0 …4CB10-0AA0
Fast Connect
TM-E15N26-A1 TM-E15N24-A1 TM-E15N24-01 TM-E15N23-01
Order No. 6ES7193-…
…4CA80-0AA0 …4CA70-0AA0 …4CB70-0AA0 …4CB60-0AA0
…4CL20-0AA0 …4CG20-0AA0 …4CF40-0AA0
…4CL30-0AA0 …4CG30-0AA0 …4CF50-0AA0
-
-
-
4/8 failsafe DI 24 V DC1)
n
n
4 failsafe DO 24 V DC/2 A1)
n
n
n
n
Electronics modules
n
n
n
n
4 DI 24 … 48 V AC/DC High Feature
n
n
n
n
4 DI NAMUR
n
n
n
n
8 DI 24 V DC Standard
n
n
n
n
2 DI 120 V AC Standard
n
n
n
n
2 DI 230 V AC Standard
n
n
n
n
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
n
n
n
n
2 DI 24 V DC Standard
2 DI 24 V DC High Feature
4 DI 24 V DC Standard
4 DI 24 V DC High Feature
12
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High Feature
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High Feature
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
n
n
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High Feature
n
n
n
n
2 DO 24 … 230 V AC/2 A
n
n
n
n
2 RO, 24 … 120 V DC/5 A,
24 … 230 V AC/5 A
n
n
n
n
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature
2 RO, 24 … 48 V DC/5 A,
24 … 230 V AC/5 A
Reserve (width 15 mm)
n
n
n
n
n
Reserve (width 30 mm)
1)
See Manual "ET 200S Failsafe Modules" in the documentation packages "S7 F Systems" and "S7 Distributed Safety"
12/56
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Digital inputs for
floating contacts
DI 2 x 24 V DC, standard
6ES7131-4BB01-0AA0
6ES7131-4BD01-0AA0
6ES7131-4BB01-0AB0
DI 4 x 24 V DC, High Feature;
with diagnostics
• Short-circuit monitoring
6ES7131-4BD01-0AB0
6ES7131-4CD02-0AB0
Ordering unit 5 items
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 4 x 24 ... 48 V AC/DC,
High KTFeature; with
configurable diagnostics
• Wire break monitoring (external
re-sistance circuit required)
• Monitoring of the fuse
• Monitoring of the load voltage
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 4 x 24 V DC, NAMUR,
with diagnostics
• Adjustable diagnostics interrupt
6ES7131-4RD02-0AB0
DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard
6ES7131-4BF00-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
6ES7131-4EB00-0AB0
DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A,
High Feature
• Diagnostics: Short-circuit
Ordering unit 1 item
DI 2 x 120 V AC, standard
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 2 x 230 V AC, standard
6ES7131-4FB00-0AB0
6ES7132-4BD02-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
6ES7132-4BF00-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
Safety-related digital input
Ordering unit 1 item
6ES7132-4BB31-0AB0
6ES7132-4BD00-0AB0
DO 8 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard
Ordering unit 5 items
4/8 F-DI 24 V DC PROFIsafe
8 DI safety-related SIL 2 (1oo1) or
4 DI safety-related SIL 3 (1oo2),
with diagnostics
• Cyclic short-circuit test
• Discrepancy monitoring of
2 channels for SIL 3
(adjustable discrepancy time)
• Safe monitoring of communication
with PROFIsafe
DO 2 x 24 V DC/2 A, High Feature,
with diagnostics
• Connection of a default value per
channel in the event of CPU failure
(configurable)
• Short-circuit monitoring by
channel
• Broken wire monitoring by channel
(when "1" signal)
6ES7132-4BB01-0AB0
Ordering unit 5 items
Ordering unit 1 item
DI 8 x 24 V DC, High Speed
6ES7132-4BB31-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
DO 2 x 24 V DC/0.5 A,
High Feature, with diagnostics
• Connection of a default value per
channel in the event of CPU failure
(configurable)
• Short-circuit monitoring by
channel
• Broken wire monitoring by
channel (when "1" signal)
Ordering unit 5 items
6ES7132-4BB01-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
DO 2 x 24 V DC/2 A, standard
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 2 x 24 V DC, High Feature;
with diagnostics
• Short-circuit monitoring
Digital outputs for DC voltage
(suitable for solenoid valves,
DC contactors, indicator lights etc.)
DO 2 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 4 x 24 V DC, standard
Order No.
6ES7138-4FA04-0AB0
DO 8 x 24 V DC/0.5 A,
High Feature
• Connection of a default value per
channel in the event of CPU failure
(configurable)
• Diagnostics: Short-circuit
6ES7132-4BF00-0AB0
12
Ordering unit 1 item
DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A, standard
6ES7132-4BD32-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A, High Feature
• Diagnostics: Short-circuit
6ES7132-4BD30-0AB0
Ordering unit 5 items
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/57
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Digital output for AC voltage
(suitable for solenoid valves,
AC contactors, indicator lights etc.)
DO 2 x 24...230 V AC, 2 A
• Connection of a default value per
channel in the event of CPU failure
(configurable)
6ES7132-4FB01-0AB0
Ordering unit 5 items
Relay output (suitable for
solenoid valves, contactors,
motor starters, miniature motors
and indicator lights)
2 x RO, NO contact
24 ... 120 V DC/5 A
24 ... 230 V AC/5 A
• Connection of a default value per
channel in the event of CPU failure
(configurable)
6ES7132-4HB01-0AB0
6ES7138-4FB03-0AB0
Accessories
6ES7132-4HB12-0AB0
Ordering unit 5 items
12
12/58
4 F-DO 24 V DC/2 A PROFIsafe
Safety-related up to SIL 3,
with diagnostics, switching to
low/high
• Channel-specific diagnostics:
short-circuit, overload, wire break
(with "1" signal), safety-related
shutdown
• Module diagnostics:
overtemperature, internal fault,
parameterization error,
sensor/load voltage missing,
communication fault
• Safe monitoring of communication
with PROFIsafe
Ordering unit 1 item
Ordering unit 5 items
2 x RO, changeover contact
24 ... 48 V DC/5 A
24 ... 230 V AC/5 A
• Connection of a default value per
channel in the event of CPU failure
(configurable)
Order No.
Safety-related digital output
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
Reserve modules for ET 200S
for reserving unused slots for any
electronics module
• 15 mm wide
(Ordering unit 5 items)
• 30 mm wide
(Ordering unit 1 item)
For further accessories,
e.g. for labeling, see Catalog ST 70
6ES7138-4AA01-0AA0
6ES7138-4AA11-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
■ Overview
• Analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with
automatic coding.
• High-feature variants with enhanced accuracy and resolution
• Hot swapping of modules possible
■ Design
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and analog modules
TM-E terminal modules for electronic modules
Screw terminal
TM-E15S26-A1
TM-E15S24-A1
TM-E15S24-01
TM-E15S23-01
Order number 6ES7 193…
…4CA40-0AA0
…4CA20-0AA0
…4CB20-0AA0
…4CB00-0AA0
…4CL20-0AA0
Spring terminal
TM-E15C26-A1
TM-E15C24-A1
TM-E15C24-01
TM-E15C23-01
TM-E15C24-AT
TM-E15S24-AT
Order number 6ES7 193…
…4CA50-0AA0
…4CA30-0AA0
…4CB30-0AA0
…4CB10-0AA0
…4CL30-0AA0
Fast Connect
TM-E15N26-A1
TM-E15N24-A1
TM-E15N24-01
TM-E15N23-01
--
Order number 6ES7 193…
…4CA80-0AA0
…4CA70-0AA0
…4CB70-0AA0
…4CB60-0AA0
n
n
n
n
2AI I 2WIRE Standard
n
n
n
n
2AI I 2/4WIRE High Feature
n
n
2 AI I 4WIRE Standard
n
n
2AI RTD Standard
n
2AI RTD High Feature
n
n
n
n
2 AI TC Standard
n
n
n
n
Electronic modules
2AI U Standard
2AI U High Feature
n
n
2 AI TC High Feature
2AO U Standard
12
n
n
2AO U High Feature
2 AO I Standard
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2AO I High Feature
Reserve (width 15 mm)
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
n
12/59
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
■ Ordering data
12
Analog input
• AI 2 x U (± 5 V, 1 ... 5 V, ± 10 V) /
13 bit, standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow diagnostics
• AI 2 x I, 2-wire transmitter
(4 ... 20 mA) / 13 bit, standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
• AI 2 x I, 4-wire transmitter
(± 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) /
13 bit, standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
• AI 2 x TC standard for
thermocouple or voltage
measurement
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- Temperature measurement with
thermocouple type E, N, J, K, L,
S, R, B, T
- Voltage measurement ± 80 mV
- Module diagnostics: Overflow/
underflow, internal faults,
parameterization errors
- Wire break monitoring per
channel for measurement with
thermocouple
- Compensation through external
Pt100 in the same station with
AI 2/4 x RTD standard
- Extended temperature range
from 0 to 50 °C when installed
vertically
• AI 2/4 x RTD standard for
resistance thermometer or
resistance measurement
- 2 inputs (3-wire and 4-wire
connection)/4 inputs
(2-wire connection)
- Max. resolution 15 bits + sign
- Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Ni100
- Module diagnostics:
Overflow/underflow, internal
faults, parameterization errors
- Wire break monitoring per
channel
• AI 2 x U (1 ... 5 V, ± 5 V, ± 10 V) /
15 bit, High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow diagnostics
• AI 2 x I, 2/4-wire transmitter
(± 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) /
15 bit, High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
• AI 2 x TC / 15 bit, High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
- Internal temperature
compensation with
TM-E15S24-AT or
TM-E15C24-AT terminal module
• AI 2 x RTD / 15 bit, High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
- Resistance thermometer
Pt100/200/500/1 000,
Ni100/1 000 (2, 3 or 4 wires)
- Temperature in Celsius or
Fahrenheit
12/60
Order No.
6ES7134-4FB01-0AB0
6ES7134-4GB01-0AB0
6ES7134-4GB11-0AB0
6ES7134-4JB01-0AB0
Order No.
Analog output
• AO 2 x U (1 to 5 V / 12 bit,
±10 V / 13 bit), standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Connection of substitute value in
event of CPU stop
(parameterizable)
- Short-circuit monitoring
• AO 2 x I (± 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) /
13 bit, standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Connection of substitute value in
event of CPU stop
(parameterizable)
- Wire break monitoring
• AO 2 x U (1 ... 5 V, ± 10 V) /
15 bit, High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Connection of substitute value in
event of CPU stop
(parameterizable)
- Short-circuit monitoring
• AO 2 x I (± 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) /
15 bit, High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Connection of substitute value in
event of CPU stop
(parameterizable)
- Wire break monitoring
6ES7135-4FB01-0AB0
6ES7135-4GB01-0AB0
6ES7135-4LB02-0AB0
6ES7135-4MB02-0AB0
Accessories
Reserve module for ET 200S
for reserving unused slots for
any electronics module
• 15 mm wide (5 units)
6ES7134-4JB51-0AB0
6ES7134-4LB02-0AB0
6ES7134-4MB02-0AB0
6ES7134-4NB01-0AB0
6ES7134-4NB51-0AB0
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
For further accessories,
e.g. for labeling, see Catalog ST 70
6ES7138-4AA01-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Technology modules
■ Overview
■ Function
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
• Single-channel, intelligent 32 bit counter module for
universal counting and time-based measuring tasks
(frequency, speed and period measurements)
• For direct connection of 24 V DC incremental encoders or
initiators
• Comparison functions with definable comparison values
• Integrated digital output for output of the response on
reaching the comparison value
• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with
automatic coding
• Hot swapping of modules possible
• Simple parameterization without additional software
■ Design
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and
technology modules
TM-E terminal modules for
electronic modules
Screw terminal
TM-E15S26-A1
TM-E15S24-01
Order number 6ES7 193…
…4CA40-0AA0
…4CB20-0AA0
Spring terminal
TM-E15C26-A1
TM-E15C24-01
Order number 6ES7 193…
…4CA50-0AA0
…4CB30-0AA0
Fast Connect
TM-E15N26-A1
TM-E15N24-01
Order number 6ES7 193…
…4CA80-0AA0
…4CB70-0AA0
n
n
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
• 1 channel for counting up and down; counting range ± 31 bits
• Counting frequency up to 100 kHz
• 6 different operating modes:
- Continuous counting
- Single counting
- Periodic count
- Frequency measurement
- Speed measurement
- Period measurement
• Gate control via level at digital input (HW gate) as well as
software control (SW gate)
• 1-, 2- or 4-fold evaluation
• Response on reaching a comparison value or on exceeding
a range
• Loading of counter with defined starting value
• Once-only or periodic synchronization
• Latch function: saving of current counter values through
setting of digital input
• Parameterizable response in case of CPU failure: abort,
continue, connection of substitute value, holding of last value
■ Ordering data
Order No.
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz
counter module
For universal counting and
measuring tasks with ET 200S
6ES7138-4DA04-0AB0
Accessories
For SIMODRIVE sensor incremental
encoders, signal lines, shield
clamps and connections as well as
further accessories, e.g. labeling
sheets, see "Automation
engineering – Automation systems
– SIMATIC industrial automation
systems – SIMATIC ET 200S
distributed I/O" in the Industry Mall
or in the Catalogs ST 70 and CA 01.
12
Technology modules
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz
Siemens ST PCS 7 · June 2013
12/61
© Siemens AG 2013
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Motor starters
■ Overview
• Completely factory-wired motor starters for switching and
protecting any three-phase loads
• High Feature motor starter with a combination comprising
starter circuit-breaker, solid-state overload protection and
contactor or soft starter up to 7.5 kW
• Safety-oriented motor starters based on the High Feature
motor starters (direct-on-line and reversing starters) with
integral redundancy function for shutdown reliability
up to Category 4 (EN 954-1)
• With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i.e. the load current is
only supplied once for a group of motor starters
• Hot swapping is permissible
• Inputs and outputs for activating and signaling the states have
been integrated
• Diagnostics capability for active monitoring of the switching
and protection functions
• Can be combined with brake control module for controlling
electromechanical brakes in three-phase motors
■ Design
12
Power modules and motor starters are operated on the terminal
modules which are assigned to them in the tables in the sections
"High Feature motor starters" and "Safety-related motor starters".
The terminal modules form a carrier system which is
simultaneously used for the power supply to the motor starters
(electronics: 24 V DC and load: 400 V AC).
Brake control modules are operated on different
terminal modules depending on the design:
xB1 or xB2
TM-xB15S24-01
3RK1 903-0AG00
--
24 V DC for the electronics is provided by the power module
inserted to the left of the first motor starter. The power module
and the downstream motor starters constitute a potential group
whose scope is limited by the current carrying capacity of the
power module. When this limit is reached, a new potential group
must be established with a further power mod